iC-NRir. 


I'll  1 II 


Illllll™ 
;B   3Qb   14  3 


LATIN  READER: 


ADAPTED    TO 


BULLIONS'S  LATIN  GRAMMAR, 


AND   TO 


BULLIONS  &  MORRIS'S  LATIN  GRAMMAR. 


WLify  mx  |utrobuction 

ON    THE    IDIOMS    OF    THE    LATIN    LANGUAGE; 
AN    IMPROVED    VOCABULARY; 

AND 

.EXERCISES    IN    LATIN    PROSE    COMPOSITION, 

ON   A   NEW  PLAN. 


REVISED    EIDITI03ST, 

With    New    Marginal    Notes   and    References   to    Bullions1    and 

Bullions    &    Morris's    Latin    Grammars. 


By  REV.  PETER  BULLIONS,  D.  D., 

AUTHOR  OF  THE  SERIES  OF  GRAMMARS,  GREEK,  LATIN  AND  ENGLISH,  ON  THE  SAME  PLAN. 
ETC.,  ETC.,   ETC. 


NEW    YORK: 
PUBLISHED  Bl   SHELDON  AND  COMPANY, 

498    &    500    BROADfiY, 
1867. 


Entered,  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1S68,  by 
PETER    BULLIONS,    D.  D., 
In  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  United  States  for  the  Northern 
«  District  of  New  York. 


COLLEGE  AND  SCHOOL  TEXT-BOOKS 


Bullions'  New  Series  of  Grammars,  Etc. 

BULLIONS'  COMMON  SCHOOL  GRAMMAR,  50  cents. 

BULLIONS'  ANALYTICAL  AND  PRACTICAL  ENGLISH  GRAMMAR,  $1. 

BULLIONS'   EXERCISES   IN    ANALYSIS- AND   PARSING,  25  cents. 

BULLIONS    AND   MORRIS'S   LATIN   LESSONS,   $1. 

BULLIONS    AND    MORRIS'S    LATIN   GRAMMAR.   $1.50. 

BULLIONS'   LATIN   READER,   $1.50.  BULLIONS'    SALLUST,   $1.50. 

BULLIONS'  EXERCISES    IN   LATIN   COMPOSITION,    $1.50. 

BULLIONS'   KEY  TO   LATIN   EXERCISES,   80  cents. 

BULLIONS'   CESAR'S   COMMENTARIES,    $1.50. 

BULLIONS'   CICERO'S   ORATIONS,   $1.50. 

BULLIONS'   LATIN-ENGLISH   DICTIONARY,   $4.50.* 

BULLIONS'   GREEK   LESSONS,  $1. 

BULLIONS' AND   KENDRICK'S   GREEK   GRAMMAR,   $?. 

BULLIONS'    GREEK   READER.   $2.25.  COOPERS   VIRGIL   $2.50* 

LONG'S  CLASSICAL  ATLAS,  $4.50.*       BAIRD'S  CLASSICAL  MANUAL  90  &• 

KALTSCHMIDT'S   LAT.-ENG.    AND   ENG.-LAT.   DICTIONARY,   $2.50.* 


The  Normal  Mathematical  Series. 

STODDARD'S  JUVENILE   MENTAL  ARITHMETIC,  25  cents. 

STODDARD'S   INTELLECTUAL   ARITHMETIC,  50  cents. 

STODDARD'S   RUDIMENTS   OF   ARITHMETIC,   50  cents. 

STODDARD'S   NEW   PRACTICAL   ARITHMETIC,  $1. 

SCHUYLER'S   HIGHER   ARITHMETIC,   $1.25. 

STODDARD   A   HENKLE'S   ELEMENTARY   ALGEBRA,   $1.25. 

STODDARD   &   HENKLE'S   UNIVERSITY  ALGEBRA,    $2. 

METHOD   OF   TEACHING   and   KEY  TO   INTELLECTUAL   ARITH.,  60o.» 

KEY   TO   STODDARD'S   PRACTICAL   ARITHMETIC,   80  cents.* 

KEY   TO   S.    &   H.  S   ELEMENTARY  ALGEBRA,  $1.25.* 

KEY   TO   S.   &   H.'S   UNIVERSITY   ALGEBRA,   $2.* 


KEETEL'S   NEW   METHOD   OF   LEARNING   FRENCH,    $2. 
PEISSNER'S   ELEMENTS   OF   THE   GERMAN  LANGUAGE,   $1.75. 
HOOKER'S   HUMAN    PHYSIOLOGY,    $1.75.  FIRST  BOOK,  80  cts. 

WHATELYS   ELEM.   OF   LOGIC,  $1.75.*  ELEM.   OF   RHETORIC,  $1.75.* 

THOMPSON'S   LAWS   OF   THOUGHT,   $1.75.* 
WAYLAND'S   INTELLECTUAL    PHILOSOPHY.    $1.75.* 
BROCKLESBY'S    ASTRONOMY,   $1  75.  METEOROLOGY,  $1.25.* 

HERSCHEL'S   OUTLINES   OF   ASTRONOMY,   $2.50.* 

PALMER'S   BOOK-KEEPING.  $1.        ALDEN'S   SCIENCE  OF  GOV.,  $1.50. 
COMSTOCK'S  NATURAL  PHILOSOPHY,  $1.75.        CHEMISTRY,  $1.75. 
SOIIMITZ'S  ANCIENT  HISTORY,  $1.75.*        ANCIENT  GEOGRAPHY,  $1.75.* 
SHAW'S  NEW   MANUAL  OF  ENGLISH   LITERATURE,   $2.* 

We  furnish  to  Teachers  _jbr  examination,  post-j>:iid  by  mail,  a  copy  of  any  of  the 
above  books  not  having  a  *  annexed,  at  half  prlcn.  Those  marked  with  a  *  we 
send  on  receipt  of  the  prices  annexed. 

SHEUWN  &  Co.,  Publishers,  New  York. 
EDUCATION  LIBR? 


PKEFACE. 


This  work  has  been  prepared  at  the  request  of  many  teachers  who 
use  the  author's  Latin  Grammar,  and  is  intended  to  follow  it  as  a  "  First 
Reading  Book."  The  body  of  the  work  consists  of  the  first  part  of 
Jacobs'  Latin  Reader — a  work  already  well  known  in  this  country,  and 
which  appears  to  be  well  adapted  to  the  end  for  which  it  was  intended. 
The  introductory  exercises,  however,  are  arranged  a  little  differently,  and 
a  few  sentences  have  been  introduced  from  other  sources,  for  die  purpose 
of  illustrating  some  constructions  more  fully. 

The  object  of  such  a  work  as  this  is  to  furnish  to  the  beginner,  who  is 
supposed  to  have  become  acquainted  with  the  leading  principles  of  the 
Grammar,  a  praxis  on  those  principles,  both  in  Etymology  and  Syntax, 
by  which  they  may  be  rendered  perfectly  familiar  to  his  mind,  so  as  to 
be  applied  with  more  success  and  ease,  when  he  comes  to  read  and  ana- 
lyze the  writings  of  the  Roman  authors.  It  is  in  fact  a  Supplement  to 
the  Grammar,  and  the  foundation  of  thorough  scholarship  must  be  laid 
here. 

In  order  more  fully  to  meet  the  wants  of  the  beginner,  and  to  render 
the  study  of  the  Latin  language  more  pleasant  and  easy  to  pupils  of 
every  capacity,  an  Introduction  is  prefixed,  containing  explanations 
of  the  leading  idioms  of  the  language,  arranged  under  proper  heads,  and 
illustrated  by  numerous  examples,  all  of  which  arc  numbered,  so  as  to 
be  easily  referred  to  for  the  purpose  of  illustrating  similar  modes  of  ex- 
pression which  occur  in  the  course  of  reading,  as  is  more  fully  explained 
p.  54.  Though  this  part  is  intended  chiefly  for  reference,  much  advan- 
tage will  be  derived  from  studying  it  in  course  in  short  lessons,  simulta- 
neously with  lessons  in  reading  and  parsing,  and  rendering  the  whole 
familiar  by  frequent  reviews. 

The  Introductory  Exercises  consist  of  short  and  simple  sentences 
classed  in  such  a  way  as  to  illustrate  the  leading  grammatical  principles 
in  the  construction  of  sentences,  both  simple  and  compound,  and  by  a 
rmfhYient  number  of  examples  to  render  these  principles  familiar  and  easy 
©f  application.  In  these,  as  well  as  throughout  the  body  of  the  work, 
constant  reference  is  made  to  the  Grammar  itself,  as  well  as  to  the  pre- 
ceding Introduction,  to  illustrate  and  explain  the  principles  »f  the  Ian- 


M&77V 


IV  PREFACE. 

guage  as  they  occur,  and,  by  repeated  reference,  to  render  them  familiar  to 
the  pupil,  and  impress  them  indelibly  on  his  mind.  These  references  are 
more  numerous  at  first ;  but  when  any  construction  or  idiom  may  be 
supposed  to  have  become  familiar,  the  references  to  it  are  less  frequent; 
and  the  pupil  is  left  to  exercise  the  knowledge  acquired,  in  applying  die 
principles  without  the  aid  of  references.  The  construction  and  use  of 
the  subjunctive  mood  being  one  of  the  greatest  difficulties  and  niceties 
of  the  language,  and  all  important  to  be  well  understood,  references  for 
explanation,  to  the  Grammar  and  Introduction,  are  more  numerous  and 
longer  continued  on  this  point  than  on  any  other. 

These  references  also  form  a  sort  of  index,  by  which  the  pupil  may  be 
able  to  find  at  once  other  constructions  of  a  similar  kind  in  the  portion  of 
the  work  previously  studied,  and  so  compare  the  one  with  the  other. 
For  example,  the  letter  *,  p.  103,  refers  to  the  Grammar,  627,  5;  by  run- 
ning the  eye  back  along  the  references  at  the  foot  of  the  page,  the  same 
construction  will  be  found  at  the  letter  \  p.  95;  at c,  p.  90;  at  d,  p.  89; 
at  d,  p.  87,  &c;  all  of  which  may  thus  be  compared  with  great  facility. 

The  method  of  reference  and  explanation  here  adopted  entirely  super- 
sedes the  use  of  notes,  by  rendering  them  unnecessary,  and  it  is  believed 
will  prove  vastly  more  profitable  to  the  student  than  any  number  of 
notes  could  be,  which  generally  do  nothing  more  than  give  the  meaning 
of  an  idiom  or  phrase  in  a  free  translation,  without  any  explanation 
of  its  construction.  Though  this  sort  of  aid  enables  the  pupil  to  get 
along  with  the  translation  of  a  sentence,  it  leaves  him  as  much  in  the 
dark  as  ever  respecting  its  construction.  The  consequence  is,  that  when 
he  meets  with  a  similar  construction  again  in  different  Avords,  he  is  as 
much  at  a  loss  as  ever,  and  finds  his  progress  arrested,  unless  he  is  again 
lifted  over  blindfold  by  the  aid  of  another  friendly  note.  It  is  obvious 
that  persons,  in  this  way,  may  go  over  much  surface ;  and  if  they  have 
a  memory  capable  of  bringing  to  their  aid  the  translation  in  the  note  when 
it  is  wanted,  they  may  be  able  to  give  a  good  translation  of  what  they 
have  gone  over,  and  yet  know  nothing,  or  next  to  nothing,  of  the  con- 
struction of  what  they  have  read;  and  hence  it  happens,  that  knowing 
but  little  of  principles,  or  of  the  method  of  analyzing  the  idioms  and 
more  difficult  constructions  of  the  language,  whenever  they  come  to  an 
author  or  passage  where  the  wonted  supply  of  notes  is  wanting,  they 
find  themselves  unable  to  proceed ;  or  if  they  do,  it  is  so  much  in  the 
dark  that  it  is  with  them  a  mere  peradvenrure  whether  they  are  right  or 
wrong.  It  is  therefore  not  without  reason  that  many  of  our  best  teach- 
ers think  that  such  notes,  like  translations,  do  more  evil  than  good. 


PREFACE.  V 

This  evil,  it  is  hoped,  is  in  a  great  measure  avoided  by  the  method  here 
pursued;  for  while  all  needful  assistance  is  furnished,  it  can  be  attained 
only  by  referring  to  the  grammatical  principle  which  contains  the  expla- 
nation needed;  and  which  soon  becomes  so  familiar,  that  it  can  be  read- 
ily applied  to  the  analyzing  of  every  sentence  in  which  it  is  involved. 

Besides  the  application  of  the  principles  of  Grammar  in  the  analysis 
of  sentences,  no  less  important  is  the  study  of  the  words  themselves  of 
which  these  sentences  are  composed.  This  belongs  to  the  department 
of  Etymology,  and,  to  the  enquiring  and  philosophical  mind,  presents  a 
most  interesting  and  pleasing  field  of  investigation.  A  proper  selection 
of  words  is  no  less  necessary  to  the  expression  of  our  thoughts  than 
their  proper  arrangement  in  sentences.  Much,  accordingly,  of  the  inter- 
est and  advantage,  of  studying  tne  models  of  antiquity,  lies  in  the  study 
of  the  words  selected  by  these  writers  for  conveying  their  sentiments  to 
others.  The  derivation  and  composition  of  words,  and  the  variety  of 
meanings  which  they  assume  in  the  expression  of  thought,  should  there- 
fore form  an  important  part  of  study  to  the  classical  student  from  the 
very  beginning,  and,  if  properly  conducted,  will  prove  as  pleasing  as  it  is 
profitable.  It  may  be  laid  down  as  a  principle  capable  of  abundant 
illustration,  that  every  word  has  one  primitive  and  radical  signifies 
to  which  all  its  other  significations  and  uses  an1  related,  and  from  which* 
they  arc  drawn.  This  may  be  regarded  as  its  strict  and  proper  mi 
and  should  constantly  be  a-M><iated  in  the  mind  of  the  learner  with  the 
word  itself.  Once  in  pOflSCSSHHi  •-.  i 'i i i s ,  and  accustomed  to  trace  the 
varied  shades  of  meaning  which  t!  c  words  assume  as  they  diverge  from 
their  radical  and  primary  signification,  he  will  feel  an  interest  and  see  a 
beauty  in  the  study  of  language,  which  he  would  otherwise  never  be 
likely  to  attain. 

This  primary  meaning  of  a  word  is  not  always  indeed  its  most  com- 
mon meaning:  this  may  even  have  passed  into  disuse;  but  still  it  is 
necessary  to  be  known,  in  order  to  have  a  clue  to  its  various  derived 
significations,  both  in  its  simple  and  compound  forms.     If  instead  of 
the  primary,  a  secondary  and  distant  meaning,  though  a  more  common 
one,  should  be  associated  in  the  mind  with  the  word,  it  will  be  found 
impossible  in  many  instances  to  account  for,  or  to  perceive  any  sort  of 
propriety  or  analogy  in  its  use  in  certain  cases.     Take,  as  an  example, 
the  verb  emo,  the  more  common  but  not  the  primary  meaning  of 
is,   "to  buy,"  and  it  will  be  impossible  to  trace  any  sort  of  < 
between  such  a  mealing  and  that  of  its  compounds,  fi'/niio,  exlmo, 
inw,  perhno,  dirimo,  and  the  like.    But  assign  to  emo  its  primary  mean- 


VI  PREFACE. 

ing,  "  to  take,"  and  the  whole  is  perceived  at  once  to  be  clear  and  consist- 
ent. This  one  example  will  show  how  important  it  is  that  not  only  the 
derivation  and  composition  of  words  should  be  fully  exhibited  in  a  °x>od 
dictionary,  but  also,  that  the  radical  and  primary  signification  of  all  words, 
where  that  can  be  ascertained,  should  be  first  stated,  and  then  the  secondary 
and  more  distant  meanings  in  that  order  which  appears  the  most  natural. 
In  this  respect,  our  school  dictionaries  arc  generally  defective.  This  defect 
I  have  endeavored  to  supply  in  the  Vocabulary  appended  to  this  work, 
in  which  the  plan  just  stated  has  been  followed  ;  so  that  the  pupil  is  here 
furnished  with  the  means  of  tracing  every  derivative  and  compound 
word  to  its  source,  if  that  is  in  the  Latin  language,  (derivations  from  the 
Greek  not  being  given,)  and  of  ascertaining  what  is  the  primary  signifi- 
cation of  each  word,  from  the  best  authorities  within  my  reach,  as  well 
as  those  significations  which  are  more  common,  or  which  belong  to  the 
words  in  the  various  places  where  they  occur  in  this  work.  Care  has 
been  taken  in  connection  with  this  also  to  distinguish  those  words  usually 
considered  as  synonymes.*  An  earlier  and  more  special  attention  to  this 
part  of  ctudy  than  is  usual,  it  is  believed  would  amply  repay  the  labor 
bestowed  upon  it. 

A  few  Exercises  in  Composition  are  appended,  drawn,  as  will  be  per- 
ceived, from  the  reading  lessons  indicated  both  by  the  number  of  the 
page  and  the  paragraph.  Lessons  in  composition,  of  the  simplest  char- 
acter and  to  any  extent,  may  be  framed  in  the  same  way  from  every 
reading  lesson,  or  even  from  every  sentence,  and  rendered  into  Latin, 
either  orally  in  the  class,  or  as  an  exercise  in  writing,  as  suggested  in  the 
remarks  prefixed  to  the  Exercises  themselves. 

A  few  suggestions  have  been  introduced  at  the  beginning  of  the  work, 
respecting  what  is  supposed  to  be  the  best  method  of  using  it,  especially 
with  young  pupils.  These,  I  am  well  aware,  are  of  no  importance  to 
the  experienced  teacher ;  nevertheless  they  may  be  of  some  use  to  the 
young  and  inexperienced,  and  especially  to  those  who  pursue  the  study 
of  the  Latin  without  the  aid  of  a  teacher. 

For  explanation  of  references  to  Bullions's  Latin  Grammar,  Bullions 
&  Morris's  Latin  Grammar,  and  the  Latin  Idioms  in  the  Introduction 
of  this  book,  see  page  54. 

*  This  plan  is  carried  out  in  Bullions's  Latin-English  Dictionary. 


INTRODUCTION. 


SENTENCES. 

1.  A  sentence  is  such  an  assemblage  of  words  as  makes 
complete  sense ;  as,  Man  is  mortal. 

2.  Sentences  are  of  two  kinds,  simple  and  compound. 

3.  A  simple  sentence  contains  only  a  single  affirmation; 
as,  Life  is  short.      Time  flies. 

4.  A  compound  sentence  contains  two  or  more  simple 
sentences  combined ;  as,  Life,  which  is  short,  should  be  well 
employed. 

5.  In  the  combining  of  words  to  form  a  sentence,  observe 
carefully  the  following 

General  Principles  of  Syntax. 

1.  In  every  sentence  there  must  be  a  verb  in  the  indicative, 
subjunctive,  imperative,  or  infinitive  mood,  and  a  subject, 
expressed  or   understood. 

2.  Every  adjective,  adjective  pronoun,  or  participle,  mn<t 
have  a  substantive  expressed  or  understood,  with  which  it 
agrees,  §  98  and  §  146,  050,  051.* 

3.  Every  relative  must  have  an  antecedent  or  word  to 
which  it  refers,  and  with  which  it  agrees,  §   99,   085. 

4.  Every  nominative  has  its  own  verb  expressed  or  under- 
stood, of  which  it  is  the  subject,  §§  100,  101, 102,  035,  043. 
Or  it  is  placed  after  the  substantive  verb  in  the  predicate, 
§  103,  OOO. 

5.  Every  finite  verb ;  i.  e.,  every  verb  in  the  indicative,  sub- 
junctive, or  imperative  mood,  has  its  own  nominative,  ex- 
pressed or  understood,  §§  101,  102,  035,  043 ;  and  when 
the  infinitive  has  a  subject,  it  is  in  the  accusative,  §  671, 
1130.  The  infinitive  without  a  subject  does  not  form  a  sen- 
tence or  proposition,  §  143,  05H. 

6.  Every  oblique  case  is  governed  by  some  word,  expressed 
or  understood,  in  the  sentence  of  which  it  forms  a  part. 

*  For  explanation  of  these  figures,  used  for  reference,  see  page  54  of 
this  book. 


o  INTRODUCTION. 

Resolution  or  Analysis, 

Every  simple  sentence  consists  of  two  parts,  the  subject  and 
the  predicate,  §  94,  6.  7.  8.,  616,  7.  8.  9.  In  analyzing  a 
sentence,  it  is  necessary  to  distinguish  between  the  Grammati- 
cal subject  and  predicate,  and  the  Logical  subject  and  predicate. 

The  Grammatical  subject  is  the  person  or  thing  spoken  of, 
without,  or  separated  from,  all  modifying  words  or  clauses, 
and  which  stands  as  the  nominative  to  the  verb,  or  the  accu- 
sative before  the  infinitive. 

The  Logical  subject  is  the  same  word,  in  connection  with 
the  qualifying  or  restricting  expressions  which  go  to  make  up 
the  full  and  precise  idea  of  the  thing  spoken  of. 

The  Grammatical  predicate  is  the  word  or  words  contain- 
ing the  simple  affirmation  matle  respecting  the  subject. 

The  Logical  predicate  is  the  grammatical  predicate,  com- 
bined with  all  those  words  or  expressions  that  modify  or 
restrict  it  in  any  way ;  thus : 

In  the  sentence,  "An  inordinate  desire  of  admiration  often 
produces  a  contemptible  levity  of  deportment ; "  the  Gram- 
matical subject  is  "desire;"  the  Logical,  "An  inordinate 
desire  of  admiration"  The  Grammatical  predicate  is  "pro- 
duces ;"  the  Logical,  "produces  often  a  contemptible  levity  of 
deportment? 

In  Latin  and  English,  the  general  arrangement  of  a  sen- 
tence is  the  same ;  i.  e.,  the  sentence  commonly  begins  with 
the  subject  and  ends  with  the  predicate.  But  the  order  of 
the  words  in  each  of  these  parts,  is  usually  so  different  in 
Latin  from  what  it  is  in  English,  that  one  of  the  first  difficul- 
ties a  beginner  has  to  encounter  with  a  Latin  sentence  is  to 
know  how  "  to  take  it  in,"  or  to  arrange  it  in  the  proper  order 
of  the  English.  This  is  technically  called  construing  or  giv- 
ing the  order.  To  assist  in  this,  some  advantage  may  be  found 
by  carefully  attending  to  the  following 

Directions  for  Beginners. 
Direction  I.     As  all  the  other  parts  of  a  sentence  depend 
upon  the  two  leading  parts,  namely,  the  subject  or  NOMINA- 
TIVE, and  the  predicate  or  VERB  ;  the  first  thing  to  be  done 
with  every  sentence,  is  to  find  out  these.     In  order  to  this, 


INTRODUCTION.  9 

1.  Look  for  the  leading  verb,  which  is  always  in  the  pres- 
ent, imperfect,  perfect,  pluperfect,  or  future  of  the  indicative, 
or  in  the  imperative  mood,*  and  usually  at  or  near  the  end  of 
the  sentence. 

2.  Having  found  the  verb,  observe  its  number  and  person ; 
tins  will  aid  in  finding  its  nominative,  which  is  a  noun  or 
pronoun  in  the  same  number  and  person  with  the  verb,  com- 
monly before  it,  and  near  the  beginning  of  the  sentence, 
though  not  always  so,  739,  Exc.  1,  1386* 

Direction  II.  Having  thus  found  the  nominative  and 
verb,  and  ascertained  their  meaning,  the  sentence  may  be  re- 
solved from  the  Latin  into  the  English  order,  as  follows: 

1.  Take  the  Vocative,  Exciting,  Introductory,  or  Connect- 
ing words,  if  there  are  any. 

2.  The  NOMINATIVE. 

3.  "Word*  limiting  or  explaining  it,  i.  e.,  words  agreeing 
witli  it,  or  governed  by  it,  or  by  one  another,  where  they  are 
found,  till  you  come  to  the  verb. 

4.  The  VERB. 

5.  Words  limiting  or  explaining  it,  i.  e.,  words  which  mod- 
ify it,  are  governed  by  it,  or  depend  upon  it. 

6.  Supply  every  whore  the  words  understood. 

7.  If  the  sentence  be  compound,  take  the  parts  of  it  sev- 
erally as  tiny  depend  one  upon  another, proceeding  with  each 
of  them  as  above. 

Direction  III.  In  arrangmg^he  words  for  translation,  in 
the  subordinate  parts  of  a  sentence,  observe  the  following 

Rules  for  Construing. 

I.  An  oblique  case,  or  the  infinitive  mood,  is  put  after  the 
word  that  governs  it. 

Exc.  The  relative  and  interrogative  arc  usually  put  before  the  govern- 
ing word,  unless  that  be  a  preposition;  if  it  is,  then  after  it. 

II.  An  adjective,  if  no  other  word  depend  upon  it  or  be 
coupled  with  it,  is  put  before  its  substantive ;  but  if  another 
word  depend  upon  it,  or  be  governed  by  it,  it  is  usually  p] 
after  it. 

*  All  the  other  parts  of  the  verb  are  generally  used  in  subordinate 
clauses.  So,  also,  is  the  pluperfect  indicative.  In  ohliquc  discourse, 
the  leading  verb  is  in  the  infinitive.    651,  1296,  A. 


10  INTRODUCTION. 

III.  The  participle  is  usually  construed  after  its  substantive, 
or  the  word  with  which  it  agrees. 

IV.  The  relative  and  its  clause  should,  if  possible,  come 
immediately  after  the  antecedent. 

V.  When  a  question  is  asked,  the  nominative  comes  after 
the  verb ;  (in  English,  between  the  auxiliary  and  the  verb.) 
Interrogative  words,  however,  such  as  quis,  quotus,  quantus, 
uter,  &c,  come  before  the  verb. 

VI.  After  a  transitive  active  verb,  look  for  an  accusative, 
and  after  a  preposition  for  an  accusative  or  ablative,  and 
arrange  the  words  accordingly. 

VII.  Words  in  apposition  must  be  construed  as  near  to- 
gether as  possible. 

VIII.  Adverbs,  adverbial  phrases,  prepositions  with  their 
cases,  circumstances  of  time,  place,  cause,  manner,  instrument, 
&c,  should  be  placed,  in  general,  after  the  words  which  they 
modify: — The  case  absolute  commonly  before  them,  and  often 
first  in  the  sentence. 

IX.  The  words  of  different  clauses  must  not  be  mixed 
together,  but  each  clause  translated  by  itself,  in  its  order, 
according  to'  its  connection  with,  or  dependence  upon,  those 
to  which  it  is  related. 

X.  Conjunctions  should  be  placed  before  the  last  of  two 
words  or  sentences  connected. 


See  General  Principles  of  Latin  Arrangement,  Bullions  &  Mor- 
ris's Latin  Grammar,  1384-1398. 


NOTE. — WJierever  black-faced   number s>   like  (45),  are  used  in 
this  book,  they  refer  to  Bullions  &  Morris's  JLatin  Grammar. 


LATIN  IDIOMS.* 


PARTICULAR  DIRECTIONS  AND   MODELS   FOR  TRANS- 
LATION. 

The  following  explanations  and  directions  are  intended  chiefly  for  reference  But 
it  will  be  of  great  advantage  for  the  pupil  to  become  familiar  with  them  by  going 
through  them  two  or  three  times,  in  course,  simultaneously  with  his  reading  lessons. 

1.  Before  translating,  every  sentence  should  be  read 
over  till  it  can  be  read  correctly  and  with  ease,  paying  special 
attention  to  the  quantity  and  pronunciation.  The  words  should 
then  be  arranged  according  to  the  preceding  general  direc- 
tions, and  translated  as  they  are  arranged,  separately  or  in 
clusters,  as  may  be  found  convenient;  always  remembering 
to  place  adjectives  and  adjective  pronouns  with  their  substan- 
tives before  translating.  The  sense  and  grammatical  con- 
struction being  thus  ascertained,  the  translation  may  then  be 
read  over  without  the  Latin,  and  due  attention  paid  to  the 
English  idiom.  The  whole  sentence,  whether  simple  or  com- 
pound, may  then  be  analyzed  as  directed,  §  152,  1399, 
1413,  and  last  of  all,  every  word  parsed  separately,  as  di- 
rected, §  153,  1419. 

2.  In  order  to  arrange  and  translate  with  ease,  it  is  neces- 
sary to  be  familiar  with,  and  readily  to  distinguish  the  differ- 
ent cases,  genders,  and  numbers  of  nouns,  pronouns,  adjectives 
and  participles,  and  to  translate  them  correctly  and  promptly, 
in  these  cases  and  numbers,  &c. ;  and  also  to  distinguish  and 
correctly  translate  the  verb  in  its  various  moods,  tenses,  num- 
bers, persons,  &c.  This  can  be  acquired  only  by  continual 
practice  and  drilling,  which  should  be  kept  up  till  the  utmost 
readiness  is  attained. 

3.  The  English  prepositions  used  in  translating  the  differ- 
ent cases  in  Latin,  for  the  sake  of  convenience,  may  be  called 
signs  of  those  cases;  and  in  translating  these,  the  English 
definite  or  indefinite  article  is  to  be  used  as  the  sense  requires. 
The  signs  of  the  cases  are  as  follows  : 

Nom.  (No  sign.)  Ace.  (No  sign.) 

Gen.    Of.  Voc.  0,  or  no  sign. 

Dat.    To  or  for.  Abl.   With,  from,  in,  by,  &c. 


*  A  Latin  idiom,  strictly  speaking,  is  a  mode  of  speech  peculiar  to  the 
Latin  language.  It  is  here  used  in  a  more  extended  sense,  to  denote;  :i 
mode  of  speech  different  from  the  English,  or  which,  if  rendered  word 
for  word,  and  with  the  ordinary  signs  of  cases,  moods,  tenses,  &c.,  would 
not  make  a  correct  English  sentence. 


12  INTRODUCTION. 

In  certain  constructions  the  idiom  of  the  English  language 
requires  the  oblique  cases  in  Latin  to  be  translated  in  a  man- 
ner different  from  the  above.  The  chief  of  these  construc- 
tions are  the  following : 

4.   The  Genitive. 

1.  The  genitive  denoting  the  place  where,  548,  R.  XXXVI., 
932,  R.  LVL,  is  translated  by  at;  as,  Romw,  "At  Rome." 

2.  Denoting  price,  sometimes  by  for  ;  as,  Vendidit  pluris, 
"He  sold  it  for  more;1''  or  without  a  sign;  as,  Consfitit 
pluris,  "It  cost  more. 

5.   The  Dative. 

1.  After  a  verb  of  taking  away,  501,  R.  XXIX.,  855,  R. 
XXXIX,  the  dative  is  translated  by  from ;  as,  Eripuit  me 
morti,  "He  rescued  me  from  death;11  Eripitur  morti, 
"  He  is  rescued  from  death.  522-111.  See  502,  ,1075,  III. 
See  856. 

2.  Denoting  the  doer  after  a  passive  verb,  528,  R.  XXXIIL, 
844,  R.  XXXVI.,  it  is  translated  by  by  ;  as,  Vix  audior 
ulli,  "I  am  scarcely  heard  by  any  one.1* 

3.  Denoting  the  possessor,  380,  871,  it  is  translated  as  the 
genitive;  as,  Ei  in  mentem  venit,  "It  came  into  the  mind  to 
him,  i.  e.,  of  him,  or  into  his  mind. 

4.  After  verbs  signifying  "  to  be  present,"  by  at ;  as,  Ad- 
fuit  precibus,  He  was  present  at  prayers.    393,  820* 

6.   The  Ablative. 

1.  The  ablative  denoting  a  property  or  quality  of  another 
substantive,  R.  VII.,  is  translated  by  of;  as,  Vir  mir  d 
magnitudine,  "A  man  of  wonderful  size." 

2.  The  place  where,  549,  933,  is  commonly  translated  by 
at,  sometimes  by  in. 

3.  After  the  comparative  degree,  467,  R.  XXIV.,  895^ 
R.  XLVIIL,  by  than;  as,  Dulcior  me  lie,  "Sweeter  than 
honey1' 

4.  Denoting  the  material  of  which  a  thing  is  made,  541,  by 
of;  as,  Factus  ebore,  "Made  of  ivory.11 

5.  After  dignus  and  words  denoting  origin  ;  also  after  opus 
and  usus,  signifying  need,  by  of;  as,  Dignus  honor  e, 
"  Worthy  of  honor.11 


LATIN    IDIOMS.  13 

I 

6.  Denoting  time  how  long, — sometimes  by  in;  as,  Una 
die  fecit,  "He  did  it  ill  one  day;"  sometimes  without  a  sign; 
as,  Uno   die   abfait,  ** He  was  absent  one. day." 

7.  Time  when — by  at,  on  ;  as,  Solis  occasu,  "At  the  setting 
of  the  sun;"  Idibus  Aprllis,  "On  the  ides  of  April." 

8.  After  verbs  of  depriving,  514,  911 — by  of ;  as,  Eum 
veste  spoliavit,  "  He  stripped  him  of  his  garment" 

Cases  without  Signs. 

7.  When  the  genitive,  dative,  or  ablative,  is  governed  by  an 
intransitive  verb  which  is  translated  by  a  transitive  verb  in 
English  (132,  Obs.  4.),  or  by  an  adjective  denoting  likeness, 
the  sign  of  the  case  is  omitted ;  as, 

1 .  Gen.  Miserere  m  e  i ,  Pity  me. 

2.  Dat  Pnefuit  exercitui ,  He  commanded  the  army. 

3.  "     Placuitregi,  It  pleased  the  king. 

4.  Abl.    Utitur  fraud  e ,  Be  uses  deceit. 

5.  "     Potltus  est  i  mperio,  lie  obtained  the  government. 

6.  Dat.   Simllis  patri,  Like  his  father. 

Obs.  But  when  rendered  by  an  intransitive  verb  in  Eng- 
lish, the  sign  of  the  case  must  be  used;  as, 

7.  Insidiantur  nobis ,  They  lie  in  wait  for  us. 

8.  When  a  verb  governs  two  datives,  by  R.  XIX.,  427, 
848,  R.  XXXVIL,  the  dative  of  the  end  or  design  is  some- 
times rendered  without  the  sign  ;  as, 

1.  Est  mihi  voluptdti,  It  is  to  me  [for]  a  pleasure;  i.  e., 

It  is  [or  it  brings]  a  pleasure  to  me. 

9.  The  ablative  absolute,  690,  R.  LX.,  1349,  and  fre- 
quently time  how  long,  565,  R.  XLL,  950,  R.  LXL,  are 
without  the  sign  ;  as, 

1.  Bello  finito,  The  ivar  being  ended. 

2.  Sex  mensXbus  abfuit,  He  was  absent  fix  iwtfftt, 

10.  When  the  ablative  is  governed  by  a  preposition,  the 
English  of  that  preposition  takes  the  place  of  the  sign  of  the 
ablative,  and  no  other  will  be  used;  thus, 

1.  Ab  exercUu,     From  the  army.     4.   Cum  dignitfite,  With  dignity. 
'2.   Ex  urbe,  Out  of  the  city.      5.  Pro  castris,        Before  the. camp. 

3.  In  agro,  7;j  the  field.  6.   Tenus  pube,      Up  to  the  middle. 

11.  In  order  to  specify  more  particularly,  the  English  idiom 
sometimes  requires  the  possessive  pronouns,  my,  tin/,  his,  her, 
its,  our,  your,  their,  (not  expressed  in  Latin  unless  contrasted 
with  others),  to  be  supplied  before  a  noun,  and  especially  if 


14  INTRODUCTION. 


* 


they  refer  to  the  subject  of  the  sentence.  The  sense  will 
show  when  this  is  to  be  done,  and  what  pronoun  is  to  be  used ; 
as, 

1 .  Films  similis  patri,  A  son  like  his  father. 

2.  Reverere  parentes,  Reverence  your  parents. 

12.  Nouns  in  apposition,  (251,  R.  I.,  022,  R.  I.,)  must  be 
brought  as  near  together  as  possible,  and  the  sign  of  the  case, 
when  used,  prefixed  to  the  first  only ;  as, 

1.  Nom.  Cicero  orator,  Cicero  the  orator. 

2.  Gen.  Ciceronis  oratoris,  Of  Cicero  the  orator. 

3.  Dat.  Ciceroni  oratori,  To  Cicero  the  orator. 

4.  Abl.  Cicerone  oratore,  With  Cicero  the  orator. 

13.  The  noun  in  apposition  is  sometimes  connected  with  the 
noun  before  it  by  the  words  as,  being,  &c. ;  as, 

1 .  Misit  me  com  it  em ,  He  sent  me  as  a  companion. 

2.  Hie  puer  venit,  He  came,  when  [or  being]  a  boy. 

Adjectives  and  Substantives. 

14.  In  translating  an  adjective  or  adjective  pronoun  and  a 
substantive  together,  the  adjective  is  commonly  placed  first, 
and  the  sign  of  the  case  is  prefixed  to  it,  and  not  to  the  noun, 
263,  R.  II. ;  as, 

1.  Nom.  Altus  mons,  A  high  mountain. 

2.  Gen.    Alti  montis,  Of  a  high  mountain. 

3.  Dat.    Alto  monti,  To  jfor]  a  high  mountain. 

4.  Abl.    Alto  monte,  With  a  high  mountain. 

15.  When  two  or  more  adjectives,  coupled  by  a  conjunction, 
belong  to  one  substantive,  they  may  be  placed  either  before  or 
after  it;  as, 

1.  Jupiter  optimus  et  maximus,  Jupiter  the  best  and  greatest;  or 
Optimus  et  maximus  Jupiter,  The  best  and  greatest  Jupiter. 

2.  Viri  sapientis  et  docti,  Of  a  man  wise  and  learned ;  or 
Sapientis  et  docti  viri,  Of  a  wise  and  learned  man. 

16.  The  adjective  must  be  placed  after  its  substantive  when 
the  former  has  a  negative  joined  with  it,  or  another  word  in 
the  sentence  governed  by  it,  or  dependent  upon  it.  So  also 
solus  ;  as, 

1 .  Dux  peritus  belli,  A  general  skilled  in  war. 

2.  Filius  similis  patri,  A  son  like  his  father. 

3.  Poeta  dignus  honore,  A  poet  worthy  of  honor. 

4.  Homines  soli  mpiunt,  Men  alone  are  wise. 

5.  Avis  tarn  parum  decora,  A  bird  so  little  beautiful. 

6.  Littore  non  molli  neque  arenoso,  With  a  shore  not  soft  nor  sandy 


LATIN   IDIOMS.  15 

17.  The  adjectives  primus,  medius,  ulttmus,  extremus,  infi- 
mus,  imus,  summits,  supremus,  reltquus,  ceter,  or  ceterus,  and 
some  others  describing  a  part  of  an  object,  are  translated  as 
substantives,  with  the  sign  of  the  case  prefixed,  and  of  before 
the  substantive  following,  273,  662  /  as, 

1.  Med  id  nocte,  In  the  middle  of  the  night. 

2.  Ad  s  u  m  tn  u  m  montem,  To  the  top  of  the  mountain. 

18.  When  these  adjectives  (No.  17)  describe  the  whole, 
and  not  a  part  only,  they  are  translated  as  in  No.  14;  as, 

Summum  bonum,  The  chief  good. 

Supremus  dies,  The  last  day. 

19.  An  adjective  without  a  substantive  usually  has  a  sub- 
stantive understood,  but  obvious  from  the  connection,  269. 
Masculine  adjectives  (if  plural)  commonly  agree  with  homi- 
nes, or,  if  possessives,  with  amici,  cives,  or  milites,  understood ; 
and  neuters,  with  factum,  negotium,  verbum,  tempus,  &c. ;  as, 

1.  Boni  (fiomines)  sunt  rari,  Good  men  are  rare. 

2.  Ccesar  misit  suos  (milites),  Caesar  sent  his  soldiers. 

3.  Codes  transndvit  ad  suos  (cives),  Cocles  swam  over  to  his  fellow-cit- 

izens. 

4.  Ixibor  vincit  omnia  (negotia),         Labor  overcomes  all  things. 

5.  In  postSrum  (tempus),  In  time  to  come, — for  the  future. 

6.  In  eo  (loco)  ut,  In  such  a  situation  that. 

20.  Adjectives  commonly  used  without  a- substantive,  (but 
still  belonging  to  a  substantive  understood,)  may  be  regarded 
as  substantives.  They  are  such  as  mortdles,  boni,  mali,  superi, 
inferi,  Grcecus,  Romanus,  &c.     (See  269,  658)  ',  as, 

1 .  Mali  oderunt  bonos ,  The  wicked  hate  the  good. 

2    Grozcos  Romolni  vicdrunt,       The  Romans  conquered  the  Greeks. 

21.  Adjective  words,  when  partitives,  or  used  partitively, 
take  the  gender  of  the  noun  expressing  the  whole,  and  govern 
it  in  the  genitive  plural,  (if  a  collective  noun,  in  the  genitive 
singular),  355,  Rule  X.,  771,  R.  XIX.  In  this  case,  verbs 
and  adjectives  agree  with  the  partitive  as  if  it  were  a  noun  ■  as, 

1.  AlXquis  philosophdrum     Some  one  of the  philosophers  has  said. 

dixit, 

2.  Un a  musdrum  veniet,  One  of  the  muses  will  come. 

3.  Multi  nobilium  juvSnum,       Many  noble  young  men. 

22.  The  comparative  degree  not  followed  by  an  ablative, 
or  the  conjunction  quam  (than),  is  usually  translated  by  the 
positive  with  too  or  rather  prefixed.  For  explanation  see 
473,^0^/  as, 


16  INTRODUCTION. 

1.  Iracundior  est ,  (scil.  cequo,)  He  is  too  (or  rather)  passionate. 

2.  sE  g rius  ferebat,  He  took  it  rather  ill. 

3.  A/tius  volavit,  He  flew  too  /hV/A. 

Obs.  In  a  comparison,  eo  or  tanto  with  a  comparative  in 
one  clause,  and  9^0  or  quanto  in  the  other,  may  be  rendered 
"the"  (See  No.  44.  7.  8.)  ;  as, 

4.  Quo  plures,  e o  fdiciores,  The  more,  the  happier. 

23.  The  superlative  degree  expressing  comparison,  is  usu- 
ally preceded  by  the  article  the  in  English  (110,  215) ',  as, 

1 .  Doctissimus  Romanorum,        The  most  learned  of  the  Romans. 

2.  Fo  rtissimus  miles  in  exercitu,  The  bravest  soldier  in  the  army. 

24.  When  the  superlative  does  not  express  comparison, 
but  only  eminence  or  distinction,  it  is  translated  with  the  arti- 
cle a  or  an  prefixed  in  the  singular,  and  without  an  article  in 
the  plural ;  or  by  the  positive,  with  very,  eminently,  &c,  pre- 
fixed (110,  215) ;  as, 

1.  Homo  doctissimus,  A  most  learned  (or  a  very  learned) 

man. 

2.  Homines  doctissimi,  Most  learned  (or  very  learned)  men. 

25.  Alius  repeated  with  a  different  word  in  the  same  clause, 
renders  that  clause  double,  and  requires  it  to  be  translated  as 
in  the  following  examples : 

1.  Alius  olid  vid,  One  by  one  way,  another  by  another. 

2.  Aliud  aliis  videtur,  One  thing  seems  good  to  some,  an- 

other to  others ;  i.  e.,  Some  think 
one  thing,  and  some  another.  ( See 
other  varieties,  275,  664, 

The  same  usage  occurs  with  words  derived  from  alius. 
See  Gr.  276,665. 

26.  The  distributive  numeral  adjectives  are  usually  trans- 
lated by  the  cardinal  number  indicated,  with  "  each,"  or  "  to 
each,"  annexed;  sometimes  by  repeating  the  cardinal  thus, 
"one  "by  one,"  "two  by  two,"  &c,  107,  11,  209;  as, 

1.  Consules  binas  naves  habebant,  The  consuls  had  each  two  ships,  or, 

had  two  ships  each. 

2.  Qud  singuli  carri  ducerentur,    Where  wagons  could  be  led  one  by 

one. 

3.  Tigtia  bin  a,  Beams  two  by  two,  or  in  pairs. 

4.  Singulis   si ngulas  partes    He  distributed   equal   parts,   one  to 

distribuit  ozquales,  each. 

5.  Singulis  mensibus  hoc  fecit,       This  he  did  every  (or  each)  month, 

6.  Plures  singuli  uxores habent,    They  have  each  many  wives. 


LATIN    IDIOMS.  17 


Pronouns. 

27.  1st  The  adjeetive  pronoun,  hie,  hcec,  hoc,  with  a  noun 
following,  is  used  ;h  an  adjective,  and  means,  in  the  singular, 
utkU* — in  the  \)\\\n\\,  "  these ." — Me,  Ma,  illud, — is,  ea,  id, — 
iste,  isla,  istud,  with  a  noun,  in  the  singular,  mean  "that" — -in 
the  plural,  "those." 

2d.  Without  a  noun  following,  they  are  all  used  substan- 
tively, and  mean,  in  the  singular,  he,  she,  &;  in  the  plural, 
they  ;  thus, 

1.  I  Fir  rir,  This  man.  4.  FFic  fecit,  He  did  it. 

2.  Flla  fnniiui.  That  woman.  5.  J I  la  irnit,  She  came. 

3.  Ea  urbs,  That  city.  6.  Ea    (Dido)   eomlulit  earn,    She 

huilt  it,  (Carthage.) 
Ohs.  Tn  Sentences  containing  an  enumeration  of  particulars, 
the  same  pronoun  is  sometimes  used  in  successive  clauses,  but 
they  require  to  be  translated  differently,  (276,  GG5) ;  thus, 

7.  FFic,    \  hie,    ) 

9    n/r       (    "one»"  "the  one."  ~%       r  "another,"  "the other " 

10.  Alter,   )  alter,  ) 

When  antithesis  or  contrast  is  stated,  hie  is  translated 
"this,"  and  refers  to  the  nearer  antecedent;  ille,  "that,"  and 
refers  to  the  more  distant  ;   as, 

11.  IF ir  minor  natu  est,  ille  major,  This  is  the  younger,  jJiat  tlie  older. 

28.  Is,  ea,  id,  followed  by  ut,  or  the  relative,  qui,  quce, 
quod,  in  the  next  clause,  means  "such"  and  implies  compar- 
ison. The  relative  after  it  may  be  translated,  that  I,  that 
thou,  that  he,  that  they,  &c,  according  as  the  antecedent  re- 
quires, or  it  may  be  translated  as,  and  its  verb  by  the  infini- 
tive, (123,  2,  1030),  thus, 

1.7s  homo  ertxt  ut,  fa.,  He  was  such  a  man  that,  &e. 

2.  Neque  is  sum  qui  terrear,  lam  not  such  that  I  may  be  fright- 

ened.    Or  licttcr  thus,  I  am  not 
siirh  a  one  as  to  he  frightened. 
Ohs.  The  adverb  eo  with  ut  following  it,  means  "so  far," 

"  to  such  a  degree,"  to  such  a  point,"  k*  in  such  a  state  ; "  as, 

3w  Edpervenit  ut,  "He  came  so  far,  (i.  e.,  made  such 

progress,)  that/' 


18  INTRODUCTION. 


Possessive  Pronouns. 

29.  The  possessive  pronoun  is  equivalent  in  meaning  to 
the  genitive  of  the  substantive  pronoun,  and  may  often  be  so 
translated;  as, 

1.  Benejicio  suo  popullque  Romani,  By  the  kindness  of  hhnseJf  send  of  the 

Roman  people. 

2.  Cum  me  a  nemo  scripta  legat,  vul-  Since  no  one  reads  the  writings  of  vie, 

go  recitdre  timentis,  fearing  to  recite  them  publicly. 

30.  The  possessive,  suus,  sua,  suum,  in  Latin,  agrees  in 
gender,  number,  and  case,  with  the  noun  denoting  the  object 
possessed,  but  in  English  must  be  translated  by  a  pronoun 
denoting  the  possessor  ;  thus, 

1.  Pater  diligit  s  u  o  s  liberos,  A  father  loves  his  children. 

2.  Parentes  diligunt  suam  sobolem,  Parents  love  their  offspring. 

3.  Frater  diligit  sua m  sororem,        A  brother  loves  his  sister. 

4.  Soror  diligit  suum  fratrem,         A  sister  loves  her  brother. 

Obs.  In  the  first  sentence,  "suos"  agrees  with  "liberos," 
but  must  be  translated  " his,"  denoting  "pater"  the  possessor. 
In  the  second,  suam,  though  singular,  to  agree  with  sobolem, 
must  be  translated  "their"  so  as  to  denote  the  possessors, 
"parentes"  &c. 

Usage  of  Sui,  Suus, — Hie,  Iste,  Hie,  Is. 

31.  The  reflexive,  sui,  and  its  possessive,  suus,  generally 
refer  to  the  subject  of  the  leading  verb*  in  the  sentence: 
ille,  iste,  hie,  is,  never  refer  to  that  subject,  but  to  some  other 
person  or  thing  spoken  of;  thus, 

1.  Cato  occidit  se,  Cato  killed  himself . 

2.  Pater  diligit  suos  liberos,         A  father  loves  his  (own)  children. 

3.  Parentes  diligunt  suam  sob-  Parents  love  their  (own)  offspring. 

olem, 

4.  Dicit  s  e  valere,  He  says  that  he  is  well. 

Obs.  In  the  second  and  third  sentence,  "  his,"  made  by  suos, 
and  "their,"  made  by  suam,  referring  to  some  other  person  than 
pater  or  parentes,  would  be  made  by  the  genitive  of  ille,  iste, 
hie,  is.  In  the  first  and  fourth,  se  would  be  made  eum.  For 
the  difference  betweeri  these  words  usually  translated  "he," 
see  Gr.  118,  3,  1014. 

*  Se©  Gr.  118,  3,  1st,  with  note.    1018. 


LATIN    IDIOMS.  19 

Note.  If  a  second  subject  and  verb  be  introduced,  the  re- 
flexive governed  by  that  verb  will  belong  to  the  new  subject, 
unless  the  whole  clause  refer  to  the  words,  wishes,  or  actions, 
of  the  first  subject;  as, 
5.  Scipio  civitatibus  Italia:  reddidit  Scipio  restored  to  the  States  of  Italy, 

'   omnia  qua:  sua  recognoscebant,     all  the  things  which  they  recog- 
nised as  their  own. 

Usage  of  Ipse. 

32.  Ipse  renders  the  word  with  which  it  is  joined  emphatic, 
whether  expressed  or  understood,  and  is  equal  to  the  English, 
myself,  thyself  himself  themselves,  &c.,  annexed  to  it;  some- 
times to  the  word  very  prefixed.  "With  Humbert  it  denotes 
exactness,  and  sometimes  it  is  used  by  itself  as  a  reflexive 
instead  of  sui,  118,  3,  2d.;  as, 

1.  Tp$e  faiiam,  (i.  e.  ego  ipse,)  I  Mill  do  it  myself. 

2.  /  />  i  e  frn<  ris  otio,  (i.  e.  tu  ipse,)  Thou  thyself  enjoyest  ease. 

3.  ./tiru/o  cadit  ipse,  (i.  e.  ille  ipse,)  lie  himself  fella  by  a  dart. 

4.  Ccesar  ipse  venit,  Caesar  himself  came. 

5.  Tempus  ip  s  u  m  convenit,  The  very  time  was  agreed  on. 
G.  Ad  ipsas  /><>rt<is,  To  the  very  gates. 

7.  Decern  i]>si  dies,  Tea  whole  days. 

S.  Precatus  est  ut  ipsum  Uberdret,        He  begged  that  he  would  liherato 

him. 
9.  Donum  ip  s  i  datum,  A  present  given  to  him. 

33.  When  joined  with  the  personal  pronouns,  used  in  a  re- 
flexive sense,  and  in  an  oblique  case,  it  sometimes  agrees  with 
them  in  cafe,  but  more  commonly  with  the  subject  of  the  verb 
in  the  nominative  or  accusative.  It  is  always,  however,  to  be 
translated  with  the  oblique  case,  to  which  it  adds  the  force  of 
the  word  self  or  simply  of  emphasis  (282,  1035)  \  thus, 

1.  Se  ipse  interfScit  (or  se  ipsum),  He  slew  himself. 

1.  Noscete  ipse  (or  te  ipsum),  Know  thy.sflf/". 

2.  Mihi  ipse  (or  ipsi,)faveo,  I  favor  myself 

3.  At/am  per  me  ipse,  I  will  do  it  myself. 

4.  Virtus   est  per  se  ipsa  lauda-     Virtue  is  to  be  praised  for  itself. 

bitiis, 
5    Se  ipsos    omnes  naturd  dill-    All  men  naturally  love  themselves, 
gunt, 

KELATIVE  AND  ANTECEDENT. 
General  Principle. 

34.  Every  sentence  containing  a  relative  and  its  antecedent 
is  a  compound  sentence,  of  which  the  relative  with  its  clause 


20  INTRODUCTION.. 

forms  one  of  the  parts,  and  is  used  further  to  describe  or  limit 
its  antecedent  word  in  the  other  part.  That  word  may  be  the- 
subject,  or  belong  to  the  predicate,  or  to  some  circumstance 
connected  with  either.  But  to  whichsoever  of  these  it  belongs, 
the  relative  and  its  clause  must  all  be  translated  together,  and 
in  immediate  connection  with  its  antecedent  word.  Hence 
the  following 

General  Rule  of  Arrangement, 

35c  The  relative  with  its  clause  should  be  placed  immedi- 
ately after,  or  as  near  as  possible  to  the  antecedent,  and,  unless 
unavoidable,  another  substantive  should  not  come  between 
them;  thus, 

Latin  Arrangement 

1.  Urbi  imminet  mons,  qui  ad  Arcadiam  procurrit. 
Here  "qui  "  with  its  clause,  "ad  Arcadiam  procurrit,,f  belongs 
to,  and  further  describes  the  antecedent  subject  "mons."  As 
then  the  subject  with  all  that  belongs  to  it  must  be  taken  be- 
fore the  verb,  (770,  3d,  1416,)  the  above  sentence  should 
be  arranged  for  translation,  thus :  Mons  qui  procurrit  ad 
Arcadiam,  imminet  urbi,  A  mountain,  which  extends  to  Arca- 
dia, hangs  over  the  city. 

Or,  the  English  order  may  be  inverted,  thus :  Urbi  imminet 
mons,  qui  procurrit  ad  Arcadiam,  Over  the  city  hangs  a 
mountain,  which,  &c. 

But  not,  Mons  imminet  urbi,  qui,  &c,  because  this  arrange- 
ment would  place  "urbi"  between  the  antecedent,  "mons," 
and  the  relative,  "  qui,"  and  so  lead  to  a  false  translation. 
The  following  sentence  also  affords  an  example: 

2.  Proxime  urbem  Eur  ot  as  fluvius  delabitur,  ad  c  uj  u  s 
ripas  Spartdni  se  exercere  solebant.  Arrange,  Proxime  urbem 
delabitur,  &c,  Close  to  the  city  flows ;  or,  Eurotas  fluvius,  ad 
cujus  ripas,  &c.  delalntur  proxime  urbem. 

36.  When  another  noun  necessarily  comes  between  the 
relative  and  its  antecedent,  there  is  more  danger  of  ambiguity 
in  English  than  in  Latin,  as  the  gender  and  number  of  the 
Latin  relative  will  generally  direct  to  the  proper  antecedent, 
to  which  in  English  we  are  directed  chiefly  by  the   sense. 


LATIN'     IDIOMS.  21 

The  following  sentence,  all'ords  am  example  or  i}\\<  kind:  Ad 

Bijzmttltnii  fn'jil,  OpptduM   itdtiirn  maun  tint  <t  arte,  quod 
topia  ubttitdat. 

37.  The  antecedent  in  Latin  is  often  understood  when  the 
English  idiom  requires  it  to  tie  supplied.  It  is  generally  un- 
derstood, and  should  be  supplied  in  the  proper  case: 

1st.  When  it  is  intentionally  left  indefinite,  or  is  obvious 
from  the  gender  and  number  of  the  relative,  and  the  connec- 
tion in  which  it  stands,  as  in  No.  19;  as, 

1 .  Svnt  (h o in  ine s)  quos  juvat,  There  are  men  whom  it  delights. 

12.  I/ic  (st  (id)  quod  qturrhnits,  Hint  which  we  seek  is  here. 

"  Hie  sunt,  (ea)  qua  qiuerimus,  Those  things  which  we  seek  are  here. 

3.  (Is)  qui  cito  doty  bis  dot,  (He)    who    gives    promptly,   gives 

twice. 

Note.  In  the  preceding  sentences  the  antecedent  supplied  is  in  paren- 
theses. 

2d.  The  antecedent  is  usually  understood  before  the  relative, 
when  it  is  expressed  after  it,  and  in  the  same  case,  (2HQ,  Obs. 

t,  2d,  686,  687)',  **, 

4.  (Pa  rs)  qmm  jxirs  terrena  fuit,     The  part  which  was  earthy. 

5.  (Locus)  in  quern  locum  venit,       The  place  into  which  he  came. 

"    Ajiitd  Artiiim  (loc  u  m)  qui  locus  At  Actium  a  place  which  is,  &c. 
est,  Sec. 

Note  1.  When  the  antecedent  word  is  expressed  in  the  rel- 
ative clause,  as  in  the  examples  Nog.  4,  and  5,  or  is  repeated, 
as  in  the  following,  No.  6,  (286,  Obs.  1,  3d.,)  it  is  omitted  in 
translating;  as, 

6.  Erant  omnlno  duo  itinera,  qui-       There  were  only  two  ways  hy  which 

bus  itinertbus  domo  ex-  they  could  go  from  home. " 

ire  possent, 

Note  2.  Quisquis,  quidquid,  or  quicquid,  (and  also  <fnicun- 
que,  qucecunque,  quodcunque,)  "whoever,  whatever,"  used  as 
a  relative  without  an  antecedent,  includes  a  general  or  indefi- 
nite antecedent,  in  such  case  as  the  construction  requires,  and 
is  equivalent  to  omnis,  or  quims  qui, — omne,  or  quidvis  quod; 
as, 

7.  Fortfinam  qucecunque    (i.e.     They  would  hazard  what&fr  fortune 

qua  m  vis  fortfinam   quce)  (i.    e.  any   fortune   which)    might 

accidat  ejrperiatitur,  happen. 

8    Quidquid    tetig&rat    curum  Whatever  (i.  e.  everything  which)  he 

Jicbat,  had  touched  became  gold. 


22  INTRODUCTION. 

Note  3.  When  the  antecedent  is  a  proposition,  or  clause  of 
a  sentence,  285,  384:,  the  relative  is  put  in  the  neuter  gen- 
der, and  sometimes  has  id  before  it  referring  to  the  same 
clause;  as, 

9.  Servi,  quod  (or  id  quod)  nun-     The   slaves,  which   never  had   beeti 

quam  ante  f actum, manumissi        done  before,  were  set  free  and  made 
el  milites  facti  sunt ;  soldiers. 

38.  In  the  beginning  of  a  sentence,  a  relative,  with  or  with- 
out quum,  or  other  conjunctive  term,  and  referring  to  some 
word,  clause,  or  circumstance,  in  a  preceding  sentence,  usually 
has  the  antecedent  word  repeated,  or,  if  evident,  understood  ; 
and  instead  of  who  or  which,  may  be  rendered  this,  that,  these, 
those,  or,  and  this,  and  that,  &c,  according  as  the  closeness  of 
the  connection  may  require,  295,  701$  as, 

1.  Quoz  urbs  quum  infestaretur,       And  since  (or  because)  this  city  was 

infested. 
"    Qui  leg ati  quum  missi  essent,      When  these  ambassadors  had  been 

sent. 

2.  Q  u  oz  contentio  cuncta  permis-     This  contention  threw  all  things  into 

cuit,  confusion. 

3.  Quibus  nunciis  acceptis,  These  tidings  being  received. 

4.  Quod  quum  Me  cerneret,  And  when  he  saw  this. 

5.  Quo  facto,  This  being  done,  (or  accomplished.) 

6.  Qua    dum   omnia  contempla-  And  while  they  were  contemplating 

bantur,  all  these  things. 

7.  Quod  quum  impetr asset,  A nd  when  he  had  obtained  this. 

8.  A  quo  consilio  quum   revoca-     When  he  recalled  him  from  this  de- 

ret,  sign. 

9.  Quo  ictu  Me  extinctus  est,  And  by  this  blow  he  was  killed. 

Note.  To  this  construction  belongs  quod,  (apparently  for 
propter  or  ad  quod,  539,)  in  the  beginning  of  a  sentence,  re- 
ferring to  something  previously  stated,  and  meaning,  "  on  ac- 
count of,  with  respect  to,  or  as  to,  this  thing  ;"  as, 

10.  Quod  diis  gratias  habeo,  On  account  of  this,   (for  this  thing, 

wherefore,)  I  give  thanks   to   the 
gods. 

11.  Quod  diceret  se  venturum,  As  to  what  (as  to  that  thing  which) 

he  said,  that  he  would  come. 

39.  When  the  antecedent  word  is  not  repeated,  as  in  No. 
38,  the  relative,  with  or  without  quum,  or  other  conjunctive 
term,  may  be  rendered  he,  she,  it,  they,  or  and  he,  and  she,  &C, 
according  as  the  antecedent  word  requires,  295,  701  /  as, 


LATIN    IDIOMS.  * 

1 .  Qui  quum  admitterfret,  And  when  he  admitted. 

2.  Qua  quum  vidumt,  And  when  she  had  wen. 

Qua  (/'mm  vim  <ss<t,  When  me  had  been  (or  was) 

.3.  Q  u  a  m  quum  dare  nollet,  And  when  lie  would  not  give  it. 

4.  Q u  ih  us  i/iiuin  orriirrissct,  When  be  had  met  them. 

5.  Q  u  i  (quce;  pi.  qui,  quae,)  respon-  And  he  (she,  they,)  replied. 
dit, 

6.  Q  u  i  (or  qua)  quum  adessent,  And  when  they  were  present. 

7.  Quum  M deOger  inUr fecit,  And  Meleager  slew  him. 

8    Q  u  a  m  quum  d'ireict.  And  when  he  was  leading  her. 

9.  Ad  quern  quum  venissent,  And  when  they  had  come  to  him. 

10.  Quern  ut  vidit,  As  soon  as  (or  when)  he  saw  him. 

40.  When  the  relative  in  any  case  is  followed  by  the  sub- 
junctive mood,  and  the  two  clauses,  viz. :  the  antecedent  and 
relative,  involve  a  comparison ;  or  the  latter  expresses  the 
purpose,  object,  or  design  of  something  expressed  by  the  for- 
mer, the  relative  is  better  translated  by  the  conjunction  that, 
and  the  personal  pronoun ;  thus,  that  I,  that  thou,  that  he, 
that  they,  &c,  as  the  antecedent  word  may  require.  (See  Gr. 
652,  1212.) 

1 .  Missus  sum  q  u  i  te  adducfrem,       I  have  been  sent  that  I  might  bring 

you. 

2.  Neque  is  qui  facias  id,  You  are  not  such  a  person  that  you 

should  do  that. 

3.  Quis  est  tain  lynrpus  qui ,  frc  ,      Who  is  so  sharp  sighted  that  he. 

4.  MmtUgMOi  qui  cognoscSrent,      He  sent  ambassadors  that  they  might 

find  out. 

5.  Frunes  manddvit  quas  dissemin-  She  gave  him  fruits  that  he  might 

dret,  scatter  them. 

41.  In  the  expressions,  quippe  qui,  ut  qui,  utpote  qui,  the 
relative  ia  better  translated  by  the  personal  pronoun  which 
represents  the  antecedent,  647,  1233)',  as, 

1.  Qui]>j>,   qui  nunquam  bgcrim,      For  .(or  because)  /  have  never  read 

them. 

42.  After  dignus,  indignus,  idoneus,  and  the  like,  in  the 
predicate,  tin-  relative  and  subjunctive  mood  may  be  rendered 
by  the  infinitive,  (643,  1st,  1226) ;  as, 

1 . .  hiijnus  qui  ametur ,  Worthy  to  be  loved. 

2.  Si  dignum  qui  numeretur      If  you  shall  elect  a  person  worthy  to 

crearltis,  #  be  reckoned,  &c. 

43.  Sometimes  the  natural  order  of  the  sentence  is  in- 
verted, bo  that  the  relative  clause  stands  first  and  the  ante- 
cedent follows  it.  In  translating,  the  antecedent  clause  should 
generally  be  placed  first ;  as, 


24  •  INTRODUCTION. 

1 .  Qui  bonis  non  recte  utltur,  e i     Good  things  become  evil  to  him  who 

bona  malajiunt,  does  not  use  good  things  well. 

2.  Qui  cito  dat,  (is )  bis  dat,  He  gives  twice  who  gives  quickly. 

Correlative  Adjectives. 

44.  The  demonstratives,  tot,  so  many,  and  totidem,  just  so 
many;  tantus,  as  great,  so  great,  as  much,  so  much;  talis, 
such;  are  followed  by  their  relatives,  quot,  quantus,  qualis, 
signifying  as,  to  denote  comparison  ;  as, 

1.  Tot  homines  quot,  As  many  men  as. 

2.  Tot  id  em  naves  quot,  Just  so  many  ships  as. 

3.  Tantus  exercitus  quantus ,  As  great  (ox  so  great)  an  army  as. 

4.  Talis  homo  qualis,  Such  a,  man  as. 

So  also  the  correlative  adverbs. 

5.  Toties,  quoties,  As  often  as. 

6.  Tarn,  quam,  So      -  as. 

7.  Ed,  quo,  By  so  much  as. 

8.  Tanto,  quanto,  By  so  much  as ;  or, 

In  proportion        as. 

45.  Instead  of  the  relative  in  such  sentences,  the  conjunc- 
tions ac,  atque,  (128,  1376,)  ut,  and  the  relative  qui,  quce, 
quod,  are  sometimes  used,  and  may  generally  be  translated 
"as,"  or  "thate" 

1.  Honos  talis  paujcis  est  delatus  ac  Such  honor  has  been  bestowed  upon 

mihi,  few  persons  as  upon  me. 

2.  Cum  totidem  navibus  atque  pro-  He  returned  with  just  as  many  ships 

fectus  erat  rediit,  as  he  had  departed  with. 

3.  Ridlaesttanta  vis  quce  non /ran-  No  power  is  so  great  as  (or,  that  it) 

gi  possit,  can  not  be  broken. 

46.  When  the  relative  only  is  expressed  in  sentences  im- 
plying comparison,  the  demonstrative  (No.  44,)  must  be  sup- 
plied, and  the  sentence  translated  as  above  ;  as, 

1.  Crocodllus  par  it  (tanta)  The  crocodile  lays  (as  lairpt )  eggs  as 

ova  quanta  anseres,  geese  lay. 

2.  (Tot)  millia  quot  unquam  ve-  As  many  thousands  as  ever  came  from 

nere  Mycenis,  Mycenae. 

47.  Sometimes,  as  in  No.  43,  the  natural  order  of  the  sen- 
tence is  inverted,  so  that  the  relative  clause  stands  lirst  and 
the  antecedent  follows  it.  In  translating,  the  antecedent 
clause  should  be  placed  first;  as, 

1.  Quot  homines  tot  causae, 

arrange  \  As  many  causes  as  there  are  men. 

Tot  causae,  quot  homines, 


LATIN    IDIOMS.  25 

48.  The  relatives,  quot,  quoties,  quantus,  qualis,  used  inter- 
rogatively, or  in  an  exclamation,  or  indefinitely,  in  the  indirect 
interrogation,  and  without  implying  comparison,  have  no  ref- 
erence to  an  antecedent  term  either  expressed  or  understood, 
and  are  translated  respectively,  "how  many,"  "how  often," 
"  how  great,"  or  "  how  much,"  "  what,"  or  "  of  what  kind ; " 
IS, 

1.  Inter.  Quot  annos  habet?  How  many  years  has  he?  i.  c,  how 

old  is  he  ? 

2.  Indef.  Nescio  quot,  I  know  not  how  many. 

3.  Ere).  Cum  q  u  ant  d  gravitate  I   With  how  much  gravity ! 

4.  Indef.  Doce  quales  sint,  Tell  us  of  what  kind  they  are. 

THE  VERB  AND  ITS  SUBJECT. 
General  Principle. 

49.  Every  finite  verb  (244,  5,  617 9  5,)  has  its  own  subject, 
expressed  or  understood,  in  the  nominative  case. 

Obs.  The  subject  of  the  verb  is  the  person  or  thing  spoken 
of,  and  may  be  a  noun,  a  pronoun,  a  verb  in  the  infinitive 
mood,  a  clause  of  a  sentence,  or  any  thing  which,  however 
expressed,  is  the  subject  of  thought  or  speech.    (304,  63o») 

General  Rule  of  Arrangement. 

50.  The  subject  and  all  the  words  agreeing  with  it,  gov- 
erned by  it,  connected  with  it,  or  dependent  upon  it,  must  be 
arranged  in  the  order  of  their  connection* and  dependence,  and 
translated  before  the  verb. 

1.  Can  is  latrat,  The  dog  harks. 

2.  Ego  scril>o,  /write. 

;;.   l.uil  <  ,<■  ,.<i  jiiouxhun,  To  play  is  pleasant. 

4.  Dulce  est  pro  patrid  mori,     To  die  for  one's  country  is  sweet. 

5.  Tot  us  Graze.  6  rum  exercX-  The  whoL   army  of  the  Greeks  had 

tus  Axdlde  convenerat,  assembled  at  Aulis. 

6.  Vi  r  sapit  qui  pane  a  loqui-  The  man  who  speaks  little  is  wise. 

tur, 

51.  When  the  subject  of  the  verb  is  the  infinitive,  either 
alone  or  with  its  subject ;  or  a  clause  of  a  sentence,  connected 
by  ut,  quod,  or  other  conjunctive  term,  the  English  pronoun, 
it,  is  put  with  the  verb  referring  to  that  infinitive  or  clause 
following  it,  and  which  is  the  proper  subject  of  the  verb;  as, 

3 


26  INTRODUCTION. 

1.  Facile  estjubere,  It  is  easy  to  command. 

2.  Nuntiatum  est  classem  devinci,       It  was  announced  that  the  fleet  wa» 

conquered. 
3.,  Semper  accidit  ut  absis,  It  always  happens  that  'you  are  ab- 

sent. 

4.  Qui  Jit  ut  metuas,  How  happens  it  that  you  fear. 

5.  Nunquam  Romanis placuisse  im-  That  it  never  had  pleased  the  Ro- 

peratorem  a  suis  mil  it-  mans,  that  a  commander  should 

lb  us  inte  rfx  c  i,  be  killed  by  his  own  soldiers. 

52.  The  verb  must  always  be  translated  in  its  proper 
tense,  and  in  the  same  person  and  number  with  its  nomina- 
tive. (See  paradigms  of  the  verb,  §§  54-70,  279-301.) 
But  when  it  has  two  or  more  nouns  or  pronouns  in  the  singular, 
taken  together,  or  a  collective  noun  expressing  many  as  in- 
dividuals, as  its  subject,  the  verb  must  be  translated  in  the 
plural ;  as, 

1.  Et pater  et  mater  venerunt ,      Both  his  father   and    mother  have 

come. 

2.  Turba  quoquoversum  ruunt>        The  crowd  rush  in  every  direction. 

53.  The  nominative  to  a  verb  in  the  first  or  second  person, 
being  evident  from  the  termination,  is  seldom  expressed  in 
Latin,  but  must  be  supplied  in  translating ;  as, 

1.  Scribo,  /write.  3.  Scribimus,    We  write. 

2.  Legis,  Thou  readest.  4.  Legitis,  You  read. 

54.  When  the  verb  in  the  third  person  has  no  nominative 
expressed,  it  refers  to  some  noun  or  pronoun  evident  from 
the  connection ;  and,  both  in  translating  and  parsing,  the 
pronoun  Me,  or  is,  in  the  nominative  case,  and  in  the  gender 
and  number  of  the  noun  or  pronoun  referred  to,  must  be  sup- 
plied; as, 

1.  (Me)  scribit,     (He)  writes.  2.  (Uli)  scribunt,     (They)  write. 

55.  When  the  same  word  is  the  subject  of  several  verbs 
closely  connected  in  the  same  construction,  it  is  expressed 
with  the  first  and  understood  to  the  rest,  both  in  Latin  and 
English;  thus, 

1.  Cossar  venit,  vidit,  et  vicit,  Ccesar  came,  saw,  and  conquered. 

2.  Dicitur  Ccesar  em  venisse,vi-    It  is  said  that  Cossar  came,  saw,  and 

disse,  et  vicisse,  conquered. 

Interrogative  Sentences. 

56.  A  question  is  made  in  Latin  in  four  different  ways,  as 
follows : 


LATIN    IDIOMS.  27 

1st.  By  an  interrogative  pronoun;  as,  Quis  venit?  "Who 
comes  ?"  Quern  ml  sit  t  ~  Whom  did  he  send  ?"  Cuj  u  s  pe- 
dis hoc?  "Whose  nock  is  this?"  &c. 

2d.  By  an  interrogative  adverb;  as,  Unde  venit?  "Whence 
came  he?"    Cur  venit?  "Why  did  he  come?" 

3d.  By  the  interrogative  particles;  num,  an,  and  the  enclitic, 
ne.  Thus  used  these  particles  have  no  corresponding  English 
word  in  the  translation ;  they  merely  indicate  a  question ;  as, 
Num  venit,  or  an  venit,  or  venitne  ?  "  Has  he  come  ?"  Num 
videtur  ?  "  Does  it  seem  ?" 

4th.  By  simply  placing  an  interrogation  mark  at  the  end 
of  the  question ;  as,  Vis  me  hoc  facere  ?  "  Do  you  wish  me  to 
do  this?" 

57.  The  interrogative  pronoun  or  adverb,  in  all  cases,  is 
translated  before  the  verb ;  as, 

1 .  Quis  fecit ?  Who  did  it ?  or  who  has  done  it  1 

2.  Quern  misit?  Whom  did  he  send ? 

3.  Q u auto  constitit ?  How  much  did  it  cost ? 

4.  Qualis  fuit  %  What  sort  of  a  man  was  he  ! 

This  is  true  also  of  the  indirect  question ;  i.  e.,  when  the 
substance  of  a  question  is  stated  but  not  in  the  interrogative 
form;  as, 

r>.  Nttdo  quant  o  const  it  crit,  I  know  not  how  much  it  cost. 

6.  Docuit  quam  Jinna  res  esset        He  showed  them  how  firm  a  thing 
concordia,  agreement  was. 

Note.  When  the  verb  in  the  direct  or  indirect  question  comes 
under  319,  R.  V.,  66G,  R.  VI.,  the  predicate,  or  nominative 
after  the  verb,  is  translated  first,  and  the  subject  or  nomina- 
tive, in  the  direct  question  after  the  verb,  as  in  Ex.  4 ;  but  in 
the  indirect,  before  it,  as  in  Ex.  6.  Thus,  in  Ex.  4,  qualis  is 
the  predicate,  and  Me  understood,  the  subject ;  in  Ex.  6,  res 
is  the  predicate,  and  concordia  the  subject. 

58.  In  all  forms  of  interrogation  not  made  by  an  interroga- 
tive pronoun,  as  in  No.  57,  the  nominative  or  subject  is  trans- 
lated after  the  verb  in  English,  in  the  simple  forms,  and  after 
the  first  auxiliary  in  the  compound  forms ;  as, 

1.  Videsne?  Seest  thou  ?  or  dost  thou  see? 

2.  An  Venistif  Ihisr  thou  come?  or  have  you  come ? 
a    Scribetne?  Will  he  write? 

4.  Num  ibimus?  Shall  we  jro  ? 

5.  Nonne  fecit  t  Has  he  not  done  (it)  ? 


28  INTRODUCTION. 

B.  An  egisset  melius  ?  Would  he  have  done  better  t 

7.  Nosne  alemus  ?  .  Shall  we  support  i 

8.  Nonne  Dei  est  ?  Does  it  not  belong  to  God  % 
9„  Iste  est  /rater  ?  Is  that  your  brother  ? 

59.  When  a  sentence  not  interrogative  is  introduced  by  wee 
or  neque,  not  followed  by  a  corresponding  conjunction,  (See 
No.  124,)  in  a  connected  clause,  the  verb  will  be  translated  by 
an  auxiliary,  and  the  English  nominative  will  stand  after  the 
first  auxiliary ;  as, 

1 .  Neque  hoc  intelligo,  Neither  do  I  understand  this. 

2.  Nee  venisset,  Neither  would  he  have  come. 

3.  Nee  adeptus  sum,  Nor  have  /  attained. 

The  object  of  the  verb. 

60.  In  translating,  the  object  of  a  transitive  verb  in  the  ac- 
cusative is  arranged  after  the  verb,  and  as  near  to  it  as  possi- 
ble. That  object  may  be  a  noun,  a  pronoun,  an  infinitive,  or 
a  clause  of  a  sentence,  (439,  714)  ;  as, 

1.  Romulus  condidit  urbem,  Romulus  built  a  city. 

2.  Vocavit  earn  liomam,  He  called  it  Rome. 

3.  Disce  die  ere  vera,  Learn  to  speak  the  truth. 

4.  Obtulit  ut  captlvos  re  dime-  He  offered  that  they  should  redeem  the 

rent,  captives. 

61.  The  interrogative  or  relative  pronoun  is  always  trans- 
lated before  the  verb  that  governs  it ;  as, 

1.  Quern  mittemus?  Whom  shall  we  send  ? 

2.  Cui  dedisti?  To  whom  didst  thou  give  it ? 

3.  Dens  quern  colimus,  God  whom  we  worship. 

4.  Cui  omnia  debemus.  To  whom  we  owe  all  things. 

62.  When  a  transitive  verb  governs  two  cases,  the  imme- 
diate object  in  the  accusative,  according  to  the  natural  order, 
is  usually  translated  first,  and  after  that  the  remote  object  in 
the  genitive,  §  122,  792;  dative,  §  123,  855;  accusative, 
§  124,  734  ;  or  ablative,  §  125,  911;  as, 

1.  Arquit  me  furti,  He  accuses  we  of  theft. 

2.  Comparo  Virqilium  Homcro,   I  compare  Virgil  to  Jiomer. 

3.  Poscimns  te  p'acem,  We  beg  peace  of  thee 

4.  Onerat  naves  auro,  He  loads  the  ships  with  gold. 
Note.  The  accusative  of  the  person  after  verbs  of  asking, 

is  translated  by  of  or  from;  as, 

5.  Pyrrhum  auxilium  poposcerunt,      They  demanded  aid  of  (or  from) 

Pyrrhus.     y 


LATIN    IDIOMS.  29 

63.  But  when  the  remote  object  is  a  relative,  or  when  the 
immediate  object  is  an  infinitive,  or  a  clause  of  a  sentence,  or 
a  noun  further  described  by  other  words,  the  remote  object 
must  be  translated  first;  as, 

1.  Cui  librum  dedtmus,  To  whom  we  gave  the  book. 

2.  Da  viihi  fallere,  Give  me  to  deceive. 

"   Dixit  ei,  confiteor  meum  peccd-     He  said  to  him,  I  confess  my  fault. 
turn, 

3.  Earn  rogaverunt,  ut  ipsos  defen-      They  entreated  him,  that  he  would 

ddret,  defend  them. 

4.  Docuit  ill os  quamjirma  esset,      He  showed  them  how  firm  it  was. 

5.  Cicitatem,    antea    solicitdtam,       He  supplies  with  arms,  the  city  al- 

ar mis  ornat,  ready  excited. 

64.  When  a  verb,  which  in  the  active  voice  governs  two 
ca-cs,  is  used  in  the  passive  form,  that  which  was  the  imme- 
diate object  in  the  accusative,  becomes  the  subject  in  the  nom- 
inative ;  and  the  remote  object  in  its  own  case  immediately 
follows  the  verb.  Thus,  the  examples  *No.  62,  may  be  ar- 
ranged and  translated  as  follows,  §  126,  1075* 

1.  Arr/uor  furti,  I  am  accused  of  theft. 

2.  Virgili us  comparator  Ho-         Virgil  is  compared  to  Homer. 

mero, 

3.  Pax  jioscitur  te,  Peace  is  begged  of  thee. 

4.  Naves  onerantur  auro,  The  ships  are  loading  with  gold. 

So  also  the  participles 

5.  .1  eetUi  >t us  fu  r  t  i,  Accused  of  theft. 

6.  (.'om/xinUus  Homero,  Compared  to  Homer* 

7.  Out  rata  auro,  Loaded  with  gold. 

8.  Nuddta  hominXbus,  Stripped  of  men. 

9.  Ereptus  morti,  Saved  from  death. 

Impersonal   Verbs. 

65.  The  impersonal  verb  has  no  nominative  before  it  in 
Latin.  It  is  translated  by  placing  the  pronoun  it  before  it  in 
English;  as,  (2:23,2,452.) 

1.  Decet,        It  becomes.  4.  Pugnatur,     It  is  fought. 

2.  Constat,     It  is  evident.  5.  Itur,  It  is  gone. 

3.  Tonat,       It  thunders.  6.   Curritur,      It  is  run. 

66.  Impersonal  verbs  governing  the  dative  or  accusative  in 
Latin,  may  be  translated  in  a  personal  form  by  making  the 
word  in  the  dative  or  accusative  the  nominative  to  the  English 
verb,  taking  care  always  to  express  the  same  idea  (223,  6, 
457). 


30 


INTRODUCTION. 


Impersonally. 


Personally, 


1.  Placet  mi hi ,  It  pleases  me ;  I  am  pleased. 

2.  Licet  tibi,  It  is  permitted  to  you;  You  are  permitted. 

3.  Decet  eum,  It  becomes  him;  He  ought. 

4    Pudet  nos,  It  shames  us;  We  are  ashamed. 

5.  Tuzdetvos,  It  wearies  you ;  You  are  wearied. 

6.  Favetur,  illis,  Favor  is  done  to  them;  They  are  favored. 

7.  NocStur  hosti,  Hurt  is  done  to  the  ene-  The  enemy  is  hurt. 

my; 

8.  Miser  et  m  e  tui,  It  moves  me  to  pity  of  JT  pity  you. 

you; 

9.  Pcenitet  eos,  It  repents  them ;  They  repent. 

10.  Pcenitet  me  pec-  It  repents  me,  that  I  i"     repent     of     having 
cdsse,                          have  sinned ;  sinned. 

67.  When  the  doer  of  an  action  denoted  by  an  impersonal 
verb,  or  by  a  passive  verb  used  impersonally,  is  expressed  by 
the  ablative  with  a,  (236,  6,  457,)  the  verb  may  be  trans- 
lated personally  in  the  active  voice,  and  the  doer,  in  the  abla- 
tive, be  made  its  English  subject  or  nominative  ;  as, 


Impersonally. 

It  is  fought  by  me ; 
thee : 


Personally. 


1.  Pugnatur  a  me,  It  is  fought  by  me;  I  fight. 

2.  Curriturate,  It  is  run  by  thee;  T hou  ruxmest. 
S.  Favetur  a  nobis,  It  is  favored  by  us;  We  favor. 

4.  Favetur  tibi  a  no-  It  is  favored  to  you  by  We  favor  you;  or,  you 

bis ,  us;  are  favored  by  us. 

Note.  The  doer  in  the  ablative  with  a,  is  frequently  under- 
stood, (especially  when  no  definite  person  or  thing  is  intended,) 
and  must  be  supplied  as  the  context  requires ;  as, 

5.  Ubi  perventum  est  (ab  illis,)  When   it  was   come   by  them,   i.e., 

when  they  came. 

6.  Descenditur  (ab  hominibus,)  Men  (or  people,)  go  down. 

7.  Conveniebatur  (ab  hominibus,)       People  assembled. 

68.  Some  verbs,  not  impersonal,  are  used  impersonally, 
when  used  before  the  infinitive  of  impersonal  verbs,  (411,);  as, 


Impersonally. 


Personally. 


1.  Potest  credi  tibi,      It  can  be   trusted  to     You  can  be  trusted;  66, 

you;  2. 

2.  Non  potest  noceri   It  cannot  be  hurt  to  the  The  enemy    cannot    be 

hosti,  enemy;  hurt;  66,  7. 

3.  Ut  fieri  so  let,  As  it  is  wont  to  be  done; 

or,  As  is  usual. 

69.  Verbs  usually  impersonal  are  sometimes  used  personally, 
and  haye  their  subject  in  the  nominative,  (412,  842)  ;  as, 


LATIN   IDIOMS.  31 

1.  Doleo,  I  grieve,  (Impersonally,     Dolet  mihi,)  It  grieves  me. 

2.  Candida  pax  homines  dec<  t ,     Candid  peace  become)   men. 

3.  Ista  gestamina   nostras  hume-  These  arms  become  my  shoulders. 

ros  decent. 

Usage  of  Videor,  "I seem." 

70.  Videor,  "I  seem,"  though  never  impersonal  in  Latin, 
is  often  rendered  impersonally  in  English;  and  the  dative 
following  it,  seems  properly  to  come  under  528,  Rule 
XXXIIL,  1146,  to  denote  the  person  to  whom  any  thing 
seems  or  appears,  i.  e.,  by  whom  it  is  seen  ;  thus,  Videor  tibl 
esse  pauper,  I  seem  to  you,  (i.  e.,  I  am  seen  by  you,)  to  be  poor. 
Videor  mihi  esse  pauper,  I  seem  to  myself,  (i.  e.,  I  am  seen 
by  myself,)  to  be  poor;  or,  I  think  that  I  am  poor.  So  the 
following : 

1.  Videor  esse  liber,  I  seem  to  be  free;  or,  It  seems  that  I 

am  free. 

2.  Videor  mihi  esse  liber,  I  seem  to  myself  to  be  free;  or,  It 

snuis  to  uie,  (or,  I  think)  that  1 
am  five. 

3.  Videris  esse,  You  seem  to  be;  or,  It  seems  that 

you  arc. 

4.  Videris  tibi  esse,  You  seem  to  yourself  to  be ;  or,  It 

seems  to  you,  (i.  e.,  you  think) 
that  you  are. 

5.  Videris  mihi  esse,  You  seem  to  me  to  be ;  or,  It  seems 

to  me,  (i.  e.,  I  think)  that  you  are. 
o.  Tu,  ut  videris,  non  scribis,  You,  as  you  seem,  (or,  as  it  seems) 

do  not  write. 

Obs.  The  third  person  singular  of  videor  followed  by  an 
infinitive,  with  its  subject  in  the  accusative,  or  by  a  depend- 
ent clause  after  ut,  or  quod,  may  be  said  to  be  used  imperson- 
ally; though,  strictly  speaking,  that  infinitive  with  its  accusa- 
tive, or  that  clause,  is  the  subject,  (See  No.  51,) ;  as, 

7.  Videtur  mihi  te  valere,  It  appears  to  me  that  you  are  well  ; 

strictly  rendered,  That  you  are 
well  appears  to  (or,  is  seen  by) 
me. 

8.  IUi  videtur  ut  valeat,  It  appears  to  him,  (or,  he  thinks,) 

that  he  {another  person)  is  well. 

9.  Viskkir  sibi  valere,  It  appears  to  him.   (or,  he  thinks,) 

that  he  (himself)  is  well.  He ; 
to  himself  to  be  well. 


32  INTRODUCTION. 

Verbs. — Indicative  Mood. 

71.  Verbs  in  the  indicative  mood  are  translated  as  in  the 
paradigm  in  the  Grammar.  Care  must  be  taken,  however,  to 
notice  when  the  sense  requires  the  simple,  or  emphatic,  or 
progressive  form. 

72.  When  the  perfect  tense  expresses  a  past  action  or 
event  extending  to,  or  connected  with  the  present,  in  itself  or 
in  its  consequences,  it  is  used  definitely,  and  must  be  rendered 
by  the  auxiliaries,  have,  hast,  has,  or  hath  ;  as, 

1.  Regem  vidi  hodie,  I  have  seen  the  king  to-day. 

73.  When  the  perfect  tense  expresses  a  past  action  or 
event,  without  reference  to  the  present,  it  is  used  indefinitely^ 
(Gr.  163,  1093,)  and  can  not  be  rendered  by  have,  hast,  has9 
or  hath  ;  as, 

1.  Regem  vidi  nuper,  I  saw  the  king  lately. 

Subjunctive  Mood. 

The  subjunctive  mood  is  used  in  two  different  ways,  viz. : 
subjunctively  and  potentially,  (Gr.  §  42,  II.,  2S49  II.,  and 
§§  139-141, 1161-1177.) 

Subjunctive  used  Subjunctively. 

74.  This  mood  is  used  subjunctively,  but  for  the  most  part 
translated  as  the  indicative,  when  it  expresses  what  is  actual 
and  certain,  though  not  directly  asserted  as  such.  This  it 
does,  / 

1st.  When  it  is  subjoined  to  some  adverb,  conjunction,  or 
indefinite  term  in  a  dependent  clause,  for  the  purpose  of  stat- 
ing the  existence  of  a  thing,  (without  directly  asserting  it), 
as  something  supposed,  taken  for  granted,  or  connected  with 
the  direct  assertion  as  a  cause,  condition,  or  modifying  circum- 
stance, (631, 124:4:) ;  as, 

1.  Ea  cum  ita  sint  discedam,  Since  these  things  are  so,  I  will  de- 

part. 

2.  Si  mad  eat,  If  it  is  wet. 

3.  Quum  Ccesar  redzret,  When  Caesar  returned — ivas  return* 

ing. 

4.  Ita  perterritus  est  ut  morire-    He  was  so  frightened  that  he  died. 

tur, 

5.  Gratulor  tibi  quod  rediSris,       I  am  glad  that  you  have  returned. 


LATIN    IDIOMS.  33 

6.  Si  imperita v Print,  If  they  have  commanded. 

7.  Si  rel  i([H  iss<  m,    inlr/ui  dice*-     If  I  had  left  him,  &c. 

n  tit, 

8.  Quum   Cozsar  prpfectus   es-    "When  Caesar  had  departed. 

set, 

Obs.  In  the  first  of  the  above  examples,  the  direct  assertion 
is  discedam,  "I  will  depart."  The  dependent  clause,  ea  cum 
ita  shit,  "since  these  things  are  so,"  expresses  the  existence 
of  certain  things  referred  to  without  directly  asserting  it,  but 
taking  it  for  granted  as  a  thing  admitted  or  supposed,  but  still 
affecting  in  some  way  the  event  directly  asserted.  This  holds 
good  of  all  the  other  examples  above. 

The  dependent  clause  connected  by  ut,  or  ubi,  "when;" 
dum,  "whilst;"  prrusquam,  "before;"  postquam,  "after;" 
and  other  conjunctions,  (629  and  630,  1237  and  1247)  ; 
and  also  by  quum  or  cum,  "  when,"  (631,  1244))  sometimes 
take  the  indicative  mood. 

2d.  The  subjunctive  mood  is  used  subjunctively,  as  above, 
after  an  interrogative  word  used  indefinitely,  in  a  dependent 
clause,  or  in  what  is  called  the  indirect  question,  i.  e.,  an  ex- 
pression containing  the  substance  of  a  question  without  the 
form.  All  interrogative  words  may  be  used  in  this  way,  (See 
627,  6,  1182) ;  thus, 

9.  Ntmsia  quit  sit — quid  fiat,  I  know  not  who  he  is — ichat  is  doing. 

10.  Done  me  ubi  sint  dii,  Tell  me  where  the  gods  '"''• 

11.  .Y  aetb  titer  scribgret,  I  know  not  irhich  of  the  two  wrote. 

12.  Nescio   quid   scrip  turn    es-  I  know  not  what  was  written. 
set, 

13.  Srto  cui,  (a  quo)  scriptum  I  know  to  whom  (by  whom)  it  was 
esset,  written. 

14.  An  scis  quis  hoc  fee $r it?  Do  you  know  who  has  done  this? 

15.  An   sris  a    quo    tioc  factum  Do  you  know  by  whom  this  has  been 
f  tier  it?  'done? 

16.  Nemo  scicbat  quis  hcec  fee  is-  None  knew  who  had  done  these  tilings. 
set, 

17.  Percunctdtus  quid  vellet,  Having  enquired  what  he  wis/ied. 

Note.  The  direct  question  requires  the  indicative ;  as,  Quis 
fecit?  "Who  did  it?"  The  indirect  requires  the  subjunct- 
ive ;  as,  Nescio  quis  fecerit,   "I  know  not  who  did  it." 

*75.  This  mood  is  used  subjunctively,  and  usually  translated 
as  the  indicative  in  a  relative  clause,  after  an  indefinite  general 
expression  (636,  1227 9)  a  negation,  or  a  question  implying 


34  INTRODUCTION. 

a  negation ;  and  also  after  the  relative  in  oblique  narration, 
(650,  1291) ;  as, 

1.  Est  qui  dicat,  There  is  one  who  says. 

2.  Nullus  est  qui  neget,  There  is  no  one  who  denies. 

3.  Quis  est  qui  hoc  faciat,  Who  is  there  that  does  this  1 

4.  Antonius  inquit,  artem  esse  earum  Antonius   says  that  art  belongs  to 

rerum  quce  sciantur,  those  things  which  are  known. 

The  Subjunctive  used  Potentially. 

76.  The  subjunctive  mood  is  used  potentially  ;  1st,  in  inter- 
rogative sentences ;  and  2d,  to  express  a  thing  not  as  actual 
and  certain,  but  contingent  and  hypothetical,  (Gr.  142,  2d, 
1205  ;  143,  1178).  Thus  used,  it  is  much  less  definite  with 
respect  to  time,  and  is  related  with  some  variety ;  as  follows : 

1 .  Present,  by  may,  can,  shall,  will,  could,  would,  should. 

2.  Imperfect,  by  might,  could,  icould,  or  should. 

3.  Perfect,  by  may  have,  can  have,  must  have,  frc. 

4.  Pluperfect,  by  might  have,  could  have,  would  have,  should  have ;  and,  de- 

noting futurity,  should. 

The  most  usual  renderings  of  each  tense  are  the  follow- 
ing: 

77.  Present.  The  present  subjunctive  used  potentially, 
expresses  present  liberty,  power,  will,  or  obligation,  usually 
expressed  by  the  English  auxiliaries, '  may,  can,  shall,  will, 
could,  would,  should.  (§  45,  I.,  1103,) 

1.  Licet  eas,  You  may  go. 

2.  An  sic  intelligat?  Can  he  so  understand  it  1 

3.  Men*  mo v eat  cimex  Pantilius?  Shall  (or  should)  the  insect  Pantilius 

discompose  me  ? 

4.  Quis  istos  ferat?  Who  could  bear  those  men  ? 

5.  Si  hie  sis,  aliter  sentias  If  you  were  here,   you  would  think 

otherwise. 

Imperatively. 

6.  Sic  eat,  Thus  let  her  (or  him)  go. 

7.  Eamus,  Let  us  go. 

8.  Pugnetur,  (Impersonally,)  Let  it  be  fought. 

9.  Di'ifaciant,  May  the  gods  grant. 

78.  Imperfect.  The  imperfect  subjunctive  used  potentially, 
is  preceded  by  a  past  tense,  and  expresses  past  liberty,  power, 
will,  or  duty,  but-  still  in  its  use  expresses  time  very  indefi- 
nitely.    It  is  usually  rendered  by  the   English  auxiliaries. 


LATIN    IDIOMS.  35 

might,  could,  would,  should;  sometimes  had,  would  Jiave,  sJiould 
have;  as, 

1.  Lcgebat  ut  disc  tret,  He  read  that  he  might  learn. 

2.  Quid  fa cdrem,  W hat  could  I  do? 

3.  I  ret  si  juberes,  He  would  go  if  you  should  order  it. 

4.  Cur  veniret,  Why  s/iou'ld  he  come. 

5.  Rogaoirunt  ut  veniret,  They  entreated  that  he  would  come* 

6.  Si  quis  die  8  ret,  nunquam  pu-  If  any  one  /tad  saia*  it,  I  M/Wc/  not 

<d/-e»j  Aaue  thought  it. 

iVbte.  After  verbs  denoting  to  hinder,  forbid,  and  the  like, 
quo  minus  with  the  subjunctive,  may  be  rendered  by  from  and 
the  present  participle,  (172,  3, 1230) ;  thus, 

7.  Impedivit  quo  minus  iret,       He  hindered  him  from  going. 

Obs.  An  action  or  state  which  would,  or  would  not  exist, 
or  have  existed,  in  a  case  supposed,  but  the  contrary  of  which 
is  implied,  is  expressed  in  Latin  by  the  imperfect  or  pluper- 
fect subjunctive,  without  an  antecedent  verb  or  conjunction, 
625,  4th,  1265.     (See  An.  &  Pr.  Eng.  Gr.  864,) ;  as, 

6.  ScribSrem,  si  necesse  esset,         I  would  write,  if  it  were  necessary. 
5.  Scripsissem ,  si  necesse  fu-       I   would  have  written,  had   it  been 
isset,  necessary. 

79.  Perfect.  The  perfect  subjunctive  properly  expresses 
what  is  supposed  to  be  past,  but  of  which  there  exists  uncer- 
tainty. Thus  used  it  is  commonly  rendered  by  the  auxilaries, 
may  have,  can  have,  &c.  It  is  also  used  sometimes  in  a  pres- 
ent and  sometimes  in  a  future  sense,  with  much  variety  of 
meaning,  according  to  its  connection,  (§  45,  IIL,  1170) ;  as, 

1.  Fortasse  erravSrim,  Perhaps  I  may  have  erred. 

2.  Etsi  non  scripsZrit,  Though  he  cannot  have  written. 

3.  Ut  sic  dixe'rim,  That  I  mag  so  speak. 

4.  Citius  credidSrim,  I  would  sooner  believe. 

5.  Facile  dixSrim ,  I  could  easily  tell. 

6.  Quasi  affu grim,  As  if  I  had  been  present. 

80.  Pluperfect.  The  pluperfect  (§  45,  IV.,  1291)  is  usually 
rendered  by  the  auxiliaries,  might  have,  could  have,  would  have, 
thould  have,  as  in  the  paradigm  of  the  verb.  But  when  an 
action  is  related  as  having  been  future  at  a  certain  past  time, 
it  is  expressed  in  Latin  in  the  pluperfect  subjunctive,  and 
translated  should;  as, 

1.  Quodcunque  jussisset  mefac-    I  said  that  T  would  do  whatsoever  ho 
turum  dixi,  should  order. 


86  INTRODUCTION. 

2.  Promisisti  te  scripturum,  si  ro-    You  promised  that  you  would  write, 

gavissem ,  if  I  should  desire  it. 

3.  D urn  convaluisset,  Until  he  should  get  well. 

81.  the  pluperfect  subjunctive  active,  with  quum,  in  verbs 
not  deponent,  is  used  instead  of  a  past  participle  active,  (182, 
8,  1344,)  and  may  be  rendered  by  the  compound  perfect 
participle  in  English  ;  as, 

1.  Ccesar,quum  hcec  dixisset,  Caesar  having  said  these  things;  (lit- 
erally, Caesar,  when  he  had  said 
these  things.) 

82.  When  the  subjunctive  has  a  relative  for  its  subject, 
and  the  relative  and  antecedent  clause  involve  a  comparison, 
they  may  be  rendered  as  in  No.  40  ;  or  the  sense  will  be  ex- 
pressed if  we  render  the  relative  by  as,  and  the  subjunctive 
by  the  infinitive ;  thus, 

1.  Quis  tarn  esset  arnens  qui  sem-    Who  would  be  so  foolish  as  to  live 

per  viveret,  always. 

2.  Nequetuises  qui  nescias,        You  are  not   such  a  one  as  not  to 

know. 

83.  When  the  relative  and  subjunctive  follow  such  adjectives 
as  dignus,indignus,idoneus,  (643,  Obs.  5,1212,)  and  the  like ; 
or  when  they  express  the  end  or  design  of  something  expressed 
in  the  antecedent  clause,  their  meaning  will  be  expressed  as  in 
No.  40,  or  by  the  infinitive  alone,  or  preceded  by  the  phrase 
"in  order  to;"  thus, 

1 .  Dignum  qui  secundus  ab  Rom-     Worthy  to  be  ranked  next  after  Rom- 

ulo  numeretur,  ulus. 

2.  Legatos  miserunt  qui  eum  accu-  They  sent  legates  to  accuse  (or,  in  or- 

sdrent,  der  to  accuse)  him. 

3.  Virgas  Us  dedit  quibus  agSr-     He  gave  them  rods  to  drive,  (in  order 

ent,  to  drive;  or,  so  that  with  these  they 

might  drive.) 

84.  The  subjunctive  with  or  without  ut,  after  verbs  signify- 
ing to  bid,  forbid,  tell,  allow,  hinder,  command,  and  the  like, 
(627,  1,  3d,  1208,  and  632,  1204,)  may  be  rendered  by 
the  English  infinitive  preceded  by  the  subject  of  the  verb  in 
the  objective  case  ;  as, 

1.  Precor  venias,  I  pray  that  you  may  come;  i.  e.,  I 

pray  you  to  come. 

2.  Die  veniat,  Tell  her  to  come. 

3.  Sine  eat,  Permit  him  to  go. 

4.  Non  patifris  ut  eant,  You  will  not  suffer  them  to  go. 

5.  Non  patieris  ut  vescdmur,  You  do  not  suffer  us  to  eat. 


LATIN    IDIOMS. 


37 


85.  When  several  verbs  in  the  same  mood  and  tense,  have 
the  same  nominative,  and  are  connected  in  the  same  Constrnc- 
tion,  the  auxiliary  and  "to,"  the  sign  of  the  infinitive,  in  the 
translation  is  used  with  the  first  only,  and  understood  to  the 
rest;  as, 

1.  Et  vidisset  et  audivisset,  He  might  have  both  seen  and  heard. 

2.  Et  visus  et  auditus  esset,  He  might  have  been  both  seen  and 

heard. 

3.  Cupimus  et  videre  et  audlre,  We  wish  both  to  see  and  hear. 

The  Infinitive  Mood. 

86.  When  the  infinitive  is  without  a  subject,  it  is  to  be  con- 
sidered as  a  verbal  noun,  (659,  1119,)  and  translated  as  in 
the  paradigm  of  the  verb ;  as, 

1.  Volo  scribSre,  I  wish  to  write. 

2.  Dicitur  didicisse,  He  is  said  to  have  learned. 

3.  Dicitur  iturus  esse,  He  is  said  to  be  about  to  go. 

4.  Dicitur  iturus  fuisse,  He  is  said  to  have  been  about  to  go. 

87.  When  the  verbs  possum,  volo,  nolo,  malo,  in  the  indica- 
tive or  subjunctive,  are  translated  by  the  English  auxiliaries, 
can,  will,  will  not,  will  rather,  and  sometimes,  in  the  past  tense, 
by  could,  would,  &c,  the  infinitive  following  is  translated  with- 
out to  before  it ;  as, 

1.  Potest  fiSri,  It  can  be  done. 

2.  Volo  ire,  I  will  go. 

3.  Nolo  facSre,  I  will  not  do  it. 

4.  Malo  facSre,  I  will  rather  do  it. 

5.  Ut  se  volucrem  facSre  vellet,  That  he  would  make  her  a  bird. 

6.  Nihil  jam  defend i  potuit,  Nothing  could  now  be  defended. 

7.  Hoc  facSre  non  potuit,  He  could  not  do  this. 

8.  Nolite  timlre,  Do  not  fear. 

88.  The  present  infinitive  is  generally  translated  as  the  per- 
fect without  "to,"  after  the  imperfect,  perfect  or  pluperfect 
tense  of  possum,  volo,  nolo,  malo,  when  translated  could,  would, 
would  not,  would  rather;  and  with  "to"  after  the  same  tenses 
of  debeo  and  oportet,  translated  ought ;  as, 

1.  Melius  fieri  non  potuit,  It  could  not  have  been  done  better. 

2.  Voini  die  |  r*,  I  would  have  said. 

3.  SurnSre  arma  noluit,  He  would  not  hare  taken  arms. 

4.  Mobil  augere  ,  He  would  rather  have  increased. 

5.  Quam  potuisset  edSre,  Than  he  could  have  caused. 

6.  Debuisti  mihi  ignoscSre,  You  ought  to  have  pardoned  me. 

7.  Divxdi  oportuit,  It  ought  to  have  been  divided. 

4 


38  INTRODUCTION. 

Note.  A  strictly  literal  translation  of  most  of  the  above 
sentences  would  not  express  the  precise  idea  intended;  thus, 
in  the  third  sentence,  "  He  would  not  have  taken  arms,"  and 
"  He  was  not  willing  to  take  arms,"  manifestly  do  not  mean 
the  same  thing. 

89.  After  verbs  denoting  to  see,  hear,  feel,  and  the  like,  the 
present  infinitive  is  often  translated  by  the  English  present 
participle;  as, 

1.  Audlvi  eum  die  ere,  I  heard  him  saying. 

2.  Surg  ere  videt  lunam,  He  sees  the  moon  rising. 

3.  Terrain  tremere  sensit,  He  felt  the  earth  trembling. 

Obs.  So  also  when  the  infinitive  alone,  or  as  part  of  a 
clause,  is  the  subject  of  another  verb;  as, 

4.  Morari  periculosum  est.  Delaying  is  dangerous. 

5.  Morari  periculosum  (esse)  ar-    They  think  that  delaying  is  danger- 

bitrantur,  ous. 

The  Infinitive  with  a  subject. 

90.  The  infinitive  with  its  subject  in  the  accusative,  though 
but  seldom,  is  sometimes  translated  in  the  same  form  in  Eng- 
lish; as, 

1.  Cupio  te  venire,  1  wish  you  to  come. 

2.  Quos  discorddre  noverat,  W horn  he  had  known  to  differ. 

3.  Hoc  optimum  esse  judicdvit,  He  decided  this  to  be  the  best. 

4.  Eum  vocdri  jussit,  He  ordered  him  to  be  called. 

91.  The  infinitive  with  a  subject,  usually  is,  and  always 
may  be,  translated  by  the  English  indicative  or  potential,  ac- 
cording to  the  sense  intended.  When  so  rendered,  its  subject 
must  always  be  translated  in  the  nominative ;  and  this,  if  not 
a  relative,  is  usually  preceded  by  the  conjunction  that,  (§  145, 
1135) ;  as, 

1.  Cupio  te  venire,  I  wish  that  you  would  come. 

2.  dicit  me  s  crib  ire,  He  says  that  I  write. 

3.  Eos  ivisse  putdbat,  He  thought  that  they  had  gone. 

4.  Quern  nunquam  risisse  ferunt,  Who  they  say  never  laughed. 

5.  Rogdvit  quid  faciendum  (esse)  He  asked  what  he  thought  ought  tobe 

putdret,  done. 

92.  Both  the  Latin  and  the  English  infinitive,  by  their 
tenses,  represent  an  act,  &c,  as  present,  past  or  future,  at 
the  time  of  the  governing  verb.  Hence,  when  the  one  is 
translated  by  the  other ;  that  is,  the  Latin  infinitive  by  the 
English  infinitive,   (Nos.  86  and  90,)  any  tense  of  the  one 


LATIN    IDIOMS.  39 

will  be  correctly  translated  by  the  same  tense  in  the  other, 
(except  as  in  No.  88,)  no  matter  what  be  the  tense  of  the 
governing  verb ;  as, 

1.  Pres.    Dicltar,        )  Prcs.  Past.  Future. 

2.  Past,    iJirehatur,    >  habere;         habuisse;  habitants  esse. 

3.  Put.     Dicitur,        ) 

1.  Pres.    He  is  said,  ) 

2.  Past,   He  was  said,      >  to  have ;    to  have  had ;  to  be  about  to  have. 

3.  Put.     He  will  be  said,  ) 

93.  But  when  the  Latin  infinitive,  with  its  subject,  is  trans- 
lated by  the  English  indicative  or  potential,  the  tense  used  in 
these  moods  must  be  that  which  will  correctly  express  the 
time  of  the  act  expressed  by  the  Latin  infinitive  as  estimated, 
not  from  the  time  of  the  governing  verb,  as  in  Latin,  but  as 
estimated  from  the  present.  That  is,  events  present  at  the 
same  time,  or  past  at  the  same  time,  will  be  expressed  in 
English  by  the  same  tense ;  an  event  represented  in  Latin  as 
prior  to  the  present  time,  (perfect  infinitive  after  the  present 
tense,)  will  be  expressed  by  the  English  imperfect  or  perfect 
indefinite  ;  and  an  event  represented  in  Latin  as  prior  to  a 
past  event,  (perfect  infinitive  after  a  past  tense,)  will  be  ex- 
pressed by  the  English  pluperfect ;  thus, 

1.  Pres.  Dicunt  eum  venire,  They  say  that  he  is  coming,  or  comes. 

%2.  Past,  Di.rerunt  eum  venire,  Tboy  said  that  he  came. 

3.  Pres.  Dicunt  eum  venisse,  They  say  that  he  came. 

4.  Past,  Dixerunt  eum  venisse,  They  said  that  he  had  come. 

5.  Past,   Coeperunt  suspicari  Mam  They  began  to  suspect  that  she  came. 

venire , 

Note.  The  infinitive  after  the  future  does  not  follow  this 
analogy,  but  is  always  translated  in  its  own  tense ;  as, 

Pres.  Perf.  Future. 

6.  Dicent  eum  venire,  venisse,  venturum  esse. 
They  will  say  that  he  comes,    has  come,  will  come. 

94.  1.  Present,  past,  and  future  time,  are  variously  ex- 
pressed as  follows : 

1st.  Present  time  is  expressed  by  the  present  tense,  and 
generally  by  the  perfect  definite. 

2d.  Past  time  is  expressed  by  the  imperfect,  perfect  indefi- 
nite, and  pluperfect, — by  the  perf ectparticiple, — ihepresent 
infinitive  after  a  past  tense, — ihepresent  tense  used  to  express 
a  past  event,  157,  3,  1082, — and  by  the  present  partici- 


40  INTRODUCTION. 

ple7  agreeing  with  the  subject  of  the  governing  verb  in 
any  of  these  tenses,  182,  5,  1343, 
3d.  Future  time  is  expressed  by  the  future  and  future  per- 
fect. 

2.  The  infinitive  of  deponent  verbs,  is  translated  in  the 
same  manner  as  the  infinitive  active  in  the  following  examples 
in  Nos.  95  to  100. 

3.  After  verbs  denoting  to  promise,  request,  advise,  com- 
mand, and  the  like,  implying  a  reference  to  something  future, 
the  present  infinitive,  with  its  subject,  is  usually  translated  as 
the  future,  by  should,  or  would,  (See  No.  100, 1,  2,  3,  7,  8,  9,) ; 
as,  Jussit,  eos per  castra  duci,  He  ordered  that  they  should 
be  led  through  the  camp. 

4.  The  Latin  words  for  "he  said,"  "saying,"  or  the  like, 
introducing  an  oblique  narration,  are  often  omitted,  and  the 
infinitive  takes  the  form  of  translation  corresponding  to  the 
time  expressed  by  the  word  to  be  supplied. 

From  these  principles  are  deduced  the  following  directions 
for  translating  the  infinitive  with  a  subject. 

Present  Infinitive  after  Present  or  Future  Time. 

95.  Direction  I.  When  the  preceding  verb  is  in  the  pres- 
ent, the  perfect  used  indefinitely,  or  future  tense,  the  present 
infinitive  is  translated  as  the  present ;  as, 

Active  Voice. 

1.  Dico  eum  laud  are,  I  say  that  he  praises. 

2.  Dixi  eum  laud  are,  I  have  said  that  he  praises. 

3.  Dicam  eum  laud  are,  I  will  say  that  he  praises. 

Passive  Voice. 

1.  Dico  eum  laud  art,  I  say  that  he  is  praised. 

2.  Dixi  eum  laudari,  I  have  said  that  he  is  praised. 

3.  Dicam  eum  laudcLri,  I  will  say  that  he  is  praised. 

Present  Infinitive  after  Past  Time. 

96.  Direction  II.  When  the  preceding  verb  is  in  the 
imperfect,  perfect  indefinite,  or  pluperfect,  or  in  the  present 
infinitive  after  a  past  tense,  the  present  infinitive  is  translated 
as  the  imperfect,  or  perfect  indefinite ;  as, 


LATIN    IDIOM9.  41 


Present  Infinitive  Active. 

1.  Dklhammm  laud  are,  I  said  that  he  praised. 

2.  Dixi  cum  lauddre,  I  said  that  he  praised. 

1.  Dixcram  eum  laud  are,  I  had  said  that  he  praised. 

4.  C(£pi  dkire  eum  laud  are,  I  hegan  to  say  that  he  praised. 

Present  infinitive  Passive. 

5.  Dkebameum  laudari,  I  said  that  he  was  praised. 

6.  Dixi  eum  laudari ,  I  said  that  he  was  praised. 

7.  Dixeram  eum  laudari,  I  had  said  that  he  was  praised. 

8.  Capi  dicer e  eum  laudari,  I  began  to  say  that  he  was  praised. 

Exc.  1.  When  the  present  infinitive  expresses  that  which 
is  always  true,  it  must  be  translated  in  the  present,  after  any- 
tense,  157,  1, 1081;  as, 

9.  Doctus  erat  Deum  guberndre    He  had  been  taught  that  God  governs 

mundum,  the  world. 

Exc.  II.  When  the  present  infinitive  expresses  an  act  sub- 
sequent to  the  time  of  the  governing  verb,  it  is  translated  after 
any  tense,  by  the  potential  with  should ;  would ;  as, 

10.  Jubet         )  He  orders 

if.  Jussit        >teire,  He  ordered  ^  that  you  should  go. 

12.  Jusserat     )  He  had  ordered 

Perfect  Infinitive  after  Present  or  Future  Time. 

97.  Direction  HI.  When  the  preceding  verb  is  in  the 
present,  perfect  definite,  or  future  tense,  the  perfect  infinitive  ia 
translated  as  the  imperfect  or  perfect  indefinite ;  as, 

Active  Voice. 

1 .  Diccf  eum  laudavisse,  I  say  that  he  praised. 

2.  Dixi  eum  laudavisse,  I  have  said  that  he  praised. 

3.  Dicam  eum  laudavisse,  I  will  say  that  he  praised. 

Passive  Voice. 

4.  Dico  eum  laudatum  esse,         I  say  that  he  was  praised. 

5.  Dixi  eum  laudatum  esse,         I  have  said  that  he  was  praised. 

6.  Dicam  eum  laudatum  esse,      I  will  say  that  he  was  praised. 

7.  Dico  eum  laud&tum  fuisse,     I  say  that  he  has  been  praised. 

8.  Dixi  eum  laudatum  fuisse,     I  have  said  that  he  has  been  praised* 

9.  Dicam  eum  laudatum  fuisse,  I  will  say  that  he  has  been  praised. 


42  INTRODUCTION. 

Perfect  Infinitive  after  Past  Tenses. 

98.  Direction  IV.  When  the  preceding  verb  is  in  the 
imperfect,  perfect  indefinite,  or  pluperfect,  or  in  the  present 
infinitive  after  a  past  tense,  the  perfect  infinitive  is  translated 
as  the  pluperfect ;  as, 

Active  Voice. 

1.  Dicebam  eum  laudavisse,  I  said  that  he  had  praised. 

2.  Dixi  eum  laudavisse,  I  said  that  he  had  praised. 

3.  Dixeram  eum  laudavisse,  I  had  said  that  he  had  praised. 

4.  Coepi  dicere  eum  laudavisse,  I  began  to  say  that  he  had  praised. 

Passive   Voice. 

5.  Dicebam  eum  laud  at  urn  esse,  I  said  that  he  had  been  praised. 

6 .  Dixi  eum  laudatum  esse,       I  said  that  he  had  been  praised. 

7.  Dixeram  eum  laudatum  esse,  I  had  said  that  he  had  been  praised. 

8.  Cozpi  dicere  eum  laudatum    I  began   to   say   that  he    had    been 
esse,  praised. 

9.  Dicebam  eum  laudatum  fu-    I  said  that  he  had  been  praised. 

isse, 

10.  Dixi  eum  laudatum  fuisse,  I  said  that  he  had  been  praised. 

11.  DixSram  eum  laudatum  fu-  I  had  said  that  he  had  been  praised. 

isse, 

12.  Cozpi  dicere    eum   laudatum  I  began  to  say  that  he  had  been 
fuisse,  praised. 

Future  Infinitive  after  the  Present  Tense. 

99.  Direction  V.  When  the  preceding  verb  is  in  the  pres- 
ent, or  perfect  definite,  or  future  tense,  the  future  infinitive  with 
esse  is  translated  as  the  future  indicative  ;  and  with  fuisse,  by 
would  have,  or  should  have,  in  the  pluperfect  potential  in  a  fu- 
ture sense ;  and  forey  for  futurum  esse,  is  translated  by  will  be. 

Active  Voice. 

1.  Dico  eum  laudaturum  esse,    I  say  that  he  will  praise. 

2.  Dixi  eum  laudaturum  esse,    I  have  said  that  he  will  praise. 

3.  Dicam  eum  laudaturum  esse,  I  will  say  that  he  will  praise. 

4.  Dico  eum   laudaturum  fu-     I  say  that  he  would  have  praised. 

isse, 

5.  Dixi  eum   laudaturum  fu-    I    have    said    that    he   would  have 

isse,  praised. 

6.  Dicam  eum  laudaturum  fu-    I  will  say  that  he  would  have  praised. 

isse. 


LATIN    IDIOMS  43 

Passive   Voice. 

7.  Dico  eum  hiuddium  iri,  1  miv  that  he  will  be  pniisxl. 

8    Dixi  eum  laud  at  u  in  iri,  I  have  said  that  be  will  be  praised. 

9.  Dicam  turn  laud cLtum  iri,  I  will  say  that  he  will  be  praised. 

Future  Infinitive  after  Past  Tenses. 

100  Direction  VI.  When  the  preceding  verb  is  of  the 
imperfect,  perfect  indefinite,  or  pluperfect,  the  future  of  the 
infinitive  with  esse  is  rendered  by  would  or  should;  and  with 
fuisse,  by  would  have,  and  should  have  ;  and  fore,  fox  futurum 
esse,  after  any  past  tense,  by  would  be;  as, 

Active  Voice. 

1  Dicibam  eum  laudaturum  esse,  I  said  that  he  would  praise. 

2  Dixi  eum  laudaturum,   £c.,      I  said  that  ne  would  praise. 

3.  Dixeram  eum  lauaaturum,  Sfc.  I  had  said  that  he  would  praise. 

4.  Dicebam  eum  laudaturum  fu- 1  said  that  he  would  have  praised. 

isse, 
5    Did  eum  laudaturum,  Sfc,       I  said  that  he  would  have  praised. 
6.  DixSram  eum  laudaturum  fu-I    had    said    that    he  would    have 

isse,  praised. 

Passive  Voice. 

7.  Dicebam  eum  laud&tum  iri,     I  said  that  he  would  be  praised. 

8.  Dixi  eum  lauddtum  iri,  I  said  that  lie  ivould  be  jrraised. 

9-  Dixeram  HON  lnudatum  iri,    I  had  said  that  he  would  be  praised- 

10.  Dicebam  (dixi)  eum  fore  tutum,  I  said  that  he  would  be  safe. 

Usage  of  Fore. 

Obs.  Fore  is  used  for  futurum  esse,  and,  with  a  subject  after 
pmeot  tenses,  means  "will  be;"  after  past  tenses,  "woiddbe." 
Both  of  them  when  followed  by  a  subjunctive  with  ut,  (678, 
~L1339)  after  a  present  tense,  may  be  translated  by  the  future 
indicative  of  that  verb  ;  and  after  a  past  tense,  by  the  imper- 
fect potential ;  as, 

11     Credo  eum  fore  tutum,  I  believe  that  he  will  be  safe. 

12.  Credebam  or  credidi,  (credidS-  I  believed,  (had  believed)  that  ho 
ram)  eum  fore  tutum,  would  be  safe. 

13  Credo  fore  Cor  futurum  esse)  I  believe  that  you  will  learn. 
ut  discas, 

14  Credebam  or  credidi  (credide-  I  believed,  (had  believed)  that  you 
ram)  fore  Cor  futurum  esse)  would  ham.  (lit.  it  would  be  that 
ut  disceres,                                   you  would  learn.) 


44  INTRODUCTION. 

Participles. 

101.  Participles  are  usually  translated  after  their  nouns,  as 
in  the  paradigms  of  the  verb ;  thus, 

1.  Present  active,  Homo  car  ens  fraude,  A  man  wanting  guile. 

2.  Future  active,  Homo  scripturus,  A  man  about  to  write. 

3.  Perfect  passive,  Vita  bene  acta,  A  life  well  spent 

4. ,  Ccesar  co actus,  Cassar  being  (or  having 

been)  compelled. 

5.  (Deponent,)  Cozsar  regressus,        Caesar  having  returned. 

6.  Future  passive,  Mala  v it and a,  Evils  to  be  avoided,  i.e., 

which  ought  to   be 
avoided. 

Exc.  But  when  a  participle  is  used  as  an  adjective,  (182, 
3,  134:3,)  it  is  translated,  like  the  adjective,  before  its  sub- 
stantive ;  as, 

7.  Tigrin  ostendit  mansu efa ctam,  He  exhibited  a  tamed  tiger. 

8.  In  ferventibus  arenis  insistens,  Standing  on  tMe  burning  sands. 

Future  Participle  Active. 

102.  When  the  future  participle  active  is  used  to  express  a 
purpose,  end,  or  design  of  another  action,  (685,  JL355,)  it  is 
rendered  by  "  to,"  or  the  phrase  "  in  order  to,"  instead  of 
"  about  to  ;"  as, 

1.  Pergit  consulturus  oracula,      He  goes  to  consult  (or,  in  order  to 

consult)  the  oracle. 

Obs.  The  present  participle  is  also  sometimes  used  in  this 
sense;  as, 

2.  Venerunt  postulantes  cibum,     They  came  to  (or,  in  order  to)  ask 

food. 

Perfect  Participle  Passive. 

103.  As  the  Latin  verb  has  no  perfect  participle  in  the 
active  sense  (except  in  deponent  verbs),  its  place  is  usually 
supplied  by  the  perfect  participle  passive  in  the  case  absolute, 
(692,)  ;  thus,  "Caesar  having  consulted  his  friends,"  rendered 
into  Latin,  will  be,  Ccesar,  amicis  consultis,  literally, 
"  Caesar,  his  friends  being  consulted."     Hence, 

104.  When  the  action  expressed  passively  by  the  perfect 
participle  in  the  case  absolute,  or  agreeing  with  the  object  of  a 
verb,  is  something  done  by  the  subject  of  the  leading  verb  in 


LATIN    IDIOMS.  40 

the  sentence,  the  participle  is  rendered  more  in  accordance 
with  English  idiom,  by  the  perfect  participle  in  the  active 
voice  in  English,  agreeing  with  the  subject  of  the  verb,  and 
followed  by  its  noun  in  the  objective  case,  (182,  8, 134:4:,  and 
692,  ##7);  thus, 

1.  Ccesar  his    dictis,  prqfectus  est,  translated  in  the 
Latin  idiom,  Caesar,  these  things  being  said,  departed. 
English  idiom,     Caesar,  having  said  these  things,  departed. 

2.  OpSre  peracto,    ludemus, 

Latin  idiom,  Our  work  being  finished,  we  will  play. 

English  idiom,     Having  finished  our  work,  we  will  play. 

3.  Pythian  ad  se  voccltum  pecunid  instruxit, 

Latin  idiom,         He  supplied  with  money  Pythias  being  called  to  him. 
English  idiom,     Having  called  Pytliias  to  him,  he  supplied  him  with 
money. 

105.  The  perfect  participle  of  deponent  verbs  having  an 
active  signification,  accords  with  the  English  idiom,  and  is  best 
translated  literally;  as, 

1.  Nactui  naviculum,  Having  found  a  hoat. 

2.  Cohort  &t us  exerdtwn,  Having  exhorted  the  army. 

106.  When  the  perfect  participle  of  deponent  or  common 
verbs,  expresses  an  act  nearly  or  entirely  contemporaneous 
with  the  leading  verb,  it  may  be  translated  by  the  English 
present  participle  in  ing,  (182,  5,  Note,  1343) ',  as, 

1.  Rex  hoc  /acinus  mirdtus  juv£-  The   king,   admiring   tills   act,    dis- 

nem  dimlsit,  missed  the  youth. 

1.  Columba  delapsa  refert  sagit-  The  dove  falling  brings  hack  the  ar- 

tam,  row. 

The  Future  Participle  Passive. 

107.  After  verbs  signifying  to  give,  to  deliver,  to  agree  or 
bargain  for ;  to  have,  to  receive,  to  undertake,  and  the  like,  the 
participle  in  dies  generally  denotes  design  or  purpose,  and  is 
rendered  simply  as  in  the  paradigm,  or  with  the  phrase  "  in 
order  to,"  prefixed   (08 G,    1315)  ;  as, 

1.  Testamentum  tibi  trad  it  I  eg  en-    He  delivers  his  will  to  you  to  (or  in 

du  ;n ,  order  to)  be  read. 

2.  Attribuit    nos  trucidandos        He  has  given  ns  over  to  Ccthegus 

Cethego,  (in  order)  to  be  slain. 

108.  The  participle  in  dus,  especially  when  agreeing  with 
the  subject  of  a  sentence  or  clause,  generally  denotes  propri- 
ety, necessity,  or  obligation,  and  is  rendered  variously,  as  the 


46  .  INTRODUCTION. 

tense  of  the  accompanying  verb  and  the  connection   require 
(687,)  ;  the  following  are  examples  :  (1304,) 

1.  Legatus  mittendus  est,  An  ambassador  must  (or  should)  ba 

sent. 

2.  Legatus    mittendus    erat  or      An  ambassador  had  to  be  sent. 

fuit, 

3.  Legatus  mittendus  erit,  An  ambassador  will  have  to  be  sent. 

4.  Legatum  mittendum  esse,  That  an  ambassador  should  be  sent. 

5.  mittendum  fuisse, ought  to  ox  should 

have  been  sent. 

6.  Dissimulanda  loquitur,  He  speaks  things  that  ought  to  be  con- 

cealed. 

7.  Dissimulanda  loquebatur,        He  spake  things  which  ought  to  have 

been  concealed. 

8.  Quoj  dissimulanda  erunt,      Which  will  have  to  be  concealed. 

9.  Die,  quid  statuendum  sit,        Say,  what  is  to  be  (or  must  be)  thought. 


Ablative  Absolute. 

109.  When  a  participle  stands  with  a  substantive  in  the 
ablative  absolute,  R.  LX.,  the  substantive  is  translated  without 
a  sign,  No.  9,  and  after  it  the  participle,  as  in  the  paradigm 
of  the  verb ;  as,  (1349  •) 

1.  Romulo  regnante,  Romulus  reigning. 

2.  Hoc  oratione  habit  a,  This  oration  being  delivered. 

3.  Cozsare  venturo,  Ca:sar  (being)  about  to  come. 

4.  Prceceptis  tradendis,  Rules  being  to  be  delivered. 

5.  Bello  or  to,  "War  having  arisen. 

Note.  The  future  participles,  Ex.  3,  4,  are  seldom  used  in 
the  case  absolute. 

110.  When  two  nouns, — a  pronoun  and  a  noun, — a  noun  or 
a  pronoun  and  an  adjective,  are  used  in  the  ablative  without  a 
participle,  (695,  972),  they  are  translated  in  the  nominative 
without  a  sign,  and  the  English  participle  "being"  inserted 
between  them ;  as, 

1.  AdolescentiUo  duce,  A  young  man  being  leader. 

2.  Mario  consule,  Marius  being  consul. 

3.  Me  suasore,  I  being  the  adviser. 

4.  Annibali  vivo,  Hannibal  being  alive. 

5.  Se  invito,  He  being  unwilling. 

Gerunds  and  Gerundives. 

111.  The  gerund,  being  a  verbal  noun,  is  translated  in  the 


LATIN    IDIOMS. 


47 


same  manner  as  other  nouns  of  the  same  case,  and  at  the 
same  time  may  govern  the  case  of  its  own  verb  698 ;  as, 


1.  N.      Pctendum  pacem, 

2.  G.      Petendi  pacem 

3.  D.       Utendo  libris, 


Seeking  peace. 

Of  seeking  peace. 

To  (or  for)  using  books. 


4.  Ac.     Obliviseendum  injuridrum,    Forgetting  injuries. 


5.  Abl.  Parendo  magistratui, 

6.  Abl.  Petendo  -pacem. 


Btj  obeying  tbe  magistrate. 
With,  from,  in,  by  seeking  peace. 


112.  Of  verbs  that  govern  the  accusative,  instead  of  the 
gerund  in  the  oblique  cases,  the  Latins  commonly  used  the 
participle  in  dus,  in  the  sense  of  the  gerund,  and  agreeing 
With  its  object  in  gender,  number,  and  case ;  the  case  being 
governed  by  the  same  word  that  would  have  governed  the 
gerund.  When  thus  used,  it  is  called  a  gerundive.  (707, 
R.  LXII.,  1322,  Li.  CIY 


Gerunds. 

1.  Ars  librum  legendi, 

2.  Utile  vulnera  cur  and o, 

3.  Adliteras  scribendum, 

4.  De  captivos  commutando, 


Gerundives. 

5.  Ars  libri  legendi, 
The  art  of  reading  a  book. 

6.  Utile  vulneribus   curandis, 
Useful  for  healing  ivounds. 

7.  Ad   UtSras   scribendas, 
For  writing  a  letter. 

8.  De  captlvis  commutandis, 
Respecting  exchanging  captives. 

113.  When  the  gerund  is  the  subject  of  the  verb  est,  gov- 
erning the  dative,  it  implies  necessity,  and  is  variously  trans- 
lated into  the  English  idiom,  as  the  tense  of  the  verb  requires 
(699,  1307) ;  as, 


Latin  Idiom. 

1.  Legendum  est  mihi,  • 

Reading  is  to  me;  i.e., 
J.    /       ndiim  erat  (fuit)  mihi, 

Heading  was  to  me; 

3.  Legend  it  in  fucrat  mihi, 

leading  had  been  to  me; 

4.  Legendum  erit  mihi, 

Reading  will  be  to  me ; 

5.  Dicit  legendum  esse  mihi, 

He  says  that  reading  is  to  me ; 
6   Dicit  tegmdimJUuM  mihi, 

He  says  tbat  reading  was  to  me ; 

^    Obs.  The  dative  is  frequently  omitted,  and  jren orally  when 
it  denotes  persons  or  things,  in  a  general  or  indefinite  sense. 


English  Idiom. 

I  must  read;    I  ought  to  read;    I 

should  read. 
I  had  to  read  ;  I  ought  to  have  read ; 

I  should  have  read. 
I  had  been  obliged  to  read. 

I  will  have  to  read  ;  it  will  be  neces- 
sary for  me  to  read. 

He  says  that  I  must  read — ought  to 
read — sbonld  read. 

He  says  that  I  had  to  read — ought 
to — or  should — have  read. 


48  .  INTRODUCTION. 

In  such  cases,  homini,  hominibus,  nobis,  or  the  like,  must  be 
supplied;  as, 

7.  Vivendum  est  recte,  (scil.  homini-  Living  honestly  is,  viz. :  to  men;  i.  e. 

bus,)  men  ought  to  live  honestly. 

8.  Dicit  vivendum  esse  recte.  (scil.  He  says  that  living  honestly  is,  viz. : 

homini,)  to  a  man ;  i.  e.,  a  man  ought  to 

live  honestly. 


114.  The  supines  are  rendered  without  variation,  as  in  the 
paradigm,  and  under  the  rules,  (§  148,  1360) ;  as, 

1.  Abiit  deambulatum,  He  has  gone  to  walk. 

2.  Facile  dictu,  Easy  to  tell,  or  to  be  told. 

Passive  Voice. 

115.  The  passive  voice,  in  the  indicative  mood,  is  trans- 
lated as  in  the  paradigms.  The  subjunctive  mood  is  subject 
to  all  the  variety  of  construction  and  translation  used  in  the 
active  voice,  Nos.  74-84,  acting  on  the  verb  to  be,  which,  as 
an  auxiliary  with  the  perfect  participle,  makes  up  the  passive 
form  of  the  verb  in  English. 

In  the  compound  tenses,  (186,  3,  340,)  when  two  or  more 
verbs  in  a  sentence  are  in  the  same  tense,  and  have  the  same 
nominative,  or  are  in  the  same  construction,  the  verb  sum  is 
commonly  expressed  with  the  last,  and  understood  to  the  rest, 
as  in  the  following  Ex.  1.  But  when  the  nominative  is 
changed,  the  verb  "  to  be"  should  be  repeated,  as  in  Ex.  2. 

1.  Nisusa  Minoe  victus  et  occlsus  Nisus  was  conquered  and  killed  by 

est,  Minos. 

2.  Tres  naves  captce,  decern  demersal,  Three    ships   icere  taken,  ten  sunk ; 

duo  millia  hostium  capta,  trede-       two    thousand  of  the  enemy  were 
dm  millia  occlsa  sunt.  taken,  thirteen  thousand  killed. 

Passive  Voice  in  a  Middle  Sense. 

116.  The  Latin  passive  voice  is  often  used  to  represent  its 
subject,  not  as  acted  upon  by  another,  but  as  acting  on  itself, 
or  for  itself,  or  intransitively,  by  its  own  impulse ;  and  so  cor- 
responds in  sense  to  the  middle  voice  in  Greek.  Thus  used, 
it  is  best  translated  by  the  active  voice  followed  by  the  reflex- 
ive pronoun  as  an  object,  or  by  an  intransitive  verb  expressing 
the  idea  intended,  (136,  3,  303,)  The  following  are  examples : 


LATIN    IDIOMS.  49 

I    Paludtbus  abdtti  sunt,  They    concealed    themselves    in     the 

marshes. 

2.  Cum  omnes  in  omni  genere  scelS-     Since  all  give  themselves  up  to  every 

rum  volutentur,  kind  of  wickedness. 

3.  Fertur  in  hostes,  Rusltes  against  the  enemy. 

4.  Volutati  super  poma,  Rolling  themselves  over  the  apples. 

5.  Cingitur  armis,  Girds  himself  with  his  armor. 

6.  Sternuntur  tumulo,  Throw  themselves  on  the  grave. 

7.  Gallus  victus  occult  at  ur,  The   cock,   when    conquered,   hides 

himself. 

117.  The  verb  sum  governing  the  genitive  by  364,  R.  XII., 
780,  R.  XXI.,  may  generally  be  translated  by  the  phrase 
"  belongs  to,"  "  is  the  part,"  "  is  the  property,"  &c.  See  ex- 
planation under  Rule ;  as, 

1    Est  re/fis,  It  belongs  to  the  king. 

2.  Pecus  est  Melibcei,  The  flock  belongs  to  Melibceus. 

3.  Prudentia  est  senectutis,  Prudence  is  the  characteristic  of  old 

age. 

118.  The  verb  sum,  (also  desum)  in  the  third  person,  gov- 
erning the  dative  by  394,  S.  R.IL,  821,  R.  XXX.,  may  gen- 
erally be  translated  by  the  corresponding  tenses  of  the  verb 
"to  have,"  with  the  Latin  dative  for  its  subject,  and  the 
Latin  subject  for  its  object ;  as, 

Latin  Idiom.  English  Idiom. 

\ .  Ltber  est  mihi,  A  hook  is  to  me,  I  have  a  book. 

2.  Liber  erat  mihi,  A  book  was  to  me,  I  had  a  book. 

3.  Liber  fuit  mihi,  A  book  was  (or  has         I  had,  or  have    had    a 

been)  to  me,  book. 

4.  Liber  fuSrat  mihi,       A  book  had  been  to        I  had  had  a  book. 

me, 

5.  Lil>er  ent  mihi,  A  book  will  be  to  me,     I  will  have  a  book. 
6    Lihri  sunt  mihi,           Books  are  to  me,  I  have  books. 

7.  Est  mihi,  It  is  to  me,  I  have  it. 

8.  Liber  deest  mihi,  A  book  is  not  to  me,       I  have  not  a  book. 

119.  When  a  compound  verb,  rendered  by  the  simple  verb 
and  a  preposition,  is  followed  by  two  cases,  the  simple  verb 
with  the  immediate  object  (always  in  the  accusative,)  i 

ally  translated  first,  and  then  the  preposition  with  the  remote 
object. 

1.  Flumen  copias  transduxit,         He  Zee?  his  forces  across  the  river. 

2.  Circumdare  mcenia  oppxdo,       To  build  walls  around  the  city. 

S.  Caput  dejicit  saxo,  He  threw  the  head  down  from  the 

rock. 


50  INTRODUCTION. 

120.  An  adverb,  adverbial  phrase,  or  clause  expressing 
some  circumstance,  in  translating  may  often  be  arranged  in 
different  situations  in  a  sentence,  due  regard  being  paid  to 
the  sense  and  harmony  of  the  whole ;  thus,  Magna  debemus 
suscipere  dum  vires  suppetunt,  may  be  arranged  variously  for 
translating,  as  follows  : 

1 .  Debemus  suscipere  magna,  dum  vires  suppetunt,  or, 

2.  Dum  vires  suppetunt,  debemus  suscipere  magna,  or, 

3.  Debemus,  dum  vires  suppStunt,  suscipere  magna. 

121.  The  negative  conjunction  ne,  is  variously  rendered  lest, 
lest  that,  that-not,  not  ;  and  after  verbs  signifying  to  fear,  for- 
bid, and  the  like,  it  is  translated  that,  while  ut  in  the  same 
situation,  means  that  not. 

1.  Ne  quis  eat,  Lest  (or  that  not)  any  one  may  go. 

2.  Or  at  ne  se  perdat,  She  entreats  that  he  would  not  des- 

troy her. 

3.  Egi  ne  interessem,  I  managed  that  I  should  not  be  pres- 

ent. 

4.  Dum  ne  veniat,  Provided  he  do  not  come, 

5.  Respondit  ne  cogitata  quidem        He  replied  that  not  even  the  thoughts 

latent,  are  concealed. 

6.  Vereor  ne  cadas,  I  am  afraid  that  you  may  fall. 

7.  Timui  ut  venlret,  I  feared  that  he  would  not  come. 

Note  1.  But  when  the  fear  expressed,  refers  to  such  things 
as  we  wish,  ne  means  that— not;  as,  Paves  ne  ducas  Mam, 
You  are  afraid  that  you  do  not  get  her  to  wife. 

Ne,  after  a  command  implying  a  negative,  or  prohibition, 
is  often  omitted ;  as,  cave  titubes,  take  care  that  you  do  not 
stumble. 

Note  2.  Ne  quidem,  (always  separate,)  is  an  emphatic  neg- 
ative, and  has  the  emphatic  word  between ;  as,  ne  hoc  quidem, 
not  even  this;  ne  turn  quidem,  not  even  then. 

122.  When  a  verb  is  translated  into  English  by  the  aid  of  an 
auxiliary,  an  adverb,  or  clause  modifying  it,  will  often  have  to , 
be  placed  between  the  auxiliary  and  the  verb,  (Eng.  Gr.  413, 
An.  &  Pr.  Gr.  936,)  ;  as, 

1.  Dixit  ne  ob  hoc  alios  contemn^-  He  said  that  we  should  not  on  this 
mus,  account  despise  others. 

123.  Some  prepositions  are  variously  translated  according 
to  the  meaning  of  the  words,  or  tha  case  with  which  they  are 
connected;  thus, 


LATIN    IDIOMS. 


51 


1.  In,  followed  by  an  accusative,  means  to,  into,  towards,  for, against,  &c. 

(G<>7,  H.  L.,  987,  R.  LXV1II.) 

2.  In,  followed  l>v  the  ablative,  means  in,  upon,  among,  in,  in  the  case  of, 

(608,  K.  LI.,'  988,  R.  LXXIX.) 

3.  Inter,  referring  to  two,  means  bttwem  :  to  more  than  two,  among. 

4.  Sub  means  under,  at  the  foot  of,  close  up  to. 

5.  Pro3  means  before,  in  comparison  of, — sometimes,  more  than. 

124.  When  the  following  conjunctions,  adjectives,  and  ad- 
verbial particles,  are  placed,  one  before  each  of  two  successive 
words  or  clauses,  the  first  is  commonly  translated  differently 
from  the  second,  and  usually  in  the  following  manner,  (*726, 
1374.) 


1.  Et 

2.  Que. 

3.  Aut,  vel, 

sire, 

4.  Nee 

5.  Xeque 

6.  Sive,  seu 

7.  Turn 


8.  Ciiro  or  quum 

9.  Jam 

10.  Nunc 

11.  Simui 


12.  Modo,  alias, 


que, 
aut,  vel, 

sire, 
■nee, 
■nei/ue, 
■sive,  set 

-turn, 

-  turn, 

-jam, 
-nunc, 

-simu/, 


modo,  alias, 


Both 
Both 

Either 

Neither 

Whether     - 
Not  only 
Both 

j  Not  only 

I  Both 
Now 

At  one  time 
Not  only 
No  sooner 
As  soon  as 
At  one  time 
Sometimes 


and. 
and. 


nor. 


•or. 

■  but  also. 

■  and. 

•  but  also, 
■and. 
-then. 

•  at  another, 
but  also. 

•  than. 
■instantly. 

■  at  another. 

■  sometimes. 


Corresponding  Conjunctive  Terms. 


13.  Ne  an 

14.  Utrum  — — an 

15.  Ita,  sic,  tarn,  adeo, 

16.  Talis,  tantus       jit 

17.  /s,fjusm6di        ut 

18.  Simul 

19.  Tamdiu 

20.  Ut 


Whether        or. 

Whether        or. 

So  that ; 

Such,  so  great 
Such,  of  such  a  kind 


that, 
that. 


ac,  or atque, As  soon 

quamdiu,    As  long 

sic,  As 


Ne  is  frequently  omitted  with  the  first  word  or  clause,  and  must  be 
supplied  when  an  stands  with  the  second ;  as, 
21 .  Recti  an  perperam,  (  Whether)  right  or  wrong. 


52  INTRODUCTION. 

Preliminary  Suggestions  and  Explanations. 

1.  There  can  be  no  pleasure  either  to  the  teacher  or  pupil  in  reciting, 
unless  the  lesson  is  thoroughly  prepared.  Pupils  who  are  anxious  to  go 
over  a  great  space  in  a  short  time  should  remember  that  a  short  lesson 
well  prepared  is  vastly  more  profitable  than  a  long  one  ill  prepared. 
Nothing  is- more  injurious  than  superficial  learning.  Festina  lente.  Hence, 

2.  No  lesson  should  be  assigned  longer  than  can  be  thoroughly  got  by 
all  the  class.  And  no  lesson  should  be  allowed  to  pass,  unless  it  is 
thoroughly  prepared. 

3.  Every  word,  at  first,  should  be  looked  out  in  the  vocabulary  or  dic- 
tionary, and  its  primary  meaning,  at  least,  fixed  in  the  memory.  And  if 
more  meanings  than  one  are  given,  the  pupil  should  try  which  will  answer 
best  in  the  sentence  he  is  reading.  Nor  should  he  pass  to  another  till  he 
know  all  about  this  one — its  class,  gender,  declension,  &c,  as  directed, 
Gt.  774,  14:19.  And  if  he  forgot,  he  should  look  it  out  again,  and  if 
necessary,  again,  till  he  know  it  thoroughly. 

4.  Frequent  and  accurate  reviews  of  the  portion  previously  studied,  are 
of  great  importance.  This  is  the  best  way  to  fix  permanently  in  the  mem- 
ory, the  acquisitions  made. 

5.  Every  instance  of  false  quantity,  either  in  reading  or  parsing,  should 
be  instantly  corrected.  Bad  habits  in  this  particular  are  easily  formed, 
and,  if  ever,  are  corrected  with  great  difficulty.  If  proper  attention  has 
been  paid  to  this  in  going  through  the  grammar,  there  will  be  less  diffi- 
culty now.  In  order  to  assist  in  this,  the  pupil  should  commit  to  mem- 
ory and  apply  the  few  following — 

General  Rules  for  the  Quantity  of  Syllables. 

1.  A  vowel  before  another  vowel  is  short ;  as,  via,  deus. 

2.  A  vowel  before  two  consonants,  or  a  double  consonant, 
is  long  by  position  ;  as,  arma,  fallo,  axis. 

3.  A  vowel  before  a  mute  and  a  liquid,  (7  and  r,)  is  com- 
mon ;  i.  e.,  either  long  or  short ;  as,  volucris,  or  volucris. 

4.  A  diphthong  is  always  long;  as,  Ccesar,  aurum. 

Note.  In  this  work,  when  the  quantity  of  the  penult  is  determined  by 
any  of  these  rules,  it  is  not  marked  ;  otherwise  it  is  marked. 

6.  The  pupil  should  never  satisfy  himself  with  being  able  to  read  and 
translate  his  lesson,  or  even  to  parse  it  tolerably,  but  should  try  to  under- 
stand the  construction  of  every  word,  and  the  connection  and  dependence 
of  every  part ;  and  moreover,'  should  hold  himself  ready,  if  called  upon, 
to  answer  such  questions  as  the  following,  viz.  : 

1.    Questions  that  may  be  ashed  concerning  every  sentence. 

Has  this  sentence  any  connection  with  the  preceding  ?  If  so — What 
Is  the  connecting  word  1     In  arranging  or  construing  this  sentence,  which 


INTRODUCTION.  53 

won!  do  you  take  first? — which  next  ? — which  next?  &c,  "Why?  (See 
introduction — directions,  &c)  In  this  sentence,  what  is  the  grammatical 
•object  (  What  a  the  grammatical  predicate  .'  What  is  the  Logical  sub- 
ject? What  is  the  logical  predicate?  Which  should  he  taken  tir>t? 
(§  152,  1399.)     In  what  voice,  mood,  and  tense,  is  the  verb?   Why? 

2.  Questions  that  may  be  asked  when  the  ivords  or  the  sentence 
render  them  proper. 

Is  this  sentence  simple  or  compouud?  If  compound — What  are  the 
simple  sentences  composing  it  ?  By  what  words  are  they  connected  ? 
Analyze  the  whole,  and  each  part,  (§  152,  1399.)  Is  this  word  simple 
or  compound?  If  compound — Of  what  is  it  compounded?  What  is  tho 
meaning  of  each  part?  What  is  the  meaning  of  the  compound  ?  Form 
other  compounds  and  tell  their  meaning.  Is  this  word  primitive  or  de- 
rivative ?  If  derivative — From  what  is  it  derived  ?  What  is  its  primary 
meaning?  What  is  its  meaning  here?  (If  different) — How  came  it  to 
have  this  meaning  ?  What  English  words  are  derived  from  it  ?  Change 
the  verb,  if  active,  into  passive,  and  express  the  same  idea — If  passive, 
change  it  into  the  active,  and  express  the  same  idea.  Change  the  verb 
into  different  tenses,  &c. 

Nouns.  How  do  you  know  this  word  to  he  a  noun  ?  Proper  ?  or  com- 
mon7 Why?  In  what  case?  Why?  For  what  purpose,  is  the  nom- 
inative used  l  Is  it  the  subject  or  predicate  here?  For  what  purpose  is 
the  genitive  commonly  used  ! — the  dative  ! — the  accusative  I — the  v<><  a- 
tive  ! — the  ablative?  For  what  purpose  is  it  used,  and  by  what  is  it  gov- 
erned here  ? 

Adjcrfirrs.  How  do  you  know  this  word  to  he  an  adjective?  What 
noun  or  pronoun  does  it  qualify  or  limit  here  ?  Is  it  compared  ?  Why  ? 
Why  not  i     (If  a  numeral) — To  what  class  docs  it  belong? 

Pronouns.  How  do  you  know  this  to  be  a  pronoun  ?  To  what  class 
of  pronouns  does  it  belong?  (If  used  substantively) — Instead  of  what 
noun  does  it  here  stand  ?  (If  adjectively)  With  what  noun  does  it  agree  ? 
(If  a  relative) — What  is  its  antecedent? 

Verbs.  How  do  you  know  this  word  to  be  a  verb  ?  Of  what  class  ? 
In  what  mood,  tense,  number,  person  1  For  what  purpose  is  the  indica- 
tive mood  used  ? — the  subjunctive? — the  imperative? — the  infinitive? 
For  what  purpose  is  it  used  here  ?  For  what  purpose  is  the  present  tense 
used? — the  imperfect? — the  perfect  definite? — indefinite? — the  pluper- 
fect ? — the  future  ? — the  future  perfect  ? 

From  what  point  is  the  time  of  the  infinitive  mood  reckoned?  (176, 
1126.)  How  is  the  present  infinitive  translated  after  a  verb  denoting 
present  time? — past  time? — future  time?  How  is  the  perfect  trans- 
lated— (the  future — the  future-perfect)  after  a  verb  denoting  present 
time? — past  time? — future  time  ?  (£  47.)  In  what  mood  is  tho  lead- 
ing verb  in  oblique  narration  ?  (651,  1290.)  In  what  mood  are 
verbs  in  dependent  clauses  in  oblique  narration?  (634,  1293.)  For 
what  purpose  is  the  participle  used  ?  How  does  it  become  an  adjective? 
How  are  gerunds  used  ? — supines  ? 


54  INTRODUCTION. 

Adverbs,  Prepositions,  Interjections,  Conjunctions. — What  is  the  use  of 
the  adverb  ?  What  word  does  it  modify  here  1  What  is  the  use  of  the 
preposition  ?  Between  what  words  does  it  show  the  relation  here !  What 
is  the  use  of  the  interjection'?  What  emotion  does  it  express  here? 
What  is  the  use  of  the  conjunction  ?  What  words  or  sentences  does  it 
join  here  ? 

7.  If  the  lesson  contain  names  of  persons  or  places,  or  allusions  to 
events  or  fables,  in  history  or  mythology,  or  to  the  manners  or  customs 
of  any  people,  let  the  pupil  inquire  into  them  and  be  ready  to  tell  some- 
thing respecting  them.  This  however  should  be  only  a  secondary  matter 
with  the  beginner,  as  it  properly  belongs  to  a  more  advanced  stage ;  but 
still  a  little  attention  to  it  may  serve  to  interest  and  stimulate  bini  to  fur- 
ther research. 

^~ EXPLANATION  OF  REFERENCES.**3^ 

The  references  at  the  foot  of  each  page  are  intended  chiefly  to  explain 
the  construction.  Those  which  have  Gr.  prefixed,  are  to  the  running 
paragraph  numbers  and  their  subdivisions,  in  Bullions'  Latin,  and  Bul- 
lions &  Morris's  Latin  Grammars. 

The  Roman  figures,  45,  indicate  the  number  of  the  paragraph  in  Bul- 
lions' Latin  Grammar  referred  to;  and  the  beavy-faced  figures,  45, 
indicate  the  paragraph  in  Bullions  <fc  Morris's  Latin  Grammar  referred  to. 

When  §  is  placed  before  a  number  in  Roman  figures  used  elsewhere 
than  at  the  foot  of  the  page,  for  reference,  the  number  indicates  the  sec- 
tion of  Bullions'  Latin  Grammar  referred  to.  The  heavy-faced  figures 
used  in  connection  with  such  a  section  reference,  refer  to  a  paragraph  in 
Bullions  &  Morris's  Latin  Grammar. 

In  the  references  which  have  Id.  or  Idioms  prefixed,  the  first  number 
directs  to  the  corresponding  number  in  the  preceding  Introduction  of  this 
book,  and  the  second  to  the  example  under  that  number.  Thus,  for  exam- 
ple, 42,  1,  directs  to  the  example,  Dignusqui  ametur,  (p.  23,)  and  shows  how 
the  words  qui  ametur,  in  that,  and  all  similar  constructions,  are  to  be  trans- 
lated. The  words  particularly  referred  to  and  intended  to  be  noticed  in 
the  reference,  are  distinguished  by  being  printed  in  a  different  character. 
The  references  are  intended  to  explain  particular  phrases  and  idioms,  and 
to  give  an  example  of  the  mode  of  translating  them.  This  will  be  found 
a  more  valuable  aid  in  translating  than  notes,  as  it  reduces  the  idioms  of 
the  language  to  a  sort  of  system,  with  every  part  of  which  the  attentive 
pupil  will  soon  become  familiar. 

In  many  cases  there  is  a  reference  both  to  the  Grammar  and  to  the 
Introduction.     All  of  these  should  be  carefully  looked  out  and  applied. 

In  the  references  to  the  Rules  of  Syntax  in  the  Grammar,  if  there  is 
only  one  Rule  in  the  section,  it  is  indicated  simply  by  the  letter  R.;  if 
there  arc  more  than  one,  the  number  of  the  Rule  is  annexed. 

Exp.  refers  to  the  Explanation  under  the  rule.  Words  to  be  supplied 
are  indicated  by  the  syllable  "  Sup,"  for  "supply/'  prefixed. 


INTRODUCTORY  EXERCISES. 


Substantives,  Adjectives,  and  Adjective  Pronouns. 
Decline  the  following  adjectives  and  substantives  separately — then 
together — translate  them  in  each  case  and  number.  (See  paragraphs 
Nos.  3  and  14  of  Latin  Idioms  on  pages  11  and  14.  Tell  the  case  and 
number  here;  and  translate  them.  Give  the  Rule  for  their  agreement. 
(263,  or  §  98,  650  to  665.)    Show  how  they  agree. 

Bonus  vir.  Ingcnui  pueri.  Prima  hora.  Summum 
bonum.  In  omnibus  tcrris.  In  toto  orbe.  DecTmo 
anno  aetatis  (No.  11).  Melioris  naturae.  Praesens  peri- 
culnm.  Muliebri  habTtu.  Ad  quintum  diem.  Fuga- 
ces  anni.  Brcvc  tcmpus.  Altus  mons.  Arbor  altis- 
sTma. 

Omnibus  viris.  Primo  anno.  Praesentc  tempore. 
Meliore  habltu.  Ad  omncm  ajtatem.  Summi  periculi. 
Totiun  annum.  Brovis  aetTitis.  Fugiices  bora3.  Om- 
nibus temporibus.  Media  nocte  (No.  17.)  Ultima 
via.     Ad  imam  vallem. 

Ille  dies.  Hoe  tempore.  Ipsi  fontes.  Tuum  nomen. 
Hie  caper.  Ista  carmma.  Lupus  ipse.  His  montTlms. 
Re  ipsa.  Ex  tuis  libris.  Ad  hunc  ignem.  Tua  facta. 
Carminibus  nostris.  Hoc  apri  setosi  caput.  Pater  nos- 
ter.     Eodem  tempore. 

The  Verb  and  its  Nominative.     (304,  633,) 

Translate  each  noun  or  pronoun  according  to  its  number  and  case ; 
and  each  verb  according  to  its  voice,  mood,  tense,  number,  and  person. 
Parse. each  word  as  directed,  774,  1410,  and  show  how  the  v  rb 
agrees  with  its  nominative,  according  to  303,  Rule  IV.,  631,  Rule  11. 


56  INTRODUCTORY    EXERCISES. 

Indicative  Mood. 

Present.  Amo.*  Amamus.  Legimus.  Ventus  spirat. 

Dominus  jubet.     Servus  paret.     Tempus  fugit.     Aves 

volant.     Bonus  homo  amatur.     Stella  videtur.     Nos 

monemus.  Ignis  urit.  Luna  lucet.  Homines  dormiunt. 

2.  Imperfect.  Monebamus.  Rex  regebat.  Yigil  vc- 
cabat.  Canis  custodiebat.  Sol  occidebat.  Stellae 
videbantur.  Cameli  currebant.  Equus  hinniebat. 
Boni  homines  amabantur. 

3.  Perfect.  Nos  amavimus.  Illi  monuerunt.  Dom- 
musjussit.  Servus  paruit.  Homines  docuerunt.  Scrip- 
sistis.     Arbores  crcverunt.     Yenisti.     Amavi. 

4.  Pluperfect.  Sol  occiderat.  Hostes  fugerant.  Pu- 
eri  legSrant.  Vos  videratis.  Tu  scripseras.  Ille  bib- 
Srat.  Amati  eramus.  Monitus  eram.  Aves  volavc- 
rant.     Illi  jusserant.     Yos  legeratis.     Illi  docuerant. 

5.  Future.  Scribemus.  Amabitis.  Umbra  fugiet. 
Yiator  cantabit.  Erimus.  Uret  ignis.  Deus  dabit. 
Tempera  venient.     Illi  monebunt.     Nos  monebimur. 

6.  Future-Perfect.  Amavero.  Hannibal  vicerit.  Nos 
venerimus.  MonTti  erimus.  Hora  fugerit.  Docuero. 
Riseris.    Pomum  ceciderit.    AmbulaverTmus.    Legero. 

Subjunctive  Mood. 

1.  Present.  Canis  latret.  Sim.  Amemus.  Ager  are- 
tur.  Yos  videatis.  Tempus  fugiat.  Luna  luceat.  Yen- 
tus  spiret.  Dormiamus.  Ille  capiatur.  Illi  equi  currant. 

2.  Imperfect.  Caperem.  Moneremus.  Pueri  lege- 
rent.  Sol  luceret.  Luna  occideret.  Illi  amarent.  Phi- 
lomela cantaret.     Amor  vinceret.     Amaremur. 

*  The  nominatives  of  the  first  and  the  second  person,  ego,  tu,  nos,  vos, 
are  usually  omittted,  (305,  636.) 


INTRODUCTORY   EXERCISES.  57 

8.  Perfect.  Miserim.  Duxerimus.  Si  dens  dederit. 
Quum  hiems  venerit.  Nos  fuerimus.  Miles  pugnavg- 
rit.  Domus  aadificata  fuerit.  Sol  occiderit.  Vos  ami- 
serltis.     Monuerimus.     Illi  cepSrint. 

4.  Pluperfect.  Fuissemus.  Bella  finita  essent.  Am- 
avissem.  Mercatores  venissent.  Poma  pependissent. 
Yos  vendidissetis.  Risissem.  Illi  mansissent.  Pueri 
scripsissent.     Fuissem.     Literae  scriptae  essent. 

Imperative  Mood. 
Ama.      Maneto.      Regunto.      Avis  volato.      Canes 
latranto.      Scribe.     Illi  scribnnto.      Time.     Currito. 
Auditote.     Tone.    Faciunto.    Amate.     Amanto.     Lit- 
erae  leguntor.     Dies  ablto. 

Miscellaneous  Exercises. 
Egoeram.  Sylvastabat.  Mnsacanebat.  Noxerat. 
Dormiebas.  Arma  sonabant.  Ego  videbo.  Tempus 
erit.  Rura  manebnnt.  Troja  fuit.  Prata  biberunt. 
Nonjuravi.  Umbra  fugerat.  Cicero  scripserat.  Caesar 
vicit.  Surge.  Legito.  Studete.  Disce  aut  discede. 
Vox  audltur.  Praemia  dentur.  Bellum  parabttur. 
Hostes  capti  essent.  Portae  panduntur.  Verba  lege- 
bantur.  Leges  datae  sunt.  Pueri  ducuntur.  Tem- 
pera mutantur,  et  nos  mutamur. 

Transitive  Verbs,  Active  Voice,  and  their  Object. 

Translate  and  parse  as  in  the  preceding.  Point  out  the  subject  of  the 
verb,  i.  e.,  the  person  or  thing  that  acts.  Point  out  the  object  of  the  verb, 
i.  e.,  the  person  or  thing  acted  upon.  State  what  case  it  is  in,  and  give 
the  rule. 

Audlvi  sonum.  Hi  pueri  legunt  Homerum.  Caesar 
vicit  Galliam.     Vidi  patrem  (11).     Romani  bella  para- 


58  INTRODUCTORY   EXERCISES. 

bant.  Vicerunt  hostes.  Vulpes  viderat  leonem.  Pavo 
explicat  pennas  (No.  11).  Canis  arcebat  boves.  Ac- 
cipiter  rapuit  lusciniam.  Boni  mortem  non  timent. 
Bacchus  duxit  exercitum  in  Indiam.  Scipio  delevit 
Carthagmem.  Mummius  cepit  Corinthum.  Divitise 
non  semper  felicitatem  praestant. 

Verbs  Modified  by  Adverbs, 
Pugnat  bene.  Yeniebant  celeriter.  Pugnatum  est 
acriter.  Res  prosper^  gestae  sunt.  Corvus  forte  reperit 
caseum.  Libenter  bonas  artes  sequere.  Forte  erravit, 
fortasse  erraverit.  Gallina  quotidie  ovum  parit.  Sem- 
per esto  paratus.  Nunquam  dice  mendacium.  I  cito, 
statim  reverte.  Egredior  mane.  Elephanti  maximd 
oderunt  murem ;  gregatim  ingrediuntur. 

Prepositions  and  their  Cases. 
Sub  solem.  Infra  lunam.  In  urbem  venit.  In  urbe 
habitat.  Sedebat  in  loco  aprico.  E  sylva  rediit.  Trans 
Tiberim  natat.  Ex  illo  die  Ca3sar  tendit  in  Galliam. 
In  rus  abiit.  Ni5be  locuta  est  in  ApollTnem  et  Dia- 
nam.  FlumTna  in  mare  currant.  In  forum  descendit. 
In  aureo  sseculo  fiores  nascebantur  sine  semme.  Han- 
nibal bellum  in  Italia  gessit. 


INTRODUCTORY   EXERCISES.  59 


SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


General  Remarks, 

1.  A  simple  sentence  consists  of  two  parts;  the  subject,  or  thing 
spoken  of,  and  the  predicate,  or  that  which  is  affirmed  of  the  subject, 
753,  1399.  In  the  natural  order,  the  subject  is  translated  first,  and 
the  predicate  last. 

2.  Nouns  and  pronouns,  either  in  the  subject  or  predicate,  may  be 
limited  by  nouns  in  apposition — by  nouns  in  the  genitive  case,  and  by 
adjectives  and  their  regimen.* 

3.  Verbs  belong  to  the  predicate,  and  are  limited  by  the  noun  or  pro- 
noun governed  by  them  as  their  object,  by  adverbs,  and  adverbial  pi 

4.  Both  subject  and  predicate  may  be  further  modified  and  limited  by 
circumstances  of  time,  place,  manner,  &c,  by  a  preposition  and  its  regi- 
men, or  by  a  dependent  clause  or  phrase  connected  by  a  relative  or  con- 
nective term  ; — and  all  these  should  occupy  that  place  in  the  sentence  in 
which  their  effect  will  be  best  perceived,  and  the  meaning  of  tho  whole 
sentence  !>e  most  clearly  exhibited. 

N.  B.  Before  proceeding  with  the  following  sentences,  the  pupil  should 
now  be  made  perfectly  familiar  with  §  152  of  Bullions',  or  from  1399 
to  14:12  of  Bullions  &  Morris's  Grammar,  and  commit  to  memory,  so 
thoroughly  as  to  have  always  ready  at  hand  the  "  Directions  for  Begin- 
ners," p.  299,  and  the  Rules  for  Construing,  p.  300,  in  Bullions'  Latin 
Grammar,  or  1415 ,  141(1,  and  1417,  pages  331,  332,  of  Bullions  & 
Morris's  Latin  Grammar.  This  being  done,  these  rules  should  be  ap- 
plied in  the  analysis  of  every  sentence  for  some  time,  till  the  exorcise 
becomes  perfectly  familiar  and  easy.  This  requires  some  attention  on  the 
part  both  of  teacher  and  pupil  for  a  short  time  at  first,  and  the  quantity 
read  will  necessarily  be  small ;  but  both  will  be  rewarded  tenfold  for  this 
labor  by  the  ease,  rapidity,  and  certainty  with  which  the  pupil,  even  with- 
out the  aid  of  his  teacher,  will  soon  analyze  and  translate  the  most  intri- 
cate sentences.     Let  the  trial  be  properly  made,  and  success  is  certain. 

*  By  u  regimen,"  is  meant  the  noun  or  pronoun  governed  by  any  word. 
Thus  in  the  phrase,  Amor  patriot,  avtdus  glorias,  ama  deum,  ad  patrem, 
the  words  patriot,  gloria,  deum,  patrem,  are  the  regimen  of  Amor,  avldics, 
ama,  ad,  respectively. 


60  ■      INTRODUCTORY   EXERCISES. 

1.  Subject  and  Predicate. 

The  subject  or  thing  spoken  of,  before  a  finite  verb,  is  always  in  the  nomi- 
native case,  and  has  a  verb  agreeing  with  it  by  R.  IV.  (303,  634,  R.  II.) 

The  predicate,  or  the  thing  affirmed  Or  denied  of  the  subject,  is  usually 
placed  after  it,  and  is  expressed  two  ways,  as  follows  : 

1.  The  predicate  consists  of  a  noun,  an  adjective,  or  a  participle,  in  the 
same  case  with  the  subject,  and  connected  with  it  by  an  intransitive  verb, 
or  a  transitive  verb  of  naming,  appointing,  &c,  called  the  copula.  In  all 
such  sentences  the  predicate  word,  if  a  noun,  comes  under  R.  Y.  (319, 
666,  R.  VI.) ; — if  an  adjective  or  participle,  it  agrees  with  the  subject, 
and  comes  under  R.  II.  (263,  650,  R.  V.)     (See  Gr.  322,  671*) ;  or, 

2.  The  predicate  consists  of  a  verb,  either  alone  or  with  its  limiting  or 
modifying  words. 

1.   The  Predicate  a  Noun. 

Europa  est  Peninsula.3-  Tu  eris  rex. a  PlurTma3b  stellae 
sunt  soles,3-  Boni  pueri  egregii  viri3-  fient.  Castor  et 
Pollux  erant c  fratres.3-  Ego  sum  discipulus.3-  Cicero 
factus  est  consul.3-     Ego  salutor poeta.3- 

2.  Predicate  an  Adjective  or  Participle. 

Terra  est  rotunda. A  Vita  brevisd  est.  Vera  amicitia 
est  sempiternal  Fames  et  sitis  suntc  niolestce.d  Nemo 
semper  felixd  est.  Non  omnes  milites  sunt  fortes. d 
Mundi  innumerablles  d  sunt.  Nemo  nimium  beutus  d  est. 
Avaruse  nunquam  est  contentusA  Pater  reversurusd  est. 
Virtus  laudanda/  ebrietas  vitanda  f  est. 

3.   Tlie  Predicate  a  Verb,  Sfc. — Active  Voice. 

Eleplianti  semper  gregatim  ambulant. %  Cornices  am* 
bulant,s  passeres  etm.Qrulddsaliunt;g  perdlces  currunt;s 
plurimaeh  etiam  nidif  leant. 

Democritus  explicate  cur  ante  lucem  galli  canunt.g 
Etiam  infantes  somniant.s     Parvae  res  crescunt.s 

Grammars.—*  319,  r.  v.:  666,  r.  vi.— b  113,  228.—°  312,  r.  i. 
i)43,  r.  iii.— *  322,  671.—*  303,  r.  iv.:  634,  r.  ii. 

Idioms.— b  24.—®  19,  l.—f  108,  1.— *  19,  Sup.  aves. 

*  For  explanation  of  reference  figures,  see  page  54 


INTRODUCTORY    EXERCISES.  61 

4.  Passive  Voice. 
Oves  non  ubique  tondentur.* 
In  Indiab  gignuntur  maxima  animalia. 
In  AirTcab  nee  ccrvi,  nee  apri,  nee  ursi  inveniuntur.* 
In  Syriab  nigri  leones  reperiuntur. 
Apud  Romanos  mortuic  plerumquc  cremabantur. 
Fortes0  laudabuntur,  ignavi0  vituperabuntur. 
LittSrae  a  Phcenicibus  inventced  sunt. 
Carthago,  Corinthus,  Numantia,  et  multae  aliaB  urbes 
a  Romanis  eversce  sunt. 

5.  Deponent  Verbs. 
Formlcae  etiam  noetu  operantur.G 
Ursi  interdum  bipedesf  ingrediuntur. 
AquTlae  semper  solaef  predantur. 
Apnd  ^Ethiopes  g  maximi  elephanti  in  silvisb  vagantur. 
Stnrni  et  psittaci  humanas  voces  h  imitantur. 

6.  The  Accusative  after  Transitive  Verbs,  Active  Voice, 
and  Transitive  Deponents. 

Diem'1  perdidi.     Terra  parit  flores.'* 

Crocodllus  ova'1  parit.  Elephantus  odit  murern1  et  J 
suem.'1 

Cameli  diu  sitimk  tolerant. 

Lanae  nigral  nullum  colorem  'l  bibunt. 

Senes  miinme  sentinnt  morbos  '  contagiosoz. 

Cervi  cornua1  sua  quotannis  aniittunt. 

Ceres  fru?nentumi  invenit;  Bacchus1  vinum;1  Mercu- 
rius1  litter  as.1 

Grammars.—  »  303,  r.  iv. :  <*34.— b  608,  r.  li.:  OSS.— *  104,  Note. 
1097.— *  207,  1:  304.— (  274,  663.—*  602,  r.  xlviii. :  9S1,  r. 
xlvi.— *  437,  Sp.,  r.  i. ;  712,  r.  viiL— *  436,  r.  xx :  7 12,  r.  viiL — i  720, 
r.  lxv. :  1369,  r.  cviii.— *  90,  1 :  116.--1  308  :  639. 

Idioms. — e  J  9,  1. 


62  INTRODUCTORY   EXERCISES. 

Canes  solia  dominos  h  suos  bene  novere,  soli  nomina 
sua  agnoscunt. 

Hystrix  aeuleosh  longe  jaculatur. 
Sturni  etc  psittaci  humdnas  voces  h  imitantur. 
Militiades  Athenasb  totamque  Grceciam  liber avit. 
The  G-enitive. 

The  genitive  is  used  to  limit  the  signification  of  the  word  which  gov- 
erns it,  by  connecting  with  that  word  the  idea  of  origin,  property,  or  pos- 
session (331,  744,)     It  is  commonly  governed, 

1st.  Bv  substantives,  §  106,  Kules  VI.,  VII.,  and  VIII.,  751,  R. 
XV.,  757,  R.  XVI.,  760,  R.  XVII. 

2d.  By  adjectives,  §  107,  viz.  :  verbals,  partitives,  and  adjectives  of 
plenty  or  want;  Rules  IX.,  X.,  XI.,  705,  R.  XVIII,  771,  R.  XIX., 
770,  R.  XX 

3d.  By  verbs,  §  108,  Rules  XII.,  XIII.,  XIV.,  780,  R.  XXL,  783, 
R.  XXII.,  788,  R.  XXIII. ;  also,  Rules  XXVII.,  XXVIII.,  793,  R. 
XXIV,  799,  R.  XXV.;  520,  521,  1075,  415,  419,  805,  R. 
XXVI.,  809,  R.  XXVII.  See  also  245,  7,  4th,  and  5th,  1 005,  R. 
LXXII. 

7.   The  G-enitive  governed  by  Substantives, 
Crescit  amor  nummiA 
Infinitaf  est  multitudo  morbdrumA 
Litter  drum  d  usus  est  antiquissimus.f 
Asia  etc  Africa  greges  b  ferorum  asindrum  alit.ff 
Magna  f  est  lingudrum  inter  homines »  varigtas. 
lnnumerabiliaf  sunt  mortisd  signa,  sahltisi  paucissima.f 
Cyrus  omnium  in  exercituk   suo  militumd  nomina  b 
tenebat  memoriae 

Canis  vestigia'1  ferdrum  d  diligentissime  scrutatur. 
Nemo  non  benignus  est  suid  judex. e 
Lednum  d  animi  d  index  e  cauda  est. 

8.   Genitive    governed  by  Adjectives, 
Semper  fragilitdtis  l  human®  sis  memor.f 

Grammars.— b  436,  r.  xx.:  712,  r.  viii.— e  720,  r.  lxv.:  1309,  r. 
cviii.— i  332,  r.  vi.:  751,  r.  xv.— •  319,  r.  v.:  OOO,  r.  vi.— f  322: 
671,—'  312,  Sp.,  r.  i.  &  313:  643,  r.  iii. — ^  437,  Sp.  r.  i:  712,  r. 
viii.—1  602,  r.  xlviii:  981,  r.  lxvi.— J  836,  755.— k  608,  r.  li.:  988, 
r.  Ixix.— i  349,  r.  ix;  765,  r.  xviii. 

Idioms.—*  16,  4. 


INTRODUCTORY    EXKRCISE6.  63 

Elephanti  frigoris  a  impatientcs  b  sunt. 

Stultissima c  animaliumd  sunt  lanata.b 

Velocissinium c  omnium  animaliumd  est  delphlnus. 

Stultorum  d  neque  quisquam  beatus  b  est. 

QallOrum  d  omnium  fortissimi b  sunt  Belgae. 
9.   Genitive  governed  by  Verbs. 

Omnia  e  erant  hostiumS    Hoce.  non  nostri  moris*  est. 

Miserere  nostri.s     Amid*  est  recordari  amicorumJ 

Platonem  magnih  aestimo,  sed  Socr atem pluris.h  Mon- 
uisti  me  diet'1  natdlis.     Bonorum*  est  inj  uridrum'i  obli- 
visci,  et  benefieiii  recordari.     Stulti?  est  dicSrek  unon 
putaram."     Est1  magni  laboris?  multum  scribere.k 
Tlie  Dative. 

The  dative  denotes  the  remote  object  to  wliich  any  thing  is  done  or 
given,  or  that  to  which  any  quality,  action,  or  state  tends  or  refers,  with- 
out directly  acting  upon  it,  and  is  governed  chiefly, 

1.  By  substantives,  §  110,  870,  R.  XLL,  871. 

2.  By  adjectives,  §  111,  860,  R.  XL.,  to  809. 

3.  By  verbs,  §  112,  409,  818  to  856,  123,  and  126,  R.III,  1075, 
III.,  and  R.  XXXIII.,  844,  R.  XXXVI. 

10.  The  Dative  governed  by  Substantives  and  Adjectives. 

Clodius  semper  virtutibus  m  hostis  n  erat. 

Vir  bonus  amicis  m  et  patriot  °  decus  n  est. 

Nox  somno  P  opportiina  b  est. 

Nero  primd  bonis  m  amicus,"  et  studio  p  musarum  <i  de- 
dTt us  b  fuit ;  sed  postea  monitoribus  P  aspcr  et  iratus  fuit, 
generic  humane  infestus,  omnlbusT  inimicus,  diis  invl- 
sus,  et  multa  illip  adversa  fuerunt. 

Gh.uimars.  •  349,  r.  be. :  765,  r.  xviii.— b  322,  671.—*  355,  r.  x. 
771,  r.  xix.— «»  355,  r.  x. :  771.  —  *  364,  r.  xii. :  780,  r.  xxi. 
— *  369,  r.  xiii. :  783,  r.  xxii.— *  495,  r.  xxviii. :  799,  r.  xxv.— 
1  489,  r.  xxvii. :  793,  r.  xxiv.— J  373,  r.  xiv. :  788,  r.  xxiii.— k  660, 
r.  hi.:  1147,  r.  lxxxii.— m  378,  r.  xv. :  870,  r.  xli— •  319,  r.  v.: 
666,  r.  vi.— •  720,  r.  lxv. :  1369,  r.  cviii.— p  382,  r.  xvi.:  860,  r. 
xl.— q  332,  r.  vi. :  751,  r.  xv. 

Idioms.    e  21.— •  19,  4.— »  51,  L— *  19,  1. 


64  INTRODUCTORY    EXERCISES. 

^Equus  eunctis  a  et  benignus  esto,  panels  a  familiaris, 
hostlbus  b  mitis,  et  nemini  molestus  ;  sic  omnibus  a  carus 
eris,  et  invlsus  nulli.b 

Asino  b  segni  nullum  onus  gratum,  et  puero  b  ignavo 
omnis  labor  molestus  est. 

11.   The  Dative  governed  by  Verbs. 
Natiira  animalibus c  varia  tegumenta  d  tribuit,  testas,(1 
coria,  spinas,  villos,  setas,  pennas,  squamas. 
Homini  e  soli  f  avaritia  e  et  ambitio  data  h  est. 
Jjeoni i  vis  summa  esti  in  pectbre. 
Antiquissimis  hominibus »  specus  erant k  pro  domYbus. 
Nulli  animali '  memoria  major  est,  quam  cani.s 
Gallinacei  leonibus™  terrorim  sunt. 
Homini  e  plurima  ex  homme l  fiunt n  mala. 
Homo  furiosus  ne  liberis  °  quidem  mis  P  parcit. 
Via  mali  q  omnibus r  semper  vitanda8  est. 

The  Accusative. 

The  accusative  is  used  for  the  most  part  to  express  the  object  of  a 
transitive  active  verb,  or  of  some  relation,  and  is  governed, 

1.  By  transitive  verbs  in  the  active  voice,  or  by  transitive  deponent 
verbs,  No.  6.     2.  By  prepositions. 

12.   The  Accusative  governed  by  Prepositions. 
Camelus  naturale  odium  adversiis  equos l  gerit. 
Pictse  vestes  jam  apud  Home  rum l  commemorantur. 
Multa  animalia  congregantur  et  contra.afo'au  dimicant. 

Grammars.  b  382,  r.  xvi.:  860,  r.  xl.— •  501,  r.  xxix.:  855,  r. 
xxxix.— a  436,  r.  xx.:  712,  r.  viii. — •  522,  1075.—*  720,  r.  Ixv.: 
1369,  r.  cviii.— h  164,  Note.—'  394,  r.  ii. :  821,  r.  xxx.— »  603,  r. 
xlix.:  982,  r.  Ixvii.— m  427,  r.  xix.:  848,  r.  xxxviii.— n  221,  8,  Obs. 
3:  429.— 9  403,  r.  v.:  831,  r.  xxxiii.— i  332,  r.  vi.:  751,  r.  xv.— 

•  322,  671.— *  602,  r.  xlviii.:  981,  r.  lxri.— u  97,  4:  189,  4. 

Idioms.    *  19,  1.— f  16,  4.— i  118,  L— *  118,  2.—°  7,  2.— r  30,  1.— 

*  5,  2;  and  19,  1.— *  108,  1. 


INTRODUCTORY    EXERCISES.  65 

Hippopotamus  segStes  circa  Nilum  a  dcpascitur. 
Apud  Romano*  a  mortui  plerumque  crcmabantur- 
Inter  omnes  bestias  a  simia  hominib  siinillima  est. 

The  Ablative. 
The  ablative  generally  denotes  that  from  which  something  is  separated  or 
taken,  or  by  or  with  which  something  is  done  or  exists.     It  is  governed, 

1.  By  nouns,  §  118,  872  to  889,  or  adjectives,  §§  107,  776,  R. 
XX.,  119,  120,  895,  918,  919. 

2.  By  verbs,  §  121,  R.  XXV.,  and  XXTI.,  907  to  914,  §  125,  R 
XXXVL,  and  §  126,  R.  V.,  1075,  V. 

3.  By  prepositions. 

4.  It  is  used  to  express  various  circumstances.     See  No.  17,  p.  67. 

13.   The  Ablative  governed  by  Nouns  and  Adjective*. 
Gratid  c  opus  est  nobis  d  tud,  tuaquc  auctoritdte.e 
Nunc  virlbus  c  opus  est  vobis,d  nunc  prudenti  consilio. 
Reperiuntur  interdum  cervi  candldo  coldre.{ 
CatilTna  nobili  genere  s  natus  erat,  magnd  vi f  et  anT- 

mi  h  ct  corporis,0  sed  mgenio  f  malo  pravoquc. 

A  minus  per  somnuin  est  sensibns'1  et  curisc  vacuus. 

Est  philosophic  paueis    contonUi  judiclbus.fi 

Nihil  video  in  Sulla  odios  di^uum,  misericordia s 

digna  multa.     Natura  parvo  s  contenta  est. 

14.   The  Ablative  governed  by  Verbs. 
Leaenae  jubdi    carent.     Lcones  facile  per   triduum 
cibo'i  carent. 

Eliphanti  maxtme  a?7nubusk  gaudent. 

Apes  tinnltuk  seris  gaudent. 

NumTdae  plerumque  lacte l  etferlnd  came ,n  vescuntur. 

Grammars.  •  602,  r.  xlviii. :  981,  r.  lxvi.— b  382,  r.  xvi. :  860, 
r.  xl.— *  456,  r.  xxii.:  923,  r.  liv.— d  394,  r.  ii. :  821,  r.  xxw— •  720, 
r.  lxv.,  and  721 :  1369,  r.  cviii. :  1370.—*  339,  r.  vii. :  757,  r.  xvi. 
— «  462,  r.  xxiii. :  918  and  919,  r.  liil. — »»  332,  r.  vi.:  751, r.  xv.— 
»  361,  r.  xi.:  776,  r.  xx.— J  480,  r.  xxv.  :  907,  r.  xlix.— *  485  — 
•  484,  r.  xxvi. :  880,  r.  xliv.— -  78,  Note:  96,  97,  r.  Hi. 

Idioms.    °  6,  5.—*  6,  1. 


66  INTRODUCTORY   EXERCISES, 

Plurimis  bonis  a  fruimur  atque  utmrar.b 
Hispania  viris,c  equis,  ferro,  plumbo,  cere,   argento, 
auroqxie  abundat. 

15.  The  ablative  governed  by  Prepositions. 

Quidam  homines  nati  sunt  cum  dentibusA        ^  ^fyJY 

Xerxes  cum  paucissvmis  militibus  d  ex  Groscid  d  aufa-  ' 
git. 

Lucius  Metellus  primus e  elephantos  ex  primo  Punl- 
cobdlo*  duxit  m  triumpho. 

Cantabit  vacuus  coram  latrone  d  viator. 

Sidera  ab  ortu  ad  occasuni  commeant. 

Britannia  a  Phcenicibus  inventa  f  est. 

Apes  sine  rege  esse  non  possunt. 

Infans  nihil  sine  aliend  ope  potest. 

Dulceg  esth  pro  patrid  mori.1 

Venenum  aliquando  pro  remedio  fuit. 

Litterae  a  Phoeniclbus  inventae  f  sunt. 

16.  The  Accusative  and  Ablative  with  In  and  Sub> 
§  136,  R.  L.  and  LI.,  987,  988,  B.  LXVIIL,  LXIX. 

AquTlae  nidificanti  in  ruplbus  et  arboribus. 

Coccyx  semper  parit  in  alienis  nidis. 

In  senectute  hebescuntk  sensus;  visus,  audltus  debil- 
itatur.1 

Li  Indid  gignuntur  maxima  animalia. 

Hyasnae  plurimae  in  Africa  gignuntur. 

In  Africd,  necin  cervi,  nee  apri,  nee  ursi  reperiuntur. 

In  Syrid  nigri  leones  reperiuntur. 

Grammars.  *  484,  r.  xxvi. :  880,  r.  xliv.— b  720,  r. :  1369,  r. 
cviii.;  and  721,  1.370.—°  480,  r.  xxv.:  907,  r.  xlix.— *  603,  r. 
xlix.:   982,  r.   Ixvii.— «  274,   663.— c  164,  Note.—*  270,  659.— 

660,  r.  lvi. :  1147,  r.  lxxxii.— J  157,  I.  1 :  1080.— k  227,  2  :  585. 

313,  644.—"  726,  1374. 

Idioms.    k  51,  1.    m  124,  4. 


INTRODUCTORY    EXERCISES,  67 

Serus  in  caelum  redeas.a 
Yicti  Persae  in  naves  confugerunt. 
Numa  Pompilius  annum  in  duodecim  menses  distribuit. 
Pontius  Thelesmus  Romanes  sub  jugum  misit. 
Gallia  sub  septentrionlbus  posita  est. 
17.   The  Ablative  used  to  express  various  circumstances 
without  a  Preposition. 

The  circumstances  commonly  denoted  by  the  ablative  without  a  prep- 
osition, are  Respect  wherein,  §  128,  889,  R.  XLVIT. ;  Cause,  manner, 
means,  or  instrument,  %  129,  873,  R.  XLII.;  Place,  §  130,  931  to 
948 ;  Time,  §  131,  949  to  957  ;  Measure,  §  132,  958 ;  Price, 
§  133,  884. 

Apriin  morbis  sibib  medentur  hederd.c 

Pyrrlms  *rex,d  tactuc  pollicis  in  dextro  pede,  lienosis e 
medebatur. 

Oleo  insecta  exanimantur. 

Fera3  domantur  fame  atque  verberlbus. 

Anacrcon  poetad  acinoc  uvae  passa3  exstinctus  est. 

Crocodilus  pellec  durisslmd  contra  onuies  ictus  mu- 
ll Itur. 

In  Africa  elcphanti  capiuntur  foveis.c 

Elcphanti  spirant,  bibunt,  odorantur  proboscldc  s 

Dentes  usu  atteruntur,  sed  igne  non  crcniantur. 

Mures  AlpTni  binds  pedibus   gradiuntur. 

Apes  tinnitu  aeris  convocantur. 

Quibusdam  in  locisf  ansSres  bis  annos  velluntur. 

Color  lusciniarum  autumno  h  mutatur. 

ffiemes  ursi  in  antris  dormiunt. 

Nemo  mortalium  oiiwllua  horish  sapit. 

Pri mores  dentes  septlmo  mense  gignuntur;  septimo 
iTdcm  decidunt  anno.h 

Geajihars.  •  111,  I.  1:  1193,  r.  lxxxviii.;  and  144,  1193; 
ftna  145,  1161.— h  403,  831.—*  542,  r.  xxxv. :  873,  r.  xlii.— 
*  251,  r.  i. :  622,  r.  i.— •  403  :  831,  r.  xxxiii.— '  608,  r.  li. :  988, 
ft,  ixix.— *  565,  r.  xll :  949,  r.  lx.— h  565,  r.  xl. :  950,  r.  lxi 

Idioms.— b  T,  2.— •  19,  1. 


68  INTRODUCTORY    EXERCISES. 

i 

Antip&ter  Sidonius,  poeta,a  quotannis,  die  natdli  suo  b 
febre  corripiebatur. 

JEstdte  dies  sunt  longiores  quam  hieme. 

Isocrates  orator  unam  orationem  viginti  talentis0 
vendidit. 

Luscinia  Candida,  sex  sestertiis  c  Romae  venit. 

18.  Nouns  in  Apposition. 

Plurimi  Scythae,  bellicosissimi  homines ,a  lacted  ves- 
cuntur. 

Delphlnus,  animal*  hommi6  amlcum,  cantuf  gaudet. 

Carthago  atque  Corinthus,  opulentissimm  urbes,s  eo- 
dem  anno  a  Romanis  eversse h  sunt. 
v  Quam  brevi  temp5re J  populi  Romani,  omnium  gen- 
tium victoris,0-  libertas  fracta h  est ! 

Mithridatem,  Ponti  regem,  Tigranes,  rex  Armenius^ 
excepit. 

Circa  Cyllenen,  montem  in  Arcadia,  meriilse  nascuntur. 

19.   The  Infinitive  Mood  without  a  Subject. 

The  infinitive  without  a  subject  is  usually  regarded  as  the  subject  of  a 
verb,  §  144,  R.  LVL,  114=7,  R.  LXXXIL,  or  as  the  object  of  another 
verb,  R.  LVIL,  1148,  R.  LXXXIII. ;  and  in  this  case  always  ex- 
presses an  act  or  state  of  the  subject  of  the  verb  that  governs  it 

In  the  following,  let  the  pupil  state  whether  the  infinitive  is  the  subject 
or  the  object  of  the  verb  with  which  it  is  connected. 

Err  are  J  est  humanum.k 

Turpe k  est  beneficium  repetere.'i 

Beneficiis l  gratiam  non  referre  etiam  turpius  est. 

Parentes  suos  non  amdre  est  impium.k 

Grammars.  *  251,  r.  i. :  622,  r.  i.— b  565,  r.  xl. :  949,  r.  lx.— 
•  581,  r.  xliv. :  884,  r.  xlv  — d  484,  r.  xxvi. :  880,  r.  xliv.— •  382,  r. 
xvi.— *  485,  860,  r.  xl.— *  254,  626.-*  164,  5,  Note:  327.— 
»  565,  r.  xli. :  949,  r.  lx.-J  660,  r.  lvi. :  1147,  r.  Ixxxii.— k  270. 
784.— x  501,  r.  xxix. :  855,  r.  xxxix. 


INTRODUCTORY    EXERCISES.  69 

Te  cupio 'vide re.K     Volui  dormlre* 
Aude  contemnere*  opes.-    Carmma  possumus  dondre. 
PotSremi  contingere  ramos. 
Nihil  amplins  scribere  possum. 
Ego  cupio  ad  te  venire.     Intelligere  11011  possum. 
Cessatorb  esse  noli.     Cur  timet  flavum  Tiberim  tan- 
gere? 

Pliilippus  volebat0  amdri.     Alexander  metui  volebat. 

Tecum  d  vivere  amo.  Natiiram  mutate  pecunia  nescit. 

Bene  ferre  disce  magnam  fortunam. 

Angustam  pauperiem  pati  puer  discat.c 

Did  beatus  b  ante  obitum  nemo  debet. 

yEquam  memento f  rebus  in  arduis  setvdte  mentem. 

Aurum  vesttbus  s  intexere  invenit  rex  Attalus. 

Non  omnes  homines  aequo  amore  h  compleeti  possumus. 

Illecebras  voluptfitis  vitdre  debemus. 

Roma) '  elephantcs  per  funes  incedete  docebantur. 

20.   Gerunds. 

Gerunds  are  construed  like  substantives,  and,  at  the  same  time,  govern 
the  case  of  their  own  verbs,  §  147,  1310, 

Etiam  post  malam  messem  setendum  i  est. 

Omnibus  J  aliquando  moriendum'i  est. 

Semper  pugnandum  J  est  contra  cupiditates  et  lubid- 
Inem. 

PI  u n  ma3 k  sunt  illecebrae  peccandi.1 

Artem  scribendi1  Phcenices,  artem  acu  pingendl1 
Phrvges  invenerunt. 

CupidTtas  vivendi  nunquam  immensab  esse  debet. 

Grammars.  ■  663,  r.  lvii.:  114=8,  r.  Ixxxiii  — k  326,  074.—°  160, 
1:  1088.-*  235,  2:  470.— •  171,  1:  1193;  and  145:  1101. 
—*  222,  2  :  430.—*  501,  r.  xxix.  :  855,  r.  xxxix.— *  542,  r.  xxxv. : 
873,  r.  xlii.— *  548,  r.  xxxvi. :  932,  r.  lvi. — >  699,  r.  bri.  and  701 . 
1335,  r.  cii. — k  322,  071.—*  702,  1327. 

Idiom.    ■  4,  1. 


70  INTRODUCTORY    EXERCISES. 

Honestissima  est  contentio  beneficiis  a  beneficia  vin* 
cendi. 

Homo  naturaa  est  cupidus  nova  semper  videndi  et 
audiendi. 

Libri  sunt  inu tiles  ignaro  b  legendi. 

Olim  calamus  adhibebatur  scribendo.c 

Aqua  marina  inutilis  est  bibendo. 

Culex  habet  telum  etd  fodiendo  et  sorbendo  idoneum. 

Non  omnes  sequaliter  ad  discendume  proni  sumus. 

Simiae  catulos  saspe  complectendo  f  necant. 

Beneficia  gcprobrando  f  corrumpimus. 

Amicus  amicum  semper  aliqua  re a  juvabit,  aut  re, 
aut  consilio,  aut  consolando  f  certe\ 

21.   Gerundives. 

Gerundives  are  participles  in  dus,  with  the  sense  of  the  gerund,  and 
agreeing  m  gender,  number,  and  ease,  with  their  nouns,  §  49,  1, 1319, 
and  §  147,  E.  LXII.,  1322,  R.  CIV. 

Initum  est  consilium  urbis  delendce,s  civium  truci- 
dandorum,8  nommis  Romani  exstinguendi.s 

Puer  par  est  onerih  ferendo. 

Omnes  civitates  Greciae  pecuniam  ad  classem  cedifi- 
candam  et  exercltum  comparandum  dederunt. 

Vir  bonus,  in  malis  aliomm  amovendis ,  seipsum  sub- 
levat. 

Compound  Sentences. 

A  compound  sentence  consists  of  two  or  more  simple  sentences,  con- 
nected together  by  conjunctions,  relatives,  or  adverbs,  §§  149,  1360 , 
99,  683,  and  i40,  141,  1206  to  1 250. 

Grammars.  ■  542,  r.  xxxv.  :  873,  r.  xlii.— c  703,  1332.—*  726, 
1374.—*  104,  1337.— {  105,  1340.—*  707,  r.  lxii:  1322,  r 
civ.—11  382,  r.  xvi. :  860,  r. 

Idioms.    b  Sup.  homlni.    *  112. 


INTRODUCTORY    EXERCISES.  71 

,  22.    ( '<  injunctions. 

Sol  ruit,  et0-  montes  umbraiitur.       \JM(I3Lp &ma,« 

Vir1'  bonus  ei  prudeii's  dici  delector  ego. 
_J  Immcnsa  est,  fmemgue0  pptentia  Dei  non  habet. 

Accipered  ptaestat  qmun:i  facere  injuriam. 

KapeJ&atque  abire  semper  assuevit  lupus. 

Semper  ho'nos,  nomengwe c  tuum,  lawdesque  manebunt. 

Sapientcm  neque e  paupertas,  neque  mors,  neque  vin- 
cula  torrent. 

Juno  erat  Jovis  et f  soror  et  conjux. 

Nox  erat,  et  fulgebat  luna. 

In  praelio  cita  mors  venit,  aut  victoria  laeta. 

Marius  et  Sylla  civile  bellum  gesserunt.ff 

Leti  vis  rapuit,  rapietywe  gentes. 

Non  formosus  erat,  sed  erat  facundus  Ulysses. 

Sih  divitiaa  felicitatem  praestant,  avaritia  prima  vir- 
tus est. 

23.  Adverbs. 

Quoties  literas  tuas  lego,  omnem  mibi  'l  praeteritorum 
temporum  memoriam  in  mentem  revoco. 

MagnaJ  debemus  suscipSre,  dum  vires  suppStunt.    \ 

Corvi,  quamdiu  cornibusk  carent,  noctu  ad  palmla 
proeedunt. 

Quidam  crocodTlum,1  quamdiu  vivat,™  crescere  »  exis-  x 
tTmaut,  vivit  autem  multos  annos.° 

Gloria  virtutem,  tanquam  umbra,P  sequitur. 

Grammars.  *  720,  r.  lxv. :  1369.—*  326,  074.  •  242,  Obs.  2: 
4<>/.— *  660,  r.  lvi.,  and  662:  1147,  T.  Ixxxii.— •  720,  r.  lxv.: 
1369,  r.  cviii. ;  and  722,  1X71.—*  312,  r.  i. :  04.3,  l  iii.— b  630, 
l>47.—>  380,  871.—*  480,  r.  xxv. :  907,  T.  xlix.— '  671,  r.  lviii. 
1130,  r.  lxxix.— -  656,  1291.—*  565,  r.  xli. :  949,  r.  lx.— p  252 
ad  fin. :  023. 

Idioms.    f  124,  !.—•  5,  3.— J  19,  4.— »  95,  1. 


72  INTRODUCTORY   EXERCISES. 

24.   Comparison  with  a   Conjunction. 

Comparison  is  made  in  two  ways,  1st  By  a  conjunction,  qudm,  ac,  at- 
que,  after  the  comparative,  connecting  the  words  denoting  the  things 
compared  in  the  same  case,  466,  894 ; — and  2d,  By  the  ablative  after 
the  comparative  without  an  injunction,  §  120,  895,  K.  XLVIII. 

Canes  Indici  grandiores  sunt  qudm  ceteri.a 
Nullum  malum  est  vehementiusb  et  importunius d 

qudm  invidia.0 

Interdum  ferarum  animos  mitiores  invenimus  qudm 

hominum.d 

Latro  ferae  e  est  similior  qudm  homini.c 

Major  est  animi  voluptas  qudm  corporis. d 

In  montibus  aer  purior  est,  et  tenuior  qudm  in  valli- 

bus. 

Comparison  without  a  Conjunction. 

Nihil  est  clementid  f  divinius. 

Aurum  gravius  est  argentoS 

Adamas  durior  est  ferro/  ferrum  durius  ceteris  me- 
tallis. 

Luna  terras  propior  est  sole. 

Quid  magis  est  durum  saxo,  quid  mollius  aqud? 
25.  Relative  Pronouns.     (§  99,  683.)       -h 

Non  omnis  ager,  quiz  seritur,  fert  fruges. 

Psittdcus,  quern  India  mi ttit,  reddit  verba  quai  accepit. 

Achilles,  cujus  res  gestas  Homeri  carmina  celebrant, 
ad  Hellespontum  sepultus.est. 

Myrmecides  quidam  quadrlgam  fecit  et  ebore,  quam 
musca  ali's  h  integebat. 

Qui'1  bonis  non  rect£  utitur,  ei  J  bona  mala  fiunt.k 

Grammars.  »  120,  r.  lxv. :  1369,  r.  cviii.— b  322,  671,—'  720, 
1369.— d  336,  755.—*  382,  r.  xvi.  :  860,  r.  il.— *  467,  r.  xxiv. : 
895,  r.  xlviii.— *  284,  r.  iii. :  683,  r.  vii. — h  542,  r.  xxxv. :  873,  r. 
xlii.— 4  285,  684.— i  522,  r.  iii. :  1075,  r.  lxxiv.— .k221,  Obs.  3  :  413. 

Tdioms.     *  19.— f  6,  3.— J  43,  1. 


INTRODUCTORY   EXERCISES.  73 

Beneficium  reddit,  qui a  ejus  b  bene  memor  est. 

Grues  in  itinenbus  ducem,  quern  sequantur,c  eligunt. 

Copias  suas  Cassar  in  proximum  collem  subduxit, 

equitatumque,  qui  sustineret d  hostium  impe'tum,  misit. 

Subjunctive  Mood. 

The  subjunctive  mood  is  used  in  dependent  clauses,  connected  with  the 
leading  clause  by  conjunctive  particles,  adverbs,  or  by  the  relative  pro- 
noun. When  it  expresses  a  fact,  real  or  supposed,  but  not  directly  as- 
serted or  vouched  for,  it  is  translated  by  the  English  indicative.  When  it 
expresses  a  thing  as  not  actual  and  certain,  but  only  as  conditional  or 
contingent,  as  what  may,  can,  might,  or  should  take  place,  it  is  translated 
by  the  English  potential,  §  42,  II.,  264,  II.,  and  §  140  and  141, 
1205  to  129 1. 

26.  The  Subjunctive  with  cum  or  quum. 

Platea,  cilm  devoratis  se  imple'vit*  conchis,f  testas 
evSmit. 

Ceres  frumenta  invenit,  cilm  antea  homines  gland* 
bus  s  ve8cerentur.e 

Naveh  primus'  in  Graeciam  Danaus  advenit,  cum 
antea  ratibus  h  navigareturJ 

Alexander,  rexk  Macedonia^  cilm  Thebas  cepisset,1 
Pindari  vatis  k  familiae  m  pepercit. 
27.  The  Subjunctive  after  Conjunctive  Particle*. 
(§  140, 1205  to  1218.) 

Tanta  est  in  India  ubertas  soli,  ut  sub  una  ficu  n  tur- 
mae  equitum  condantur.0 

Ursi  per  hiemcm  tam  gravi  somno h  premuntur,  ut 
ne  vulneribus  h  quidem  excitentur.0 


Grammars.  b  349,  r.  ix. :  765,  r.  xviii.— «  641,  1226.— A  641, 
1226.—*  630,  1247.- -'  514,  r.  xxxi.:  911,  r.  L— •  484,  r.  xxvi.: 
880,  r.  xliv.— »«  542.  r.  xxxv.:  873,  r.  xlii. — *  274,  663.— i  223,  3: 

453;  and  630,  1247.— -k  251,  r.  i. :  622,  r.  i.— >  631,  1244 

■  403,  r.  v. :  831,  r.  xxxiii.— *  008,  r.  li. :  988,  r.  lxix— *  627,  1, 
1st :  1205  and  1220. 

Idioms.    •  37,  1st,  3.— «  40,  5.— *  40,  4.— J  74,  8. 

7 


74  INTRODUCTORY   EXERCISES. 

Delphmi  tanta  interdum  yi  e  mari  cxsiliunt,  ut  vela  a 
navium  t?'ansv  blent. b 

In  India  serpentes  ad  tantam  magnitudmem  adoles- 
cunt,  ut  integros  hauriant b  cervos  taurosque. 

Fac,c  ut  homines  animum  tunm  pluris  faciant,d  quam 
omnia,  quae  illis e  tribuere  possis.f 

Alexander  edixit,  ne  quis  ipsums  praeter  Apellem 
pingeret.h 
X  Pythagoreis  \  interdictum  fuit,J  nek  fabis1  vescerentur.h 

Oculi  palpebris™  sunt  muniti,  nen  quid  incidat.h 

Nihil  fere  tarn  reconditum  est,  quin  °  quaarendo  m  in- 
veniri  possit. 

Nunquam  tarn  mane  egredior,  neque  tarn  vesperi 
domum  p  revertor,  quin  °  te  in  fundo  conspicer  fodere,<i 
aut  arare,q  aut  aliquid  facere. 

Xerxes  non  dubitabat,  quin  °  copiis  suis  Graecos  facilS 
superaturus  essetJ 

28.  The  Subjunctive  with  words  expressing  an  indirect 
question.     (§  140,  5,  1182.) 

Quaeritur,  unus  ne9  sit1  mundus,  an  plures. 

Disputabant  veteres  philosophi,  casu  m  ne s  f  actus  sit  * 
mundus,  an  mentem  divina. 

Augustus  cum  amicis  suis  consultabat,  utrum  impe* 
rium  servdretf  an  deponeret. 

Perperam  quaeritur,  num  in  amici  gratiam,  jus  vio- 
lari  possit.1 

Grammars.  *  613,  r.  lii.:  993,  r.  lxx.— b  627,  1,  1st:  1220.— 
c  214,  4:  323.— d  627,  1,  3d:  1208.—*  501,  r.  xxix.:  855,  r. 
xxxix.— f  656,  1291.— h  619,  r.  liii. :  1164=,  r.  lxxxiv. ;  620, 
1172  ;  and  627,  1,  3d:  1208.— l  522,  r.  iii. :  1075,  r.  lxxiv.— 
1  484,   r.  xxvi. :  880,  r.  xliv.— m  542,  r.  xxxv. :    873,  r.  xlii.— 

•  627,  3:  1208.— *  558,  r.  xxxix.:  94=3,  r.  lix.— *  170,  1172.— 

*  627,5:  1182. 


Idioms.  «  32,  8.— J  51,  3.— k  121,  6.— »  121,  1.— *  89,  1.— •  124,  3 


INTRODUCTORY    EXERCISES.  75 

Ciconiae  quonam  c  loco  verdant,  aut  in  quas  sc  regies 
nes  confer  ant,  ineompertuin  est.a 

Quis  numerare  potest,  quoties  per  totam  vitam  lacry- 
mas  fuderitf 

29.  Subjunctive  after  the  Relative.     (§  141,  1226.) 
Quis  est  qui  nesciat*  quid  voluptas  sit  ?c 
Non  invenies  qui  Demosthenein  oratorem  maximum 

esse  neget.b  t      ' 

Nemo  felix  est,  qui  ea  lege  vivat,h  ut  impune  necari 

posset. d 

Caesar  legatos  misit,  qui  iter  cognosce 'rent. e 

Sunt  qui  amicitiam  molestam  reddant.h 

Hos  libros  non  contemno,  quippe  qui  nunquam  lege- 

rimS 

Verba,  quce  sententias  i?idlcent,e  reperta  sunt. 
Peccavisse  mild  videor,s  qui  a  te  discesserim.h 
Decemviri  creati  sunt,  qui  civitati  leges  scribe rent. e 
Regulus  dixit  se  desiisse  Romanum  esse,  ex  ilia  die 

qud  in  potestatem  Pcenorum  venisseO 

30.   The  Infinitive  with  a  Subject.     (§  145,  1135.) 

The  infinitive  with  a  subject  is  translated  by  the  indicative  or  potential 
in  Engtiah  Its  subject,  wlrioh  is  always  in  the  accusative,  is  translated 
in  the  nominative,  and  usually  has  the  conjunction  that  before  it.  It  forma 
a  distinct  hut  dependent  proposition,  which,  like  the  infinitive  without  a 
suhject,  forms  either  the  subject  or  object  of  the  verb  on  which  it  depends. 
(See  §  145,  1138.) 

Aristoteles  tradit,  in  Latmo,  Cariae  monte,  hospites  a 
scorpionibus  non  Icedi,  indigenas  interimi.k 

rjRvMMAits.     •'  G3G,  r.  i. :    12'?.— <  627,  5  :  1182.—*  627,  1,  1st 
1  >>>().—  e  643,  4th:  1212.— ■<  647,  1253.— h  645,  r,  iii. :   1251, 
r.  xcv.— i  650,  r.  vi. :  1291,  r.  ci.— J  522,  r.  iii. :  1075,  r.  lxxiv.— 
k  670,  1135. 


Idioms.     ■  51,  3  — «  70,  2.— k  95,  4. 


76  INTRODUCTORY    EXERCISES. 

M.  Varro  narrat,  a  cuniculis  suffossum*  in  Hispania 
oppidumj*  a  talpis  in  Thessalia ;  ab  ranis  incolas  b  urbis 
in  Gallia  pulsos,a  ab  locustis  in  Africa ;  ex  Gyaro  insult 
incolas  b  a  mxirihusfuydtos,  in  Italic  Amy  das  a  serpen- 
tibus  deletas  esse. 

Observation  est,c  pestilentiamh  semper  a  meridianis 
partibus  ad  occidentem  ire .d 

Homerus  Pygmoeos b  populum  ad  ocearium,  a  grui- 
bus  infestdrie  prodidit;  Aristoteles  eosdem  in  cavernis 
vivered  narrat. 

Posteri  aliquando  qnerentur  nostr&  culp&  mores  b  ever* 
sos  esseS 

Virgilius  per  testamentnm  jusserat  carminah  sua 
cremdrijS  id  b  Augustus  fieri  e  vetuit. 

Sertorius  cervam  alebat  candidam,  quamh  Hispa- 
niae  gentes  fatidicam  h  esse [  credebant. 

Illustre  est  inter  philosophos  nomen  Anaxagorae, 
quern  b  veteres  nunquam  in  vita  risisse  J  ferunt. 

31.  Participles.     (§  146, 1343.) 

Participles  are  usually  translated  after  their  nouns,  with  which  they 
agree  in  gender,  number,  and  case,  in  the  same  manner  as  adjectives ;  and 
at  the  same  time  govern  the  case  of  their  own  verb. 

Exempla  fortunse  variantisk  sunt  innumera.h 
Galli  diem  venientem  cantu  nuntiant. 
Cecrops  urbem1  a  se  conditamh  appellabat  Cecro- 
piam.1 

Grammars.  ?  179,  6:  281.— h  671,  r.  lviii. ;  and  672  :  1136,  r. 
lxxix.— h  322,  671.-*  440,  715. 

Idioms.  »  97,  4.— c  51,  2,  and  94,  1.— d  95,  1.— »  95,  4.— f  97,  6.— 
*  96,  12,  or  90,  4.— *  90,  2,  or  91,  4.— J  91,  4.— k  101,  1. 


INTRODUCTORY    EXERCISES.  77 

Augustus  primus  a  Romae  b  tigrin c  ostendit  mansue- 
f actum  A 

Gymnosophistae  iu  India  toto  diee  ferventibusd  are- 
nisf  iiisistunt,  Solemn  intuentes. 

EpimenTdes  pucr,h  aestu1  et  itinSreJ  fessus,k  septeni 
et  quinquagiuta  annos e  in  specu  dormivisse  dicitur. 

Julius  Caesar  simul  dictare,1  etlegentem™  audire  solebat 

Leo  prostrdtis  n  parcit. 

Aves  aduncos  ungues  habentes  carne  °  vescuntur,  nee 
unquam  congregantur. 

Canis  venaticus  venatorem  comitantem  loro  »  ad  fera- 
rum  lustra  trahit. 

Beneficium  uon  in  eo h  consistit  quod  datur,  sed  in 
ipso  dantis  m  ammo. 

Struthiocameli  Africi  altitudinem  equitis  equo  q  insi- 
dentis  excedtint. 

Interdum  delphmi  conspecti  sunt,  defunctumd  dol- 
phin um^orf  antes,  et  quasi  funus  agentes. 

Multa,  quae  de  infantibus  ferarum  lacte  nutritis  k  pro- 
duntur,  fabulosa1-  videntur. 

Homo  quidam,  lapide  ictus,k  oblltus  est  literas ; s  ali- 
us, ex  praealto  tecto  lapsus,  matris  et  amnium  nomina 
dicSre  non  potuit. 

L.  Siccius  Dentatus,  centies  vicies  prailidtus,  quadra- 
ginta  quinquc  cicatrices  adverso  corpore  f  habebat,  nul- 
lam  in  tergo. 

Grammars.  •  274,  663.— h  548,  r.  xxxvi. :  932,  r.  lvi.— •  90,  13, 
136.—*  665,  r.  xli. :  949,  r.  lx.— '  611,  (in):  992.— *  437,  r.  i.: 
7 12,  r.  viii. — *  542,  r.  xxxv. :  873,  r.  xlii.— i  720,  r.  lxv. :  1369, 
r.  cviii.-J  663,  r.  lvii. :  1148,  r.  lxxxiii.— *  403,  831.—°  484,  r. 
xxvi. :  880,  r.  xliv.—s  399,  r.  iv. :  826,  r.  xxxii.— '  322,  671.— 

•  373,  r.  xiv. :  788,  r.  xxiii. 

Idioms.    d  101,  1  and  8.— •  6   6.— h  13,  2.— k  101,  4.— ro  19,  1.  — 

•  19,  1.— p  19,  4. 


78  INTRODUCTORY   EXERCISES. 

Leones  satidti  innoxii  sunt. 

Elephantes  nemmi a  nocent,  nisi  lacesslti. 

Elephantes  amnem  b  transituri  c  minimos  praemittnnt. 

Pavo  lauddtus  c  gemmdtam  pandit  caudam. 

Gallus,  ab  adversario  victusf  occultaturd  silens,  et 
servitium  patitur. 

Leo  vulnerdtus  c  percussorem  intelligit,  et  in  quanta- 
libet  multitudme  appetit. 

Olores  iter  facientes  c  colla  imponunt  prceoedentibus  ;  e 
fessos  duces  ad  terga  recipiunt. 

Testudmes  in  mari  degentes  conchyliis f  vivunt ;  in 
terram  egressce,s  herbis.f 

Sarmatae  longinqua  itinera  facturif  inedia  pridie 
praeparant  equos,  potum  exiguum  impertientes ;  atque 
ita  longissimam  viam  continuo  cursu  conficiunt. 

Elephanti,  equitatu  circumventi,  infirmos  aut  fessos 
vulneratosque  in  medium  agmen  recipiunt. 

Multos  morientes  cura  sepulturas  angit. 

Danaus,  ex  iEgypto  in  Grasciam  advectus,  rexh  Ar- 
givorum  factus  est. 

Alexander,  Bucephalo  equo1  defuncto,  duxit  exequi- 
as,  urbemque  Bucephalon  appelldtam  ejus  tumulo  i  cir- 
cumdedit. 

P.  Catienus  Plotinus  patronum  adeo  dilexit,  ut,  he- 
res  omnibus  ejus  bonis k  institutusf  in  rogum  ejus  se 
conjiceret1  et  concremaretur.m 

Grammars.  »  403,  r.  v. :  83 1,  r.  xxxiii.— b  613,  r.  lii. :  993,  r. 
lxx.— c  688,  1350.—*  501,  r.  xxix. :  855,  r.  xxxix.— {  485.— h  319, 
r.  v. :  666  ;  and  320,  667.— l  690,  r.  lx. :  1349.— i  501,  r. :  855, 
r.  xxxix. ;  and  505,  859.—*  380,  r. :  871.— l  62T,  1,  1st. :  1220. 

IrtOMS.— d  116,  ?.— «  19.— *  105,  1.—*  9,  1      Ml 9,  2. 


INTRODUCTORY    EXERCISES.  79 

Erinacei  volutdti*  super  poma,  lmmi b  jacentia,  ilia 
spinis c  affixa  in  cavas  arbores  portant. 

lndlcum  mare  testudmes  tantae  magiiitudiiiis d  alit, 
ut  singiilae  tugurio  tegendoe  sufficiant/ 

Leones,  senes  facti,  appetunt  homines,  quoniam  ad 
persequendas  feras  vires  non  suppetunt. 

Struthiocamehs  h  ungulae  sunt  cervmis  •  similes,  eom- 
prehendendis  J  lapidibus  utiles,  quos  k  in  fuga  contra  se- 
quetites 1  jaculantur. 

32.  Ablative  Absoluts.     (§  146,  E.  LX.,  1340.) 

Senescente  Lundm  ostrea  tabescere  dicuntur,  ores- 
cente  eddem,  gliscunt.  Cepe  contra,  Land  dejieiente, 
reviresce're,  adolescente,  inarescerc  dicTtur. 

G-eryone  u  interemto  Hercules  in  Italiam  venit. 

Sablnisn  debelldtis,  Tarquinius  triumplians  Romam 
rediit. 

Ja8onem  Lycio  interfecto,  canis,  quern  habcbat,  cibum 
capire  noluit,  inediaque  confectus  est. 

Regis  LysimSclri  canis,  domino m  accensae  pyrae c  im- 
poslto,  in  flammas  se  conjecit. 

Nicomede m  rege  interfecto,  equus  ejus  vitam  finivit 
inedia. 

Chilo, unus  e  septem  sapientibus,0  filio  victore?  Olym- 
pian prae  gaudio  exspiravit. 

Grammars.  b  559,  944.—°  522,  r.  iii. :  1075,  r.  Ixxiv.— J  339. 
r.  vii.  :  757,  r.  xvi.— •  703,  183*  ;  and  707,  r.  lxii :  1322,  r.  civ. j 
399,  r.  iv. :  82<>,  r.  xxxii.— f  627,  1,  1st:  7220.— h  394,  r.  ii.: 
821,  r.  xxx.— >  337,  756.— k  437,  r.  i. :  712,  r.  viii. — -  690,  r.  lx.: 
1.349.— •  694,  1351.—  °  360,  775.  —  p  695,  972.—*te8,  r. 
xxxvi. :  932,  r.  lvi. 

Idioms.—"  116,  4.— •  112,  6.— *  112,  7.—*  19.— j  112,  6.—*  19,  1.— 
•  104,  1.— p  110,  4.—*  4    1. 


FABLES  FROM  JESOV. 


1.  Accipiter  et  Columbce. 

eu».k 

Columb^}  milvii  metu  accipitrem a  rogaverunt,*  ut 
easb  defenderet.c  Ille b  annuit.  At  ind  columbaro 
receptus,  uno  die e  majorem  stragem  edidit,  quam  mil- 
viuslongo  tempore  e  potuisset  edere.*4  aM^^A, 

Fabula  docel,  malorumg"  patrocinium  vitandtimh 
esse.1 

2.  Mm  et  Milvius. 

Milvius  laqueis  irretitus  musculuma  exoravit,  ut 
eum,  corrosis  plagis  i  liber  aret.c  Quo  k  facto,  milvius 
liberatus  murem  arripuit  et  devoravit. 

Hsec  fabula  ostendit,  quam  gratiam  mali  s  pro  bene- 
ficiis  reddere  soleant.1 

8.  JEToedus  et  Lupus. 
Hoedus,  stans  inm  tecto  domus,  lupon  prsetereunti  ° 

*  The  remote  object  of  rogaverunt  here  is  accipitrem ;  the  immediate, 
ut  eas  defenderet.  (E.  XXX.  §  124.)  So,  generally,  in  these  fables,  after 
inquit,  dixit,  respondit,  and  the  like,  the  immediate  object  of  the  verb  is  a 
clause  expressing  the  thing  said  or  replied,  and,  if  in  direct  discourse. 
(651),  is  printed  in  italics. 

Grammars.—6  627,  1,  3d:  1208.—*  397,  r. :  824,  r.  xxxi. 

Idioms.—*  63,  3.— b  27,  6.— •  78,  5.— d  123,  2.— •  6,  6.— »  88,  5.— 
t  20,  1.— *  108,  4.— »  95,  1.— i  109,  2,  and  104,  1.— k  38,  5.— *  74,  9.— 
■  123,  2  — ■  7,  3.— »  101,  1. 


FABLE9    FROM   JESOP.  81 

maledixit.     Cuia  lupus,  Non  tu,h  inquit,  sed  tectum 
mihic  maledlcit. 

Saepe  locus  ct  tcmpus  homines  timidos  audiices  reddit.d 


4.   Grus  et  Pavo, 


t 


Pavo,  coram  jgrue  pennassuas e ox-plicans, Quanta r  est, 
inquit  "formositas  mta  et  tua  deformitas!  At  grus  ev5- 
lans,  Et  quanta  est,  inquit,  lev  it  as  mea  est  tua  tardltas! 

Monet u  baec  faMla-j  nes  ob  ajTquod  bonum,  quod  no- 
bis  natura  trp>uuv  ^os  coiitcinnmnus,11  quibusa  nattU  ^k^ 
ra  alia1  et  furtasse  majora1  dedit.k  '  **». 

n  5.  Pavo.t  '**•     k  s    i 

Pavo  graviter  coiujuerebutur1  apud  Junonem,  domi- 
nam  suam,e  quddvocjssuavitas  sibi m  negata  cssct,n  dum 
luscinia,  avis  tain  parum  decora,'0  cantu  cxcellat.n  Cui a 
Juno,  Et  merltd,  inquit;  nonenim  omnia  bona  v  inunum 
conferri  oportuit. 

6.  Anseres  et  Grues. 

In  eodem  quondam  prato  pascebantur1'  anseres  et 
grues.  Adveniente  domino  p  prati,  grues  facile  avola- 
bant;  sed  aiiseres,  impediti  corporis  gravitate,i  depre- 
hensi r  et  mactati  sunt. 

Sic  saepe  pauperes,8  cum  potentioribus  in  eodem  crim- 
tne  deprehensi,  soli l  dant  poenam,  dum  illi  salvi  evadunt. 

Grammars.—*  504,  858.— h  315,  646.— *  397,  r.:  824,  r.  xxxi. 
-J313,  644.— h  627, 1,  3d,  1205.— l 160, 1 :  1088.—*  655, 12X5. 
—i  542,  r.  xxxv. :  873,  r.  xlii.— »  445,  721.—"  423,  Exc.  iii. :  740. 

Idioms.—*  63,  1.— e  7,  3.— •  30,  1.—'  48.— *  121,  3.— »  77,  3.—'  19, 
4.— k  72,  1.— ■  64,  2.— •  16,  5.— »  9,  and  109,  1.— '  115,  1.— •  20.— 
1  16,  4. 


82  FABLES    FROM   MSOT. 

7.  Capra  et  Lupus. 
Lupus  capram  in a  alta  rupe  stantem  conspicatus, 
Cur  non,  inquit,  relinquis  b  nuda  ilia  et  sterilia  loca,  et 
hue  descendis  inc  herbidos  campos,  qui  tibi  Icetum  pabu- 
lum offerunt  ?  Cui d  respondit  capra :  Mihi e  non  est  in 
animo,  dulcia*  tutisr  propone  re. 

8.  Venter  et  Membra. 
Membra  quondam  dicebant  ventri:d  Nosnes  te  sem- 
per11 ministerio  nostro  alemus,  dum  ipse'1  summo  otioi 
fruerisf  Non  facie  mus.*  Dum  igitur  ventrik  cibum 
subdiicunt,  corpus  debilitatur,  et  membra l  sero  invidiae 
suae  poenituit.m 

9.  Canis  et  Boves. 

Canis  jacebatn  ina  praesepi  bovesque  Iatrando0  a 
pabulo  arcebat.  Cui d  unus  p  bourn,  Quanta  ista,<\  in- 
quit,  invidia  est,  quod  non  pate ris,  uteo  ciboi  vescdmur,* 
quern  tu  ipse'1  caper e  nee  velis*  nee possis/a 

Haec  fabula  invidiae  indolem  declarat. 

10.  Vulpes  et  Leo. 

Yulpes,  quae  nunquam  leonem  viderat,  quum  ei  *  forte 
occurrisset,u  ita  est v  perterrita,  ut  paene  moreretur  w  for- 

Grammars. — f  501,  r.:  855,  r.  xxxix. — J  484,  r.  xxvi. :  880,  r. 
xliv.—i  419,  805;  Exc.  il— n  160,  1:  10S8.—  <*  123,  2:  1030. 
— «  656,  1291.-1  399,  r.:  826,  r.  xxxii.— *  627,  1,  1st:  1220. 

Idioms.—*  123,  2.— b  56,  2d,  3d.— c  123,  1.— d  63,  1.— •  118,  1  and 
51.— t  19,  4.— e  58,  *7.— h  120. — *  32,  2.— k  5,  1.— m  66,  9.—°  Ill,  5.— 
P  21,  2.— *  84,  4.—*  1,  2.— u  14,  8.—  *  124,  15.— *  74,  4. 
*  Supply  hoc.  Id.  19,  4. 


FABLES    FROM   JESOP.  83 

midtne.a  Eundem  conspicata  b  iterum,  timuit  quidem, 
sed  nequaquam,c  ut  autea.c  Tcrtid  illid  obviam  facta, 
ausa  est  etiaui  propius  aecedere,  eumquc  e  alloqui. 

dta., 

11.  Cancri. 

Cancer  dicebat f  filio  s :  Mi  *  flfif  ne  i  sic  obllquis  sem- 
per gressibus  a  ince'de,  sed  rectd  vid a  perge.  Cui  ille, 
Mi  pater,  respondit,  libenter  tuis  prceceptisk  obsequar, 
si  te  priils  idem  facientem  videro.1 

Docet  haec  fabula,  adolescentiam m  nulla  re  a  magis 
quam  exemplis  n  instrui.0 


12.  Boves. 

In  eodem  prato  pascebanturf  tres  boves  in  maxima* 
Concordia,  et  sic  ab  omni  p  ferarum  incursione  tuti 
erant.  Sed  dissidio  <i  inter  illos  orto,  singuli  a  feris 
petlti r  et  laniati  sunt. 

Fabula  docet,  quantum  boni 8  sit l  in  concordia\ 

13.  Asinus. 

Asinus,  pelle u  leonis  indiitus,  territabat  homines  et 
bestias,  tanquam  leo  esset.v    Sed  forte,  dum  se  celeriusw 


Grammars.—*  542,  r.  xxxv. :  873,  r.  xlii .— d  600,  r.  xlvii :  870, 
e.  xli.— •  613,  r.  lii.:  993,  r.  lxx.-f  159,  858  ;  and  504,  1087.— 
h  98,  1,  Notel  :  190.—*  69;  Ex.  5:  67>.—  1  657,  2  :  lll'.i.—^  168, 
vi. :  1098.— m  671,  r.  lviii. :  1J36,  r.  Ixxix.— »  469,  897.—*  740, 
2d:  1387.— %  343,  r.  via.  :  860,  r.  xl— l  627,  5  :  1182.—*  627, 
2  :  1207.—™  473,  902. 

Idioms.— b  105,  1.— c  — .  Sup.  timuit.  —  *  11.—*  7,  2.— •  95,  4.- 
<t  9,  1,  and  109,  5.— r  115,  1.— n  64,  7.— w  22,  3. 


84  FABLES   FROM   iESOP. 

movet,  aures  eminebant;  unde  agnftus  ina  pistrinum 
abductus  est,  ubi  pcenas  petulantiae  dedit. 

Hsec  fabtila  stolTdos  b  notat,  qui  immeritis  honoribus  c 
superbiunt. 

14.  Mulier  et  Crallina. 

Mulier  quaedam  habebat  gallinam,  quae  ei  quotidie 
ovum  pariebat  aureum.  Hinc  suspicari d  coepit,  illam  e 
auri  massam  intus  celare/  et  gallinam  occidit.  Sed 
nihil  in  e&  repent,  nisi  quod  s  in  aliis  gallmis  reperiri 
solet.  Itaque  dum  majoribus  divitiis  h  inhiabat,  etiam 
minores1  perdidit. 

15.  Vtatores  et  Asinus. 

Duo b  qui  una  iter  faciebant,  asinum  oberrantem  In 
solitudme  conspicati,J  accurrunt  laeti,  et  uterque  eum 
sibi  vindicare  ccepit,  qudd  eum  prior k  conspexisset.1 
Dum  verd  contendunt  et  rixantur,  nee  m  a n  verberibua 
abstinent,  asinus  auf ugit,  et  neuter  eo  °  potitur. 

16.  Corvus  et  Znipi. 
Corvus  partem  praedae  petebat  a  lupis,  quod  eos 
totum  diem  p  comitatus  esset.1  Cui  illi,  Non  tu  nos, 
inquiunt,  sed  prcedam  sectdtus  es,  idque  q  eo  animof  ut 
ne  nostris  quidem  corporibus*  parceres,*  si  exanimar 
rentur.1 

Grammars.—*5  542,  r.  xxxv. :  873,  r.  xlii.-^  6QS,  r.  lvii. :  1148, 
r  lxxxiii.— •  671,  r.  lviii.:  1136,  r.  lxxix.— *  399,  r.  iv. :  826,  r. 
xxxii.-k  274,  663.-*  655,  1255.—™  242,  1 :  490.-*  615,  994. 
•  484,  r.  xxvi. :  880,  P.  xliv.— p  565,  r.  xli.  :  949,  r.  lx.— *  123,  2, 
a  (fecisti):  1030.— r  403,  r.  v.:  831.— »  627,  1,  1st:  1220.— 
«  627,  2  :  1207.  __ 

Idioms.—'  123,  1.— b  19,  1.— *  96,  4— «  37,  2.— »  19.  Sup.  divitias. 
— j  105,  1.—°  7,  3.— '  7,  1. 


FABLES    FROM   iESOP.  85 

MerTtd  in  actionibus  non  spectatur,  quid  fiat,a  sed 
quo  ammo  fiat.'*1 

17.  Pastures  et  Lupus. 

Pastores  caesa  ove  b  convivium  celebrabant.  Quod  ° 
quum  lupus  ccrneret,d  Ego,  inquit,  si  agnum  rapuissem,e 
quantus  tumultus  fie  ret!*  Atistis  impune  ovem  come- 
dunt!  Turn  unum  illorum,h  Nob  enim,z  inquit,  nostrd, 
non  aliend  ove'x  epuldmur. 

18.   Carbonarius  et  Fullo. 

Carbonarius,  qui  spatiosam  liabebat  domum,  invita- 
vit  fullonein,  ut  ad  se  conimigraret.J  Ille  respondit ; 
Qucenam  inter  nos  esse  possit*  societas?  quum  tu  vestes, 
quas  ego  nitidas  reddidissem,1  fuliglne  et  maculis  inquina- 
turus  esses. m 

Haec  fabula  docet  dissimiliannondebere°  conjungi.P 

19.    Tubicen. 

Tubicen  ab  hosttbus  captus,  Ne  q  me,  inquit,  inter fi- 
cite;  nam  inermis  sum,  nequeT  quidquam  habeo  prceter 
hane  tubam.  At  hostes,  Propter  hoc  ipsum,  inquiunt, 
te  interimemus,  quod,  quum  ipse 8  pugnandi t  sis  u  imper- 
itus,  alios  ad  pugnam  incitdre  soles. 

Fabula  docet,  non  solum  maleficos  v  esse  puniendos,w 
sedx  etiam  cos,  qui  alios  ad  male  faciendum  y  irritent.1 

Grammars.— » .627,  5:  1182.—'  295,  701.—'  627,  2:  1265, 
r.  xcvii.— »  627,  5:  1182.—*  118,  3,  3d  :  1028.—*  485.— j  627,  1, 
3d  :  1208.-J65B,  1291.— '"214,  8  :  328.— n671,  r.  lviii. :  1136, 
r.  Ixxix.— P  665,  1138.—*  657,  2  :  1113.—'  242,  1  :  490.—*  702, 
1327  /-and  349,  r.  ix. :  765,  r.  xviii.— «  630,  1247.— w  687, 
1314.-^  720,  r.  lxv. :  1369,  r.  cviii.  —  J  704,  1337.— x  Sup. 
verum  est. 

Idioms.—*  74,  9.— b  9,  1,  and  109,  2.— •  38,  4.—^  74,  3.— •  74,  7.— 

*  21,   2.— J  78,  6.—*  77,  4.—"  19,  4.—*  95,  1.— •  32,   2.—*  19,  1.— 

•  108,  4. 


86  FABLES   FROM   ^ESOP. 

20.  Accipitres  et  Columbce. 

Accipitres  quondam  acerrimS  inter  se  belligerabant. 
Hos  columbae  in  a  gratiam  reducere  conatae  b  effecerunt, 
ut  illi  pacem  inter  se  c  facerent.d  Quae  firmata,  accip- 
itres vim  suamf  in  ipsas  columbas  converterunt. 

Haec  fabula  docet,  potentiorum  discordias  imbecil- 
lioribuss  saepe  prodesse. 

21.  Mulier  et  G-allina. 

Mulier  vidua  gallTnam  habebat,  quae  ei  quotidie  unum 
ovum  pariebat.  Ilia  existimabat,  si  gallinam  diligen- 
tiiis  saginaret,h  fore,1  ut  illabina  aut  tenia  ova  quotidie 
pareret.  Quum  autem  cibo  superfluo  gallina  pinguis 
esset  facta,i  plane  ova  parere  desiit. 

Haec  fabula  docet,  avaritiam  saepe  damnosam  esse. 

22.    Vulpes  et  Uva. 

Yulpes  uvam  in  vite  conspicata b  ad  illam  subsiliit 
omnium  virium  suarum  f  contentione,k  si  earn  forte  at- 
tingere  posset.h  Tandem  defatigata  inani  laborek  dis- 
cedens  dixit:  At  nunc  etiam  acerbce  sunt,  nee1  eas  in 
vid  repertasm  toller em. n 

Haec  fabula  docet,  multos0  ea°  contemnere,  quae  se 
assequi  posse  desperent.P 

Grammars.—*  627,  1,  3d :  1208,— *  393,  r.  i. :  820,  r.  xxix.- 
*  627,  2  :  1207.—*  678,  1133.—*  542,  r.  xxxv. :  873,  r.  xlii  — 
1  242,  1 :  4=90.— 9  656,  129 1. 


Idioms.—'  123,  1.— b  105,  2.— •  31,  Note.—*  38,  3.— '  31,  3.— j  74, 
8._«n  101  4.— n  78,  8.—°  19,  1,  and  4. 


FABLES    FROM   jESOP.  87 

23.    Vulpes  et  Lecma. 

Vulpes  leaenae a  exprobrabat,  quod  nonnisi  unum 
catuluin  pareret.b  Huic  dicitur  respondisse,  Unwru 
sed  leonem. 

Haec  fabula,  non  copiam  sed  bonitatem  rcrum  aesti- 
mandanic  esse,  docet. 

24.  Mures. 

Mures  aliquando  habuerunt  consilium,  quomo'do  sibi 
a  fele  caverent.d  Multis  aliise  propositis,  omnibus f 
placuit,?  ut  eih  tintinnabulum  annecteretur;*  sic  enim 
ipsos  J  sonitu  admonltos  earn  fugere  posse. k  Sed  quum 
jam  inter  mures  qusereretur,1  qui  felim  tintinnabulum 
annecteret,"  nemo  repertus  est. 

Fabula  docet,  in  suadendo  plurimos  esse  audaces,0 
sed  in  ipso  periculo  timidos.p 

25.  Cants  Mordax. 
Cani h  mordaci  paterfamilias  jussit  tintinnabulum  ex 
aere  appendi,<i  ut  omnes  eum  cavere  possentj  Ille  verd 
aeris  tinnltu  gaudebat,  et,  quasi  virtiitis  suae  praemiumr 
esset,s  alios  canes  prae  se  contemnere  ccepit.  Cui  unus 
senior,1  0  teu  stolidum,  inquit,  qui  ignordre  videris7w 
isto  tinnltu  pravitdtem  morum  tuorum  indicdri  fv 

Grammars. — I  501,  r.  xxix.  :  855,  r.  xxxix.— b  629,  12X7.— A  627, 
5:  1182.— f  409,  r.  xviii.  :  840,  r.xxxv.-h  522,  r.  iii. :  1075,  r. 
lxxiv.— '  627,  1,  4th:  1222.— k  679,  Sup.  existiamaverunt :  1159. 
— "  501,  r.  xxix.:  855,  r.  xxxix.—"  127,  1  :  249.—°  322,  671.— 
p  720.—'  319,  r.  v. :  606,  r.  vi—  •  627,  2.  Sup.  id.  sc.  UntinnabUum: 
1207.—*  451,  97  7. 

Idioms.—*  63,  2.— c  108,  4.— •  9,  1,  and  19,  4.— *  65. — j  32,  8.— 
l  65,  and  74,  3.— »  76,  2.— *  90,  1.— «  6,  3.  Sup.  ceteris.—''  95,  4.— 
w  70,  3. 


88  FABLES    FROM   JESOP. 

Haec  fabula  scripta  est  in  a  eos,  qui  sibi b  insignibus 
flagitiorum  suorum  placcnt. 

26.  Canis  et  Lupus. 

Lupus  canem  videns  bend  saginatum,  Quanta  est,  in- 
quit,  felicitas  tual  Tu,  ut  videris,c  laute  vivis,  at  ego 
fame  enecor.  Turn  canis,  Licet,  inquit  meeumd  in  urbem 
venias,e  et  eddem felicitate* fruaris.  Lupus conditionem 
accepit.  Dum  una  eunt,  animadvertit  lupus  in  collo 
canis  attritos s  pilos.  Quid  hoc  est?  inquit*  Numh 
jugum  sustines  f  »  cervix  enim  tua  tota  est  glabra.  Nihil 
est,  canis  respondit.  Sed  interdiu  me  alligant,  ut  noetu 
sim  vigilantior;  atque  hose  sunt  vestigia  colldris,  quod 
cervicii  circumddri  solet.  Turn  lupus,  Vale,  inquit, 
amice  fk  nihil1  moror  felicitatem  servitute  emptamf 

Haec  fabula  docet,  liberis t  nullum  comm5dum  tanti m 
esse,  quod  n  servitiitis  calamitatem  conipensare  possit.0 

27.  Lupus  et  G-rus. 

In  faucibus  lupi  os  inhaese'rat.  Mercede  igitur  con- 
ducit  gruem,  quin  illud  extr&hat.P  Hoc<i  grus  longi- 
tudme  colli  facil&  effecit.  Quum  autem  mercedem 
postularet,  subridens  lupus  et  dentibus  infrendens, 
Num  h  tibi,  inquit,  parva  merces r  videtur,u  quod  caput 
incolume  ex  lupi  faucibus  extraxistif  s 

Grammars.— b  403,  r.  v. :  831,  r.  xxxiii.— d  118,  4:  233,—"  632, 
1204:.—*  484,  r.  xxvi. :  880,  r.  xliv.— «  179,  6 :  281.— i  522,  r. 
iii.:  1075,  r.  lxxiv.— k  448,  973.— l  500,  803.—*  582,  799  ; 
496,  800.—°  643,  2  :  1221.— *  643,  4th  :  1212.— r  319,  r.  v. : 
606,  r.  vi.— •  624,  1,  2:  1079  and  1261.—'  378,  r.  xv.:  870, 
T.  xli. 


Idioms.—"  123,  1.— «  70,  6.— *  97,  4.— h  56,  3d.— J  58,  1.— »  40,  1>- 
q  19,  4.—«  51  and  70. 

*  Supply  lupus. 


FABLES    FROM    JESOP.  89 

28.  Agricola  et  Anguis. 

Agricola  angiicm  reptrit  frigorc  psene  cxtinctum. 
Misericordia  motus  cum  fovit  sinu,a  et  subter  alas  b  re- 
condidit.  Mox  anguis  recreatus  vires  recepit,  et  agri- 
cblae c  pro  beneficio  letale  vulims  inflixit. 

Haec  fabula  docet,  qualein  d  mercedem  mali  pro  beno- 
ficiis  reddere  soleant.d 

29.  Asinus  et  Equus. 

Asinus  equum  beatum  praedicabat,  qui c  tarn  copioso 
pasceretur,e  quum  sibi  post  molestissimos  labores  no 
paleae  quidem  satis  praeberentur.1'  FortS  autembellos 
exorto  equus  in h  proelium  agitur,  et  circumventus  ab 
hostibus,  post  incredibTles  labores  tandem,  multis  vul- 
neribus  confossus,  collabitur.  Haec  omnia  asinus  con- 
spicatus,*  0  me'}  stolidum,  inqu.it,  qui  e  beatitudinem  ex 
prcesentis  temp  oris  fortand  cestimaverim  !  e 

30.  Agricola  et  FiliL 

AgricSla  sencx,  quum  mortem  sibik  appropinquare ] 
sentlret,  filios  convocavit,  quos,  ut  fieri  solet,m  inter- 
dum  discordare  n  noverat,  et  fascem  virgularum  afferri n 
jubct.  Quibus0  allatis,  filios  hortatur,ut  hunc  fascem 
frangerent.P  Quodq  quum  facSre  non  possent,  distri- 
buit  singulas  virgas,  iisque   celeriter  fractis,   docuit 

Grammars.—*  611,  992.— h  608,  r.  1L:  988,  r.  brix.— •  501,  r 
ttit.  r  855,  r.  xxxix.— *  621,  5:  1182 — •  645,  r.  ft :  1251,  r 
xcv.— t  630,  1247.— >  449,  r.  xxi.:  975,  r.  lxv.— k  399,  r.  iv.: 
826,  r.  xxxii.— p  627,  1,  3d:  1208. 

Idioms.— '  74,  3. — «r  9,  1,  and  109,  6.— *  123,  1.— '  105,  1.— >  96,  1. 
■  68,  8.—"  90,  2-  >-•  38,  3.-^1  38,  4. 


90  FABLES    FROM   jESOP. 

illos,a  quam  firma  resb  essetc  concordia,  quamque  im« 
becillis  discordia. 


31.  Equus  et  Asinus. 

Asinus  onustus  sarcinis  equuma  rogavit,  ut  aliqua 
parte d  oneris  see  levaret,  si  see  vivum  videre  vellet.f 
Sed  ille  asmi  preces  repudiavit.  Pauld  post  igitur  asi- 
nus labore  consumptus  in  via  corruit,  et  efflavit  animam. 
Turn  agitator  omnes  sarcinas,  quas  asinus  portaverat, 
atque  insuper  etiam  pellem  asino  s  detractam  in  h  equum 
imposuit.  Ibi  ille  serd  priorem  superbiam  deplorans,  0 
me  miserum,  inquit,  qui parvulum  onus  inh  me  recipere 
noluerimj  quum  nunc  cogari  tantas  sarcinas  ferre,  una, 
cum  pelle  comitis  mei,  cujus  preces  tarn  superbe  contemp- 
seram. 

32.  Mulier  et  Ancillce. 

Mulier  vidua,  quae  texendo  k  vitam  sustentabat,  sole- 
bat  ancillas  suas l  de  nocte  excitare  ad  opus,  quum  pri- 
mum  galli  cantum  audivisset.  At  illse  diuturno  labore 
fatigatae  statuerunt  gallum  interficere.ra  Quo"  facto, 
deteriore  conditione  °  quam  priiis*  esse  cceperunt.  Nam 
domma,  de  hor&  noctis  incertap  nunc  famulas  saepejam 
primal  nocte  q  excitabat. 

*  Supply  fuerant. 
Grammars.—8  627,  5  :  1182.—*  514,  r.  xxxi. :  911,  r.  1.— •  118, 
3,  1st:  1028.—*  627,  2  :  1265.-*  524,  r.  v.:  1075,  r.  lxxiv.— 
»  645,  r.  iii.  :  1251,  r.  xcv.— k  705,  1340.— m  663,  r.  lvii. :  1 148, 
r.  lxxxiii.— »  611,  992.— i  565,  r.  xl. :  949.  r.  lx. 


Idioms.—'  63,  4,  3.— b  57,  6,  and  Note.—*  123,  1.— J  74,  1.— J  30,  1 
38,  5,  and  109.— P  16. 


FABLKS    FROM    iESOP.  91 

33.   Testudo  et  Aquila. 

Testudo  aquTlam  magnopere  orabat,  ut  sese  u  volare 
doceret.  Aquila  ei  osteudebat  quidem,  earn b  rein  pe- 
tere c  naturae  d  suae  contrariam ;  sed  ilia  nihilo e  minus 
instabat,  et  obsecrabat  aquTlam,  ut  se  a  volucrem  facere  f 
vellet.  ltaque  ungulis  arreptam*  aquTla  sustulit  in 
sublime,  et  demlsit  illam,  ut  per  aerem  ferretur.  Turn 
in  saxa  incidens  comminuta  interiit. 

Haec  fabtila  docet,  multos  e  cupiditatibus  suis  occce- 
catos  consilia  prudentiorum  respueres  et  in  exitium 
mere  s  stultitia  sua.h 

34.  Imscinia  et  Accipiter. 
AccipTter  esuriens  rapuit  lusciniam.  Quae,*  quum 
intelligent  sibi  i  mortem  s  impendere,  ad  preces  con- 
versa  orat  accipitrem,  ne  k  se  perdat  sine  causd.  Se  s 
enim  avidissimum  ventrem  illius  non  posse  explere,  et 
suadere  adeo,  vt  grandiores  aliquas  volucres  venetur.1 
Cui  accipTter,  Insanirem,™  inquit,  si  partam  prcedam 
amittere,n  et  ineerta0  pro  certis°  sectdri  vellem.P 

35.  Senex  et  Mors, 
Senex  in  silva  ligna  ceciderat,  iisque  <i  sublatis,domum r 

*  Supply  illam. 
Grammars.— »  118,  3,  1st:  1028.— h  673  and  674,  1136.—*  382, 
r.  xvi.:  860,  r.  xl.— e  579,  r.  xliii. :  929,  r.  It— J  399,  r.  to. :  826, 
r.xxxii.— >  656,  1201.—?  627,  2:  1265.—*  558,  r.  xxxix.:  943, 
r.  lix. 


Idioms— b  27,  2,  6,  and  91.— «  96,  1.— '  87,  5.— *  91,  2.— *  31,  3.  - 
»  39.  5.— k  121,  2.— ">  78,  8.—"  87,  5.— •  19,  4.— *  9,  1,  and  109 


92  FABLES    PROM    M80Y. 

redlre  coepit.  Quum  aliquantum  a  viae  b  progressus  es- 
set,c  etd  onere  et  via  defatigatus  fascem  deposuit,  et 
secum  aetatis  et  inopiae  mala  contemplatus  e  Mortem 
clara  voce  invocavit,  quae f  ipsum  e  ab  omnibus  his  ma- 
lisb  liber  aret.f  Turn  Mors  senis  precibus  auditis1  sub- 
it6  adstitit,*  et,  quid  vellet,j  percunctatur.k  At  Senex, 
quern ]  jam  votorum  m  suorumpcenitebat,1  Nihilfi  inquit, 
sed  requiro  quin  onus paululum  allevet*  dum  ego  rursus 
subeo.% 

36.  Inimiei. 
In  e&dem  navi  vehebantur  duo,°  qui  inter  se  p  capi- 
talia  odia  exercebant.  Unus  eorum  <i  in  prora,  alter  in 
puppi  residebat.  Orta  tempestate  ingenti,  quum  omnes 
de  vitli  desperarent,  interrogat  is,r  qui  in  puppi  sede- 
bat,  gubernatorem,  Utram  partem  navis  prius  submer- 
sum  iris  existimdret.i  Cui  gubernator,  Proram,  ||  re- 
spondit.  Turn  ille,  Jam  mors  mihi  non  molesta  est, 
quum  inimloi  mei  mortem  adspectilrus  sim.1 

37.  Hinnuleus  et  Cervus. 
Hinnuleus  quondam  patrem  suum  his  verbis  interro- 
gasse  dicitur :  Min  pater,  quum  multov  sisw  major  canibus,* 

*  Supply  sent,  Gr.  399,  K.  IV.  f  Supply  volo.  %  Supply  id,  viz :  onus, 
H  Supply  prius  submersum  iri, 

Grammars.-—*  573,  r.  xlii. :  958,  r.  brii.—b  343,  r.  viii. :  860,  r. 
xl.— *  517.— k  621,  1 167.  —  ■  419,  Exc.  ii. :  805.  —  ■  286,  4tb.— 
*  118,  5:  1019.—*  170,  1:  1172;  and  214,  8:  328.—"  98,  Note 
1 :  190.—*  579,  r.  xliii. :  929,  r.  lv. 

Idioms.— •  74,  8.— *  124,  1.— •  106,  1.— '  40,  4— r  32,  8.— *  104,  1. 
— j  T4,  16.— i  66,  9.—*  37,  1.—°  19,  1.— P  123,  3.— «  21,  2.— '  34  and 
35.—*  100,  7.— *  74,  1.— ■  6,  3. 


FABLES    FROM    iESOP.  93 

et  tarn  ardua  cornua  habeas,*  quibus  a  te  vim  propulsdre 
possis,h  qui  fit, c  ut  canes  tantopere  metuas?  Ibi  cervus 
ridens,  Mi  note,  inquit,  verad  memoras;  mihie  tamen, 
nescio  quo  pacto,  semper  acciditf  ut  audltd  canum  voce, 
in  fugam  statim  convertar. 

Haec  fabula  docet,  natural f  formidolosos  nullis  ration- 
Ibus f  fortes  reddi  posse. 

38.  Hoedus  et  Lupus. 

Quum  hoedus  evasisset  lupum,  et  confugisset  in  cau- 
lam  ovium,  Quid  tu,  stulte,  inquit  ille,  hie  te  salvum 
futurum  s  speras,  ubi  quotidie  pecudes  rapi  h  et  diis »  mactd- 
ri  h  videas  ?  b  Non  euro,  inquit  hoedus ;  nam  si  morien- 
dum  J  sit,  quanto  k  praiclarius 1  mihi m  erit,  meo  crudre 
aspergi  aras  dedrum  immortalium,  qudm  irrigdri  siccas 
lupi  fauces. 

Haec  fabula  docet,  bonos n  mortem,  quae  omntbus e 
imminet,  non  timere,0  si  cum  honestate  et  laude  con- 
juncta  sit.P 

39.  Corvus  et  Vufpes. 

Corvus  alicunde  caseum  rapuerat,  et  cum  illo  in  al- 
tam  arbSrem  subvolarat.q  Vulpecula  ilium  caseum 
appetens  corvum  blandis  verbis f  adoritur ;  qumnquo 

Grammars.— •  720,  r.  lxv. :  1369,  r.  cviii. — b  656,  1291.— 
•  399,  r.  iv. :  826,  r.  xxxii.— '  542,  r.  xxxv. :  873,  r.  xlii.— *  179, 
4,  Note  1:  1135.-*  522,  r.  iil :  1075,  r.  lxxiv.— J  699,  -.  Ixi. : 
1307,  r.  cil— k  579,  r.  xliii. :  929,  r.  Iv.— •  270,  659.—*  382,  r. 
xvi. :  860,  r.  xl.— p  627,  2  :  1265.—*  214,  1 :  315. 

Idioms.—*  51,  4.— d  19,  4.— *  95,  4— »  91,  2.—°  95,  1. 


94  FABLES    FROM    JESOP. 

primum  formam  ejus a  pennarumque  nitorem  lauda&. 
set,  Pol,  inquit,  te  avium  regem  esse  dicerem,b  si  cantus 
pulchritudinictuceresponderet.  Turn  ille  laudibus  vul- 
pis  inflatus  etiam  cantu  se  a  valere  d  demonstrate  voluit. 
Ita  vero  e  rostro  aperto  caseus  delapsus  est,  quern  vul- 
pes  arreptum  devoravit. 

Haec  fabula  docet,  vitandas e  esse  adulatorum  voces, 
qui  blaiiditiis  suis  nobis  f  insidiantur. 

40.  Leo.  S  ^  ^ 
Societiitem  junxerant  leo,  juvenca,  capra,  ovis.  Prse- 
daff  autem,  quam  ceperant,  in  quatuor  partes  aequales 
divisa,  leo,  Prima,h  ait,  meah  est;  debetur  enim  hceeh 
prmstantice'1  mece.  Tollam  et  secundam,  quam  meretur 
roburmeum.  Tertiam  J  vindlcat  sibi  egregius  labor  meus. 
Quartam  qui  sibi  arrogdre  voluerit,  isk  sciat,1  se  habitu- 
rumm  me  inimlcum  sibi.n  Quid  facerent0  imbecilles 
bestiae,  aut  quae*  sibi n  leonem  infestuni  habere  vellet  ?  ° 

kA  ,  a        'tffei 

/V'»  '-  ■■-.    \  '   •       ^"-« 

41.  Mus  et  Pusticus. 
Mus  a  rustico  in  caricarum  acervo  deprehensus  tarn  P 
acri  morsu  ejus  a  digitos  vulneravit,  ut  p  ille  eum  dimit- 
teret,li  dicens :  Nihil,  mehercule,  tarn  pusillum  est,  quodr 
de  salute  desperdre  debeat,  modb  se  defendere  et  vim  de- 
pulsdre  velit.* 

*  Supply  bestia,  Id.  19. 
Grammars.— c  405,  5th:  83$.—*  403,  831.—*  519,  r.:    1075, 
r.  lxxiv.— J  501,  r. :  855,  r.  xxxix.— k  118,  3,  3d  :  1028.— -1  171,  1  : 
1193.— ■»  179,  4.  Note  1 :  278.— n  382,  r.  xvi. :  860,  r.  xl.— •  142, 
2d:  1205.—*  627,  1,  1st:  1220.-*  627,  4:  1238. 

Idioms.—*  31,  and  Obs.— b  78,  8.— d  96,  2.— •  108,  4.— f  7,  7.— *  9,  1, 
and  109,— *  19.— *  64,  2.—  i  62.— p  124,  15.— T  40,  3. 


FABLES    FROM    JESOP.  95 

42.    Vultur  et  Aviculce, 
Vultur  aliquando  aviciilas  invitavit*  ad  convivium, 
quod  illis  daturus  essetb  diec  natali  suo.     Qua3d  quum 
ad  tempus  adessent,  eas  carpere  et  occidere,  epulasquo 
sibi  de  invitatis  instruere  caspit. 

43.  Eance.^/^fA' 

Rana3  laetabantur,  quum  nuntiatum  essete  Soleni  ux- 
orem  duxisse.f  Sed  una  ceteris  s  prudentior,  0  vos 
stolidoSf  inquit;  nonne  mcministisp  quantopere  nos  scepe 
unius  JSoli8  cestus  excruciet?*  Quid  igltur  Jiet,  quum 
liber 08  etiam  procreaverit?  i 

44.  Ranee  et  Jupiter. 
Rana3  aliquando  regem  sibi  a  Jove  k  petivisse  dicunt- 
ur.  Quarum  ille  precibus  exoratus  trabem  ingentem 
in  lacum  dejecit.  Ranae  sonitu  perterritae  primiim  re- 
fugcre,'  deinde  vero  trabem  in  aqua  natantem  conspi- 
catae  magno  cum  contemptu  ni  in  ea  conscderuiit,  alium- 
que  sibi  novis  clamonbus  regem  expetiverunt.  Turn 
JupTter  earum  stultitiam  puniturus  n  liydrum  illis  mi- 
sit,  a  quo°  quum  plunmae  captae  pcrlrcnt,  sero  eas  P 
stolidarum  precum  poenituit. 

45.  Lupi  et  Pastores. 
Quum  Philippus,  rex  Macedoniae,  cum  Atheniensibus 
fcedus  initurus  esset  ea  conditioner  ut  oratores  suos 

Grammars.— b  655,  1255.—*  565,  r.  xl. :  949,  r.  lx.— h  84,  2 : 
122.— i  157,  1:  1081;  627,  5:  1182.— J  168,  1098.—  *  511, 
737.— l  669,  1137.  — m  545,  876.  —  °  530,  1074:.—°  419.— 
*  542,  r.  xxxv. :  873,  r.  xlii. 

Idioms.—*  73.—*  39,  6.— •  51,  2.— f  98,  3.— *  6,  3.—°  58,  1.— »  102, 
1.— p  66  8. 


96  FABLES    FROM    ^SOP. 

ipsi a  traderent,  Demosthenes  populo  narravit  fabulam, 
qua  iis  b  callidum  regis  consilium  ante  oculos  poneret.c 
Dixit  enim  lupos  quondam  cum  pastoribus  pactos  esse,d 
se  nunquam  in  posterum  c  greges  esse  impugnaturos,f 
si  canes  ipsis  s  dederentur.  Placuisse  stultis  pastori- 
bus h  conditionem ;  sed  quum  lupi  caulas  excubiis »  nu- 
datas  vidissent,  eos  J  impetu  facto  omnem  gregem  dila* 
niasse. 

46.  Puer  Mendax. 
Puer  oves  pascens  crebrd  per  lusum  magnis  clamori- 
bus  opem  rusticorum  imploraverat,  lupos  gregem  suum 
aggressos  essek  fingens.  Saepe  autem  frustratus  eos, 
qui  auxilium  latiiri1  advenerant,  tandem  lupo  reverb 
irruente,  multis  cum  lacrymis  vicinos  or  are  coepit,  ut 
sibi  m  et  gregi  m  subvenirent.  At  illi  eum  pariter  ut  an- 
tea  ludere n  existimantes  preces  ejus  et  lacrymas  neg- 
lexerunt,  ita  ut  lupus  libere*  in  oves  grassaretur,0  plu- 
rimasque  earum  p  dilaniaret. 

47.    Oorvus. 

Corvus,  qui  caseum  forte*  repererat,  gaudium  alt& 

voce  q  significant.     Quo r  sono  q   allecti  plures  corvi 

famelici  advolaverunt,8  impetiique  in  ilium  facto,  opi- 

mam  ei*  dapem  eripuerunt. 

Grammars. — *  501,  r.  xxix. :  855,  r.  xxxix. — h  380,  8fl,—*  641, 
8p.,  r.  ii.:  1226.—*  232,  Obs.  1 :  591.—*  522,  r,  iii. :  1075,  r. 
Ixxiv.— i  720,  1369.— m  403,  831.—°  627,  1,  1st:  1220.—*  355, 
-.  x. :  771,  r.  xix.— *  542,  r.  xxxv. :  873,  r.  xlii. 

Idioms.— b  5,  3.— *  98,  2,  and  94,  3.— •  19,  5.— f  100,  3.— h  7,  2.— 
64,  8.— k  94,  1,  2d,  2,  and  98,  2.— »  102,  1.— »  7,  2.— »  94,  1,  2,  and 
96,  2.— r  38.— •  Sup.  ad  eum.—*  5,  1. 


FABLES    FROM   JESOP.  97 

48.  Comix  et  Columha. 
Oornix  columbaea  gratulabatur  fcecunditatem,b  quod 
singulis  mensibus  pullos  excluderet.c  At  ilia,  Ne  mei, 
inquit, doloris  causam  commemoresA  Nam  quos  pullos* 
educo*  eo8f  dominus  raptos  aut  ipse  comedit,  ant  aids 
comedendos  s  vendit.  Ita  mihi  mea  foecunditas  novum 
semper  luetum  parit. 

49.  Leo,  Asinus,  et  Vulpes. 

Vulpes,  asinus,  et  leo,  venatumh  iverant.'  Ampl& 
praeda  facta,  leo  asinum  illam  partiri  jubetJ  Qui k  quum 
singulis  singulas l  partes  poneret  aequales,  leo  eum  cor- 
reptum  dilaniavit,  et  vulpeculae  partiendi m  negotiuni 
tribuit.  Ilia  astutior  leoni  partem  maximam  apposuit, 
sil)i  via  minTmam  reservans  particulam.  Tumleosub- 
ridens  ejus  prudentiam  laudare,  et  unde  hoc  didiceret n 
intcrrogare,  coepit.  Et  vulpes,  Rujus°  me,  inquit,  ca- 
lanutas  docuit,  quid  minor es?  potent iorihm  debeant." 

50.  Muscat. 

EfTusa  mellis  copia  est:  Muscse  adv61ant:<i 

I'ascuntur.     At  mox  impedltis  cruribus 

RevokTre  nequeunt.     Heu  miseram,  inquiunt,  vicem  ! r 

Grammars.— ■  403,  831.— h  539,  and  Note:  892.—°  655,  12/>/>, 
*  171,  1:  1193.—'  312,  r.  i.  :  043,  r.  iii.— J  157,  3:  1082.— 
-  702,  1327.-*  627,  5:  1182.-^  451,  977. 

Idioms.—-*  7,  2.— •  37,  2d,  Note,  and  6.— f  Supply  puUos.—e  107,  2. 
— °  114,  1.— *  39,  1.-J  26,  4.— •  viz.,  asini.— p  19,  l.—i  Sup.  tut  id 
{mel.)  9 


98  FABLES   FROM   ^SOP. 

Gibus  iste  a  blandus,  qui  pellexit  suaviter, 
Nunc  fraudulentus  qudm  crudeliter  necat! 
Perf  ida  voluptas  fabula  hac  depingitur. 

51.    Cancer. 
Mare  cancer  olim  deseruit,  in  litbre 
Pascendib  cupidus.     Yulpes  hunc  simulc  adspicit 
Jejuna,  simul  accurrit,d  et  praedam  capit. 
Nee,  dixit  ille,  jure  plector,  qui,  salo* 
Quum  fuerim  natus,  voluerim*  SOLO  ingredi! 

Suus  uniculque f  praefinitus  est  locus, 
Quern  praeterire  sine  periclo  non  licet. 

52.   Culex  et  Taurus. 
In  cornu  tauri  parvulus  quondam  culex 
Consedit ;  seque  e  dixit,  mole  si  sua  s 
Eum  s  gravaret,  avolaturum  h  illico. 
At  ille : '  Nee  te  considentem  senseram. 

*  There  is  a  play  upon  the  words  salo  and  solo,  which  cannot  be  pre. 
served  in  the  translation ; — a  loss  of  but  little  importance. 

Grammars.—*  118,  3,  3d:  1028.— h  102,  1327.  -°  645,  r.  iii. : 
1251,  r.  xcv— {  522,  r.  iii. :  1075,  r.  lxxiv.— h  302  2  :  633  ;  and 
119,  Note  1 :  1135.— l  308,  639. 

Idioms. — c  124,  11. — '  Sup.  ad  evm. — *  31. 


MYTHOLOGY. 


1.  Cadmus,  AgenSris  filius,a  quod  draconem,  Martis 
filium,  fontis  cujusdam  in  Boeotia  custodem,a  occiderat, 
omneui  suam  prolcm  interemptam  vidit,  ct  ipso  cum 
ILinuouia,b  uxorea  sua  in  Illyriam  fugit,  ubi  ambo c 
in  dracones  conversi  sunt. 

2.  Amycus,  Neptiini  filius,a  rex  Bebryciae,  omncs, 
qui  in  ejus  regna  venissent,d  cogebat  caestibus  secuni 
contendere,  et  victos  occidebat.  Hie  quiun  Argonautas 
ad  cerumen  provocasset,e  Pollux  cum  eo  contendit,  et 
euin  interf'ecit. 

3.  Otos  et  Ephialtes,  Aloei  frlii r  mira  magnitudTne  8 
fuisse  dicimtur.  Nam  singulis h  mensibus'  novein  dig- 
it  is )  crescebant.  Itaque  quum  essent  anndrum  noTem,8 
in  coelum  ascendere  sunt  conati.  Hue  sibi  aditum  sic 
faeiebant,k  ut  montem  Ossam  super  Pelion  poneivnf, 
aliosque  praeterea  montes  exstruerent.  Sed  Apollinis 
sagittis  interempti  sunt. 

5.  Daedalus,  Euphenii  films,  artifex  peritissTmus,  ob 

Grammars.— h  314, 64  ">.— c  265,  2GG :  052,  683.—*  6:56, 1227. 
— '  254,  626,—*  339,  r.  vii.  :  7S7,  r.  xvi.— '  565  r.  xli. :  040,  r. 
be.— i  573,  r.  xlii. :  058,  r.  brii. :  k  160,  2  :  1083. 

Idioms.—*  12,  1.— •  U,  8.— «  6,  I.—*  26,  5. 


100  MYTHOLOGY. 

eaedem  Athenisa  commissam  in  Cretamb  abiit  ad  regem 
Minocm.  Ibi  labyrinthum  exstruxit.  A  Minoe  c  ali- 
quaiido  in  custodiam  conjectus,  sibi  et  Icaro  filio  alas 
cera'J  aptavit,  et  cnm  eoavolavit.  Duni  learns  altiuse 
evolabat,  cera  solis  calore  calefacta,  in  mare  deeidit, 
qnod  ex  eo  Icarium  pelagus  f  est  appellatum.  Dasdalus 
antem  in  Sicilian!  b  pervenit. 

5.  iEsculapius,  Apollmis  filius,  medicns  praestantk- 
simus,  Hippolyto,  Thesei  filio,  vitam  reddidisse  dicitur. 
Ob  id  faenms  Jupiter  eum  fnlmme  perenssit.  Tnni 
Apollo  qnod  filii  mortem  in  Jove  s  ulcisci  non  potcrat, 
Cyclopes,  qui  fulniTna  fecerant,  interemit.  Ob  hoc  fac- 
tum, Apollmem  Jupiter  Admeto,  regi  Thessaliae,  in 
servitutem  dedit. 

6.  Alcestim,1  Peliae  filiam,  quum  multi  in  matrimo- 
nium  peterent,  Pelias  promlsit,  se  filiam  ei  esse  daturum,i 
qui  feras  currui  junxisset.k  Admetus,  qui  earn  perdite 
amabat,  Apollmem  rogavit,  ut  se  in  hoc  negotio  adjuva- 
ret.  Is  quum  ab  Admeto,  dum  ei l  serviebat,  liberaliter 
esset  tractatus,  aprum  ei  et  leonem  currui  junxit,ni  qui- 
bus  n  ille  Alcestim  avexit.  Idem  gravi  morbo  implici- 
tus,  munus  ab  Apollme  accepit,  ut  prsesens  periculum 
enugeret,  si  quis  sponte  pro  eo  moreretur.0  Jam  quum 
neque  pater,  neque  mater  Admeti  pro  eo  mori  voluis- 
sent  p  uxor  se  Alcestis  morti  obtulit,  quam  Hercules  forte 
adveniens  Orci  manibus  <i  eripuit,  et  Admeto  reddidit. 

7.  CassiSpe  filiae  suae  Andromedae  formam  Nereidum 

Grammars.—1-  562,  947.—*  530,  1074.— f  319,  r.v.:  OOO,  r.  vi. 
— tf  609  and  610:  989  and  991.— h  501.  r.  xxix. :  855,  r.  xxxix. 
•  90,  2:  110.— x  403,  r.  v.  :  831,  r.  xxxiii.— m  427,  r.  xix:  848, 
r.  xxxviii.;  431,  852.-*  291,  697.—°  142,  2d:  1205 ;  621,  2: 
1265.— v  313,  044. 

Idioms.— »  6,  2.— b  123,  1.— d  6,  4.— •  22,  3.— s  123,  2.—  i  100,  2.— 
k  80, 


MYTHOLOGY.  101 

formse a  anteposuit.  Ob  hoc  crimen  illae  a  Neptuno b 
postulaverunt,  nt  Andromeda  cetoc  immani,  qui  oras 
populabatur,  objiceretur.  Quaed  qunmad  saxnm  alii- 
gata  esset,  Persons  ex  Libya,  nbi  Medusam  occiderat, 
advolHvit,  et,  bellua  devictae  et  interempta,e  Androme- 
dam  liberavit. 

8.  Quam  qnnm  abducere  vellet  victor,  Agenor,  cni 
an  tea  desponsata  lucrat,  Perseo  insidias  struxit,  nt  enm 
interficeret,  sponsamqne  eriperet.1'  Ille,  re  cognita,e 
caput  Medusae  insidiantfbus  ostendit,  quo  s  viso,  omnes 
in  saxa  mutati  sunt.  Perseus  autem  cum  Andromeda 
in  patriam  rediit. 

9.  Ceyx,  Hesperi  filius,  qimm  in  naufragio  periisset, 
Alcyone,  conjttgis  mortc  audita,e  se  in  mare  praecipitavit. 
Turn  deorum  miscricordia  ambo  in  aves  sunt  mutati, 
qua?  Alycones  appellantur.  Hae  aves  pariunt  hiberno 
tempore. h  Per  illos  dies  mare  tranquillium  esse  dict- 
tur;  unde  nauta;  tranquillos  et  serenos  dies  Alcyoneos 
appellare  snlcut. 

10.  Tantalus,  Jovis  filius,  tam  cams  fuit  diis,'  ut 
Jupiter  ei  eonsilia  sua  concrederet,  eumque  ad  epulas 
deorum  adniitteret.f  At  ille,  quae  J  apud  Jovem  audiv- 
Srat,  cum  mortalTbus  communicabat.  Ob  id  crimen 
dieftur k  apud  inferos  in  aqua  collocatus  esse,  semperque 
sitire.  Nam,  quoties  haustum  aquae  sumpturus1  est, 
aqua  recedit.  Turn  etiam  poma  ein»  super  caput  pen- 
dent; sed,  quoties  eadecerpere  conatur,  rami  vento  moti 

GuAM>f.\RS.— »  501.  r.  xxix'.:    855,  p.  xxxix.— b5ll,  737,— »  522; 
r.  iii. :   1075,   r.   lxxiv.— h  365,  r.  xl. :    780,   r.   xxi.— '  382.  r.  xvi. 
860,  r.  xl.— *  G76,  1155.—*  214,  8  :  328.— «  380,  871,  r. 

Idioms.— <»  39,  2.— •  104,  1.— f  85.—*  38,  5.— J  37,  2.— «  5,  3. 


1 02  MYTHOLOGY. 

recedunt.     Alii  saxnm  ejus  capiti  a  impendere  dicunt, 
cujus  rumam  timens  perpetuo  m'etu  cruciatur. 

11.  In  nuptiisb  Pelei  et  Thetidis  omnes  dii  invitati 
erant  praeter  Discordiam.  Haec  ira  commota  malum 
misit  in  medium,  cui c  inscripta  erant  verba :  Pulcherrima 
me  habeto.  Turn  Juno,  Venus  et  Minerva  illud  simul 
appetebant ; d  magnaque  inter  eas  discordia  exorta,  Jupi- 
ter Mercurio  imperat,  ut  deas  ad  Paridem,  Priami  fil- 
ium,  duceret,e  qui  in  monte  Ida  greges  pascebat  ;*  hunc 
earum  litem  dirempturum  esse.f  Huic  Juno,  si  se  pul- 
cherrimam  judicasset,s  omnium  terrarum  regnum  est 
pollicita;  Minerva  ei  splendidam  inter  homines  famam 
promisit ;  Venus  autem  Helenam,  Ledae  et  Jovis  filiam, 
se  ei  in  conjugium  dare  h  spopondit.  Paris,  hoc  dono 
prioribusc  anteposito1  Venerem  pulcherrimam  esse; 
judicavit.  Postea  Veneris  hortatu  Lacedamionem  k  pro- 
fectus,  Helenam  conjugi l  suo  m  Menelao  eripuit.  Hinc 
bellum  Trojanum  originem  cepit,  ad  quod  tota  fere  Grae- 
cia,  duce  n  Agamemnone,  Menelai  fratre,  profecta  est. 

12.  Thetis,  Pelei  conjux,  quum  sciret  Achillem  filium 
suum  cito  periturum  esse,f  si  Graecorum  exercitum  ad 
Trojam  sequeretur,=  eum  misit  in  insulam  Scyron,0  regl- 
que  Lycomedi  commendavit.  Ille  eum,  muliebri habitu,P 
inter  filias  suas  servabat.  Graeci  autem  quum  audivis- 
sent  eum  ibi  occultari,q  unus  eorumr  Ulysses,  rex  Itha- 
cae,  in  regio8  vestibulo  munera  feminea8  in  calathiscis 

*  Supply  dicens,  agreeing  with  Jupiter,  Id.  94,  4. 
Grammars.—'  399,  r.  iv. :  826,  r.  xxxii.— b  609,  989.—*  522,  r. 
Hi. :  1075,  r.  lxxiv,.— d  312,  r.  i.:   643,  r.  iii.— *  627,  1,  3d.— *  627, 
2:  1265.— k  547,  2:  931.— m  118,  3,  Exc.:   230.—°  74,  68.— 
P  542,  r.  xxxv.  :  873,  r.  xlii.— •  337,  756. 

Idioms— f  94,  1,  2d,  and  100,  1.— h  94,  3,  and  100,  2.—*  104,  1.— 
90,  3.—-'  5,  1.— m  30,  4.—°  110,  1.— «  96,  7.— r  21,  2. 


MYTHOLOGY.  108 

posuit,  simulque  clypeuin  et  hastam ;  mulieresque  advo* 
cari a  jussit.  Quae  b  dum  omnia  contemplabaiitur,  sub- 
Itd  tubtcen  cecuiit;  quo  sono  audlto,  Achilles  anna 
arripuit.     Undo  euni  virumc  essed  intellectum  est. 

13.  Quum  totus  Graecorum  exercitus  Aultde  e  con  ve- 
il isset,  adversa  tempestas  eos  ob  iram  Dianae  retinebat. 
Agamemnon  enim,  dux  illius  expeditions,  cervam  deae f 
sacram  "  vulnerave'rat,  superbiiisque  h  in  Dianam  locii- 
tus  erat.  Is  quum  haruspices  convocassct,  responde- 
runt,  iram  deae  expiari'  non  posse,d  nisi  filiam  suam 
IphigenTam  ei  immolassetJ  Hanc  ob  causam  Ulysses 
A  rgOB  k  profectus  mentitur  l  Agamemnonem  filiam 
A  chilli  in  matriinonium  promisisse.™  Sic  earn  Auli- 
dem  k  abduxit.  tJbi  quum  pater  earn  immolare  n  vellet, 
Diana  virginem  miserata0  cervam  ei  p  supposuit. 
IphigenTam  ipsam  per  nubes  in  terram  Tauricam  de- 
tiilit,  ibique  ternpli  sui  sacerddtem  fecit. 

14.  Trojaeversa,quum  Graeci  domum  q  redlre  vellent, 
ex  A  chillis  tin  mil  o  vox  dicitur  fuisse  audita,  quae  Graecos 
monSbat,  ne  fortissTnium  virum  sine  honore  relinque'- 
rent. r  Quare  Graeci  Polyxenam,  Priami  filiam,  quae  vir- 
go  fuit  formosissTma,  ad  sepulcrum  ejus  immolaverunt. 

15.  Prometheus,  Iapeti  filius,  primus8  homines  ex 
luto  fmxit,  iisque  P  ignem  e  ccelo  in  ferula  attulit,  mon- 
stravitque  quom5do cine're  obrutum  servarent.*  Ob  banc 
rem  Vulcanus  eum  in  monte  Caucaso  Jovis  jussu  clavis 

<;kammars.— «  319,  r.  v. :  666,  r.  vi.— '  382,  r.  xvi. :  860,  r.  xL 
656,  1291.—*  553,  r.  xxxvii.  :  <).?8,  r.  lvii. — >  157,  3  :  1082.— 
*  501,  r.  xxix.:  85~>,  i\  xxxix. ;  and  502,   856.—  i  558,  r.  xx-.iv  • 
94.J,  r.  lis.—'  627>  lf  3d.  1208,—*  JT1,  663.—*  627,  5:7. 

Idioms.—*  90,  4.—  *  38,  6.— ««  9G,  2.— e~6,  2.—*  16.— t  22,  3.— «  87  1 
— J  80.— «  94,  1,  2d,  aud  98,  2.— »  88,  2.—"  10G,  1. 


1 04  MYTHOLOGY. 

ferreis  alligavit  ad  saxum,  et  aquilam  ei  apposuit,  quae a 
cor  exederet.  Quantum  b  verd  interdiu  exederat,  tan- 
tum  b  nocte  crescebat.  Hanc  aquilam  insequenti  tempore 
Hercules  transfixit  sagittis,  Prometheumque  liber avit. 

16.  Pluto,  inferorum  deus,  a  Jove  fratre  petebat,  ut 
sibi  Proserpinam,  Jovis  et  Cereris  filiam,  in  matrimo- 
nium  daret.c  Jupiter  negavit  quidem  Cererem  passu- 
ram  esse,d  ut  filia  in  tenebris  Tartari  moraretur ; c  sed 
fratri  permisit,  ut  earn,  si  posset,  raperet.c  Quare 
Proserpinam,  in  nemore  Ennse  in  Sicilia  flores  legen- 
tem,  Pluto  quadrlgis  ex  terrae  hiatu  proveniens  rapuit. 

17.  Ceres  quum  nesclret  ubi  filia  esset/ earn  per  totum 
orbem  terrarum  quassivit.  In  quo  itinera  ad  Celeum  ve- 
nit,  regem  Eleusiniorum,  cujus  uxor  Metanlra  puerum 
Triptolemum  pepererat,  rogavitque  ut  se  tanquam  nu- 
trlcem  in  domum  reciperent.c  Quo  facto,  quum  Ceres 
alumnum  suum  s  immortalem  reddere  vellet,h  eum  inter- 
diu lacte  divino  alebat,  noctu  clam  igne  obruebat.  Ita- 
que  mirum  in  modum  crescebat.  Quod '  quum  miraren- 
tur  parentes,  earn  J  observaverunt.  Qui k  quum  viderent 
Cererem  puerum  in  ignem  mittere,1  pater  exclamavit. 
Turn  dea  Celeum  exanimavit;  Triptolemo  autem  cur- 
rum  draconibus  m  junctum  tribuit,  frugesque  mandavit, 
quas  per  orbem  terrarum  vectus  disseminaret." 

18.  Althsea,  Thestii  filia,  ex  (Eneo  peperit  Meleagrum. 
Ei  Parcse  ardentem  titionem  dederunt,  praefantes  °  Mele- 
agrum tarn  diu  victurum  d  quam  diu  p  is  titio  foret  q  in. 

Dammars.—*  643,  4th.— c  627,  1,  3d:  120S.— "  677,  5th,  1204. 
— f  656,  1291.—"  641,  r.  ii.  1226.—*  627,  6  :  1205. 

Idioms.— "  40,  1.— b  44,  3,  and  47.— d  100,  2.— *  30,  4.— h  74,  3.— 
i  38,  4.— j  27,  6.— k  39,  1.— \  96,  1.— ■  64,  6.—"  40,  5.— •  94,  1,  2d.— 
f  124,  19. 


MYTHOLOGY.  105 

columis.  Hunc  a  itaque  Althaea  diligenter  in  area  clau- 
sum  servavit.  Interim  Diana  (Eneo  b  irata  quia  ei  sacra 
annua  non  fecSrat,  aprum  mira  magnitudlne  c  misit,  qui 
agrum  Calydonium  vastaret.d  Quern e  Meleager  cum 
juvenlbus  ex  omiu  Graecia  delectis  interf  ecit,  pellemque 
ejus  Atalantae  donavit.  Cui f  quum  Althaea)  fratres  cam 
eripere  vellent,  ilia  Meleagri  auxilium  imploravit,  qui 
avunculos  occidit.  Turn  Althaea,  gravi  ira  ?  in  filium 
commota,  titionem  ilium  fatalem  in  ignem  conjecit.  Sic 
Meleager  periit.  At  sorores  ejus,  dum  fratrem  insola- 
bilTter  lugent,  in  aves  mutatae  sunt. 

19.  Europam,  Agenoris  filiam,  Sidoniam,  Jupiter  in 
taurum  mutatus  Sidone  h  Cretam »  transvexit,  et  ex  ca 
procreavit  Minoem,  Sarpedonem,  et  Rhadamanthum. 
Hanc  ut  reducerent  Agenor  suos  filios  misit,  conditione 
addlta,  ut  nee  ipsii  redirent,  nisi  sororem  invenissent.k 
Horuin  unus,  Cadmus  nomine,1  quum  erraret,  Delphos* 
ven it,  ibique  responsum  accepit,  bovem  praecedentem 
sequeretur ; m  ubi  ille  decubuisset,k  ibi  urbem  condS- 
ret.*  Quod  quum  facgret,"  in  Bceotiam  venit.  Ibi 
aquam  quaerens  ad  fontem  Castalium  draconem  invenit, 
Martis  filium,  qui  aquam  custodiebat.0  Himc  Cadmus 
interf  ecit,  dentesque  ejus  sparsit  et  aravit.  Unde  Sparti 
enati  sunt.  Pugna  inter  illos  exorta,  quinque  super- 
fuerunt,  ex  quibus  quinque  nobiles  Thebanorum  stirpes 
origlncm  duxerunt. 

*  CondSret  is  in  the  same  construction  with  sc/uerctur. 
Grammars— k  382,  r.  xvi. :  860,  r.  xl.— •  339,  r.  vii. :  757,  r.  xvi. 
— *  542,  r.  xxxv. :  873,  r.  xlii.— h  556,  r.  xxxviii. :  941,  r.  Iviii.— 
1  553,   r.  xxxvii. :  938,  r.  lvii.— k  G56,  1291.— ■'  535,   r.   xxxiv.  : 
889.— m  632,  1204.—*  160,  2  :  1083. 

Idioms.—*  Sup.  titionem.—0  6,   1.— *  40,   4.— •  39,   1.— f  39,  "from 
her;"  and  5,  1.— i  32,  3.—"  38,  4. 


*106  MYTHOLOGY. 

20.  Quum  Bacchus,  Jovis  ex  Semele  filius,  cxercitum 
in  Iudiam  duceret,  Silenus  ab  agmlne  aberravit.  Quema 
Midas,  rex  Mygdoniae,  hospitio  b  liberaliter  accepit,  ei- 
que  ducem  dedit,  qui c  eum  ad  Bacchum  reduceret.  Ob 
hoc  beneficium  Bacchus  Midae  optionem  dedit,  ut  quic- 
quid  velletd  a  se  peteret.e  Ille  petiit,  ut  quidquidf 
tetigissetd  aurum  fieret.e  Quods  quum  impetrasset,h 
quidquid f  tetigerat  aurum  fiebat.  Primd  gavisus  est 
hac  virtiite1  sua;  mox  intellexit  nihil  ipsiJ  hoc  mu- 
nere  k  perniciosius  esse.  Nam  etiam  cibus  et  potio  in 
aurum  mutabatur.1  Quum  jam  fame  cruciaretur,  petit 
a  Baccho,  ut  donum  suum  revocaret.e  Quern  a  Bacchus 
jussit  in  flumine  Pactolo  se  abluere,  quumque  aquam 
tetigisset,  facta  est  colore In  aureo. 

21.  Schoeneus  Atalantam  filiam  formosissimam  dicitur 
habuisse,  quae  cursu  viros  superabat."  Haac  quum  a 
pluribus0  in  conjugium  peteretur,  pater  ejus  conditionem 
proposuit,  ut,  qui  earn  ducere  vellet,d  prius  cursu  cum  ea 
contenderet;c  si  vistusesset,d  occideretur.e  Multos  quum 
superasset  et  interfecisset,  tandem  ab  Hippomene  victa 
est.  Hie  enim  a  Venere  tria  mala  aurea  acceperat.  Dum 
currebant,  horum  unum  post  alteram  projecit,  iisque  b 
Atalantae  cursum  tardavit.  Nam  dum  mala  collTgit,  Hip- 
pomenes  ad  metam  pervenit.  Huic  itaque  Schoeneus 
filiam  uxorem  dedit.  Quam  P  quum  in  patriam  ducSret, 
oblitus  Yeneris  beneficio  b  se  vicisse,q  grates  eir  nonegit. 

Grammars.— fc  542,  r.  xxxv. :  873,  r.  xlii.— c  641,  r.  ii. :  J 226. 
—*  656,  1291.—*  627,  1,  3d:  1208.  — h  631,  1244.— ■«  611, 
992.— i  382,  r.  xvi. :  860,  r.  xl.— i  313,  644.  — m  339,  r.  viL: 
757.— n  160,  1 :  1088.— '  501,  r.  xxix. :  855,  r.  xxxix. 

Idioms.—*  39,  V.— c  40,  4.— f  37,  8.— *  38,  7.— h  74,  8.— k  6,  3.— 
■  6,  1.— o  19,  1.— p  39,  8.— *  94,  1,  2d,  and  98,  2.— r  27,  2d,  6. 


MYTHOLOGY.  107 

Hanc  ob  causam  Hippomenes  mutatus  est  in  leonem, 
Atalanta  in  leauiam. 

22.  Nisus,  rex  Megarensimn,  in  capite  crinem  purpu- 
renm  habuissc  diottur,51  eiqne  prasdictum b  fuit,  tarn  diu 
eum  regnaturuni,'  quamdiud  eum  crinem  custodisset.e 
Hunc  Minos,  rex  Crctensium,  bello f  aggressus  est.  Qni  s 
quum  urbcm  Megaram  oppugnaret,  Scylla,  Nisi  filia, 
amdre f  ejus  correpta  est,  et,  ut  ei  victoriam  pararet,'1 
patri  i  dormienti  fatalem  crinem  praecldit.  Ita  Nisus  a 
Minoe  victns  J  et  occlsus  est.  Qnum  autcm  Minos  in 
Cretam  redlret,k  Scylla  enm  rogavit,  ut  earn  secum 
avchcret.  Scd  illo  ncgavit  Cretam  tantum  scelus  esse 
recepturam.c  Turn  ilia  se  in  mare  prsecipTtat,  navem- 
qne  perseqiutur.  Nisus  in  aquTlam  marinam  conversus 
est,  Scylla  in  piscem,  quern  Cirim  vocant.  Hodicque, 
siquando  ilia  avis  hunc  piscem  conspexerit,1  mittit  se  in 
aquam,  raptumque  unguibus f  dilaniat. 

23.  Amphlon,  Jovis  et  Antiopes  filius,  qui  Thcbas 
muris  cinxit,  NiSben,  Tantali  filiam,  in  matrimonium 
dnxit.  Ex  qua  procre&vit  filios  septem  totidemque  Al- 
ias. Quern  partum  Niobe  Latonae  liberis  antcposuit, 
supcrbi  usque  m  locuta  est  in  ApollTnem  et  Dianam.  Ob 
id  Apollo  filios  ejus  venantes  sagittis  interfecit,  Diana 
autcm  fdias.  NiSbc  liberis n  orbata  in  saxum  mutata 
esse  dicitur,8  ejusque  lacrymas  hodieque  manare  nar- 
rantur.a  AmphTon  autcm,  quum  templum  ApollTnis 
expugnare  vellet,0  ab  ApollTne  sagittis  est  interfectus. 

Grammars.—*  676,  1155.— b  309.  —  *  656,  1291.—*  542,  r. 
xxxv.:  873,  r.  xlii.—  *  627,  1,  2d:  1207*— k  159,  ii.:  1087.— 
1  173,  1,  2:  1179.—*  631,  1244=. 


Idioms.— b  51,  2.— ■  100,  2.— <»  124,  19.— *  39,  1.—'  5,  1.— J  115,  1. 
22,  2.—"  64,  8,  and  5,  1. 


108  MYTHOLOGY. 

24.  Phineus,  Agenbris  Alius,  ab  Apolline  futurarum 
rerum  scientiam  acceperat.  Quum  verd  hominibusa 
deorum  consilia  enuntiaret,b  Jupiter  eum  excaecavit,  et 
imniisit  ei a  Harpyias,  quae  Jovis  canes  c  esse  dicuntur, 
ut  cibum  ab  ore*  eid  auferrent.e  Ad  quern f  quum 
Argonautae  venissent,  ut  eum  iter  s  rogarent,h  dixit  se 
illis  iter  demonstraturum  esse,1  si  eum  poen£i  J  liberarent. 
Turn  Zetes  et  Calais,  Aquilonis  filii,k  qui  pennas  in  cap- 
lte  et  in  pedibus  habuisse  dicuntur,  Harpyias  fugave- 
runt  in  insulas  Stroph£das,  et  Phineum  pcen&  J  libera- 
runt. 

*  Ab  ore  ei,  from  him,  from  his  mouth,  i.  e.  "from  his  very  mouth." 
Grammars. — *  501,  r.  xxix. :    855,  r.  xxxix. — b  631,  1244,— 
•  319,  r.  v.:    666,  r.   vi.— •  627,   1,   2d;    1207.—*  508,  r.  xxx.: 
734,  r.  xiii.— *  656,  1291.— J  514,  r.  xxxi. :    <*11,  r.  L— k  254, 
626. 

Idioms.— d  5,  l.— '  39,  9.— *  100,  2. 


ANECDOTES  OF  EMINENT  PERSONS. 


1.  Thales,  interrogatus  an  facta  hominum  deosa  la- 
terent,b  respondit,  ne  c  cogitata  quidem. 

2.  Solon,  qui  AthcniensTbus  leges  scripsit,  dicebat 
nemmem,  dum  viveret,d  beatum  haberi  posse,  quod 
omnes  ad  ultimum  usque  diem  ancipiti  fortunaec  ob- 
noxii  essent.f 

3.  PythagSrae  philosSplii  tanta  fuit  apud  discipulos 
suos  auctoritas,  ut,  quae  ab  eo  audivissent,d  ea  in  dubi- 
tationem  adducere  non  auderent.e  Rogati  autem  ut 
causam  reddSrcnt h  eorum,  qua3  dixissent,d  responde- 
bant,  Ipmm  dixisse.1     Ipse  autem  erat  Pythagoras. 

4.  Bias  unus  ex  septem  Sapientibus,i  quum  patriam 
Prienen  ab  hostibus  expugnatam  et  eversam  fugeret,k 
interrogatus,  cur  nihil  ex  bonis  J  suis  secum  ferret,b 
Ego  verd,  respondit,1  bona  mecumporto  omnia. 

5.  Democrttus,  cui  pater  ingentes  divitias  reliquerat, 
omne  fere*  patrimonium  suum  civibus  donavit,  no  do- 

Grammars.— »  436,  r.  xx. :  712,  r.  viii. — ««  656,  1291.— ■•  382,  r. 
xvl:  860,  r.  xl.— '  655,  1255.— *  627,  1,  lat:  1220.— J  360. 
775.—'  445,  721. 

Idioms.— fc  74,  12.— •  121,  5.— »»  78  5.— *  98,  1.— J  19,  1,  and  4.— 
k  74,  3. 


110         ANECDOTES  OF  EMINENT  PERSONS. 

mesticarum  rerum  cura  a  philosophise  studio  avocare- 
tur.a 

6.  Etiam  Crates  Thebanus  bona  sua  inter  Thebanos 
divisit,  nihil  sibi  servans  praeter  peram  et  baculum. 
Haec  enim  Cynicorum  instrumenta  erant.  A  quo  b  con- 
silio  quum  amlci  et  propinqui  eum  avocare  studerent,0 
eos  correpto  bactilo  d  fugavit,  nihil  pulchrius  esse  arbi- 
tratus,  quam  ab  omnibus  curis  e  vacuum  f  uni  philoso- 
phise operam  dare.? 

7.  Anaxagoras,  quum  a  longinqu&  peregrinatione 
scicntise  augendse  h  causa  suscepta  in  patriam  rediisset, 
agrosque  suos  neglectos  et  desertos  videret,  Non  essem,* 
inquit,  salvus,  nisi  ista  J  periissent.k 

8.  Carneades  usque  ad  extremam  senectam  nunquam 
cessavit  a  philosophise  studio.  Saope  ei  accidit,1  ut,  quum 
cibi >'  capiendi  causa  accubuisset,  cogitatiombus ,n  inlise- 
rens  manum  ad  cibos  appositos  porrigere  oblivisceretur.n 

9.  Idem  adversus  Zenonem  StoTcum  scriptiirus  caput 
helleboro  purgabat,  ne  corrupti  humores  sollertiam  et 
acumen  mentis  impedlrent.a 

20.  Anaxagoras,  philosophus,inorted  filii  audita,  vultu 
nihil0  immutato  dixit. P  Sciebam  me  mortdlem genuisse.^ 

11.  Archytas  Tarcntlnus,  quum  ab  i  tin  ere  re  versus 
agros  suos  villici  socordia  neglectos  videret,  Graviter  te 
castigdrem,)  inquit,  nisi  irdtus  essem.k 

12.  Plato  quoque,  quum  in  servum  vehementiiis '  ex- 

Grammars.—  a  627,  1,  2d:  1207.— c  631,  1244.—*  361,  r.  xi. 
776,  r.  xx.— *  720  and  122,1369  and  1371.— i  118, 3,  3d  :  1028. 
k  629,  1237.— m  399,  r.  iv. :  826,  r.  xxxii.— °  627,  1,  4tb  :  1222. 

— °  539,  892.— v  445,  r. :  721. 


Idioms.— b  38,  8.— «  74,  3.— *  9,  1,  and  104,  2.— {  Sup.  se.— h  112,  1 
and  5.— »  78,  8.— »  51,  3,  "happened."—*  98,  1.— r  22,  1. 


ANECDOTES    OF    EMINENT    PERSONS.  Ill 

arsisset,  veritus  nea  vindicta}  modum  excederet,  Speu- 
sippo  b  adstanti  mandavit,  ut  do  illius  poena  statueret.0 

13.  Idem  discendi1'  cupiditate  ductus,  ^Egyptum 
peragravit,  et  a  sacerdotTbus  illius  regidnis  gcomctriam 
et  astronomiam  didicit.  Idem  in  Italiam  trajocit,  ut 
ibi  Pythagorae  philosophiam  et  institute  disceret.e 

14.  Athenienses  Socratem  damnaverunt,  quod  novos 
deos  introducere  videbatur.  ProtagSram  quoque  phil- 
osophum,  qui  aususf  fuerat  scribere,  se  ignorare  an  dii 
essent,?  Athenienses  ex  urbe  pepulerunt. 

15.  Xanthippe,  Socratis  uxor,  morosa  admodum  fu* 
isse  fertur.  Quamh  ejus  indolcm  quum  perspexisset 
Alcibiades,  Socratem  interrogavit,  quid  esset,s  quod 
muliorcm  tarn  acerbam  et  jurgiosam  lion  exigeret1  do- 
mo.J  Turn  ille,  Quoniam,  inquit,  dum  illam  domi  J  per- 
petior,  insuesco,  ut  ceterorum  quoque  f oris  petulantiam  et 
injurias  facilius  feram.e 

16.  Xenocrates  philosSphus,  quum  maledicorum  quo- 
ruiHlain  sormdni k  interesset, neque  quidquamipseloque- 
retur,1  interrogatus,  cur  solus  taceret,g  respondit:  Quia 
4*zi&sem  me  aliquando  paenituit,  tacuisse™  nunquam. 

17.  Hegesias  philosophus  in  disputationibus  suisn 
niala  ot  eruciatus  vitae  tarn  vividis  colorlbus  reprajsen- 
tabat,  ut  multi,  qui  cum  audiverant,  sponte  se  occido- 
rent.e  Quare  a  Ptolemaeo  rege  ulterius  his  do  rob  us 
disscrore  est  prohibitus. 

Grammars.—'  633,  1215.— -b  501,  r.  xxix. :  #55.—'  627,  1,  3d.: 
1208.— d  702,  1327.— e  627,  1,  2d:  1207.— f  213,  1:  312. 
-*  627,  5  :  1182.—'  656,  1291.—  i  558,  r.  xxxix.  :  943.  r.  lix, 
— k  393,  r.  i. :  820,  r.  xxix.—1  720,  r.  lxv.  :  1309,  r.  cviii.— »  421, 
S07.—°  627,  1,  1st:  1220. 


Idioms.—"  121,  6.— »  74,  11. — »»  38,  6.— *  5,  4.— m  66,  10.— ■  30,  1. 


112  ANECDOTES    OF   EMINENT    PERSONS. 

18.  Gorgiae  Leontmo,a  qui  eloquent!^ b  eteruditiono 
omnes  suae  aetatis  homines  superare  existimabatur, 
universa  Graacia  in  templo  Apolllnis  Delphici  statuam 
auream  collocavit. 

19.  Idem,  quum  annum  centesimum  septimum  age- 
ret,  interrogatus,  quapropter  tarn  diu  velletc  in  vit& 
remanere,  respondit:  Quia  nihil  habeo,  qtcodd  senectutem 
meam  accicsem.e 

20.  IllustrissTmi  saepe  virihumililocofnatifuerunt.s 
Socrates,  quern  oraculum  Apollmis  sapientissimum 
omnium  hommumh  judicavit,1  obstetrlcis  filius  fu.it. 
Euripides,  poeta  tragicus,  matrem  habuit,1  quaa  olera 
venditabat,J  et  Demosthenis,  oratoris  eloquentissimi, 
patrem  cultellos  vendidisse  k  narrant. 

21.  Homerus,  princeps  poetarum  Graecorum,  dolore 
absumptus  esse  creditur,  quod  quaestionem  a  piscatori- 
bus  ipsi1  propositam  solvere  non  posset. m 

22.  Simonides,  poeta  praestantissimus,  gloriatur  in 
quodam  poemate,  sen  octoginta  annos  °  natumin  certa- 
men  musicum  descendisse  k  et  victoriam  inde  retulisse. 
Idem  aliquandiu  vixit  apud  Hipparchum,  Pisistrati  fil- 
ium,  Athenarum  tyrannum.  Inde  SyracusasP  se  con- 
tulit  ad  Hieronem  regem,  cum  quo  familiariter  vixisse 
dicitur.  Primus  <i  carmma  statuto  pretior  scripsit; 
quare  eum  Musam  venalem  reddidisse  dicunt. 

23.  Quum  iEschylus  Atheniensis,  qui  parens s  tragce- 
diae  dicitur,  in  Sicilia  versaretur,*  ibique  in  loco  aprico 

Grammars. — a  501,  r.  xxix. :  855,  r.  xxxix. — b  535,  r.  xxxiv. : 
889,  r.  xlvii.— *  492,  796.—*  636,  r.  i.:  1227.— {  462,  r.  xxiii.  : 
918,  r.  lii.— h  355,  r.  x.  :  771,  r.  xix.— j  160,  1:  1088.— l  522,  r. 
— m  655,  1255. — u  671,  r.  lviii. :  1136,  r.  lxxix.— •  565,  r.  xli. : 
949,  r.  lx.— p  553,  r. :  938,  r.  lvii.— *  214,  663.— T  581,  r.  xliv. 
884,  r.  xlv.-    319,  r.  v.  :  666,  r.  vi. 

Tthoms.— b  74.  16.— {  6,  5.— *  72.—'  73.— k  97,  1.— »  32,  9.—*  74,  3 


ANECDOTES    OF   EMINENT   PERSONS.  113 

Bederet,  aquila  testudinem  glabro  ejus  eaplti a  immisit 
quod  pro  saxo  habuit.     Quo  b  ictu  ille  extinctus  est. 

24.  Euripides,  qui  et  ipse  magnum  inter  poetas 
tragi  cos  n omen  habet,  a  ccena  domum  rediens  a  cani- 
bus  laeerfitus  est. 

25.  Athenienses  quondam  ab  Euripide  postulabant, 
ut  ex  tragoedia  sententiam  quandam  tolleret.c  Ille  au- 
tem  in  scenam  progressus  dixit,  se  fabiilas  cbmpone're 
solere,'J  ut  populum  doceret,e  non  ut  a  populo  disceret. 

26.  PhilippTdes,  comcediarum  scriptor,  quum  in  poe- 
tarum  certamTne  praeter  spem  vicisset f  et  ilia  victoria 
impense  gauderet,  eo  ipso  gaudio  repents  exstinctus  est. 

27.  Pindarus,  poeta  Thebanus,  ApollTni  s  gratissimus 
fuisse  dicTtur.  Quare  saepe  a  sacerdotibus  in  templum 
Delplncum  ad  ccenam  vocabatur,  parsque  eih  tribueba- 
tur  donorum,  quae  sacrificantes  i  deo  obtulerant.  Fe- 
runt  etiam  PanaJ  Pindari  hymnisk  tantopere  fuisse 
laetatum,  ut  eos  in  montibus  et  silvis  caneret.1  Quum 
Alexander,  rex  Macedonian,  Thebas  diriperet,  unius 
Pindari  domo  ■  et  familiae  pepcrcit. 

28.  Diogenes  CynTcus  Myndum  profectus,  quum  vi- 
deret  magnificas  portas  et  urbem  exiguam,  Myndios 
monuit,  ut  portas  clauderent,0  ne  urbs  egrederetur.e 

29.  Demosthenes  Atheniensis  incredibili  studio  et  la- 
bore  eo  n  pervenit,  ut,quum°  multi  eum  ingenio  p  parum 
valGre  existimarent,  omnes  aetatis  suae  oratorcs  superaret 
eloquentia.p  Nunquam  tamen  ex  tempore  dicebat,  neque 
in  concione  volebat  assurggre,  nisi  rem,  de  qua  ageretur,q 

Grammars.—*  501,  r.  xxix. :  855,  r.  xxxix.— c  627,  1,  3d  :  1208. 
—•627,  6,  or  1,  2d:  1207.  —  *  '384,  2d:  862.  — h  522,  r.  Hi.: 
1075,  r.  lxxiv.— j  90,  4:  170.—*  485.— »  627,  1,  1st:  1220.— 
■  403,  r.:  831.—°  631,  1244.—*  535,  r.  xxxiv.:  889,  r.  xlvii.— 
*656,  1291. 


Idioms.— b  38,  9  —4  96  2.—'  74,  8.—*  19,  1.— »  28,  Obs. 


114  ANECDOTES    OF   EMINENT   PERSONS. 

accurate  antea  meditatus  esset.a  UndeplerTqueeumtim- 
idum  esse  existimabant.  Sed  in  hac  re  Periclis  consue- 
tudinem  imitabatur,  qui  non  facild  de  quaque  re  dicere, 
nee  existimationem  suani b  fortunae  committere  solebat. 

30.  Pericles  in  concionem  iturus,  quum  ammo  perpen- 
deret,  quantum  periculic  inconsiderate  dictad  homiinbiis 
afferrent,<!  solebat  precari  a  diis,f  ne  quod  ipsi  s  verbum 
imprudenti  excideret,  quod  reipublicae  officere  posset. h 

31.  Minos,  Cretensium  rex,  saepe  se  in  speluncam 
quandam  conferebat,  ibique  se  cum  Jove  colloqui '  leges- 
que  ab  eo  aceipere  i  dicebat.  Etiam  Lycurgus  Lacedae- 
moniis  J  persuasit,  se  leges  suas  b  ab  Apolline  didicisse.k 

32.  Quum  Lycurgus,  Lacedaemoniorum  legislator, 
Delphis J  in  templum  Apollinis  intrasset,ut  a  deo '  orac- 
ulum  peteret,  Pythia  eum  his  verbis  allociita  est:  JVes- 
cio  utrum  deus  an  homo  appellandus  m  sis;  sed  deus  po- 
tius  vide~risn  esse. 

33.  Leonidas,  rex  Lacedaemoniorum,  quum  Persas  di- 
cerentur  sagittarum  multitudine  solem  obscuraturi,  re- 
spondisse  fertur :  Melius  itdque  in  umbra  pugnabimus. 

31.  Cyrus  omnium  suorum  militum  nomina  memorial 
tenebat.  Mithridates  autem,  rex  Ponti,  duarum  et  vi- 
ginti  gentium,  quae  sub  regno  ejus  erant,  linguasita 
didicerat,  ut  cum  omnibus,  quibus0  imperabat,  sine 
interprete  loqui  posset. 

35.  Themistoeles  interroganti  P  utrum  Achilles  esse 
mallet,e  an  Homerus,q  respondit:  Tu  verb  mallesne  te 
in  Olymplco  certamine  victor  em  renuntiari r  an  prceco 
esse,  qui  victorum  nomina  pro clamat? 

Grammars.—*  629,  1237.— c  343,  r.  viii.  :  860,  r.  xl.— f  511, 
737.— *  401,  829.— h  656,  1291.—  \  501,  r. :  858.— >  549,  933. 
— °  403,  r. :  83 1,  r.  xxxiii.— p  269,  658.— *  319,  r.  v. :  666,  r.  vl 
'  673,  1136;  675,  114=5. 

Idioms.—1  30,  3.— <*  19,  4.—*  74,  11.  — s  96,  1.  — k  98,  2.— >  6,  2.— 
m  74,  9,  and  108,  1.— »  70,  3.—°  7,  2.— P  19. 


ANECDOTES    OF    EMINENT    PERSON8.  115 

36.  Epaminondas,  Thcbanorum  imperutor,  in  bello 
adversiis  Lacedaemonios,  animos  sudrum  religion*  exci- 
tandosa  ratus,  una  in  templis  affixa  nocte  b  detraxit, 
porsuasitque  militibus,  quum  ilia  abessec  viderent,  deos 
iter  suum  sequi,c  ut  ipsis d  prceliantibus  adessent. 

37.  Idem  in  pugna  ad  Mantineam  graviter  vulnera- 
tns  est.  Qunm  antmam  recepisset,  interrogavil  cTr- 
euinstantes  amlcos,  an  clypeus  salvus  esset;e  deinde, 
an  hostes  fusi  essent.e  Illi  utnimqiie  affirmaverunt. 
Turn  demum  liastani  e  corpore  ediicif  jussit.  Quo  & 
facto  statim  exspiravit. 

38.  Epaminondas  taut  a,  fuit  abstinentiah  et  integri- 
tatc,  ut  ]>ost  plurTma  bolla,  quibus  Thebanorum  potcn- 
tiani  incredibilTter  auxerat,  nihil  in  supellectili  habcrct 
prteter  ahenum  et  vcru. 

3D.  Lysandcr,  dux  Laccdacmonidrum,  militem  quon- 
dam via*  egressum  castigabat.  Cui  dieenti,ad  nullTus 
rei  rapTnam  se  ab  agmtne  rcccssissc,J  rcspondit:  JSTek 
speclem  VttidmM  rapturi^  prcebeas  volo. 

40.  Ip!iierates,duxAtlieniensium,quumpraesidioten- 
eret  Corint  hum,  et  sub  adventum  hostium  ipse  m  vigilias 
cireumTret,  vigilcm,  quern  dormientem  invenerat,  hasta 
transfix  it.  Quodn  factum  quibusdam  °  ei°  ut  sajvuin 
exprobrantTbus,  Qualem  P  invent,  inquit,  talent  rellqui. 

41.  Quum  quidam  Thrasybulo,  qui  civitatem  Athe- 
niensium  a  tyrannorum  dominatione  libera  vit,  dixisset: 
Quanta**  tibi gratias  Aihence debent !  ille rcspondit:  Dii 

Grammars.—'  214,  9:  329.-*  565,  r.  xl. :  949,  r.  lx.— d  393,  r.  i. : 
820,  r.  xxix.— •  627,  5.— h  339,  r.  vii. :  787,  ft  xvi.— 4  613,  r.  Hi.: 
90S,  r.  lxx.— k  627,  1,  3d:  1208.—*  269,  65SSr-°  501,  r.  xxix,  • 
6*55,  r.  xxxix. 


Idioms.—*  108.  4.— «  96,  2.— •  74:  12.— f  90,  4.— *  38,  5.— J  94,  1,  2d, 
and  98;  2.—*  121,  2.— «  19— m  32,  3.—°  38.— p  44,  4,  and  47.— «  48,  3 


116        ANECDOTES  OF  EMINENT  PERSONS. 

faciant*  ut  quantash  ipsec  patriot  debeo  gratias.  tanta? 
et  videar  d  retulisse. 

42.  Philippus,  rex  Macedonian,  monentibuse  eum 
quibusdam,  ut  Pythiam  quendam  caveret,d  fortem  mili- 
tem,  sod  ipsif  alienatum,  quod  tres  filias  aegr£  aleret,g 
nee  a  rege  adjuvaretur,  dixisse  fertur :  Quid?  h  si  partem 
corporis  haberem1  aigram,  abscinderemi  potiits,  an  curd- 
rem?  Deinde  Pythiam  ad  se  vocatum,k  acceptak  diffi- 
cultate  rei  domesticse,  pecunia1  instruxit.  Quo  facto 
nullum  rex  militem  Pythiam  fideliorem  habuit. 

43.  Mulier  quaedam  ab  eodem  Philippo,  quum  a  con- 
vivio  temulentus  recederet,  damnata,  A  Philippo,  in- 
quit,  temulento  ad  PJiilippum  sobrium  provoco. 

44.  Philippus,  rex  Macedonian,  predicare  solebat,  se 
orator lbus  Atheniensium  maximam  gratiam  habere.11 
Nam  conviciis  suis,  inquit,  efficiunt,  ut  quotidie  melior0 
evddam,  dum  eos  dictis  P  factisque  mendacii  arguere 
conor. 

45.  Ejusdem  regis  epistbla  fertur  scripta  ad  AristotS- 
lem  philosophum,  qua  filium  sibi  q  natum  esse  nuntia- 
vit.  Erat  ilia  epistbla  verbis  concepta  fere  his :  Filium 
mihi  q  genltum  esse  scito.  Quodr  equidem  diis  habeo 
gratiam:  non  tarn  quod  natus  est,  qudm  quod  eis  conti- 
git  nasci  temporlbus  vitoe  tuce.  Spero  enimfore,1  ut  a  te 
eduedtus  et  eruditus  dignus  evddat  et  nobis u  et  rebus, 
quas  ipsi  relicturi  sumus. 

Grammars— b  144.  1193;  145,  1161.—*  627,  1,  3d:  1208. 
— «  494,  798— «  655,  1255.— h  730,  1 :  1377.— {  627,  2  :  1205. 
—  J  626,  1174.— l  514,  r.  xxxi. ;  911,  r.  1.— •  322,  671.— *  542, 
r.  xxxv.:  873,  r.  xlii.— *  522,  r.  iii. :  1075,  r.  lxxiv.— »  409,  r. 
xviii. :  840,  r.  xxxv.—4  678,  1133.—°  462,  r.  xxiii :  918,  r.  Iii. 

Idioms.—'  77,  9.— b44,  3,  and  47.—°  32,  1.— <>  70.— f  64,  9.— J  78,4 
124,  13.— *  104,  3,  and  2.— m  6,  3  — ■  94.  1,  2d,  and  96,  l.—r  38,  10.— 
M  6,  5. 


ANECDOTES  OF  EMINENT  PERSONS.         117 

40.  Alexander  Mace'do,  Philippi  films,  quum  puer  a 
pra3ceptr>re  suo  audivisset  innumerabTles  mundos  esse.1 
Heu  meb  miserum,  inquit,  qui  ne  unoc  quidem  adhuc 
potitu*  sum/ 

47.  Quum  Alexander  quondam  Macedonum  quorim- 
dani  benevolentiam  largitionTbus  sibi  conciliare  conatus 
esset,  Philippus  eum  his  verbis  increpuit:  Sperasned 
eos  tibi*  fideles  esse  futurosf  quos  pecunid  tibi  coneiliav- 
eris?z     Scito  amorem  non  auro  emi  sed  virtutibus. 

48.  Alexandra1  Macedonia  Asia  debellata,  Corinthii 
per  lcgatos  gratulati  sunt,  regemque  civitate  h  sua  dona- 
verunt.  Quodi  officii  genus  quum  Alexander  risisset, 
unus  ex  legatis,  Nullii  unquam,  inquit,  civiidtem  dedi- 
mus  alii  q udm  tibi k  et  Herculi.  Quo1  audlto,  Alexan- 
der honorem  sibi  delatum  lubcntissime  accepit. 

49.  Quum  Alexander  Graeciae  populis 1  imperasset,  ut 
divlnos  ipsi  honores  decernerent,™  Lacedaemonii  his  ver- 
bis utebantur :  Qwmiam  Alexander  deus  esse  voluit,  esto 
deus;  Laconica  brevitate  regis  notantes  vecordiam. 

50.  Lysimachus,  rex  Thraciae,  Theodorum  Cyrenae- 
um,  viruni  libertatis"  amantissmmm  et  regiaa  domina- 
tion! e  iniestum,  cruci  afifigi0  jussit.  Cui  ille,  Hujus 
modi,  minis,  inquit,  purpurdtos  tuos  terreas.?  MeaK\ 
guidon  nihil r  interest,  humlne8an  sublime  putrescam. 

51.  Mausulus,  rex  Cariae,  Artemisiam  habuit  conju- 
gem.  IIa3c,  Mausolo  defuncto,  ossa  cineremque  marlti 
contusa  et  odorlbus  mixta  cum  aqua  potabat.     Extruxit 

Grammars.— b  451,  977.— c  484,  r.  xxvi. :  880,  r.  xliv.— •  382, 
r.xvi.:  SUO.—*  656.  /?.'>/.—■  514,  911  ;  and  516,  913.—  J  501,  r. 
xxix. :  .S'.>.>,  r.  xxxix. — k  720,  r.  lxv.  :  1369,  r.  cviii. — l  403,  r. — 
»  627,  1,  3d:  1208.  — n  349,  r.  ix.  :  T65,  r.  xviii.  — p  171,  1: 
1 193.— i  415,  809.— >  500,  803.—*  559,  994. 

Idioms.—*  96,  9.— •  7,  5.— d  58,  1,  and  56,  3.— '  99,  1.— i  38,  7,  and 
38,  5.—'  7,  2.—°  90,  4. 


118  ANECDOTES    OF    EMINENT   PERSONS. 

quoque,  ad  conservandam  a  ejus  memoriam,  sepulcruni 
illud  nobilissimum,  ab  ejus  nomine  appellation,  quod 
inter  septem  orbis  terrarum  miracula  nunieratur. 
Quodb  quum  Mausoli  manibusc  dicaret,  certilmen 
instituit,  praemiis  amplissimis  ei  propositis,  qui  defunc- 
tum  regem  optim&  laudasset.d 

52.  Dionysius,  qui  a  patre  Syracusarum  et  pame 
to tius  Sicilian  tyrannidem  accep&rat,  senex  patria*  pul- 
sus Corinthi1'  pueros  litteras  docuit.s 

53.  Mithri dates,  rex  Ponti,  saepe  venenum  hauserat, 
ut  sibi  a  clandestmis  caveret  insidiis.  Hinc  factum  est 
ut,  quum  a  Pompeio  superatus  mortem  sibi  consciscere 
vellet,  ne  velocissima  quidem  venena  ei  nocerent.h 

54.  Quum  Gyges,  rex  Lydiae  ditissimus,  oraculum 
Apollmis  interrogaret,  an  quisquam  mortalium1  seJ 
essetk  felicior,  deus,  Aglaiim  quendam  Psophidium 
feliciorem,  prasdicavit.  Is  autem  erat  Arcadum »  pau- 
perrimus,  parvuli  agelli  possessor,  cujus  termTnosquam- 
vis  senex  nunquam  excesserat,  fructibus 1  et  voluptati- 
bus  angusti  ruris  contentus. 

55.  Pyrrhus,  rex  Eplri,  quum  in  Italic  esset,  audivit, 
Tarentinos  quosdam  juvenes  in  convivio  parum  honori- 
fic^ de  se  lociitos  esse.m  Eos  igitur  ad  se  arcessitos 
percunctatus  est,  an  dixissentk  ea,  quas  ad  aures  suas 
pervenissent.n  Turn  unus  ex  his,  Msi,  inquit,  vinum 
nobis  °  defecisset,?  multo  <1  etiam  plura r  et  graviora  in  te 
lomturi  erdmus.*  Hasc  criminis  excusatio  iram  regis 
in  risum  convertit. 

Grammars.—0  501,  r.  xxix.  :  855,  r.  xxxix.— d  643,  2d  :  1221. 
— •  524,  r.  v.:  1075,  r.  lxxiv.— f  548,  r.— e  508,  r.  xxx.  :  731,  r. 
Xiii._h  627,  i,  4th:  1222.— {  355,  r.  x.  :  77 1,  r.  xix.— *  627,  5- 
1182.— -l  462,  r.xxiii.:  918,  r.  lii.— »  656,  1291.—°  396,  823* 
P  629,  1237.— *  579,  r.  xliii. :  929,  r.  lv.— ■  214,  8  :  328. 

KIOMS.--'  1 12,  7.— b  38,  4.— f  4,  1.—  i  6,  B.—m  98,  2.—'  19.  4 


ANECDOTES    OF    EMINENT    PERSONS.  110 

56.  Marsyas,  frater  Antigoni,  regis  Macedonia?,  quum 
causam  habere*  cum  privato  quodam,  l'ratrem  rogavit, 
ut  do  ea  domi  cognosceret.a  At  ille,  In  foro  potiiis* 
inquit.  Nam  si  culpa  b  vacas,  innoeentia  tua  ibi  melius 
apparebit;  sin  damnandus  es,  nostra  justitia* 

57.  Clara  sunt  apud  Catanenses  nomina  fratrum 
Anapi c  et  AmphinSmi,c  qui  patrem  et  matrem  humeris 
permedios'1  ignes  iEtnae  portarunt,  eosque  cum  vita? 
suae c  periculo  e  flammis  eripuerunt. 

58.  Spartanus  quidam  quum  rideretur,  quod  clau- 
dus  in  pugnam  iret,f  At  mihi,s  inquit,  pugudre,h  non 
fuijcre  est  proposition.1 

59.  Spartanus  quidam  in  magistrates  petitione  ab 
aemulis  victus,  maxTmae  sibi  laetitiae  esse,i  dixit,  qudd 
patria  sua  sek  meliores  cives  haberet.f 

60.  Quum  homo  quidam,  qui  diu  in  uno  pede  stare 
didicorat,  Lacedaemonio !  cuidam  dixisset,  se  non  arbi- 
tral Lacedaemonidrum  i  quemquam  tamdiu  idem  facore 
posso,  ille  respondit:  At  aitseres*  tek  diutius. 

61.  Diagoras  Rhodius,  quum  tres  ejus  filii  in  ludis 
Olymptcis  viotdros  ronuntiati  essent,  tanto  affectus  est 
gaudio,"1  ut  in  ipso  stadio,  inspectante  populo,  in  lilid- 
rum  manibus  animam  redderet." 

62.  Scipio  Africanus  nunquam  ad  negotia  publica 
accedebat,  antcquam  in  templo  Jovis  precatus  essct.° 

63.  Scipio  dicore  solebat,  hosti  non  solum  dandam  p 

*  Supply  the  proper  verb. 
Grammars.—*  627,  1,  3d  :  1208.— h  480,  r.  xxv.:  907,  r.  xlix. 
— c  251,  r.:  and  257,  622.— *  656,  1291.—*  522,  r.  iii. :  1075,  r. 
lxxiv.— h  660,  r.  lvi. :  114=7,  r.  lxxxii.—  J  427,  r.  ■  848*-*  467,  r. : 
S<>r>.— '  501,  r. :  855.— m  542,  r.  xxxv  :  873,  r.  xlii.— »  627,  1,  1st. : 
1220.—°  627,  4  :  1238.—*  355,  r.  x. :  771,  r.  xix. 

Idioms.— *  17,  1.— •  30,  2.—'  51,  1.—  j  8,1.— *  6,  3  — »  63.— p  108,  4. 


120  ANECDOTES    OP   EMINENT   PERSONS. 

esse  viam  fugiencli,  sed  etiam  muniendam.  Similiter 
Pyrrhus,  rex  EpTri,  fugienti  hostia  pertinaciter  instan- 
dum b  esse  negabat ;  non  solum,  ne  fortius  ex  necessi- 
tate resisteret,c  sed  ut  postea  quoque  facilius  acied 
cederet,  ratus  victores  fugientibus  non  usque  ad  perni- 
ciem  instaturos  esse. 

64.  Metellus  Pius,  in  Hispania  bellum  gerens  inter- 
rogans, quid  postero  die  facturus  esset?e  Tunicam 
meam,  inquit,  si  id  eloqui  posset ,f  comburere?n.s 

65.  L.  Mummius,  qui,  Corintho  capta,  totam  Italiam 
tabulis  h  statuisque  exornavit,  ex  tantis  manubiis  nihil 
in  suum  usum  convertit,  ita  ut,  eo  defuncto,  non  esset ! 
unde  ejus  filia  dotem  acciperet.i  Quare  senatus  ei  ex 
publico  dotem  decrevit. 

66.  Scipio  Africanus  major  Ennii  poetae  imaginem 
in  sepulcro  gentis  Corneliae  collocari  jussit,  quod  Scip- 
ionum  res  gestas  carminibus  h  suis  illustraverat. 

67.  M.  Cato,  Catonis  Censorii  filius,  in  acie  cadente 
equo  prolapsus,  quum  se  recollegisset,k  animadvertis- 
setque  gladium  excidisse1  vagina,"1  rediit  in  hostem: 
acceptisque  aliquot  vulneribus,n  recuperato"  demum 
gladio  ad  suos  reversus  est. 

68.  Q.  Metellus  Macedonicus  in  Hispanic  quinque 
cohortes,  qua3  hostibus  °  cesserant,  testamentum  facSre 
jussas  ad  locum  p  recuperandum  misit ;  minatus  q  eos 
nonnisi  post  victoriam  receptum  iri.r 

Grammars. — ■  399,  r.  iv.  :  826,  r.  xxxii.  — c  G27,  (j :  1186, — 
d  611,  992.—*  627,  5:  1182.— f  627,  2:  12<>r>.s  142,  2d.— 
b  542,  rrxxxv.:  873,  r.  xlii.— '  627,  1,  1st:  1220.—  i  656,  1291. 
—k  631,  1244.— m  613,  r.  lii. :  993,  r.  lxx.— °  405,  5th:  833,  5th. 

Idioms.— b  113,  8.— *  78,  8.— k  74,  8.— »  98,  3.—°  104,  l.—r  112,  1. 
— q  106,  1.— '  94,  1,  2d,  and  100,  8. 


ANECDOTES    OP   EMINENT   PERSONS.  121 

69.  Publius  Decius  consul,  quum  in  bello  contra 
Latinos  Romanorum  aciem  cedentem  videret,  capite 
pro  reipubllcae  salute  devoto,a  in  medium  hostium 
agmen  irruit,  et  magna  strage  editaa  plurimis  telis 
obriitus  cecidit.  Haec  ejus  mors  Romanorum  aciem 
restituit,  iisqne  victoriam  paravit. 

70.  L.  Junius  Brutus,  qui  Romam  a  regibus  libera- 
vit,  filios  suos,  qui  Tarquinium  regem  expulsum  rcstit- 
ucre  conati  erant,  ipse  b  capitis  c  damnavit,  eosque  vir- 
gis  caesos  seciiri d  percuti e  jussit. 

71.  Q.  Marcius  Rex  consul,  quum  filium  unTcum, 
jnvenem  summae  piettitis f  et  magnae  spei,  morte?  ami- 
sisset,  dolorem  suum  ita  coercuit,  ut  a  rogo  adolescentis 
protenus  curiam  petcret,h  ibique  muneris  sui  negotia 
strenud  obiret. 

72.  In  bello  Romandrnm  cum  Perseo,  ultimo  Mace- 
donia3  rege,  accidit,'  ut  serena  noctei  subito  luna  defi- 
ceret.  Haec  res  ingentem  apud  milites  terrorem  exci- 
ttivit,  qui  existiniiibant  hoc  omine  s  futuram  cladem 
portendi.k  Turn  verd  Sulpicius  Gallus,  qui  erat  in  eo 
excrcitn,  in  concione  milttum  causam  hujus  rci  tarn 
diserte  exposuit,  ut  postero  die  J  omnes  intrepido  am- 
mo ?  piignam  committerent.h 

73.  L.  Siccius  Dentatus  ob  insignem  fortitudinem 
appellatus  est  Achilles  Romanus.  Pugnasse l  is  dicitur 
centum  et  viginti  proeliis  ;,n  cicatrlcem  aversam  nullam, 
adversas  quinque  et  quadraginta  tulisse  ;  coronis  n  esso 

Grammars.—0  489,  r.  xxvii.  :  793,  r.  xxiv.— d  90,  6,  Note  3  :  109. 

*  339,  r.  vii. :  757,  r.  xvi.—  s  542,  r.  xxxv.  :  873,  r.  xlii.— h  627,  1, 
1st :  1220.—}  565,  r.  xl. :  019,  r.  lx.— >  676,  1155.— m  611,  (in.): 
992.—"  505,  #59  :  and  519,  r.  xxxii. :  lOTo,  r.  lxxiv. 

Idioms.— •  104,  1.— *  32,  4.—  •  90,  4,  or  94,  3.—*  51,  3.— J  6,  7.— 

*  96,  5.  11 


*  yi 


122  ANECDOTES    OF    EMINENT   PERSONS. 

donatus  aureis  duodeviginti,  obsidionali  una,  muralibus 
tribus,  civicis  quatuordecim,  torquibus  tribus  et  octogin- 
ta,  armillis  plus  centum  sexaginta,  hastis  duodeviginti. 
Phaleris  idem  donatus  est  quinquies  viciesque.  Trium- 
phavit  cum  imperatoribus  suis  triumphos  a  novem. 

74.  Hannibalem  in  Italiam  proficiscentem  tria  mil- 
lia  b  Carpetanorum  reliquerunt.  Quorum  c  exemplum 
ne  ceteri  quoque  barb&ri  sequerentur,d  edixit  eos  a  se 
esse  dimissos,e  et  insuper  in  fidem  ejus  rei  alios  etiam, 
quorum  fides  ipsi f  suspecta  erat,  domum  s  remisit. 

75.  Hannibal  quum  elepliantos  compellere  non  pos- 
set,11 ut  prasaltum  flumen  transirent,'  neque  rates  habe- 
ret,h  quibus  eos  trajiceret,1  jussit  ferocissTmum  elephan- 
torum  sub  aure  vulnerari,  et  eum,  qui  vulnerasset,J  se 
in  flumen  conjicere  illudque  tranare.  Turn  elephantiis 
exasperatus  ad  persequendum  doloris  sui  auctorem  tra- 
navit  amnem,k  et  reliqui  quoque  eum  seciiti  sunt. 

Grammars.—*  438,  r.  ii.:  713,  r.  ix.— b  104,  5:  204.—*  627,  1, 
2d:  1207* — f  528,  r.  xxxiii. :  844,  r.  xxxvi. — «  558,  r.  xxxix. : 
943,  r.  lix.— *  631,  1244,  r.  xciv.— *  656,  129 1,  r.  ci. — J  650, 
r.  vi. :  1291,  r.  ci.— *  613,  r.  lii. :  993. 

Idioms.—0  38.— •  98,  6.— '  5,  2. 


AN  EPITOME   OF   ROMAN  HISTORY, 


FROM  THE  EARLIEST  TIMES  TO  THE  EMPERORS. 


LIBER  PRIMUS. 

1.  AntiquissTmis  temporibus  Saturnus  in  Italiam  ve- 
nisse  dicitur.  Ibi  haud  procul  a  Janiculo  arcem  con- 
dTdit,  eamque  Saturniam a  appellavit.  Hie  Italos  pri- 
mus b  agriculturam  docuit.c 

2.  Postea  LatTims  in  illis  regionibus  imperavit.  Sub 
hoc  rege  Troja  in  Asia  eversa  est.  Hinc  JEneas,  An- 
clilsa3  filius,  cum  multis  Trojrinis,quibusd  ferrum  Gras- 
cdrum  pepercerat,  auf  ugit,  et  in  Italiam  pervenit.  Ibi 
Latin  us  rex  ei  benigne*  receptoe  filiam  Laviniam  in 
matrimonium  dedit.  ^Eneas  urbem  condidit,  quam  in 
honorem  conjugis  Lavinium"  appellavit. 

3.  Post  JEncsd  mortem  Ascanius,  ^Enea3  filius,  reg- 
n in u  accepit.  Hie  sedem  regni  in  alium  locum  trans- 
tiilit,  url)emque  condidit  in  monte  Albfuio,  eamque 
Albam*  Longam  nuncupavit.  Eum  secutus  est  Sil- 
vias, qui  post  ^Eneae  mortem  a  Lavinii  genitus  erat. 

GRAMMAR.— *  440,  715.— h  274,  603.—'  508    r.  xxx.:  2<il,l 

Xiii.— d  403,  r.  v. :  831,  r.  xxxiii. 


Idioms. — d  7,  2. — ■  104,  3. 


124  ROMAN    HISTORY. 

Ejus  posteri  omncs  usque  ad  Romam  conditam  a  Albae  b 
regnaverunt. 

4.  Unus  horum  regum,  Romulus  Silvius,  se  Jove c 
majorem  esse  dicebat,d  et,  quum  toriaret,  militibus  im- 
peravit,  ut  clypeos  hastis  percuterent,e  dicebatque  hunc 
sonum  multd  clariorem  esse  quam  tonitru.  Fulmine 
ictus/  et  in  Albanum  lacum  praecipitatus  est. 

5.  Silvius  Procas,  rex  Albanorum,  duos  filios  reliquit 
Numitorem?  etAmulium.  Horum  minor  h  natu,1  Amu- 
lius, fratri  optionem  dedit,  utrum  regnum  habere  vel* 
let,J  an  bona,  quas  pater  reliquisset.k  Numitor  paterna 
bona  praettilit ;  Amulius  regnum  obtinuit. 

6.  Amulius,  ut  regnum  firmissimS  possideret,1  Nu- 
mitoris  filium  per  insidias  interemit,  et  filiam  fratris 
Rheam  Silviam  Vestalem  virginemm  fecit.  Nam  his 
Vestae  sacerdotibus  non  licet  viro  n  nubere.  Sed  haec 
a  Marte  gemtnos  filios,  Romulum  et  Remum  peperit. 
Hoc  quum  Amulius  comperisset,e  matrem  in  vincula 
conjecit,  pueros  autem  in  Tiberim  abjici  jussit. 

7.  Fortes  Tiberis  aqua  ultra  ripam  se  effuderat,  et, 
quum  pueri  in  vado  essent  positi,0  aqua  refluens  eos  in 
sicco  reliquit.  Ad  eorum  vagitum  lupa  accurrit,  eos- 
que  uberibus  suis  aluit.  Quod  P  videns  Faustulus  qui- 
dam,  pastor  illius  regionis,  pueros  sustulit,  et  uxori 
Accas  Laurentias  nutriendos  q  dedit. 

8.  Sic  Romulus  et  Remus  pueritiam  inter  pastores 
transegerunt.  Quum  adolevissent,  et  fortS  comperissent, 

Grammars.— *  684,  1357.— d  160,  1:  1088.  — e  627,  1,  3d- 
1208.— s  257,  629.—  h,358,  773.— {  535,  r.  xxxiv. :  889,  r. 
xlvii.— i  627,  5  :  1182,  r.  lxxxvii.— k  656,  1291,  r.  ci.— »  627,  1, 
2d:  1207.— m  440,  715.— n  403,  r.  v.:  831,  r.  xxxiii.— °  631, 
124:1,  r.  xciv.— p  285,  684. 

Idioms.— b  4,  1.— «  6,  3.— {  115,  1.— °  74,  8.— P  38.—  q  107,  2 


LIBER   I.  125 

quis  ipsorum  avus,  quae  mater  fuisset,"  Amulium  inter- 
fecerunt,  ct  Numituri  avo  regnum  restitue-   „,Ante 

,  t  i  •  Christum, 

runt,     lum  urbem  condiderunt   in  monte       754. 
Avcntlno,  quam  Rointilus  a  suo  nomine  Romam  b  voca- 
vit.     Haec  quum  mcenibus  circumdaretur,  Remus  occl- 
sus  est,  dum  fratrem  irridens  moeniac  transiliebat. 

9.  Romulus,  ut  civium  numSrum  augeret,  asylum 
patef  ecit,  ad  quod  multi  ex  civitatibus  suis  pulsi  accur 
rerunt.  Sed  novas  urbis  civibusd  conjuges  deerant. 
Festum  itaque  Neptiini  et  ludos  instituit.  Ad  hos 
quum  multi  ex  finitiinis  populis  cum  mulieribus  et 
liheris  venissent,a  Romani  inter  ipsos  ludos  spectantes 
virgYnes  rapuerunt. 

10.  Populi  illi,  quorum  virgines  raptaa  erant,  bellum 
adversus  raptores  susceperunt.  Quum  Romaee  appro- 
pinqulrent,f  fortS  in  Tarpeiam  virginem  inciderunt, 
quai  in  arce  i£lcra  procurabat.  Hanc  rogabant,  ut  viam 
in  arcem  monstrarct,?  elque  permiserunt,  ut  munus  sibi 
posc£ret.f  Ilia  petiit,  ut  sibi  darent,  quod  in  sinistris 
inanTl)us  gem-cut, h  annulos  aureos  et  armillas  signift- 
cans.  At  hostes  in  arcem  ab  ea  perdue ti  scutis  Tarpeiam 
obnierunt;  nam  et  ea  in  sinistris  manlbus  gerebant. 

11.  Turn  Romtilus  cum  hoste,  qui  montem  Tarpeium 
tenebat,  pugnam  conseruit  in  eo  loco,  ubi  nunc  forum 
Romanum  est.  In  media1  caederaptaeJ  processerunt, 
et  hinc  patres  hinc  conjuges  et  socSros  complecteban- 
tur,  et  rogabant,  ut  caedis  finem  facerent.s  Utrique 
his  precTbus  commoti  sunt.  Romulus  foedus  icit,  et 
Sablhos  in  urbem  recepit. 

Grammars.— ►  440,  7io.— c  613,  r.  lii.  :  993,  r.  lxx.— d  396, 
823.—*  399,  r.  iv.  :  82ti,  r.  xxxii.— f  631,  993,  r.  lxx.—*  627,  1, 
3d:  1208.—*  656,  1291,  r.  ci. 


Idioms.— ■  74,  8,  and  627,  5.— d  118,  8.— '  74,  3.— *  17,   1.—  J  Sup. 
mtdieres. 


126  ROMAN   HISTORY. 

12.  Postca  civitatem  descripsit.  Centum  senatores 
legit,  eosque  ciim  a  ob  aetatem,  turn  ob  reverentiam  iis  b 
debitam  patres  appellavit.  Plebem  in  triginta  curias  dis- 

A.  U.  C.  tribuit,  easque  raptarum c  nomimbus  huiicu- 
37 '•  pavit.  Anno  regni  tricessimo  septimo,  quum 
exercitum  lustraret,  inter  tempestatem  ortam  d  repentd 
oculis e  hommum  subductus  est.  Hinc  alii  eum  a  sen- 
atoribus  interfectum/  alii  ad  deos  sublatum  essef  ex- 
istimaverunt. 

13.  Post  Romuli  mortem  tinius  anni  interregnum  fait. 
Quo  s  elapso,  Numa  Pompilius  Curibus,h  urbe  in  agro  Sa- 
binorum  natus,  rex  creatus  est.  Hie  vir  bellum  quidem 
nullum  gessit ;  nee  minus  tamen  civitati  profuit.  Nam  et 
leges  dedit,  et  sacra  plurima  instituit,  ut  populi  barbari 
et  bellicosi  mores  molliret. J  Omnia  autem,  quae  faciebat,J 
se  nymphae  Egeriae,  conjugis  suae,  jussu  facere  k  dicebatJ 
Morbo  decessit,  quadragesimo  tertio  imperii  anno. 

^  U.        14.  Numae }  successit  Tullus  Hostilius,  cujus 

81  •        avus  se  in  bello  ad  versus  Sablnos  fortem  et 

strenuum  virumm    praestiterat.     Rex  creatus  bellum 

Albania  indixit,  idque  trigeminorum   Horatiorum  et 

Curiatiorum  certamme  finlvit.     Albam  propter  perfid- 

iam  Metii  Suffetii  diruit.     Quum  triginta  duobus  an- 

nis  n  regnasset,  fulmme  ictus  cum  domo  su&  arsit. 

A  U.         15*  -P°s^  hunc,  Ancus  Marcius,  Numae  ex 

114-       filia  nepos,  suscepit  imperium.  Hie  vir  aequi- 

tate°  et  religione  avo  p  similis,  Latinos  bello  domuit,  ur- 

GRAMMARS.— b  522,  1075.—°  269,  658.— d  688,  1350,  r.  cv.— 
»  622.— h  549,  933.— i  627,  1,  2d:  1207.— i  160,  1:  1088.— 
1  399,  r.  iv.  :  826,  r.  xxxii.— m  440,  715.— r-  565,  r.  xli. :  949,  r.  lx.  ; 
and  566,  951.—°  535,  r.  xxxiv.:  889,  r.  xlvii.— p  382,  860,  r.  xl. 

Idioms.—'  124,  8.— b  64,  6.— e  5,  1.— f  91,  5.— *  38,  5.— h  6,  2.— 
k  96,  1.— p  1,  6. 


LIBER   I.  127 

bem  ampliavit,  et  nova  ei a  moenia  circumde'dit.  Carct- 
rem  primus  aedificavit.  Ad  Tibens  ostia  urbem  condT- 
dit,  Ostiamque  vocavit.  Viceshno  quarto  anno  imperii 
morbo  obiit. 

16.  Deinde  regnum  Lucius  Tarquinius  Pris-  A  u 
cus  accepit,  Demarati  filius,  qui  tyrannos  pa-  137- 
triaj  Corintbi  fugiens  in  Etruriam  venerat.  Ipse  b  Tar- 
quinius, qui  nomen  ab  urbe  Tarquiniis  accepit,  ali- 
quando  Romamc  profectus  erat.  Advenientid  aquTla 
pileum  abstulit,  et,  postquam  alte  evolaverat,  reposuit. 
HincTanaquil  conjux,  mulier  auguriorum-  perita,  reg- 
num ei  portendi  intellexit. 

17.  Quum  Romae  commoraretur,  Anci  regis  famil- 
iaritatem  conseciLtus  est,  qui  cum  filiorum  suorum  tuto- 
remf  rellquit.  Sed  is  pupillisd  regnum  intercepit. 
Senatoribus,  quos  Romulus  creaverat,  centum  alios 
addidit, qui  minorum  gentium?  sunt  appellati.  Plura 
bella  feliciter  gessit,  nee  paucos  agros  hostibus il  ademp- 
tos  urbis  territorio  adjunxit.  Primus  triumphans  ur- 
bem intravit.  Cloacas  fecit;  Capitolium  incboavit. 
TrieesTmo  octavo  imperii  anno  per  Anci  filios,  quibus  d 
regnum  eripuerat,  occlsus  est. 

18.  Post  liunc  Servius  Tullius  suscepit  impe-    A  jj 
rium,  genitus  ex  nobili  feminli,  captivS,  tamen      176- 

et  famula.  Quum  in  domo  Tarquinii  Prisci  educare- 
tur,1  flamma  in  ejus  capite  visa  est.  Hoc  prodigio  Ta- 
naquilei  summam  dignitatem  portendi  J  intellexit,  et 
conjtigik  persuasit,  ut  eum  sicuti  liberos  suos  educaret.1 
Quum  adolevisset,  rex  ei  filiam  in  matrimonium  dedit. 

Grammars.—*  501,  r.  xxix.:  855,  r.  xxxix. ;  and  505,  859.— 
•  553,  r.  :  938,  r.  lvii.— d  501,  r.  :  8&5,  v.  xxxix.—*  349,  r.  ix. :  765, 
r.  xviii.— f  440,  715.—*  332,  751.  Sup.  Senatores.—h  522,  r.  iii. : 
1075,  r.  lxxiv.— i  631,  1244,  r.  xciv.;  and  159,  1087.—*  403,  r. 
V. :  831,  r.  xxxiii.— l  627,  1,  3d :  1208. 

Idioms.— b  32,  a  _ a  ^  \%    (Sup.  ei)—  i  96,  6. 


128  ROMAN  HISTORY. 

19.  Quum  Priscus  Tarquinius  occisus  esset,  Tanaquil 
de  superiore  parte  domus  populum  a  allocuta  est,  dicens, 
regem  grave  quidem  sed  non  letdle  vulnus  accepisse;b 
eum  peter ef  ut  populus,  dum  convaluisset,d  Servio  Tullio 
obediret.  Sic  Servius  regnare  eoepit,  sed  bene*  imperium 
administravit.  Montes  tres  urbi  adjunxit.  Primus  om- 
nium censum  ordinavit.  Sub  eo  Roma  habuit  capitum 
octoginta  tria  millia  eivium  Romanorum,  cum  his  qui 
in  agris  erant. 

A.  u.  20.  Hie  rex  interfectus  est  scelere  filiae  Tul- 
22°-  lise  et  Tarquinii  Superbi,  filii  ejus  regis,  cuie 
Servius  successerat.  Nam  ab  ipso  Tarquinio  de  gradi- 
bus  curiae  dejectus,  quum  domum  f  fugeret,  interfectus 
est.  Tullia  in  forum  properavit,  et  prima  conjugem  re- 
gem  s  salutavit.  Quum  domum  rediret,  aurlgam  super 
patris  corpus  in  via  jacens  carpentum  agere  jussit. 

21.  Tarquinius  Supcrbus  cognomen  moribus  meruit. 

Bello  tamen  strenuus  plures  nnitimorum  pepulorum h 

vicit.    Templum  Jovis  in  Capitolio  aedificavit.    Postea, 

dum  Ardeam  a  oppugn  abat,  urbem  Latii,  imperium  per- 

didit.    Nam  quum  filius  ejus  Lucretiae,1  nobilissimae  fem- 

inae,  conjiigi  Tarquinii  Collatini,  vim  fecisset,  haec  se 

ipsam  J  occldit  in  conspectu  mariti,  patris,  et  amicorum, 

postquam  eos  obtestata  fuerat,  ut  hanc  injuriam  ulcis- 

cerentur.k 
A  U.        22.  Hanc  ob  causam  L.  Brutus,  Collatmus, 

243-      alilque  nonnulli  in  exitium1  regis  conjurarunt 

populoque'  persuaserunt,  ut  ei  portas  urbis  claudSret.k 

Exercitus  quoque,  qui  civitatem  Ardeam   cum  rege 

oppugn  abat,  eum  rellquit.     Fugit  itaque  cum  uxore 

Grammars.—*  613,  r.  lii.:  993,  r.  lxx.— •  399,  r.  iv.:  826,  r. 
xxxii.— '  558,  r.  xxxix:  943,  r.  Wx.—s  440,  715.— h  355,  r.  x.-. 
77 1,  r.  xix.— *  501,  r.  xxix. :  855,  r.  xxxix.— k  627,  1,  3d :  1208. 
— »  607,  r.:  987 9  r.  lxviii. 

Idioms.—*  94,  1,  2d,  and  98,  2.— c  96,  2.— d  80.  3,  and  627,  I.—  J  32 
-  *   123,  1. 


LIBER   I.  129 

et  HbSris  snis.     Ita  Romae  a  rognatum,)  est  per  septem 
reges  annos  c  ducentos  quadraginta  tres. 

23.  Hinc  constiles  ccepere  pro  uno  rege  duo  creari,  ut, 
si  unus  malus  esset,'1  alter  eumcoerceret.L  Annuum  iis 
imperium  tributum  est,  ne  per  diuturnitatem  potestatis 
insolentiores  redderentur.e  Fuerunt  igitur  anno  priino, 
expulsis  regtbus/  consoles  L.  Junius  Brutus,  acerrimus 
libcrtatis  vindex,  et  Tarquinius  Collatinus,  maritus  Lu- 
cretia3.  Sed  CollatTno  s  paulo  post  digmtas  sublata  est. 
PlacuSrat  enim,ne  quis  ex  Tarquiniorum  iamiliaRomaea 
inaneret.e  Ergo  cum  oimii  patrimonio  suo  ex  urbe  migrii- 
vit,et  in  ejus  locum  Valerius  Publicftla  consul  factus  est. 

24.  Commovit  bellum  urbi  rex  Tarquinius.  In  prima 
pugna  Brutus  consul,  et  Aruns,  Tarquinii  filius,  sese  in- 
vicemh  occiderunt.  Romani  tamenex  ca  pugna  victo- 
res  recesserunt.  Brutum  Romanae  matrons  quasi  com- 
miinem  patrem  per  annum  luxerunt.  Valerius  Pub- 
licQla  Sp.  Lucrctium,  Lucretiae  patrem,  colh'gam  sii>i 
fecit;  qui  quum  morbo  exstinctus  esset,1  Horatium 
Pulvillum  sibi  collegamJ  sumpsit.  Ita  primus  annus 
quinque  constiles  habuit. 

25.  Sec  undo  quoque  anno  iterum  Tarquinius    A  ^ 
bellum  Romanis  intulit,  Porsena/  rege  Etrus-     245- 
corum,  auxilium    ei  ferente.     In  illo  bello  Horatius 
Codes  solus  pontem  ligneum  defendit,  et  hostes  coliib- 
uit,  donee  pons  a  tergo  ruptus  esset.k     Turn  se  cum 
armis  in  Tiberim  conjecit,  et  ad  suos  transnavit. 

2G.  Dum  PorsSna  urbem  obsidebat,  Qu.  Mucins  Scao- 
vola,  juvSnis  fortis  anhni,1  in  castra  hostis  se  contulit  eo 

Grammars.— b  223,  3  :  453.—*  565,  r.  xli.:  949,  r.  lx.— «»  627,  2: 
1269,  r.  xcvii.— •  G27,  1,  2d:  1207.-*  522,  r.  Hi.':  107*.  r. 
lxxiv.— *  118,  5:  1019.—*  631,  1244,  r.  xciv.—  i  440,  715.— 
*  627,  4 :  1238,  r.  xcii.— >  339,  r.  vii. :  757,  r.  xvi. 

Idioms.—'  4,  1.— '  9,  1.— *  5, 1. 


130  ROMAN    HISTORY. 

consilio,  ut  regem  occideret.  At  ibi  scribam  regis  pro 
ipso  rege  interfecit.  Turn  a  regiis  a  satellitibus  compre- 
hensus  et  ad  regem  deductus,  quum  Porsena  eum  igni- 
bus  allatis  terreret,b  dextram  arse c  accensae  imposuit, 
donee  flammis  consumpta  esset.d  Hoc  facmus  rex  mi- 
ratus e  juvenem  dimisit  incolumem.  Turn  hie  quasi 
beneficium  ref  erens  ait,f  trecentos  alios  juvenes  in  eum 
conjurasse.g  Hac  re  territus  Porsena  pacem  cum  Ro- 
manis  fecit,  Tarquinius  autem  Tusculum  se  contulit, 
ibique  privatus  cum  uxore  consenuit. 
^  U.        27.  Sexto  decimo  anno  post  reges  exactos,h 

259-  populus  Romae  seditionem  fecit,  questus  quod 
tributis  et  militiH  a  senatu  exhauriretur.1  Magna  pars 
plebis  urbem  reliquit,  et  in  montem  trans  Anienem 
amnem  secessit.  Turn  patres  turbati  Menenium  Agrip- 
pam  miserunt  ad  plebem,  qui  J  earn  senatui  conciliaret. 
Hie  iis  inter  alia  fabulam  narravit  de  ventre  et  membris 
humani  corporis ;  qua  populus  commotus  est,  ut  in  urbem 
redlret.  Turn  primum  tribuni  plebis  creati  sunt,  qui  J 
plebem  adversum  nobilitatis  superbiam  defenderent. 
^  U.        28.  Octavo  decimo  anno  post  exactos  reges,h 

261  •  Qu.  Marcius,  Coriolanusk  dictus  ab  urbe  Vol- 
scorum  Coriolis,1  quamm  bello  ceperat,  plebin  invisus 
fieri  coepit.  Quare  urbe  °  expulsus  ad  Yolscos,  acerri- 
mos  Romanorum  hostes,  contendit,  et  ab  iis  dux  k  exer- 
citus  factus  Romanos  saepe  vicit.  Jam  usque  ad  quintum 
milliarium  urbis  accesserat,  nee  ullis  civium  suorum  le- 

Grammars.— •  337,  756.— b  160,  2:  1083;  and  141, 1273  — 
c  501,  r.  xxix.— *  627,  4 :  1238,  r.  xcii.— •  688,  1350,  r.  cv.— 

157,  3  :  1082.— h  684,  1357.—'  655, 1255.—  i  643,4th  :  1212. 
M19,  r.  v.:  666,  r.  vi.;  and  440,  715.  — >  251,  r.  i.:  622.— 
*  288,  694.—"  382,  r.  xvi. :  860,  r.  xl.— °  613,  r.  lii. :  993,  r.  lxx. 

Idioms.—6  106,  1.— «  98,  2,  and  94,  1,  2d. — J  40,  4. 


LIBER    I.  131 

gationibus  flecti  poterat,  ut  patriae  parceret.a  Denique 
Veturia  mater  et  Volumnia  uxor  ex  urbe  ad  cum  vene- 
runt;  quarum  lietu  ct  preclbus  commotus  est,  ut  exer- 
cTtum  removeret.a  Quob  facto  a  Volscis  ut  proditor0 
occlsus  esse  dicitur. 

29.  Romaiii  quum  adversum  Veientes  bellum  gere- 
rent  faiuilia  Fabiorurn  sola  hoc  bellum  suscepit.  Pro* 
fecti  sunt  trecenti  sex  nobilissimi  homines,  duced  ^  u 
Fabio  consule.  Quum  saepe  hostes  vicissent,  apud  274- 
Cremeram  fluvium  castra  posuerunt.  Ibi  Veientes  doloe 
usi  eos  in  insidias  pellexerunt.  In  proelio  ibi  exortof 
omnes  perierunt.  Unus  superfuit  ex  tanta  familia,  qui 
propter  aetatem  puerllem  duci  non  potuerat  ad  pugnam. 
Hie  genus  propagavit  ad  Qu.  Fabium  Maximum  illumes 
qui  Hannibalem  prudenti  cunctatione  debilitavit. 

30.  Anno  trecentesimo  et  alteroh  ab  urbe  A.  u. 
condita'  decemviri  creati  sunt,  quiJ  civitati  302- 
leges  scriberent.  Hi  primo  anno  bene  egerunt;  secundo 
autem  dominationem  exercere  coaperunt.  Sed  quum 
unus  eorum  k  Appius  Claudius  virglneni  ingenuam,  Vir- 
giniam,  Virginii  centurionis  filiam,  corrumpere  vellet, 
pater  earn  occidit.  Turn  ad  milltes  profugit,  eosque  ad 
seditionem  commovit.  Sublata  est  decemviris i  potestas, 
ipslque  omnes  aut,n  morte  aut  exilio  puniti  sunt. 

31.  In  bello  contra  Veientanos  Furius  Ca-    A  -g 

millus  urbem  Falerios  obsidebat.     In  qua  ob-     358- 

sidione  quum  ludi  literarii  magister  principum  filios  ex 

urbe  in  castra  hostium  duxisset,0  Camillus  hoc  donum 

Grammars.—*  627,  1,  2d:  1207.— c  "r>2,  1371.— 9  484,  r.xxvi: 
880,  r.  xliv.— '  688,  1350,  r.  cv.— h  106,  7  :  208.— l  684,  1357. 
— 1  643,  4th  :  1212.- *  355,  r.  x. :  771,  r.  xix.— »  522,  r.  :  1075, 
r.  lxxiv.— °  631,  1244,  r.  xciv. 

Idioms.— b  38,  5.— d  110,  1.— I  7,  4.^-f  27,  1st.—1  5,  1.— ■  124,  3.— 
■  38,  8. 


132  ROMAN    HISTORY. 

non  accepit,  sed  scelestum  hommem,  manibus  post  ter- 
gum  vinctis,  pueris  Faleriosa  reducendum b  tradidit; 
virgasque  iis  dedit,  quibus  proditorem  in  urbem  ag£- 
rent.c 

32.  Hac  tanta  animi  nobilitate  commoti  Falisci  ur- 
bem  Romanis  tradiderunt.  Camillod  autem  apud  Ro- 
manos  crimmi  datum  d  est,  quod  albis  equis  triumphas- 

A  XJ.  se  V  e*  praedam  iniqu&  divisisset ;  damnatus- 
364-  que f  ob  earn  causani,  et  civitate  expulsus  est. 
Paulo  post  Galli  Senbnes  ad  urbem  venerunt,  Romanos 
apud  flumeii  Alliam  vicerunt,  et  urbem  etiam  occupa- 
runt.£  Jam  nihil  praeter  Capitolium  defendi h  potuit.  Et 
jam  presidium  fame  labor  abat,  et  in  eo •  erant,J  ut  pacem 
a  Gallis  auro  emerent,k  quum  Camillus  cum  manu  mil- 
ltum  superveniens  hostes  magno  proelio  superaret. 


LIBER  SECUNDUS. 

A  -q  1.  Anno  trecentesimo  nonagesimo  quarto 

394-  post  urbem  conditam  Galli  iterum  ad  urbem 
accesserant,  et  quarto  milliario !  trans  Anienem  fluvium 
consederant.  Contra  eos  missus  est  T.  Quinctius.  Ibi 
Gallus  quidam  eximia  corporis  magnitudme m  fortissi- 
mum  Romanorum  ad  certamen  singulare  provocavit. 
T.  Manlius,  nobilissTmus  juvenis,  provocationem  acce- 
pit, Galium  occidit,  eumque  torque11  aureo  spoliavit, 
quo  °  ornatus  erat.  Hinc  et  ipse  et  posteri  ejus  Tor- 
quati  appellati  sunt.     Galli  fugam  capessiverunt. 

Grammars. — *  553,  r.  xxxvii. :  938,  r.  lvii. — c  643,  1226;  and 
644,  1212.— d  427,  r.  xix. :  84=8,  r.  xxxviii.— »  655,  1255.— 
'  214,1,  1st:  315.— {  123,  2:  1030.—)  316,  r.  ii. :  648,  r.  iv.— 
k  62*7,  1,  1st:  1220.— l  573,  958,  r.  lxii. ;  and  577,  962.— m  339, 
r.  vii. :  757,  r.  xvi.— n  514,  911,  r.  l.—°  542,  r.  xxxv. :  873,  r.  xlii. 


Idioms.— b  107,  1.—°  83,  3.—*  115,  1.— b  87,  6.— >  19,  6.— »  6,1- 
6,8. 


LIBER    II.  183 

2.  Novo  bcllo  cum  Gallis  exorto,  anno  urbis  A.  U. 
quadringenteslmo  sexto,  itSrum  Gallus  proces-  4C6« 
sit  robore  a  atquc  armis  insignis,  et  provocavit  unum  ex 
Romanis,  at  secum  armis  decerneret.6  Turn  se  M.Va- 
lerius, tribunus  militum,  obtulit;  et,  quum  processisset 
armatus,  corvus  eic  supra  dextrum  brachium  sedit.  Mox, 
commissi  pugna,hic  corvus  alis  d  et  unguibus  Galli  ocu- 
los  verberavit.  Ita  factum  est,  ut  Gallus  nullo  negotio 
aValeriointerficeretur,e  quihinc  CorvTninomen  accepit. 

3.  Postea  Romani  bellum  gesserunt  cum  A  jj 
Samnitibus,  ad  quod  L.  Papirius  Cursor  cum  430 
honore  dictatoris  profectus  est.  Qui f  quum  negotii  cu- 
jusdam  causa  Romam  ivisset,  praecepit  Q.  Fabiog  Rul- 
liano,  magistro  equitum,  quern  apud  exercttum  rellquit, 
ne  pugnam  cum  hoste  committeret.b  Sed  ille  occasio- 
nem  nactus  felicissime  dimicavit,  et  Samnites  delevit. 
Ob  banc  rem  a  dictatore  capitis  h  damnatus  est.  At  ille 
in  urbem  confugit,  et  ingenti  favore  militum  et  populi 
liberittus  est ;  in  Papirium  autem  tanta  exorta  est  sedi- 
tio,  ut  pasne  ipse  'l  internceretur.n 

4.  Duobus  annis  post  J  T.  Yeturius  et  Spurius  Postu- 
mius  consules  bellum  adversiim  Samnites  gerebant.  Hi 
a  Pontio  Tlielesmo,  duce  hostium,in  insidias  inducti  sunt. 
Nam  ad  Fnrculas  Caudinas  Romanos  pellexit  A  u 
in  angustias,  unde  sese  expedlre  non  potSrant.  433- 
Ibi  Pontius  patrem  suum  HerennTum  rogavit,  quid  k  fti- 
ciendum  putaret.  Ille  respondit,  aut  omnes  occidendos"1 

Grammars.—*  535,  r.  xxxiv. :  889,  r.  xlvii.— b  627,*  1,  3d. :  1208. 
— *  380,  r.:  871.—*  542,  r.  xxxv.  :  873,  r.  xlii.—  •  627,  1,  4th: 
1222 — *  403,  r.  v.:  831,  r.  xxxiii.— b  520,  L:  1075,  r.  lxxiv.— 
J  236,  4:  474;  H2,  992.— x  627,  5:  1182,  r.  lxxxvii.— »  627,  1, 

1st:  1226. 


Idioms.— f  39,  1.— '  32,  3.— *  91,  5.— •»  108,  4. 


134  ROMAN   HISTORY. 

esse,  nt  Romanorum  vires  fragerentur,a  aut  omnes  di- 
mittendos,  ut  beneficio  obligarentur.a  Pontius  utrnm- 
que  consilium  improbavit,  omnesque  sub  jugum  misit 
Samnites  denique  post  bellum  undequinquaginta  anno- 
rum  superati  sunt. 
A.  xjt  5.  Devictis  Samnitibus,  Tarentmis  b  bellum 
472-  indictum  est,  quia  legatis  Roinanorum  injuiiam 
fecissent.c  Hi  Pyrrhum,d  EpTri  regem,  contra  Romanes 
auxiliumd  poposcerunt.  Is  mox  in  Italiam  venit,  tum- 
que  primum  Romani  cum  transmarlno  hoste  pugnave- 
runt.  Missus  est  contra  eum  consul  P.  Valerius  Lae- 
vlnus.  Hie,  quum  exploratores  Pyrrhi  cepisset,  jussit 
eos  per  castra  duci,e  tumque  dimitti,  ut  renuntiarent a 
Pyrrho,  quaecunque  a  Romanis  agerentur.f 

6.  Pugna  commissa,  Pyrrhus  auxilio  elephantorum 
vicit.  Nox  proelio  finem  dedit.  Laevinus  tames  per 
noctem  fugit.  Pyrrhus  Romanos  miller  octingentos 
cepit,  eosque  summo  honore  tractavit.  Quum  eos,  qui 
in  prcelio  interfecti  fuerant,  omnes  adversis  vulnerTbus 
ct  truci  vultu  etiam  mortuos  jacere  videret,  tulisse  ad 
coalum  manus  dicitur  cum  hac  voce :  Ego  cum  tallbus 
viris  brevi  orbem  terrdrum  subigerem.h 

7.  Postea  Pyrrhus  Romam  perrexit;  omnia  ferro  ig 
neque  vastavit.  Campaniam  depopulatus  est,  atque  ad 
Prseneste  venit,  milliario  ab  urbe  octavo  decimo.  Mox 
terrore  exercitus,  qui  cum  consule  sequebatur,  in  Cam- 
paniam se  recepit.  Legati  ad  Pyrrhum  de  captivis  rc- 
dimendis '  missi  honorif  icd  ab  eo  suscepti  sunt ;  captivos 
sine  pretio  reddidit.     Unum  ex  legatis,  Fabricium,  sic 

Grammars.—'  627,  1,  2d:  1207.— b  522,  r.  iii.:  1075,  r.  Ixxiv 
— e  629,  1237.—*  508,  r.:  734,  r.  xiii.— f  656,  1291,  r.  ci.— 
ff  104,  5:  204.— h  142,  2d:   1205,  r.  xc. 

Idioiis.— *  62,  5.— •  94,  3.—*  7.—*   112,  8. 


LIBER   II.  135 

adiniratus  est,  ut  ei  quartam  partem  regni  sui  promit- 
teret,  si  ad  se  translret,sl  sed  a  Fabricio  contemptus  est. 

8.  Quum  jam  Pyrrhus -ingenti  Romanorum  adniira- 
tione  teneretiiTjlegatum  lmsit  Cineam,pra3stantiss!mum. 
virum,  quib  pacem  peteret  ea  conditioned  ut  Pyrrhus 
earn  partem  Italia),  quain  armis  occupaverat,  obtineret. 
Romani  respondernnt,  eum  cum  Romanis  pacem  habere 
non  posse,  nisi  ex  Italia  recessisset.d  Cii^eas  quum 
rediisset,  Pyrrho  eume  interroganti,  qualis  ipsi  Roma 
visa  esset/  respondit,  se  regum  patriam  vidisse.g" 

9.  In  altero h  prcelio  cum  rege  Eplri  commisso  Pyr- 
rlms  vulneratus  est,  elephanti  interfecti,  viginti  millia 
hostium  caesa  sunt.  Pyrrhus  Tarentum »  fugit.  Inter- 
jccto  anno,  Fabricius  contra  eum  missus  est.  Ad  hunc 
medTcus  Pyrrhi  nocte  venit  promittens,  se  Pyrrhum 
veneuo  occisurum,J  si  munus  sibi  daretur.  Hunc  Fa- 
bricius vinctum  reduci  jussit  ad  dominum.  Tunc  rex 
admiratus  ilium  dixisse  fertnr:  lllek  est  Fabricius,  qui 
difficlliUs  ab  honestdte,  qudm  sol  a  cursu  suo  averti  potest. 
Paulo  post  Pyrrhus  tertio  etiam  proelio  fusus  a  ^  u. 
Tarento  recessit,  et,  quum  in  Grgeciam  rediis-  481- 
set,  apud  Argos,  Peloponnesi  urbem,  interfectus  est. 

10.  Anno  quadringentesimo  nonagesimo  post    ^  u. 
urbem  conditam1  Romanorum  exercitus  pri-     49°- 
mum  in  Siciliam  trajecerunt,  regemque  Syracusarum 
Hieroncm,  Pcenosque,  qui  multas  civitates  in    A  rj. 
ea  insula  occupav(?rant,  superaverunt.  Quinto     495' 
auno  hujus  belli,  quod  contra  Pcenos  gerebatur,  pri- 

Grammars.— •  627,  2:  1265,  r.  xcvii.  — b  641,  r.  ii.  :  1226. 
•  542,  r.  xxxv.  :  S7S,  r.  xlii.— d  627,  5  :  1182,  r.  lxxxvii.— f  627, 
6  :  1265,  r.  xcvii— h  106,  7  :  208.— ^  553,  r.  xxxvii. :  938,  r.  Jvii. 
— *  319,  r.  v.  :  666,  r.  vi.— >  684,  1337. 

Idioms.—1'  40.  4.— •  63,  3.— *  98,  2.— J  100,  2,  and  94,  1,  2d. 


136  ROMAN    HISTORY. 

mum  Romani,  C.  Duillio  et  Cn.  Cornelio  Asina  consul- 
ibus,a  in  mari  dimicaverunt.  Duillius  Carthaginienses 
vicit,  triginta  naves  occupavit,  quatuordecim  mersit, 
septem  millia  hostium  b  cepit,  tria  millia  occldit.  Nulla 
victoria  Romanis  c  gratior  fuit.  Duillio  concessum  est, 
ut  quum  a  coen&  redlret,  pueri  funalia  gestantes,  et 
tibicen  eum  comitarentur.d 
A.  u.  !!•  Paucis  annis  interjectis,  bellum  in  AM* 
499,  cam  translatum  est.  Hamilcar,  Carthaginien- 
sium  dux,  pugna  navali  super atur;  nam  perditis  sexa- 
ginta  quatuor  navibus  se  recepit ;  Romani  viginti  duas 
amiserunt.  Quum  in  Africam  venissent,  Pcenos  in  pluri- 
bus  proaliis  vicerunt,  magnam  vim  hommum  ceperunt, 
septuaginta  quatuor  civitates  in-fidem  acceperunt.  Turn 
victi  Carthaginienses  pacem  a  Romanis0  petierunt. 
Quamf  quum  M.  Atilius  Regulus,  Romanorum  dux, 
dare  nollet  nisi  durissimis  conditiombus,  Carthaginienses 
auxilium  petierunt  a  Lacedaemoniis.e  Hi  Xanthippum 
miserunt,  qui  Romanum  exercitum  magno  proelio  vicit. 
Regulus  ipse  captus  et  in  vincula  conjectus  est. 

12.  Non  tamen  ubique  fortiina  Carthaginiensibus  s 
favit.  Quum  aliquot  proaliis  victi  essent,  Regulum  ro- 
gaverunt,  ut  Romam  proficisceretur,  et  pacem  captivo- 
rumque  permutationem  a  Romanis  obtineret.  Ille  quum 
Romam  venisset,  inductus  in  Senatum  dixit,  se  desiisse 
Romanum  esse  ex  ilia  die,  quah  in  potest atem  Pcenorum 
venisset.'  Turn  Romanis  J  suasit,  ne  pacem  cum  Car- 
thaginiensibus facerent:k  illos1  enim  tot  casibus  fractos 
spem  nullam  nisi  in  pace  habere:"1  tantin  nonesse,ut 

Grammars.— b  332,  r.  vi. :  751,  r.  xv.-— e  382,  r.  xvL  :  860,  r.  xl. 
— *  627,  1,  4th:  1222.—*  511,  737.—*  403,  r.  v.  :  831,  r.  xxxiii. 
— h  565,  r.  xl.  :  949,  r.  lx.— i  650,  r.  vi. :  1291,  r.  ci. — J  501,  r. 
xxix. :  855,  r.  xxxix.— k  627,  1,  3d  :  1208.—*  496,  800. 

Idioms.—"  110,  2.— f  39,  3.— »  94,  4.— m  96,  2,  and  94,  1,  2. 


liber  in.  157 

tot  millia a  captivorum  propter  se  iiiium  et  paucos,  qui 
ex  Romanis  capti  essent,  redderentur.  Haec  sentcntia 
obtinuit.  Regressus  igltur  in  AfrTcam  crudelissiniis 
suppliciis  exstinctus  est. 

13.  Tandem,  C.  Lutatio  Catulo,  A.  Postumio  a.  u. 
consulibus,  anno  belli  PunTci  vieesimo  tertio  6l3, 
magnum  proelium  navale  commissum  est  contra  Lily- 
baeum,  promontorium  Siciliae.  In  eo  prcelio  septuaginta 
tres  Carthaginiensium  naves  captae,b  centum  viginti 
quinque  demersae,  triginta  duo  millia  hostium  capta, 
tredecim  millia  occisa  sunt.  Statim  Carthaginienses 
paciJin  petierunt,  cisque  pax  tributa  est.  CaptTvi  Ronm- 
norum,c  qui  tenebantur  a  CarthaginiensTbus  redditi  sunt. 
Poeni  Sicilia,J  Sardinia,  et  ceteris  insiilis,  qua3  inter  Ita- 
liam  Africamque  jacent,  decesserunt,  omnemque  His- 
pituiam  quae  citra  Iberum  est,  Romanis  permiserunt. 


LIBER  TERTIUS. 

1.  Anno  quingentessimo  undetricesimo  in-  A  jj. 
gentes  Gallorum  copiae  Alpcs  transierunt.  Sed  529- 
pro  Romanis  tota  Italia  consensit:  traditumque  est,e 
octingenta  millia a  hominumc  ad  id  bellum  parata  fa, 
isse.f  Res  prospSrS  gesta  est  apud  Clusium:  quadra- 
ginta  millia  bominum  interfccta  sunt.  Aliquot  annis  s 
posth  pugnatum  est'  contra  Gallos  in  agro  Insiibrum, 
finitumque  est  bellum  M.  Claudio  Marcello,  Cn.  Cor- 
nelio  Scipione  consulibus.     Turn  Marcellus  regem  GaL 

Grammars.—*  104,  5  :  204.— *  355,  r.  x. :  771,  r.  xix.— *  613,  r. 
ii. :  993,  r.  hoc.— •  158,  1086;  and  164,  5:  327.— *  565,  r.xL: 
919 ,  r.  lx.:— h  612,  992.— >  223,  3:  4=53. 

Idioms— b  115,  2.— •  51,  2.— '  <>4,  1,  2d,  and  98.  9 


l38  ROMAN    HISTORY. 

lorum,  Yiridomarum,  manu  sua  occldit,  et  triumphans 
spolia  Galli  stipiti a  imposita  humeris  suis  vexit. 

2.  Paulo  post  PunTcum  bellum  renova^uni  est  per  Han- 
nibalem,  Carthaginiensium  ducem,  quern  pater  Hamilcar 
novem  annos  b  uatum  aris  admoverat,  ut  odium  peremie 
in  Romanos  juraret.c  Hie  annum  agens  vicesimum  aeta- 

A.  u.  tis  Saguntum,  Hispaniae  civitatem,  Rcmanis  am- 
536-  icam,  oppugnare  d  aggressus  est.  Huic  Romani 
per  legatos  denuntiaverunt,  ut  bello  abstineret.e.  Quif 
quum  legatos  admittere  nollet,  Romani  Carthagmem 
miserunt,ut  mandaretur  s  Hannibali, a  ne  bellum  contra 
socios  populi  Romani  gereret.e  Dura  responsa  a  Car- 
thaginiensibus  reddita.  Saguntmis  interea  fame  vi?tis, 
Romani  Carthaginiensibus  bellum  indixerunt. 

3.  Hannibal,  fratre  Hasdrubale  in  Hispania  relicto, 
Pyrenaeum  et  Alpes  transiit.  Traditurf  in  Italiam  octo- 
ginta  millia  peditum,  et  viginti  millia  equitum,  septem  et 
triginta  elephantos  abduxisse.  Interea  multi  Ligiires  et 
Galli  Hannibali  se  conjunxerunt.  Primus  ei  occurrit  P. 
Cornelius  Scipio,  qui,  proelio  ad  Ticinum  commisso,h  su- 
peratus  est,  et,  vulnere  accepto,h  in  castra  rediit.  Turn 
Sempronius  Gracchus  conflixit  ad  Trebiam  amnem.  Is 
quoque  vincitur.  Multi  populi  se  Hannibali  dediderunt. 
Inde  in  Tusciam  progressus,  Flaminium  consulem  ad 
Trasimenum  lacum  superat.  Ipse  Flaminius  interemp- 
tus,»  Romanorum  viginti  quinque  millia  cassa  sunt. 

A  jj        4.  Quingentesimo  et  quadragesTmo  anno  post 

54°-     urbem  conditam  L.  ^Emilius  Paullus  et  P.  Te- 

rentius  Yarro  contra  Hannibalem  mittuntur.     Quam- 

f  Supply  is  willi  traditur,  or  eum  with  abduxisse.     Gr.  676,  1155, 
Grammars.— a  522,  r.  iii. :  1075,  r.  lxxiv.— b  565,  r.  xli. :  949,  r. 

lx.— »  627,   1,  2d:  1207.— d  665,   1138,  r.  lxxx.— •  627,    1,   3d 

1208. 


Idioms.— f  39,  1.— s  51.— h  104,  2.— I  115,  2. 


LIBER    III.  139 

quam  intcllcctura  erat,a  Hannibalem  non  aliter  vinci 
posse  quam  mora,  Varro  tamen  mora?  h  impatiens  apud 
vieum,  qui  Caimaec  appellfitur,  in  Apulia  pugnavit ;  ambo 
consults  victi,  Paullus  interemptus  est.  In  eapugna,  con- 
sulages aut  prajtorii  viginti,  senatores  triginta  eapti  aut 
occisi ;  militum  quadraginta  millia ;  equitum  tria  millia 
et  quingenti  perierunt.  In  his  tantis  malis  nemo  tamen 
pacis  mentionem  facere  dignatus  est.  Servi,  quod  d  nun- 
quam  ante  factum,  manumissi  et  milites  facti  sunt. 

5.  Post  earn  pugnam  multae  Italia?  civitates,  quae  Ro- 
manise paruerant,  se  ad  Hannibalem  transtulerunt.  Han- 
nibal Romanis  obtulit/  ut  captivos  redimerent;  respon- 
sunique  est a  a  senatu,  eos  cives  non  esse  necessarios,  qui 
armati  capti  potuissent.?  Hos  omnes  ille  postea  variis 
guppliciis  interfecit,  et  tres  modios  aureorum  annulorum 
Carthaglnem  misit,quos  manibush  equitum  Romanorum, 
senatorum,  et  militum  detraxerat.  Interea  in  Hispania 
frater  Hannibalis,  Hasdrubal,  qui  ibi  remanserat  cum 
magno  exercitu,  a  duobus  ScipionTbus  vincltur,  perdit- 
que  in  pugna  triginta  quinque  millia  homlnum. 

6.  Anno  quarto  postquam  HannTbal  in  Italiam  venSrat, 
M.  Claudius  Marcellus  consul  apud  Nolam,  civitatem 
Campaniae,  contra  Hannibalem  bene  pugnavit.  Illo  tem- 
pore Philippus,Demetrii  filius,  rex  Macedonian,  ad  Han- 
nibalem legiitos  mittit,  elque  auxilia  contra  Romanos 
pollicetur.  Qui  legati '  quum  a  Romanis  capti  essent,J 
M.  Valerius  Laevmus  cum  navibus  missus  est,  qui  regem 
impedlret,k  quo  minus  copias  in  Italiam  trajiceret.1  Idem 
in  Macedoniam  penetrans  regem  Philippum  vicit. 

Grammars.—"  662.— b  349,  r.  ix. :  765,  r.  xviii.— «  321,  (WS.— 
•403,  r.  v.:  S.'tl,  r.  xxxiii.— *  627,  6:  1186.— h  501,  r.  xxix. : 
886,  r.  xxxix.— i  631,  1244,  r.  xciv.— *  643,  4th:  1212. 

Idioms.—"  51,  2.-*  37,  9.— f  60,  4— »  38,  I.— k  83,  2.— i  78,  7 


140  ROMAN   HISTORY. 

7.  In  Sicilia  quoque  res  prospere  gesta  est.  Marcel- 
lus  magnam  hujus  insulse  partem  cepit,  quam  Poeni 
occupaverant ;  Syraciisas,  nobilissTmam  urbem,  expug- 
navit,  et  ingentem  inde  praedam  Romam a  misit.  Lae- 
vinus  in  Macedonia  cum  Philippo  et  multis  Graecias 
poptilis  amicitiam  fecit ;  et  in  Siciliam  profectus  Han- 
nonem,  Preuorum  ducem,  apud  Agrigentum  cepit; 
quadraginta  civitates  in  deditionem  accepit,  viginti  sex 
expugnavit.  Ita  omni  Sicilia  recepta,  cum  ingenti 
gloria  Romam a  regressus  est. 

8.  Interea  in  Hispaniam,  ubi  duo  Scipiones  ab  Has- 
drubale  interfecti  erant,  missus  est  P.  Cornelius  Scipio, 
vir  Romanorumb  omnium  fere  primus.  Hic,c  puer,d  duo- 
deviginti  annorum,e  in  pugna,  ad  Ticmum,patrem  singu- 
lari  virtiite  servavit.  Deinde  post  cladem  Cannensemf 
multos  s  nobilissimorum  juvenum  Italiam  deserere ,!  cu- 
pientium,  auctoritate  sua  ab  hoc  consilio  deterruit.  Vi- 
ginti quatuor  annorumc  juvenis  in  Hispaniam  missus, 
die  quavenit,  CartliagmemNovam  cepit,  in  quaomne  au- 
rum  et  argentum  et  belli  apparatum  Pceni  habebant,  no- 
bilissimos  quoque  obsides,  quos  ab  Hispanis  aeceperant. 
Hos  obsides  parentibus  suis !  reddidit.  Quare  omnes  ferd 
Hispaniae  civitates  ad  eum  uno  ammo  transierunt. 

9.  Ab  eo  inde  tempore  res  Romanorum  in  dies  laeti- 
ores  factae  sunt.  Hasdrubal  a  fratre  ex  Hispania  in 
Italiam  evocatus,  apud  Senam,  Piceni  civitatem,  in 
insidias  incidit,  et  strenu&  pugnans  occisus  est.  Plu- 
rimse  autem  civitates,  quae  in  Brutiis  ab  Hannibale 
tenebantur,  Romanis  se  tradiderunt. 

Grammars.—*  553,  r.:  938,  r.  lvii.— b  355,  r.  x.:  771,  r.  xix.— 
•  339,  r.  vii.:  757,  v.  xvi.— f  337,  756.— h  659,  4 :  1122;  and 
665,  1138,  r.  Ixkx.— '  118,  3,  1st,  Exc.:  1018. 

Idioms.—6  21,  4.— d  13,  2.— *  21,  3. 


LIBER   IT.  141 

10.  Anno  decimo  quarto  postquam  in  Italiam    ^.  U. 
Hannibal  venerat,  Scipio  consul  creatus,a  et  in      550< 
AirTcam  missus  est.    Ibi  contra  Hannonem,  ducem  Car- 
thaginiensiuin,  prosper^  pugnat,  totunique  ejus  exerci- 
tum  delet.     Secundo  proelio  undecim  millia  hommum 
occldit,  et  castra  cepit  cum  quatuor  millibus  et  quingen- 
tis  militlbus.     Syphacem,  Numidiae  regem,  qui  se  cum 
Pcenis  conjunxe'rat,  cepit,  eumque  cum  nobilissimis  Nu- 
mldis  et  infinltis  spoliis  Romam  misit.     Qua  b  re  audita, 
omnis  fere  Italia  Hannibalem  deserit.   Ipse  c  a    a.  U. 
Carthaginienslbus  in  Afrlcam  redire  jubetur.      553- 
Ita  anno  decimo  septimo  Italia  ab  Hannibale  liberata  est. 

11.  Post  plures  pugnas  et  pacem  plusd  semel  frustra 
tentatam,  pugna  ad  Zamam  committitur,  in  qua  peritis- 
stmi  duces  copias  suas  ad  bellum  educebant.  Scipio 
victor  recedit ;  Hannibal  cum  paucis  equitibus  evadit. 
Post  hoc  prceiium  pax  cum  Carthaginienslbus  facta  est. 
Scipio,  quum  Romam  rediisset,  ingenti  gloria  triumph  ii- 
vit,  atque  Africanus  appellatus  est.  Sic  finem  accepit 
second  um  PunTcum  bellum  post e  annum  undevicesi- 
m  urn  quam  coeperat. 


LIBER  QUARTUS. 
1.  Finito  PunTco  bello,  secutum  est  Macedo-    a.  U. 
nTciim  contra  Philippum  regem.  Superatus  est     556- 
rex  a  T.  Quinctio  Flaminio  apud  Cynocephalas,  paxque 
ei  data  est  his  leglbus :  ne  Grcecice  civitatibus,  quas  Ro- 
mdni  contra  eum  defenderant,  bellum  inferret f  ut  captivos 

Grammars.—*  471,  900.—°  569,  954.—*  627,  1,  2d:  1207. 


Idioms.—*  115,  1.— b  38,  3.— *  32,  3 


142  ROMAN   HISTORY. 

et  transfugas  redder et;  quinquaginta  solum  naves  habe 
ret;  reliquas  Momdnis  daret;  mille  talenta  prcestdret,  en 
obsldem  a  daret  filium  Demetrium.     T.  Quinctius  etiam 
Lacedsemoniis  intulit  bellum,  et  ducem  eorum  Nabidem 
vicit. 

A  U.        2.  Finito  bello  Macedonico,  secutum  est  bel- 

563-  lum  Syriacum  contra  Antiochum  regem,  cum 
quo  Hannibal  se  junxerat.  Missus  est  contra  eum  L. 
Cornelius  Scipio  consul,  cui b  frater  ejus  Scipio  Africa- 
nus  legatus  est  additus.  Hannibal  navali  proelio  victus,c 
Antiochus  autem  ad  Magnesiam,  Asiae  civitatem,  a  Cor- 
nelio  Scipione  consule  ingenti  proelio  fusus  est.  Turn 
rex  Antiochus  pacem  petit.  Data  est  ei b  hac  lege,  ut 
ex  Europd  et  Asid  recederet,  atque  intra  Taurum  se  eon- 
tineret,  decern  millia  talentorum  et  viginti  obsides  praibe'- 
ret,  Hannibalem,  concitdrem  belli,  dederet.  Scipio  Ro- 
mam  rediit,  et  ingenti  gloria  triumphavit.  Nomen  et 
ipse,  ad  imitationem  fratris,  Asiatici  accepit. 

3.  Philippo,  rege  Macedonian,  mortuo,  films  ejus  Per- 
seus rebellavit,ingentibus  copiis  paratis.d  Dux  Romano- 
rum,  P.  Licinius  consul,  contra  eum  missus,  gravi  proelio 
a  rege  victus  est.  Rex  tamen  pacem  petebat.  Cui  Ro- 
mani  earn  praestare  noluerunt,  nisi  his  conditiombus,e  ut 
se  et  suos  Romanis  dederet.    Mox  ^Emilius  Paullus  con- 

A  u#  sul  regem  ad  Pydnam  superavit,  et  viginti  mil- 
586-  lia  peditum  ejus  occidit.  Equitatus  cum  rege 
fugit.  Urbes  Macedonian  omnes,  quas  rex  tenuerat,  Ro- 
manis se  dediderunt.  Ipse  Perseus  ab  amicis  desertus  in 
Paulli  potestatem  venit.  Hie,  multis  etiam  aliis  rebus 
gestis,d  cum  ingenti  pomp&,f  Romam  rediit  in  nave  Persei, 

Grammars. — k  522,  r.  iii. :  1075,  r.  lxxiv. — e  542,  r.  xxxv.:  873, 
r.  xlii.— f  545,  876. 


Idioms.—*  13, 1.— •  115,  2.— d  104,  1. 


LIBER    IV.  143 

inusitatae  magnitudinis  ;a  namsedecim  rcmorum  ordTnes 
habuissc  dicitur.  Triumphavit  magnificentissmie  in 
curru  aureo,  duobus  liliis  utroque  latere  b  adstantibus. 
Ante  currum  inter  captlvos  duo  regis  filii  et  ipse  Per- 
seus ducti  sunt. 

4.  TiJrtium  deinde  bellum  contra  Carthagi-  ^  u. 
nem  susceptum  est  sexcentesimo  et  altero  c  anno  602- 
ab  urbe  condita,d  anno  quinquagesTmo  primo  postquam 
secundum  bellum  Punicum  transactum  erat.  L.  Man- 
lius  Censormus  et  M.  Manlius  consules  in  AfrTcam  tra- 
jecerunt,e  et  oppugnaverimt  Carthaginem.  Multa  ibi 
praeclare  gesta  sunt  per  Scipionem,  Scipionis  Africani 
nepotem,  qui  tribunusf  in  Africa  militabat.  Hujus 
apud  omnes  ingens  metus  et  reverentia  erat,  neque 
quidquam  magis  Carthaginiensium  duces  vitabant, 
quam  contra  eum  proelium  committere. 

5.  Quum  jam  magnum  esset  Scipionis  nomen,  tertio 
anno  postquam  Romani  in  AfrTcam  trajecerant,e  consul 
est  creatus,  et  contra  Carthagmem  missus.  Is  ^  jj 
banc  urbem  a  civibus  acerrime  defensam  s  ce-  608* 
pit  ac  diruit.  Ingens  ibi  praeda  facta,  plurimaque  in- 
venta  sunt,  qua3  multarum  civitatum  excidiis  Carthago 
collegerat.  Haec  omnia  Scipio  civitatibus h  Italian,  Si- 
ciliae,  AfrTcae  reddidit,  quae'  suai  recognoscebant.  Ita 
Carthago  septingentesimo  anno,  postquam  condita  erat, 
deleta  est.     Scipio  nomen  Africani  junioris  accepit. 

6.  Interim  in  Macedonia  quidam  Pseudophilippus 
arma  movit,  et  P.  Juvencium,  Romanorum  ducem,  ad 
internecionem  vicit.  Post  eum  Q.  Caecilius  Metellus 
dux  a  Romanis  contra  Pseudophilippum  missus  est,  et, 

Grammars.—*  339,  r.  vii. :  757,  r.  xvi. — b  612,  992,  (in.)—e  106, 
7:  208.—*  684,  1357.—*  444,  720.—*  688,  1350,  r.  cv. 

IDIOMS.—'  13,  L— *  63.—*  34.—  i  31,  5,  Note. 


144  ROMAN   HISTORY. 

viginti  quinque  millibus  ex  militibus  a  ejus  occisis,  Ma* 
cedoniam  recepit;  ipsum  etiam  Pseudophilippum  in 
potestatem  suam  redegit.  Corinthiis  quoque  bellum 
indictum  est,  nobilissimae  Graeciae  civitati,b  propter  in- 
juriam  Romanis  legatis  illatam.  Hanc  Mummius  con- 
A.  u.  sm*  cepit  ac  diruit.  Tres  igitur  Romae  simul 
608-  celeberrimi  triumphi  fuerunt;  Scipionisd  ex 
Africa,  ante  cujus  currum  ductus  est  Hasdrtibal ;  Me- 
telli d  ex  Macedonia,  cujus  currum  praecessit  Andriscus, 
qui  et  Pseudophilippus  dicitur ;  Mummii d  ex  Corintho, 
ante  quern  signa  a3nea  et  pictas  tabula3  et  alia  urbis  cla- 
rissjfmae  ornamenta  praslata  sunt. 
A.  u.  ^'  Anno  sexcentesimo  decimo  post  urbem  con- 
61°-  ditam  Viriathus  in  Lusitania  bellum  contra  Ro- 
manos  excitavit.  Pastor  primo  fuit,  mox  latronum  dux ; 
postremo  tantos  ad  bellum  populos  concitavit,  ut  vindexe 
libertatis  Hispaniaa  existimaretur.1,  Denique  a  suis  s  in* 
terfectus  est.  Quum  interfectores  ejus  praemium  a  Cse- 
pione  consule  peterent,  responsum  est,  nunquam  Roma- 
nis placuisse  h  imperatorem  a  militibus  suis  interf  ici. 

8.  Deinde  bellum  exortum  est  cum  Numantinis,  civi- 
tate  b  Hispaniae.  Victus  ab  his  Qu.  Pompeius,  et  post 
eum  C.  Hostilius  Manclnus  consul,  qui  pacem  cum  iis 
fecit  infamem,  quam  popiilus  et  senatus  jussit  infringi,1 
atque  ipsum  Mancmum  hostibus  tradi.1  Turn  P.  Scipio 
Africanus  in  Hispaniam  missus  est.  Is  primum  militem 
ignavum  et  corruptum  correxit ;  turn  multas  Hispaniae 
A.  rj.  civitates  partim  bello  cepit,  partim  in  deditio- 
621  •  nem  accepit.  Postremo  ipsam  Numantiam  fame 
ad  deditionem  coegit,  urbemque  evertit ;  reliquam  pro- 
vinciam  in  fidem  accepit. 

Grammars.—*  360,  775.— h  253,  623.—°  522,  r.  ili.:    1075,  r. 
lxir.— •  319,  r.  v. :  666,  r.  vi. ;  and  320,  667.— f  62V,  1,  1st:  1220. 

Idioms.— d  Sup.  triumphus.—*  19,  2.— h  51,  5.— i  90,  4. 


LIBER   V.  145 

9.  P.  Scipione  Nascicaa  et  L.  Calpurnio  Bestid  con- 
siliums, Jugurthae,  Numidarum  rcgi,  bellum  illatum 
est,  quod  Adherbalem  et  Hiempsalein,  Micipsse  filios,  pa- 
trueles  suos,  iiiteremisset.b  Missus  adversus  cum  con- 
sul Calpurnius  Bestia  corruptus  regis  pecunia  pacem 
cum  eo  flagitiosissimam  fecit,  quae  a  seiiatu  improbiita 
est.  DenTque  Qu.  Caecilius  Metellus  consul  Jugurtham 
variis  proeliis  vicit,  elephantos  ejus  occidit  vel  cepit,  mul- 
tas  eivitates  ipsius  in  deditionem  accepit.  Ei  successit 
C.  Marius,  qui  bello  terminum  posuit,  ipsumque  Jugur- 
thain  cepit.  Ante  curruni  triumphantis  Marii  A  u# 
Jugurtha  cum  duobus  filiis  ductus  est  vinctus,  648- 
et  mox  jussu  consulis  in  carcere  strangulatus. 


LIBER  QULNTUS. 

1 .  Dim  bellum  in  Numidia  contra  Jugurtham  gerTtur, 
Cimbri  et  Teutones  aliaeque  Germanorum  et  Gallorum 
Rentes  Italian*  niinabantur,  aliaeque  Romanorum  exerci- 
tus  firderunt.  Ingens  fuit  Romas  d  timor,nee  itSrum  Galli 
urbem  occiiparent.  Ergo  Marius  consul r  creatus,  elque 
bellum  contra  Cimbros  et  Teutones  decretum  est;  bello- 
qiie  ]>n>tracto,tertius  ei  etquartus  consulatusdelatusest. 
In  duobus  proeliis  cum  Cimbris  ducenta  millia  hostium 
cecldit,  octoginta  millia  ccpit,  eorumque  regem  Theuto- 
bfichum;  propter  quod  mentum  absens  quintd  Consul 
creatus  est.  Interea  Cimbri  et  Teutones,  quo-  a.  rj 
rum  copia  adhuc  infinlta  erat,  in  Italiam  trans-  653> 
ir  runt.     Iterum  a  C.  Mario  et  Qu.  Catulo  contra  eos 

Grammars.— '<  655,  /?.■>.•>.— c  403,   r.   v.  :  831,  r.  xxxiii.— •  634. 
■-f  310,  r.  v.  :  G(p<>,  r.  vi. 

Idioms.—'  no,  2.— «>  -i,  i.— •  iui,  & 
13 


146  ROMAN    HISTORY. 

dimicatum  est a  ad  Veronam.  Centum  et  quadraginta 
millia  aut  in  pugna  aut  in  fuga  caesa  sunt ;  sexaginta  mil- 
lia  capta.     Tria  et  triginta  Cimbris  b  signa  sublata  sunt. 

A.  tj.  2.  SexcentesTino  quinquagesimo  nono  anno 
659-  ab  urbe  conditli  in  Italia  gravissimum  bellum 
exarsit.  Nam  Picentes,  Marsi,  PelignTque,  qui  multos 
annos  populo  Romano  obedierant,  aequa  cum  illis  jura 
sibi b  dari  postulabant.  Perniciosum  admSdum  hoc  bel- 
lum fuit.  P.  Rutilius  consul  in  eo  occTsus  est;  plures 
exercitus  fusi  fugatique.  Tandem  L.  Cornelius  Sulla 
eumc  alia  egregid  gessit,  turn  Cluentium,  hostium  du- 
cem,  cum  magnis  copiis,  fudit.  Per  quadriennium  cum 
gravi  utriusque  partis  calamitate  hoc  bellum  tractum 
est.  Quinto  demum  anno  L.  Cornelius  Sulla  ei  impos- 
uit  finem.  Romani  tamen,  id d  quod  priiis  negaverant, 
jus  civitatis,  bello  finito,  sociis  tribuerunt. 

A.  u.  3.  Anno  urbis  conditae  sexcentesimo  sexages- 
666-  imo  sexto  primum  Romas  bellum  civile  exortum 
est;  eodem  anno  etiam  Mithridaticum.  Causam  bello 
civili  C.  Marius  dedit.  Nam  quum  Sullae  bellum  ad- 
versus  Mithridatem  regem  Ponti  decretum  esset,  Marius 
eie  hunc  honorem  eripere  conatus  est.  Sed  Sulla,  qui 
adhuc  cum  legionibus  suis  in  Italia  morabatur,  cum 
exercitu  Romam  venit,  et  adversarios  cum c  interfecit, 
turn  fugavit.  Turn  rebus  Romae  utcunque  compositis,  in 
Asiam  profectus  est,  pluribusque  proeliis  Mithridatem 
coegit,  ut  pacem  a  Romanis  peteret,f  et  Asia,  quam  in- 
vaserat,  relicta,  regni  sui  finibus  contentus  esset. 

4.  Sed  dum  Sulla  in  Graecia  et  Asia  Mithridatem  vin- 
cit,  Marius,  qui  fugatus  fuerat,  et  Cornelius  Cinna,  unus 

Grammars.— »  223,  3:    153.— b  522,   r.    iii. :    1075,  r.  lxxiv.— 
601,  r. :  855,  r.  xxxix.— -f  627,  1,  3d  :  1208. 

Idioms.—0  124,  8.— *  37,  9.—®  5,  1. 


LIBER    VI.  147 

ex  consulfbus,  bellum  in  Italia  repararunt,  et  ingressi 
Romam  nobilissfnios  ex  senatu  et  consulages  viros  in- 
terfecerunt;  multos  proscripserunt ;  ipsius  Sullas  domo 
eversa,  filios  et  uxorem  ad  fugam  compulerunt.  Uni- 
versus  rcllquus  senatus  ex  urbe  fugiens  ad  Sullam  in 
Grseciam  venit,  orans  ut  patriae  subvenTret.a  Sulla  in 
Italiam  trajecit,b  hostium  exercitus  vicit,  mox  etiam 
urbem  ingressns  est,  quam  caedec  et  saiiguTne  civium 
replevit.  Quatuor  millia  incrmium,  qui  se  dediderant, 
interficid  jussit;  duo  millia  equttum  etsenatorum  pro- 
scripsit.  Turn  de  Mitbridate  triumpbavit.  Duo  haec 
bella  funestissima,  ItalTcum,  quod  et  sociale  dictum%est, 
et  civile,  consumpserunt  ultra  centum  et  quinquaginta 
millia  hoinintim,  viros  consulares  viginti  quatuor,  pra3- 
torios  septem,  aedilitios  sexaginta,  senatores  fere  du- 
centos. 


LIBER  SEXTUS. 

1.  Anno  urbis  conditae  sexcentesimo  septua-  A  u# 
gesTmo  sexto,  L.  Licinio  Lucullo  s  et  M.  Aurelio  676- 
Cotta  consulibus,  mortuus  est  Nicomedes,  rex  Bithyniae, 
et  testamento  populum  Romanum  fecit  heredem.e  Mi- 
thridates,  pace  rupta,f  Asiam  rursus  voluit  invadSre. 
Adversus  eum  ambo  consules  missi  variam  habuere  for- 
tunam.  Cotta  apud  Chalced5nem  victus  prcelio,  a  rege 
etiam  intra  oppTdum  o))sessus  est.  Sed  quum  se  inde 
Mithridates  Cyzicum  h  transtulisset,  ut,  hac  urbe  capta,» 

Grammars.—*  627,  1,  3d:  1208.—*  444,  720.—°  515,  r.  xxxi. : 
912.—*  440,  715.—*  G95.  972.—*  553,  r.  xxxvii. :  <>38,  r.  Ivii. 

Idioms.—*  90,  4.—'  104,  1.— s  110,  2 


148  ROMAN    HISTORY. 

totam  Asiam  invaderet,  Lucullus  ei,a  alter  consul,  oc- 
currit,  ac  dum  Mithridates  in  obsidione  Cyzici  commo- 
ratur,  ipse  b  eum  a  tergo  obsedit,  fameque  consumptum 
multis  proeliis  vicit.  Postreino  Byzantium0  fugavit; 
navali  quoque  proelio  ejus  duces  oppressit.  Ita  una 
hieme  d  et  aestate  a  Lucullo  centum  fere  millia e  mili- 
tum  regis  exstincta  sunt. 
A.  u.  2.  Anno  urbis  sexcentesimo f  septuagesTmo 
678#  octavo  novum  in  Italia  bellum  commotum  est. 
Septuaginta  enim  quatuor  gladiatores,  ducibuss  Spar- 
taco,  Crixo,  et  GEnomao,  e  ludo  gladiatorio,  qui  Capuse  h 
erat,  effugerunt,  et  per  Italiam  vagantes  psene  non  le- 
vius  bellum,  quam  Hannibal,1  moverunt.  Nam  con- 
traxerunt  exercitum  fer^  sexaginta  milliume  armato- 
rum,  multosque  duces  et  duos  Bomanos  consules  vice- 
runt.  Ipsi  victi  sunt  in  Apulia  a  M.  Licinio  Crasso 
proconsule,  et,  post  multas  calamitates  Italiae,J  tertio 
anno  huic  bello  finis  est  impositus. 

3.  Interim  L.  Lucullus  bellum  MithridatTcum  perse- 
ciitus  regnum  Mithridatis  invasit,  ipsumque  regem  apud 
Cablra  civitatem,  quo  ingentes  copias  ex  omni  regno  ad- 
duxerat  Mithridates,  ingenti  proslio  superatum  fugavit, 
et  castra  ejus  diripuit.  Armenia  quoque  Minor,  quam 
tenebat,  eidem  k  erepta  est.  Susceptus  est  Mithridates  a 
Tigrane,  Armeniae  rege,  qui  turn  ingenti  gloria  impera- 
bat;  sed  hujus  quoque  regnum1  Lucullus  est  ingressus. 
Tigranocerta,  nobilissimam  Armenian  civitatem,  cepit, 
ipsum  regem,  cum  magno  exercitu  venientem,  ita  vicit, 

Grammars. — *  399,  r.  iv. :  824i,  r.  xxxii. — c  553,  r.  xxxvii.  :  038, 
P.  lvii. —  d  565,  r.  xli. :  949,  r.  lx.— •  104,  5 :  204.— r  106,  7  :  208. 
h  548,  r.  xxxvi.  :  932,  r.  lvi. — *  470,  1st:  899.—  J  334,  753.— 
k  522,  r.  iii  :  1075,  r.  lxxiv.— l  613,  r.  lii.  :  993,  r.  Ixx. 

Idioms.— b  32,  3.—?  110,  2.— k  5,  1. 


LIBER    VI.  149 

ut  robur  militum  Armeniorum  dcleret.a  Sed  qiuim 
Lucullus  finem  bello  imponere  pararet,  successor  ei b 
missus  est. 

4.  Per  ilia  tempora  piratas  omnia  maria  infestabant 
ita,  ut  Romanis,  toto  orbec  terrarum  victorlbus,  sola 
navigatio  tuta  non  esset.a  Quare  id  bellum  Cn.  Poin- 
peio (1  decretum  est,  quod  intra  paucos  menses  ^  rj. 
incrodibili  felicitate  et  celeritate  confecit.  Mox  687- 
ei d  delatum  bellum  contra  regem  Mithridatem  et  Tigra- 
nem.  Quoe  suscepto,  Mithridatem  in  Armenia  Minore 
noctnrno  proelio .  vicit,  castra  diripuit,  et  quadraginta  mil- 
ltbusejus  occlsis/  viginti  tantum  de  exercTtu  suo  perdi- 
dit  et  duos  centuriones.  Mithridates  fugit  cum  uxore  et 
duobus  comitibus,  neque  multo  post,  Pharnacis  filii  sui 
seditione  coactus,  venenum  hausit.  Hunc  vita3  finem 
hahtiit  Mithridates,  vir  ingentis  industrial  atque  con- 
silii.  Regnavit  annish  sexaginta,  vixit  septuaginta  duo- 
luis:  contra  Romanos  bellum  habuit  annis  quadraginta. 

.">.  TigrSni  deinde  Pompeius  bellum  intulit.  Ille  >  se  J 
ei*  dedTdit,  et  in  castra  Pompeii  venit,ac  diadema  suumi 
in  (Jus*  manibus  collocavit,  quod  eif  Pompeius  reposuit. 
Parte k  regni  cum  multavit  et  grandi  pecunia.  Turn 
alios  etiam  reges  et  populos  superavit.  Armeniam  Mi- 
norem  Deiotaro,  Galatiae  regi,  donavit,  quia  auxilium 
contra  Mithridatem  tulerat.  Seleuciam,  vicinam  Antio- 
chia)  civitateuijlibertate1  donavit,  quod  regem  Tigranem 
non  recepisset.m  Inde  in  Judaeam  transgressus,  Hiero- 
solymam,  caput  gentis,  tertio  mense  cepit,  duodecim  mil- 

*  i.  e.  Pornpey.  f  i.  e.  Tigranes. 

Grammars.— »  627,   1,  1st:  1220.— -b  378,  r.  xv. :  870,  r.  xli.— 

•  611,  (in.) :  992.— d  522.  r.  iii. :  lfi75,  r.  lxxiv.— *  339,  r.  vii.  :  757, 

r.  xvi.— h  565,  r.  xli.:  949,  r.  lx.— '  118,  3,  3d:  1028.— *  118,  3, 

1st:  1018 k  514,r.xxxi.:  Wl,r.l-J  505,  859.— re  655, 1255. 


IDIOMS.—*  38,  5.— f  104,  1. 


150  ROMAN    HISTORY. 

libus  Judaeorum  occisis,  ceteris  in  fidem  receptis.  His 
gestis  finem  antiquissimo  bello  imposuit.  Ante  trium- 
phantis  a  currum  ducti  sunt  filii  Mithridatis,  filius  Ti- 
granis,  et  Aristobiilus,  rex  Judaeoruni.  Prelata  ingens 
pecunia,  auri  atque  argenti  infinitum. b  Hoe  tempore 
nullum  per  orbem  terrarum  grave  bellum  erat. 

*  xj.        6.  M.  Tullio  Cicerone  oratore  et  C.  Antonio 

689-  consulibus,  anno  ab  urbe  condita  sexcentesimo 
undenonagesimo  L.  Sergius  CatilTna,  nobilissimi  gene- 
ris0 vir,  sed  ingenii  pravissimi,  ad  delendamd  patriam 
conjuravit  cum  quibusdam  claris  quidem  sed  audacibus 
viris.  A  Cicerone  urbe  e  expulsus  est,  socii  ejus  depre- 
hensi  et  in  carcere  strangulati  sunt.  Ab  Antonio,  altero 
consule,  CatilTna  ipse  prcelio  victus  est  et  interfectus. 
A.  tj.      7.  Anno  urbis  conditae  sexcentesimo  nonagesi- 

693.  mo  tertio  C.  Julius  Caesar  cum  L.  Bibulo  consul 
est  factus.  Quum  ei  Gallia  decreta  esset,  semper  vincen- 
do f  usque  ad  Oceanum  Britannieum  processit.  Domuit 
autem  annis  s  novem  fere  omnem  Galliam,  quae  inter  Al- 
pes,  flumen  Rhodanum,  Rhenum  et  Oceanum  est.  Bri- 
iannis  mox  bellum  inttilit,  quibus  h  ante  eum  ne  nomen 
quidem  Romanorum  cognitum  erat ;  Germanos  quoque 
trans  Rhenum  aggressus,  ingentibus  proeliis  vicit. 

8.  Circa  eSdem  tempera  M.  Licinius  Crassus  contra 

Parthos  missus  est.    Et  quum  circa  Carras  contra  omina 

A  XJ.    e^  auspicia  proelium  commississet,  a  Suren& 

700.  Orodis  regis  duce,  victus  et  interfectus  est  cum 
filio,  clarissimo  et  praestantissimo  juvene.  Reliquiae  ex- 
ercitus  per  C.  Cassium  quaestorem  servatae  sunt. 

Grammars.—0  339,  r.  v. :  757,  r.  xvi.— e  613,  r.  lii. :  .9.95,  r.  lxx. 
— '  105,  1340.—*  565,  r.  xli. :  949,  r.  lx.— h  528,  r.  xxxiii. :  844, 
r.  xxxvi.         ' 

Idioms.-  *  Sup.  Pompeii. — b  Sup.  pondus. — d  112,  1. 


LIBER   VT.  151 

9.  Hinc  jam  bellum  civile  successit,  quo  Ho-  ^  IT. 
mani  noinmis  fortuna  mutata  est  Caesar  eniin  7():, 
victor  e  Gallia  rediens,  absens  coepit  poscere  alteruma 
consulatum;  quern  quum  aliqui  sine  dubitationc  defer- 
rent,b  contradictum  estc  a  Pompeio  et  aliis,  jussusque 
est,  dimissis  exercitibus,  in  urbem  redlre.  Propter  banc 
injuriam  ab-Arimmo,  ubi  milttes  congregates  habebat, 
infesto  exercitu  Romamd  contendit.  Consules  cum 
Pompeio,  senatusque  omnis  atque  universa  nobilitas  ex 
urbe  fugit,  et  in  Graeciam  transiit;  et,  dum  senatus  bel- 
lum contra  Caesarem  pariibat,  hie  vacuam  urbem  in- 
gressus  dictatorem  se  fecit* 

10.  Inde  Hispanias0  petit,  ibique  Pompeii  legiones  su- 
peravit ;  turn  in  Graecia  adversum  Pompeium  ipsum  dim- 
icavit.  Primo  proelio  victus  est  et  iugatus ;  evasit  tamen, 
quia  nocte  interveniente  Poinpeius  sequi  noluit;  dixit- 
que  Caesar,  nee*  Pompeium  scire  vincere,  et  illo  tan  turn 
die  se  potuisse  superari.  Deinde  in  Thessalia  amid  Phar- 
salum  ingentlbus  utrinque  copiis  commissis  dimicave- 
runt.  Nunqiiamt  adlmc  Romanae  copiae  majores  neque 
meliorTbus  ducibusf  convenerant.  Pugnatum  estc  ingen- 
ti  contentione,  victusque  ad  Postremum  Poinpeius,  et  cas- 
tra  ejus  direpta  sunt.  Ipse  fugatus  AlexandrTam e  petiit, 
ut  a  rege  JEgypti,  cui  tutor  a  senatu  datus  fuerat,  accip- 
Sret  B  auxilia.  At  hie  fortiiiiam  magis  qua-m  amicitiam  h 
secutus,  occldit  Pompeium,  caput  ejus  et  annulum  Cae- 
sari  misit.  Quo  *  conspectu,  Caesar  lacrymas  fudisse  dicT- 
tur,  tanti  viri  intuens  caput,  et  generi  quondam  sui. 

*  AV-r,  i.  c.  et  non,  Id.  124,  I.  t  Nunquam,  i.  e.  neque  unqtiam,  Id.  124,  5 
Grammars.—'  106,  7:  208.— b  631,  1244,  r.  xciv. ;  and  159,  v..; 
1087.— c  223,  3  :  453.— d  553,  r.  xxxvii. :  938,  r.  IviL —  •  562, 
047.— {  Oil,  99%,  (cum.)—*  627,  1,  2d:  1207.— h  470,  1st:  899. 
~J  684,  136  7. 

Idiom      »  38  5. 


XiJ2  ROMAN   HISTORY. 

11.  Quum  ad  Alexandriam  venisset  Caesar,  Ptolemaeus 
ei  insidias  parare  voluit,  qua  de  causa  regi  bellum  illa- 
tum  est.  Rex  victus  in  Nilo  periit,  inventumque  est 
corpus  ejus  cum  lorlca  aurea.  Caesar,  Alexandria a  po- 
titus,  regnum  Cleopatrae  dedit.  Turn  inde  profectus 
Pompeianarum  b  partium  reliquias  est  persecutus,  bel- 
lisque  civilibus  toto  terrarum  orbe  compositis,  Romam 
rediit.  Ubi  quum  insolentius  agere  coepisset,0  conjura- 
tum d  est  in  eum  a  sexaginta  vel  amplius  senatoribus, 
equitibusque  Romanis.  Praecipui  fuerunt  inter  conju- 
ratos  Bruti  duo  ex  genere  illius  Bruti,  qui,  regibus  ex- 
pulsis,e  primus  Romae  consul  fuerat,  C.  Cassius  et  Ser- 

A.  tj.    *9Ms  Casca.    Ergo  Caesar,  quufii  in  Curiam  ve- 
709-     nisset,c  viginti  tribus  vulneribus  confossus  est. 

12.  Interfecto  Caesare,  anno  urbis  septingentesimo  no- 
no  bella  civilia  reparata  sunt.  Senatus  favebat  Caesaris 
percussoribus,f  Antonius  consul  a  Caesaris  partibus  sta- 
bat.  Ergo  iurbata  republica,  Antonius,  multis  sceleribus 
commissis,e  a  senatu  hostis  judicatus  est.  Fusus  fuga- 
tusque  Antonius, amisso  exercitu,e  confugit  ad  Lepidum, 
qui  Caesaris  magister  equitum  fuerat,  et  turn  grandes 
copias  militum  habebat :  a  quo  susceptus  est.  Mox  Oc- 
tavianus  cum  Antonio  pacem  fecit,  et  quasi  vindicatu- 
rus  h  patris h  sui  mortem,  a  quo  per  testamentum  fuerat 
adoptatus,  Romam  cum  exercitu  profectus  extorsit,  ut 
sibiJ  juveni  viginti  annorumk  consulatus  daretur.1  Turn 
junctus  cum  Antonio  et  LepTdo  rempublicam  armis  ten- 
ere  coepit,  senatumque  proscripsit.  Per  hos  etiam  Cic- 
ero orator  occisus  est,  multlque  alii  nobiles. 

Grammars.—*  484,  r.  xxvi. — b  337,  756.— c  63\,1244,  r.  xciv.— 
d  223,  3  :  453.— f  403,  r.  v. :  831,  r.  xxxiii.— «  380,  r.  i. :  871.— 
522,  1075.—*  339,  r.  vii. :  757,  r.  xvi.— '  627,  1,  3d:   1208. 

Idioms. — *  7,  5. — •  104,  1. — h  102,  1. — *  viz.  Julii  Ocesaris. 


LIBER   VI.  153 

13.  Interea  Brutus  et  Cassius,  interfectores  Caesaris, 
ingens  bellum  moverunt.  Profecti  contra  eos  Caesar  Oc- 
tavianus,  qui  postea  Augustus  est  appellatus,  et  M.  An- 
tonius,  apud  Philippos,  Macedoniae  urbem,  eon-  A  tj. 
tra  eos  pugnaverunt.  Priino  prceliovicti  sunt  712- 
Antonius  et  Caesar ;  periit  tamen  dux  nobilitatis  Cas- 
sius; secundo  Brutum  et  innnitam  nobilitatem,  quae 
cum  illis  bellum  susceperat,  victama  interfecerunt.  Turn 
victores  rempublicam  ita  inter  se  diviserunt,  ut  Octavi- 
rtnus  Caesar  Hispanias,  Gallias,  Italiam  teneret;  Anto- 
nius Orientem,  Lepidus  AfrTcam  acciperet. 

14.  Paulo  post  Antonius,  repudiatab  sorore  Caes&ris 
Octaviani,  Cleopatram  reglnam  iEgypti,  uxorem  duxit. 
Ab  hac  incitatus  ingens  bellum  commovit,  dum  Cleopa- 
tra cupiditate c  muliebri  optat  Romae  regnare.  Victus 
est  ab  Augusto  navali  pugna  clara  et  illustri  A  tj. 
apud  Actium,  qui d  locus  in  EpTro  est.  Hinc  723- 
fiigit  in  ^Egyptum,  et,  desperatis  rebus,  quum  omnes  ad 
Au<_rustum  transirent,  se  ipsee  interemit.  Cleopatra 
quoque  asplYlem  sibi  admTsit,  et  veneno  ejus  exstincta 
est.  Ita  bellis  toto  orbe  confectis,  Octavianus  Augus- 
tus Romara  rediit  anno  duodecYmo f  quam  consul  fuS- 
rat.  Ex  eo  inde  tempore  rempublicam  per  quadraginta 
et  quatuor  annos  solus  obtinuit.  Ante  enim*  duodS- 
cim  annis  cum  Antonio  et  LepTdo  tenuerat.f  Ita  ab 
initio  principalis  ejus  usque  ad  finem  quinquaginta  sex 
anni  fuere. 

*  "Enim"  &c,  assigning  a  reason  for  "Solus." 
t  Sup.  earn,  i.  e.  rempublicam. 
Grammars. — *  268,  656. — e  542,  r.  xxxv. :  873,  r.  xlii. — r  569, 

570:  »r>i,  ur>r>. 

Idioms.—*  104.  3  — h  104,  l.— d  3t,  5.— •  33,  i. 


THE   GEOGEAPHY    AND    THE  NATIONS 
OF  ANTIQUITY. 


1.  Uni versus  terrarum  orbis  in  tres  partes  dividitur, 
Europam,a  Asiam,  Africam.  Europa  ab  Africa  sejungT- 
tur  freto  Gaditano,  in  cujus  utraque  parte  montes  sunt 
altissimi,  Abylaa  in  Africa,  in  Europa  Calpe,  qui b  mon- 
tes Herculis  columnae c  appellantur.  Per  idem  fretum 
mare  internum,  quod  littoribus  Europae,  Asiae,  et  Africae 
includitur,  jungitur  cum  Oceano. 

2.  Europa  terminosd  habet  aboriente  Tanaim  fluvium, 
pontum  Euxinum,  et  paludem  MaeotTda;e  a  meridie,f 
mare  internum;  ab  occidente,  mare  Atlanticum  sive 
Oceanum ;  a  septentrione/  mare  Britannicum.  Mare 
internum  tres  maxmios  sinus  habet.  Quorum  s  is,  qui 
Asi&m  a  Graecia  sejungit,  iEgaeum  mare  vocatur ;  secun- 
dus,  qui  est  inter  Graeciam  et  Italiam,  Ionium ;  tertius 
demque,  qui  occidentals  Italiae  oras  alluit,  a  Romanis 
Tuscum,  a  Graecis  Tyrrhenum  mare  appellatur. 

3.  In  ea  Europae  parte,  quae  ad  occasum  vergit,  prima 
terrarum  s  est  Hispania,  quae  a  tribus  lateribus  mari 
circumd&ta  per  Pyrenaeos  montes  cum  Gallia  cohaeret. 

Grammars.—*  257,  629.—°  319,  r.  v. :  666,  r.  vi.— *  440,  715. 
— *  90,  4:  127.—*  236,  6:  475.— «  355,  r.  x. :  771,  r.  xbc. 

Tdioms.— b  37,  6,  Note.—s  38. 


NATIONS    OF   ANTIQUITY.  155 

Quurn  uni versa  Hispania  dives  sita  et  foecunda,  ea  tamen 
regio,  quae  a  flumiue  Baeti  '•  BaetTca  vocatur,  ceteras  fer- 
tilitfite0  antecellit.  li»i  Gades  sitae,  insula  cum  urbe  a 
Tyriis  condtta,  quae  freto  Gaditano  nomen  dedit.  Tota 
ilia  regio  viris,d  equis,  ferro,  plumbo,  aere,  argento,  au- 
r  jque  abundat,  et  ubi  pen  una  aquarum  minus  est  fer- 
tTlis,  linum  tamen  aut  spartum  alit.  Harmons  quoque 
lapieidlnas  habet.     In  BaetTca  minium  reperitur. 

4.  Gallia  posita  est  inter  Pyrenaeos  montes  et  Rhe- 
nura,  orientalem  oram  Tuscum  mare  alluit,  occidenta- 
lem  Oceanus.  Ejus  pars  ilia,  quae  Italiae e  est  opposita, 
et  Narbonensis  vocatur,  omnium  f  est  laetissima.  In  eaL 
ora  sita  est  Massilia,  urbs  a  Phocaeis  condtta,  qui,  pa- 
tria  a  Persis  devicta,  quum  servitutem  ferre  non  pos- 
sent,?  Asia  relicta,h  novas  in  Europa  sedes  quaesiverant. 
Ibidem  est  campus  lapideus,  ubi  Hercules  dicitur  contra 
Neptiini  liberos  dimicasse.  Quum  tela  defecissent,g 
Jupiter  filium  imbre  lapidum  adjuvit.  Credas1  plu- 
isse  ;J  aded  multi  passim  jacent. 

5.  Rhodanus,  fluvius,  baud  longe  a  Rbeni  fontibus 
ortus,  lacu  Lemano  excipitur,  servatque  impe'tum,  ita 
ut  per  medium  lacum  integer  fluat,k  tantusque,  quan- 
tus1  venit,  egrediatur.  Inde  ad  occasum  versus,  Gal- 
lias  aliquandiu  dirimit ;  donee,  cursu  in  meridiem  flexo, 
alidrum  amnium  accessu  auctus  in  mare  effunditur. 

6.  Ea  pars  Galliae,  quae  ad  Rhenum  porrigttur, frumen- 
ti  pabulique  m  feracissima  est,  coelum  salubre ;  noxia  ani- 
malium  gene'ra  pauca  alit.  Incolae  superbi  et  supersti- 
tidsi,  ita  ut  deos  humanis  victimis  n  gaudere  existiment.k 

ammars.— •  630,    1247.— h  90,    5?  110.  —  *  535,    r.   xxxiv. 
889,  v.  xlvii.— »  480,  r.  xxv.:  907,  r.  xlix.— •  522,  1075.— {  355. 
r.    x.:    771,    r.    xix.— *  631,    1244,  r.   xciv.— •  171,   3,    last   Ex.: 
11SO,  r.  lxxxvi.— k  627,  1,  1st:  1220.— m  361,  r.  xi. :  776,r.xx. 
— »485. 


Idioms— f  19.— »»  104.  1.— J  94,  1,  2d,  and  98,  2.—»  44,  3. 


156  THE    GEOGRAPHY   AND    THE 

Magistri  religionum  et  sapientiae  sunt  Druldae,  qui,  quae* 
se  scire  profitentur,  in  antris  abditisque  silvis  docent. 
Animas  asternas  esse  b  credunt,  vitamque  alteram  post 
mortem  incipere.b  Hanc  ob  causam  cum  defunctisc 
arma  cremant  aut  defodiunt,  eamque  doctiinam  homi- 
nes ad  bellumd  alacriores  facere  existimant. 

7.  Universa  Gallia  divlsa  est  inter  tres  magnos  pop- 
ulos,  qui  fluviis  terminantur.  A  Pyrenaeo  monte  usque 
ad  Garumnam  Aquitani  habitant ;  inde  ad  Sequanam 
Celtae ;  Belgae  denique  usque  ad  Rhenum  pertment. 

8.  Garumna  amnis,  ex  Pyrenaeo  monte  delapsus,  diu 
vadosus  est  et  vix  navigabilis.  Quanto e  magis  proce- 
dit,  tanto  fit  latior ;  ad  postremum  magni  freti f  similis, 
non  solum  majora  navigia  tolerat,  verum  etiam  more 
maris  exsurgit,  navigantesque c  atrociter  jactat. 

9.  Sequana  ex  Alpibus  ortus  in  septentrionem  pergit. 
Postquam  se  haud  procul  Lutetian  cum  Matrona  con- 
junxit,  OceSno  h  infunditur.  Haec  flumina  opportunism 
sima  sunt  mercibus  •  permutandis  J  et  ex  mari  interno 
in  Oce&num  transvehendisJ 

10.  Rhenus  itidem  ex  Alpibus  ortus  haud  procul  ab 
origme  lacum  efficit  Venetum,  qui  etiam  Brigan turns  ap- 
pellator. Deinde  longo  spatio  Y  per  fines  Helvetiorum, 
Mediomatricorum,  et  Trevirorum  continuo  alveo  fertur, 
autmodicasinsulas1  circumfluens;  in  agro  Batavo  autem, 
ubi  Oeeano  appropinquavit,  in  plures  awnes  dividltur; 
nee  jam  amnis,  sed  ripis  longe  recedentibus,ingens  lacus, 

Grammars.—*1  353,  2d:  709,—*  579,  r.  xliii. :  929,  r.  lv. ;  and 
578,  963.— {  385,  863.—*  611,  (a):  992.—*  522,  1075.— {  382, 
r.  xvi. :  860,  r.  xL— k  573,  r.  xlii.  :  958,  r.  lxii.— *  613  r  111. :  993, 
r.  Ixx. 


Idioms.—'  37,  2.— b  95,  1.— •  19,  1.— J  112,  6 


nations  of  antiquity.  157 

Flevo  appellatur,ejusdeinque  nommis  insulam  ainplexus, 
fit  iterum  arctior  et  fluviusa  iterum  in  mare  emittltur. 

1 1.  Trans  Rhenum  Germani  habitant  usque  ad  Vistii- 
lam,  quae  finis  est  Germanise  ad  orientem.  Ad  meridiem 
tenninatur  Alpibus,  ad  septentrionem  mari  BxitannTco 
et  BaltTco.  Incolae  corporum  proceritateb  exceUunt. 
Aanmos  bellando,c  corpSra  laboribus  exercent.  Hanc 
ob  causam  crebro  bella  gerunt  cum  finitimis,  non  tam 
finium  prolatandorum d  causa,  aut  imperii  cupiditate, 
sed  ob  belli  amorem.  Mites e  tamen  sunt  erga  supplT- 
ces,8  et  boni  hospitibus.  Urbes  mcenibus  cinctas  aut 
fossis  aggeribusque  munitas  non  liabent.  Ipsas  domos 
ad  breve  tempus  struunt  non  lapidibus  aut  lateribus 
coctis  sed  lignis,  quae  frondibus  tegunt.  Nam  diu  eo- 
dem  in  loco  morarif  periculosum&  arbitrantur  liber  tati. 

12.  Agriculturae  h  Germani  non  admSdum  student, 
nee  quisquam  agri  modum  certum  aut  fines  proprios 
habet,  Lacte  vescuntur  et  caseo  et  came.  Ubi  fons,  cam- 
pus, nemusve  iis  h  placuerit,1  ibi  domos  figunt,  mox  alio 
transituri  cum  conjugibus  et  liberis.  Interdum  etiam 
hiemem  in  subterraneis  specubus  dicuntur  transigere. 

13.  Germania  altis  montibus,  silvis,  paludibusque  in- 

via  redditur.    Inter  silvas  J  maxima  est  Hercynia,  cujus 

iatitudinemk  Caesar  novem  diei-um  iter1  patere  narrat. 

Insequenti  tempore  magna  pars  ejus  excisa  est.  Flumma 

yunt  in  Germania  multa  et  magna.     Inter  haec  clarissT- 

mum  nomen  Rheni,  do  quo  supra  diximus,  et  Danubii. 

Clari  quoque  amnes,  Moenus,  Visurgis,  Albis.  Danubius, 

Grammars.—*  252,  623.— b  635,  r.  xxxiv. :  889,  r.  xlvii.— •  705, 
1340.—*  270,  659.— h  403,  r.  v. :  831,  r.  xxxiii.— *  627,  5 : 
1182,  r.lxxxvii.—  J  360,  775.—*  671,  r.  lviii. :  1136,  r.  lxxix.— 
}  673,  r.  xlil :  958,  r.  lxii. 

Idioms.—"  13,  1.—    112,  5.— •  19,  1.— >  89,  5. 


158  THE    GEOGRAPHY    AND    THE 

omnium  Europae  fluminuma  maximus,  apud  Rhaetos  ori- 
tur, flexoque  ad  ortum  solis  cursu,  receptisque  sexaginta 
amnibusjin  Pontum  Euxinum  sex  vastis  ostiis  erTunditur. 

14.  Britaniam  insulam  Phoenicibus  innotuisse,  eosque 
stannum  inde  et  plumbum  pellesque  petivisse,  probablle 
est.  Romanis  earn  Julius  Caesar  primus  aperuit ;  neque 
tamen  priiis  cognltaesse  coepit  quam  Claudiob  imperante. 
Hadrianus  eam,muro  ab  oceafno  Germanico  ad  Hiberni- 
cum  mare  ducto,  in  duas  partes  divisit,  ut  inferiorem  in- 
sulae partem,  quae  Romanis  parebat,  a  barbarorum  popu- 
lorum,qui  in  Scotia  habitabant,incursionibustueretur.c 

15.  Maxima  insulae  pars  campestris,  collibus  passim 
silvisque  distincta.  Incolae  Gallos  proceritate ri  corpSrum 
vincunt,  ceteriim  ingeniod  Gallis  similes,  simpliciores  ta- 
men illis e  magisque  barbari.  Nemora  habitant  pro  urb- 
lbus.  Ibi  tuguria  exstruunt  et  stabula  pecori,  sed  ple- 
r unique  ad  breve  tempus.  Humanitate d  ceteris  prae- 
stant  ii,  qui  Cantium  incolunt.  Tota  haec  regio  est  ma- 
ritima.  Qui  interiorem  insulae  partem  habitant,  fru- 
menta  non  serunt ;  lactc  f  et  came  vivunt.  Pro  vesti- 
bus  indiiti  sunt  pellibus.ff 

16.  Italia  ab  Alpibus  usque  ad  fretum  Siculum  porrigi- 
tur  inter  mare  Tuscum  et  AdriatTcum.  Multo  h  longior 
est  quam  latior.'  In  medio  se  attollit  AppennTnus  mons, 
qui,  postquam  continenti  jugo  progressus  est  usque  ad 
Apuliam,  in  duos  quasi  ramos  dividitur.  Nobilissima  re- 
gio ob  fertilitatem  soli  coellque  salubritatem.  Quum  lon- 
ge  in  mare  procurrat,J  plurimos  habet  portus  populorum 
inter  se  k  patentes  commercio.1     Neque  ulla  facile ,n  est 

Grammars.— •  355,  r.  x. :  771,  r.  xix.— b  694, 1351.—°  627,  1,  2d  : 
1207.— d535,  #£9,  r.  xlvii.— «467,  895.— f 485.— 1 524,  r.  v.:  1075, 
r.  lxxiv.— h  579,  r.  xliii. :  929,  r.  lv.— j  474,  903.— i  630,  1247.— 
k  118,  5:  1019.— x  391,  r.  xvii.  :  818,  r.  xxviii.— ra  591,  3d:  1003: 

Idioms.—*  6,  3. — J  74,  1. 


NATIONS    OF   ANTIQUITY.  159 

reglo,  qu®  tot  tamque  pulchras  urbes  haboaV  inter 
quas  Roma  et  magnitudtue  b  et  liomiuis  fama  enimct. 

17.  H«c  urbs,  oi las  terraruiD  caput,  septem  montes 
complcctitur.  Initio  quatuor  portas  habebat;  Augusti 
aevo  triginta  septem.  Urbis  magnificentiam  augebant 
fora,  tcmpla,  portTcus,  aqua3ductus,  theatra,  arcus  tri- 
uniphrdes,  horti  denique,  et  id  genus*  alia,  ad  quae  vel 
lectad  animus  stupet.  Quare  rectS  de  ea  praedicare 
videntur,  qui  nullius  urbis  in  toto  orbe  terrarum  mag- 
nificentiam eie  comparari  posse  dixerunt. 

18.  Felicissima  in  Italia  regio  est  Campania.  Multi 
ibi  vitif  Sri  colles,  ubi  nobilissTma  vina  gignuntur,  Seti- 
num,  Coecubum,  Falernum,  Masstcum.  Calidi  ibidem 
fontes f  salubemmi.  Nusquam  generosior  olea.  Con- 
chylio  s  quoque  et  pisce  nobTli  maria  vicina  scatent. 

19.  ClarissTmi  amnes  Italia  sunt  Padus  et  Tiberis. 
Et  Padus  quidem  in  supcriore  parte,  quae  Gallia  Cisal- 
plna  vocatur,  ab  imis  radicibus  Vesiili  montis  exontur ; 
primum  exTlis,  deinde  aliis  amnibus  ita  alTtur,  ut  se  per 
septem  ostia  in  mare  effundatJ'  Tiberis,  qui  antiquis- 
snnis  temporibus  Albulae  nomen  habebat,  ex  Appennmo 
ontur ;  deinde  duobus  et  quadraginta  numimbus  auc- 
tus  lit  navigabilis.  PlurTmas  in  utmque  ripa  villas  ad- 
spicit,  praecipue  autem  urbis  Romanae  magnincentiam. 
PhieidissTmus  amnium  raro  ripas'  egreditur. 

20.  In  inferiore  parte  Italisc  clara  quondam  urbs  Ta- 
rentum,  quae  maris  sinui,  cui  adjacet,  nomen  dedit.  &  >li 
fertilTtas  coellquejucuudatemperiesin  causa  fuissevide- 
tur,  ut  incolae  hixiiria  et  deliciis  enervarentur.    Qmim- 

Grammars.— "  G:{0,  r.  i. :  1##7.— b  635,  r.  xxxiv.  :  889,  r. 
Xlvii.__c  611,  (ad) :  992,— *  688.  1350,  r.  cv.— •  522,  r.  iii.  :  1076<— 
t  308,  6.39.-*  480,  r.  xxv.  :  907,  r.  xlix,— h  627,  1,  1st :  1220.— 

611,  (ultra) :  992. 
Tdiom  — *  101,  4. 


160  THE    GEOGRAPHY    AND   THE 

que  aliquandiu  potential  florerent,b  eopiasque  hand 
contemnendas  alerent,  peregrlnis  tamen  plerumque  du- 
cibus  in  bellis  utebantur,  ut  Pyrrho,c  rege  Epiri,  quo 
superato,  urbs  in  Romanorum  potestatem  venit. 

21.  Proxima  Italia?  est  Sicilia,  insula  omnium  d  maris 
interni  maxima.  Antiquissimis  temporibus  earn  cum 
Italia  coha3sisse,e  marisque  impetu,  aut  terras  motu  inde 
divulsam  esse,e  verisimile  est.  Forma  triangularis,  ita 
ut  litterse,  quam  Graeci  Delta  vocant,  imaginem  ref  erat 
A  tribus  promontoriis  vocatur  Trinacria.  Nobilissimus 
ibi  mons  iEtnae f  qui  urbi  Catanae  imminet,  turn  s  ob 
altitudmem,  turn  etiam  ob  ignes,  quos  effundit;  quare 
Cyclopum  in  illo  monte  officmam  esse  poetae  dieunt. 
Cineres  e  crateribus  egesti  agrum  circumjacentem  fo> 
cundum  et  feracem  reddere  existimantur.  Sunt  ibi 
Piorum  campi,  qui  nomen  habent  a  duobus  juvembus 
CatanensTbus,  qui,  flammis  quondam  repents  ingruen- 
tibus,  parentes  senectute  confectos,  humeris  sublatos, 
flamma3h  eripuisse  feruntur.  Nomina  fratrum  Am- 
phinomus  et  Anapus  fuerunt. 

22.  Inter  urbes  Siciliae  nulla  est  illustrior  Syi-acusis, 
Corinthiorum  colonia,  ex  quinque  urbibus  conflata.  Ab 
Atheniensibus  bello  petita,  maximas  hostium  copias  dele- 
vit :  Carthaginienses  etiam  magnis  interdum  cladibus  af- 
fecit.  Secundo  bello  Punico  per  triennium  oppugnata, 
Archimedis  potissimum  ingenio  et  arte  defensa,  a  M. 
Marcello  capta  est.  Vicinus  huic  urbi  fons  Arethusae 
Nymphae1  sacer,  ad  quam  Alpheus  amnis  ex  Peloponneso 
per  mare  Ionium  lapsus*  commissarif  dicitur.  Nam  si 
quid  ad  Olympiam  in  ilium  amnem  jactum  fuerit,  id  in 

*  Sup.  esse,  G-r.  179,  6  :  281,  \  Oommissari,  "  in  order  to  enjoy  a 
banquet,"  Gr.  665,  1255, 

Grammars.—*  535,  r.  xxxiv. :  889,  r.  xlvii .— b  630,  1247.— 
c  720,  r.  (ut,  as) :  1369.— d  355,  r.  x. :  771,  r.  xix.— I  260,  631,^ 
h  501,  r.  xxix. :  855,  r.  xxxix.— '  382,"  r.  xvi. :  860,  r.  xl. 

Idioms.—-13  19.— -e  97,  1.  and  4.— «  124,  7. 


NATIONS    OF   ANTIQUITY.  101 

Arethusae  fonte  rcddi.a     De  illd  fabuli  quid  statuen- 
duin  sit,b  sponte  apparet. 

23.  In  mari  Ligustico  insula  est  CorsTca,  quam  Graeci 
Cyrnum  vocant.  Terra  aspgra  multisque  loci$c  invia, 
caelum  grave,  mare  circa  d  iniportunum.  IncSlae,  latro- 
ciniis  dedTti,  feri  sunt  et  horridi.  Mella  quoque  illius 
insulae  amara  esse  dicuntur  corporibusque e  nocere. 
ProxTma  ei  est  Sardinia,  quae  a  Graecis  mercatoribus 
Iclmiisa  vocatur,  quia  formam  liumani  vestigii  habet. 
Solum f  quam  caelum  melius.  Illud  k  fertile,  hoc  k  grave 
ac  noxium.     Noxia  quoque  animalia  herbasque  venena- 

gignit,     Multum  hide  frumcnti?  Romam  mittitur; 
unde  haec  insula  et  Sicilia  nutrlces  urbis  vocantur. 

24.  Graecia  nominis  celebritate  omnes  ferd  alias  orbis 
terrahun  regiones  superavit.  Nulla  enim  magnoruin 
ingeniorum h  fuit  feracior;  neque  ulla  belli  pacisque 
artes  majore  studio'  excoluit.  Plurimas  eadem  colo- 
nias  in  omnes  terrae  partes  deduxit.  Multum  itaque 
terra  marlque  valuit,  et  gravissima  bella  magna  cum 
gloria  gessit. 

2.").  Graecia  inter  Ionium  et  ^Egaeum  mare  porrigTtur. 
In  plurTmas  regiones  divTsaest,  quarumJ  amplissTma?  sunt 
Macedonia  et  EpTrus — quamquam  hae  a  nonnullis  a  Grae- 
■  junguiitur — turn  Thessalia.  Macedoniam  Philippi 
et  Alcxandri  regnum  illustravit;  quorum  illek  Graeciam 
Bubegit,hic*  AsiamlatissTme  domuit,  ereptumquePersis1 
imperimn  in  Maccdfoies  transtulit.  Centum  ejusregionis 
etquinquagintaurbesnumerantur;  quarumJ  septuaginta 

Grammars.— b  627,5:  1182—*  611,  (in):  U92.—*  236,  4:  474. 
— •  40:J.  r.  v. :  S.i  1 ,  r.  xxxiii.— '  308,  6 $9.—*  343,  r.  viii.  :  860,  r. 
xl.— h  351,  707.— *  542,  r.  xxxv. :  873,  r.  xlii.— J  355,  r.  x.  :  771, 
r.  xix.— k  118,  3,  3d:  10  >8.— -1  522,  r.  iii.  :  1075,  r.  Ixxiv. 

Idioms.—*  Sup.  dicitur  — b  108,  9.— »  5,  1. 


162  THE    GEOGRAPHY   AND    THE 

duas,  Perseo,  ultimo  Macedonian  rege,  superato,  Paul* 
lus  iEimlius  diripuit. 

26.  Epirus,  quae  ab  Acrocerauniis  incipit  montibus, 
desinit  in  Acheloo  flumine.  Plures  earn  populi  inco- 
lunt.  Illustris  ibi  Dodonaa  in  Molossorum  finibus, 
vetustissimo  Jovis  oraculo  inclyta.  Columbae  ibi  ex 
arboribus  oracula  dedisse  narrantur ;  quercusque  ipsas 
et  lebetes  aeneos  inde  suspensos  deorum.  voluntatem 
tinnitu  significasse  b  fama  est. 

27.  Acheloi  fiuvii  ostiis  c  insulae  aliquot  objacent,  qua* 
rum  maxima  est  Cephallenia.  Multae  praeterea  insulae 
littori c  Epiri  adjacent,  interque  eas  Corcyra,  quam 
Homerus  Scheriam  appellasse  existimatur.d  In  hac 
Phaeacas  posuit  ille  et  hortos  Alcinoi.  Coloniam  hue 
deduxerunt  Corinthii,  quo  e  tempore  Numa  Pompilius 
Romae  regnavit.  Viclna  ei  Ithaca,  Ulyssis  patria,  as- 
pera  montibus,  sed  Homeri  carminlbus  adeo  nobilitata, 
ut  ne  fertilissimis  quidem  regionibus  cedat.f 

28.  Thessalia  late  patet  inter  Macedoniam  et  Eplrum, 
foecunda  regio,  generosis  praecipue  equis  excellens,  unde 
Thessalorum  equitatus  celeberrimus.  Montes  ibi  mem- 
orabiles  Olympus,  in  quo  deorum  sedes  esse  existima- 
tur,d  Pelion  et  Ossa,  per  quos  gigantes  coelum  petivisse 
dicuntur;d  (Eta  denique,  in  cujus  vertice  Hercules, 
rogo  conscenso  s  se  ipsum  cremavit.  Inter  h  Ossam  et 
Olympum  Peneus,  limpidissimus  amnis,  delabitur,  val- 
lem  amoenissimam,  Tempe  vocatam,  irrigans. 

29.  Interh  reliquas  Graeciae  regiones  nominis  claritate1 
emmet  Attica,  quae  etiam  Atthis  vocatur.     Ibi  Athenae, 

Grammars.—*  308,  639.— c  399,  r.  iv. :  826,  r.  xxxii.— d  676, 
1155.—*  627,  1,  1st.— *  535,  r.  xxxiv.:  889,  r.  xlvii. 

Idioms.— b  97,  1.— •  37,  2d,  and  Note.—s  104,  1.— h  123,  3 


NATIONS    OF   ANTIQUITY.  1C3 

dc  qua  urbc  deos  inter  se  certasse  fama  est.  Certius  est a 
liullun  unquani  urbem  totpoetas  tulisse,totoratorcs,tot 
philosftplios,  totque  in  omni  virtutis  genere  claros  viros. 
Res  autem  bello  easb  gessit,uthuic  solic  gloriaed  studere 
videretur ;  pacisque  artes  ita  excoluit,  ut  hac  laude  magis 
etiain  quam  belli  gloria  splenderet.  Arx  ibi  sive  Acro- 
polis c  urbi  immmens,  unde  latus  in  mare  prospectus  pa- 
tet.  Per  propylaea  ad  earn  adscendTtur,f  splendidum  Pe- 
riclis  opus.  Cum  ipsa urbe per  longos muros conjunctus 
est  port  us  Piraecus,  post  bellum  PersTcum  secundum  a 
Themist5cle  munitus.     Tutissima  ibi  statio*  navium. 

30.  Atttcam  attingit  Boeotia,  fertilissima  regio.  Inco- 
lae  magis  corporibus  s  valent  quam  ingeniis.  Urbs  cele- 
berrtma  Thebae,e  quas  AmphTon  musicesh  ope  moenibus 
cinxisse  dicTtur.  IllustraviteamPindaripoet»ingenium, 
Epaminondae  virtus.  Monse  ibi  Helicon,  Musarum  sedes, 
et  Cithaeron  plurimis  poetarum  fabulis  celebratus. 

31.  Boeotiae  Phocis  finitima,e  ubi  Delphi  urbs  claris- 
sTma.  In  qua  urbe  oraculum  ApollTnis  quantam [  apud 
omnes  gentes  auctoritatem  habuerit,  quot'  quamque 
praeclara  munera  ex  omni  fere  terrarum  orbe  Delphosi 
missa  meruit,  nemo  ignorat.  ImmTnet  urbi  Parnassus 
inons,  in  cujus  verticibus  Musae  habitare  dicuntur,k 
unde  aqua  fontis  Castalii  poetarum  ingetiia  inflammare 
existiiuntur.k 

32.  Cum  ea  parte  Graeciae,  quam  hactenus  descripsT- 
mus,  cohaeret  ingens  peninsula,  quae  Peloponnesus  voca- 
tur,  platani  folio l  simillTma.     Augustus  ille  trames  inter 

\mmars.— d  403.  r.  v. :  831,  r.  xxxiii.— •  308,  639.—*  535,  r. 
xxxiv. :  889,  r.  xlvii. — h  62,  52.— '  627;  5  :  1182,  r.  lxxxvii.— 
J  553,  r.  xxxvil :  938,  r.  Ivii. — k  676,  1155.— l  382,  r.  xvi. :  860, 
r.  xl. 

Idioms. — *  51,  2. — b  28,  1. — •  16,  4. — f  Sup.  a  hominibus  ;  and  67,  2 


164  THE    GEOGRAPHY   AND   THE 

^Egagum  mare  et  Ionium,  per  quern  cum  Megaride  coha> 
ret,  Isthmus  appellatur.  In  eo  templum  Neptiini  est,  ad 
quod  ludi  celebrantur  IsthmTci.  Ibidem  in  ipso  Pelopon- 
nesi  aditu,  Corinthus  sita  est,  urbs  antiquissima,ex  cujus 
summaa  arce,  (Aerocorinthon b  appellant,)  utrumque 
mare  conspicitur.  Quum  opibus  floreret,c  maritimisque 
valeret  copiis,  gravia  bella  gessit.  In  bello  Achaico,  quod 
Bomani  cum  Graecis  gesserunt,  pulcherrima  urbs,  quam 
Cicero  Graeciae  lumen  appellat,  a  L.  Mummio  expug- 
natad  funditusque  deleta  est.  Restituit  earn  Julius 
Caesar,  colonosque e  ed  milites  veteranos  misit. 

83.  Nobilis  est  in  Peloponneso  urbs  Olympia  tempi© 
Jovis  Olympii  ac  statua  illustris.  Statuaf  ex  ebore  facta, 
Phidiae  summi  artificis  opus  praestantissimum.  Prope  s 
illud  templum  ad-  Alphei  flumTnis  ripas  ludi  celebrantur 
Olympici,  ad  quosvidendosh  ex  totaGraeciaconcurntur.1 
Ab  his  ludis  Graeca  gens  res  gestas  suas  numerat. 

34.  Nee  Sparta  praetereundai  est,  urbs  nobilissima, 
quam  Lycurgi  leges,  civiumque  virtus  et  patientia  illus- 
travit.k  Nulla  ferS  gens  bellica  laude ]  magis  floruit, 
pluresque  viros  fortes  constantesque  genuit.  Urbi  im- 
minet  mons  TaygStus,  qui m  usque  ad  Arcadiam  pro- 
currit.  Proximo  urbem  s  Eurotas  fluvius  delabitur,  ad 
cujus  ripas  Spartani  se  exercere  solebant.  In  sinum 
LaconTcum  effunditur.  Haud  procul  inde  abest  pro- 
montorium  Taenarum,  ubi  altissimi  specus,  per  quos 
Orpheum  ad  inferos  descendisse  n  narrant. 

35.  Mare  iEgaeum,  inter0  Grseciam  Asiamque  patens, 

Grammars.— b  74,  68.— c  631,  1244,  r.  xciv.— •  440,  715.— f  308, 
639.— *  611,  (ad) :  992.—*  313,  644.— l  535,  r.  xxxiv. :  889,  r. 
xlvii. 

Idioms.— a  11,  2.— d  115,  1.— h  112,  1.— >  Sup.  ab  hominibus;  67,  2.— 
j  108,  l.—m  35,  1.—°  97,  1.—°  123,  3. 


NATIONS    OF   ANTIQUITY.  165 

plurimis  insulis  distinguitur.  Illustrcs  inter  cas  sunt 
lades,  sic  appellatae,  quia  in  orbem  jacent.  Media  ea- 
ruma  est  Delus,  quae  repente  e  mari  enata  esse  dicitur. 
In  ea  insula  Latona  Apolllnem  et  Dianam  peperit,quae 
numiiia  ibi  una  cum  matre  summa  religione  coluntur. 
Urbi  irnminet  Cynthus,  nions  excelsus  et  arduus.  Ino- 
pus  amnis  pariter  cum  Nilo  decrescere  et  augeri  diclftur. 
Mercatus  in  Delo  celebemmus,  quod  ob  portus  commod- 
itatem  templlque  religionem  mercatores  ex  totoorbe  ter- 
rarum  ed  confl  uebant.  Eandem  ob  causam  civitates  Grae- 
ci®,  post  secundum  PersTcum  bellum,  tributa  ad  belli 
usura  in  earn  insulam,  tanquam  in  commune  totiusGrae- 
ciae  aerarium,  conferebant ;  quam  pecuniam  insequcnti 
tempore  Athenienses  in  suam  urbem  transtulerunt. 

$6.  Eubcea  insula  littorib  Bceotiae  et  Atticae  praetend- 
jftur,  angusto  freto  a  continenti  distans.  Terras  motu  a 
Boeotia  avulsa  esse  creditur;  saepiiis  earn  concussam 
constat.  Frctum,  quo  a  Graeci&  sejungitur,  vo- 
catur  EurTpus,  sasvum  et  aestuosum  mare,  quod  con- 
tin  no  motu  agitatur.  Nonnulli  dicunt  septies  quovis 
die  statis  temporibus  fluctus  alterno  motu  agitari;  alii 
hoc  negant,  dicentes,  mare  ternere  in  venti  modum  hue 
ill ue  moveri.  Sunt,  qui  narrent,d  Aristotelem  philos- 
npl nun,  quia  hujus  miraculi  causas  investigare  non  pos- 
set,"' aegritudme  coulee  turn  esse. 

ol.  Jam  ad  Boreales  iv<iir>iiespergamus.r  Supra  Ma- 
cedoniam  Thracia  ])orrigTtur  a  Ponto  EuxTno  usque  ad 
Illyriam.  Regio  frigida  et  in  iis  tantum  partibus  foecun- 
diur,qiiae  propriores  sunt  mari.  Pomif  era)  arbores  rara3 ; 
(requentioresvites ;  sed  uvae  non  maturescunt,nisi  f'rigus 
Btudiose*  arcetur.    Sola  Thasus,  insula  littori  Thraciae 

vMMAHS.— *  355,  r.  x.:  771,  r.  xix.— »  522, 1075.—*  636,  r.i.~: 
7?vr.— e  656,  1201,  r.  ci.— '  171,  1  :  1193,  r.  lxxxviii. 

Idioms.—6  97,  1.— f  77,  7. 


166  THE    GEOGRAPHY    AND    THE 

adj&cens,  vino  excellit.  Amnes  sunt  celeberrimi  He- 
brus,  ad  quem  Orpheus  a  Maenadibus  discerptus  esse 
dicitur,  Nestus  et  Strymon.  Montes  altissTmi,  Haemus, 
ex  cujus  vertice  Pontus  et  Adria  conspicitur ;  Rhodope 
et  Orbelus. 

38.  Plures  Thraciam  gentes  ineolunt  nominibus  di- 
versae  et  moribus.  Inter  has  Getae  omnium  sunt  fero- 
cissimi  et  ad  mortem  paratissimi.a  Animas  enim  post 
mortem  redituras  existimant.  Recens  nati  apud  eos 
deflentur;  funera  autem  cantu  lusiique  celebrantur. 
Plures  singuli b  uxores  habent.  Has  omnes,  viro  de- 
functo,  mactari  simulque  cum  eo  sepeliri  cupiunt,  mag- 
noque  id  certamine  a  judicibus  c  contendunt.  Virgines 
non  a  parentibus  traduntur  viris,  sed  aiit  publice  du- 
cendae  d  locantur,  aut  veneunt.  Formosa^  in  pretio  sunt; 
ceterae  marltos  mercede  data  inveniunt. 

39.  Inter  urbes  Thraciae  memorabile  est  Byzantium, 
ad  Bosporum  Thracium,  urbs  natura  munita  et  arte, 
quae,  ciime  ob  soli  fertilitatem,  turn  ob  vicinitatem  ma' 
ris,  omnium  rerum,  quas  vita  requirit,  copi^,  abundat. 
Nee  Sestos  prastereunda  est  silentio,  urbs  ad  Hellespon- 
tum  posita,  quam  amor  Herus  et  Leandri  memorabllem 
reddidit;  nee  Cynossema,  tumulus  Hecubas,  ubi  ilia, 
post  Trqjam  dirutam/  in  canem  mutata  et  sepulta  esse 
dicitur.  Nomen  etiam  habet  in  iisdem  regionibus  urbs 
JEnos,  ab  iEnea  e  patria  profugo  condita;  Zone,  ubi 
nemora  Orpheum  canentem  secuta  esse  narrantur ;  Ab- 
dera  demque,  ubi  Diomedes  rex  advenas  equis  suis 
devorandosd  objiciebat,  donee  ipse  ab  Hercule  iisdem 
objectus  est.  Quae  s  urbs  quum  ranarum  muriumque 
multitudine  infestaretur,  incSlae,  relictoh  patriae  solo, 

Grammars.—"  386,  865.—*  511,  737.—*  684,  1357. 


Idioms.— b  26,  6.— d  107,  1.— e  124,  8.— &  38,  1.— h  104,  1. 


NATIONS    OF    ANTIQUITY.  1G7 

novas  sedes  quaesiverunt.  Hos  Cassander,  rex  Mace- 
donia, in  societatem  accepisse,  agrosque  in  extreniaa 
Macedonia  assignasse  dicitur. 

40.  Jam  de  Scythis  pauca  dicenda  sunt.  Terminatur 
Scythia  ab  uno  latere  Ponto  Euxino,  ab  altero  montibus 
Rhipaeis,  a  tergo  Asia  et  Phaside  flumine.  Vasta  regio 
nullis  fere  intus  finibus  dividitur.  Scythae  enim  nee 
agrum  exercent,  nee  certas  sedes  habent,  sed  armenta  et 
pecQra  pascentcs  per  incultas  solitudines  errare  solent. 
Uxores  liberosque  secum  in  plaustris  vehunt.  Lacte  et 
melle  vescuntur ;  aurum  et  argentum,  cujus  nullus  apud 
eos  usus  est,  aspernantur.    Corpora  pellibus  b  vestiunt. 

41.  Diversae  sunt  Scytharum  gentes,  diverslque  mores. 
Sunt,  qui  funera  parentum  festis  sacrificiis  celebrent,c 
eorumque  capitibus d  affabre*  expolitis  auroque  vinctis 
pro,  poeiilis  utantur.  Agathyrsi  ora  et  corp5ra  pingunt, 
idque e  tanto*  magis,  quanto  quis  illustrioribus  gaudet 
majoribus.  Ii,  qui  TaurTcam  Chersonesum  incolunt, 
antiquissTmis  temporibus  advenas  Dianae  mactabant. 
Interius  habitantes  ceteris  f  rudiores  sunt.  Bella  amant, 
et  quo?  quis  plures  hostcs  interemerit,  ebs  majore  ex- 
istimatione  apud  suosh  habetur.  Ne  foedera  quidem  in- 
cruenta  sunt.  Sauciant  se  qui  paciscuntur,  sanguinem- 
que  permistum  degustant.  Id  fidei  pignus  certissimum 
esse  putant. 

42.  Maxima  fluminum  Scythicorum  sunt  Ister,  qui  et 
Danubius  vocatur,  et  Borystheues.  De  Istro  supra  dic- 
tum est.'1     Borysthenes,  ex  ignotis  fontibus  ortus,  liqui- 

*  Tanto  magis  quanto  quis :  literally,  "  more  by  so  much  as  any  one," 
(Gr.  580.  9.30),  i.  e.,  "  in  proportion  as,"  Sec. 

Grammars.— b  514,  r.  xxxi. :  91  J,  r.  1.— c  631,  r.  i  1244,  r. 
xciv— d  484,  r.  xxvi. :  880,  r.  xliv.— i  223,  3 :  453, 

Idioms.—*  17,  1.— *  7,  4.—*  Sup.  faciunt.— r  6,  3.— *  22,  4,  and  44,  7 
-US*  3. 


168  THE    GEOGRAPHY   AND   THE 

dissimas  aquas  trahit  et  potatua  jucundas.  PlacTdus 
idem  laetissima  pabula  alit.  Magno  spatio  navigabilis 
juxta  urbem  Borysthenida  b  in  Pontum  effunditur. 

43.  Ultra  Rhipseos  montes  et  Aquilonem  gens  habitare 
existiniatur  felicissima,  Hyperboreos c  appellant.  Regio 
aprica,felix  coeli  temperies  omnlque  afnatud  noxio  carens. 
Semel  in  anno  sol  iis  oritur  solstitio,e  bruma  semcl  occi- 
dit.  Incolae  in  nemoribus  et  lucis  habitant;  sine  omni 
discordia  et  gegritudine  vivunt.  Quum  vitae f  eos  taedet, 
epulis  sumptis  s  ex  rupe  se  in  mare  precipitant.  Hoc 
enim  sepulture  genus  beatissimum  esse  existimant. 

44.  Asia  ceteris  terre  partibus  h  est  amplior.  Ocea- 
nus  earn  alluit,  ut  locis  ita  nominibus  difFerens  ;  Eous 
ab  orientc,  a  meridie  Indicus,  a  septentrione  Scythicus. 
Asia3  nomine  appellatur  etiam  peninsula,  qua3  a  mari 
iEgaso  usque  ad  Armeniam  patet.  In  hac  parte  est 
Bitliynia  ad  Propontidem  sita,  ubi  Granicus  in  mare 
effunditur,  ad  quern  amnem  Alexander,  rex  Macedo- 
nia3,  primam  victoriam  de  Persis  reportavit.  Trans 
ilium  amnem  sita  est  Cyzicus  in  cervice  peninsiila3, 
urbs  nobilissima,  a  Cyzico  appcllata,  qui  in  illis  region- 
lbus  ab  Argonautis  pugna  occisus  est.  Haud  procul 
ab  ilia  urbe  Rliyndacus  in  mare  effunditur,  circa  quern 
angues  nascuntur,  non  solum  ob  magnitudinem  mirabi- 
les,  sed  etiam  ob  id,  quod,  quum  ex  aquli  emergunt  et 
hiant,  supervolantes  aves  absorbent. 

45.  Propontis  cum  Ponto  jungitur  per  Bosporum,1 

quodfretumquinque  stadia  J  latum  Europumab  Asia  sep- 

Srat.  Ipsisk  infaucibus  BospSri  oppidum  est  Chalcedon,1 

Grammars.— a  716,  r.  hriv.:  1365,  r.  cvii— b  90,  4:  127.— 
•  440.— d  480,  r.  xxv.:  907,  r.  xlix— •  565,  r.  xl.  :  949,  r.  lx.— 
'  419,  805,  r.  xxvi.— {  545,  870.—  J  5Y3,  r.  xlii.:  958,  r.  Ixii. 

Idioms.—*  114,  2.— c  Sup.  quam.—f  66,  5.— e  104,  I.—*  6,  3.—*-  32, 
6. — l  Sup.  condiia. 


NATIONS    GF   ANTIQUITY.  169 

ab  Argi&,  Megarensium  principe,  et  templum  Jovis,  ab 
Jasone  conditum.  Fontus  ipse  ingens  est  maris  sinus, 
non  molli a  neque  arenoso  circumdatus  littore,  tempes- 
taiTbus1*  obnoxius,  raris  stationibus.c  Olim  ob  sawita- 
tem  populorum,  qui  circa  habitant,  Axenus  appellatus 
fuisse  dicitur;  postea,  niollltis  illoruni  moribus,  dictus 
est  EuxTnus. 

46.  In  littore  Ponti,  in  Mariandynorum  agro,  urbs 
est  Heraclea,  ab  Hercule,  ut  fertur,  condita.  Juxta 
earn  spelunca  est  Acherusia,  quam  ad  Manes  perviam 
esse  exist!mant.'J  Hinc  CerbSrus  ab  Hercule  extractus 
fuisse  dicitur.  Ultra  fluvium  Thermodonta  Mossyni 
habitant.  Hi  totum  corpus  distinguunt  notis.  Reges 
suffragio  elTgunt;  eosdem  in  turre  lignea  inclusos  arc- 
tisslme*  custodiunt,  et,  si  quid  perpSram  imperitaverint,0 
media  totius  diei  afficiunt.  Extremum  Ponti  angulum 
Colchi  tenent  ad  PhasTdem ;  quae f  loca  fabula  de  vel- 
lere  aureo  et  Argonautarum  expeditio  illustravit. 

47.  Inter  provincias  Asiaa  proprie  dictae  illustris  est 
Ionia,  in  duodecim  civitatesdivlsa.  Inter  eas  est  Miletus, 
belli  pacisque  artibus  inclyta;  elque  vicmumPanionium, 
sacra  regio,  qud  omncs  Ionum  civitates  statis  tcmportbus 
legator  solebant  mittere.  Nulla  facile  s  urbs  plures  colo- 
nias  niisit,  quam  Miletus.  EphSsi,  quamf  urbem  Amaz5- 
n<'<  eondidis86  traduntur,  templum  est  Dianae,quod  sep- 
tem  mundi  mirarulis  annumerari  solet.  Totius  templi 
loimitudo  est  quadringentorum  viginti  quinque  pedum,e 
latitudo  duceiitorum  viginti;  columnae  centumviginti  sep- 
tan nuniero,  srxauinta  pedum  altitudme;h  ex  iis  triginta 
sex  cselatae.     OpSri'  praefuit  Chersiphron  architectus. 

vumars.— k  382,  r.  xvi.  :  8iSO,  r.  ad.— c  339,  r.  vii. :  757,  r 
xvi.— d  305,  G3<>.— *  305,  636.— *  591,  3d  :  1003.  — h  535,  r 
xxxiv. :  $89,  r.  xlvii.— •  393.  r.  i.  :  820,  r.  xxix. 

Idioms.—  *  1G,  6.— c  U.  0.— f  37,  4. 

±5 


170  THE    GEOGRAPHY   AND   THE 

48.  ^Eolis  olim  Mysia  appellata,a  et,  ubi  Hellespon- 
tum  attingit,  Troas.  Ibi  Ilium  fuit  si  turn  ad  radices  mon- 
tis  Idae,  urbs  bello,  quod  per  decern  annos  cum  universal 
Graeeia  gessit,  clarissima.  Ab  Idaeo  monte  Scamander 
defiuit  et  SimSis,  amnes  fama  quam  natura  majores. 
Ipsum  montem  certamen  dearum  Paridisque  judicium 
illustrem  reddidit.  In  littore  clarae  sunt  urbes  Rhoeteum 
et  Dardania;  sed  sepulcrum  Ajacis,  qui  ibi  post  certa- 
men cum  Ulysse  gladio  incubuit,  utraqueb  clarius. 

49.  Iombusc  Cares  sunt  finitimi,  poptilus  armorumd 
belllque  aded  amans,  ut  aliena  etiam  bella  mercede  ac- 
cepta  gereret.e  Princeps  Cariae  urbsa  Halicarnassus, 
Argivorum  colonia,  regum  sedes  olim.  Unus  eorum 
Mausolus  fuit.  Qui f  quum  vita  s  defunctus  esset,  Ar- 
temisia conjux  desiderio  mariti  flagrans,  ossa  ejus  cin- 
eresque  contusa  cum  aqua  miscuit  ebibitque,  splendi- 
dumque  praeterea  sepulcrum  exstruxit,  quod  inter  sep- 
tem  orbis  terrarum  miracula  censetur. 

50.  Cilicia  sita  est  in  intimo  recessu  maris,  ubi  Asia 
propria  sic  dicta  cum  Syria  conjungitur.  Sinus  ille  ab 
urbe  Isso  Issici  nomen  habet.  Fluvius  ibi  Cydnus  aqua  h 
limpidissim&  et  frigidissima,  in  quo  Alexander  Macedo 
quum  lavaret,1  parum  abfuit,  quin  frigore  enecaretur.J 
Antrum  Corycium  in  iisdem  regiombus  ob  singularem 
naturam  memorabtle  est.  Ingenti  illud  hiatu  patet  in 
monte  arduo,  alteque  demissum  undique  viret  lucis  pen- 
dentibus.  Ubi  ad  imak  perventum  est,1  rursus  aliud 
antrum  aperitur.  Ibi  sonitus  cymbalorum  ingredientesk 

Grammars.—*  308,  639.— c  382,r.  xvi. :  860,  r.  xl.— -d  349,  r.  ix. 
765,  r.  xviii.— e  627,  1,  1st :  1220.--*  ±84,  r.  xxvi. :  880,  r.  xliv. 
— h  339,  r.  vii.  :  757  9   r.  xvi.  —  4  631,   1244,  r.  xciv.— i  627,   3: 
1282,  r.  xcix.  

Idioms.— b  Sup.  urbe.— {  39,  1.— k  19,  6,  and  19,  1.— l  67,  5. 


NATIONS    OF    ANTIQUITY.  171 

terrere  dicitur.     Totus  hie  specus  augustus  est  et  vera 
sacer,  et  a  diis  habitari  existhnatur. 

51.  E  Cilicia  egressosa  Syria  excTpit,  cujus  pars  est 
PhcenTce  in  littftre  maris  interni  posita.  Hanc  regio- 
nem  sollers  hominum  genus  colit.  PhcenTces  enim  lit- 
terftrum  formas  a  se  inventas  aliis  populis  tradiderunt ; 
alias  etiam  artes,  quae  ad  navigationem  et  mercaturam 
speetant,  studiose  coluerunt.  Ceterum  fertilis  regio b 
crebrisque  fluminTbus  rigata,  quorum  ope  terras  maris- 
que  opes  facili  negotio  inter  se c  permutantur.  Nobi- 
lissimae  Phoenlces  urbes  Sidon,  antequam  a  Persis  cape- 
retur,  maritimarum  urbium  maxima ;  et  Tyrus,  aggSre 
cum  terra  conjuncta.  Purpura b  hujus  urbis  omnium 
pretiosissima.  ConficTtur  ille  color  ex  succo  in  conchis, 
qme  etiam  purpuras  vocantur,  latente. 

52.  Ex  Syria  descenditurd  in  Arabiam,  peninsulam 
inter  duo  maria,  Rubrum  et  PersTcum,  porrcctam.  Hu- 
jus ea  pars,  quae  ab  urbe  Petra  Petraeae  nomen  accepit, 
plane  est  sterTlis ;  hanc  excTpit  ea,  quae  ob  vastas  solitu- 
dTnes  Deserta  vocatur.  His  partTbus  adhaeret  Arabia 
Felix,  regio  angusta,  sed  cinnami,6  thuris,  aliorumque 
odorttm  feracissTma.  Mnltae  ibi  gentes  sunt,  quae  fixas 
s»mIos  non  habeant/  Nonutdes  a  Graecis  appellatae.  Lac- 
te?  et  carne  ferlna  vescuntur.  Multi  etiam  Ar&bum 
populi  latrociniiss  vivunt.  Primus  e  Romanis  iElius 
Gallus  in  hanc  terrain  cum  exercitu  penetravit. 

53.  Camelos  inter  armentapascitOriens.  Duoharum 
sunt  genera,  Bactrianae  et  Arabiae.  Illae  h  bina  habent  in 
demo  tubera,  hae1'  singula;  unum  autem  sub  pectore,  cui 
incuiubant.    Dentium  ordTne  *  superiore  carent.    Sitim 

Cuammabs.— b  308,  639.—'  118,  5:  1019.— ■•  349,  r.  ix. :  705, 
r.  xviii.— '  644— s  484,  r.  xxvi. :  880,  r.  xliv.— h  118,  3,  3d:  1028. 
■  480,  r.  xxv.  :  907,  r.  xlix. 

"dioms. — ■  19,  1.— d  G~,  0 


172  THE    GEOGRAPHY    AND    THE 

quatriduo  tolerant ;  aquam,  antequam  bibant,a  pedibus 
turbant.  Vivunt  quinquageiiis  annis;b  qtfaedam  etiam 
centenis. 

54.  Ex  Arabia  pervemtur  in  Babyloniam,  cui  Babylon 
nomen  dedit,  Chaldaicarum  gentium  caput,  urbs  et  mag- 
nitudme  et  divitiis  clara.  Semiramis  earn  condiderat, 
vel,  ut  multi  crediderunt,  Belus,  cujus  regia  ostenditur. 
Murus  exstructus  laterculoc  coctili,  triginta  et  duos 
pedes d  est  latus,  ita  ut  quadrigae  inter  see  occurentes 
sine  periculo  eommeare  dicantur ;  altitiido  ducentorum 
pedum ;  turres  autem  denis d  pedibus  f  quam  murus  al- 
tiores  sunt.  Totius  opens  ambitus  sexaginta  millia  pas- 
suum  complectitur.  Mediam  urbems  permeat  Euphra- 
tes. Arcem  habet  viginti  stadiorum  h  ambitu ;'  super  ea" 
pensiles  horti  conspiciuntur,  tantaeque  sunt  moles  tam- 
que  firmse,  ut  onera  nemorum  sine  detrimento  ferant. 

55.  AmplisstmaAsiaeregioJ  India  primum  patefacta  est 
armis  Alexandri  Magni,  regis  Macedoniae,  cujus  exem- 
plum  successores  secuti  in  interiorak  Indiae  penetrare- 
runt.  In  eo  tractu,  quern  Alexander  subegit,  quinque 
millia  oppidorum  fuisse,1  gentesque  novem,  Indiamque 
tertiam  partem  esse1"  terrarum  omnium,  ejus  comites 
scripserunt.  Ingentes  ibi  sunt  amnes*,  Indus  et  Indo  n 
major  Ganges.  Indus  in  Paropamiso  ortus  undeviginti 
amnes  recipit,  totidem  Ganges  interque  eos  plures  nav- 
igabTles. 

56.  Maxima  in  India  gignuntur  animalia.  Canes  ibi 
grandiores  ceteris.11  ArbSres  tantae  proceritatish  esse  tra- 
duntur,  ut  sagittis  superjaci  nequeant.  Hoc  efficit  uber* 

Grammars.—'  627,  4:  1238,  r.  xcii.— b  565,  r.  xli. :  949,  r.  lx. 
_c  541.— d  573,  r.  xiii. :  9£8,  r.  lxii.— e  118,  5:  1019.— (  579,  r. 
xliii.  :  929,  r.  iv.— *  613,  r.  lii. :  993,  r.  lxx.— h  339,  r.  vii.  :  757, 
r.  xvi.— *  535,  r.  xxxiv. :  889,  r.  xlvii.— i  2S1,  r.  i :  622. 

Idioms.— k  19,  6.->J)3,  2.— ■  96,  2— n  6,  3. 


NATIONS    OF   ANTIQUITY.  17& 

tas  soli,  tempcries  cceli,  aquarum  abundantia.  Inimanes 
quoque  serpentes  alit,  qui  elephantos  morsu  et  ambitu 
corpftris  conficiimt.  Solum  tarn  pingue  et  ferax,  ut 
meila  frondTbus  a  defluant,b  sylvae  lauas  ferant,b  arun- 
dfnum  iiiteruodia  fissa  cymbaruni  usum  prasbeant,  bi- 
nosque,  quaedam  etiam  ternos c  homines,  vehant. 

57.  Incolarum  habitus  moresque  diversi.  Linod  alii 
vestiuntur  et  lanis  arbSrum,  alii  ferarum  aviumque  pel- 
libus,  pars  nudi e  incedunt.f  Quidam  animalia  occidere 
eorumque  carnibus  vesci  nefas  s  putant ;  alii  piscibus 
tantum  aluntur.  Quidam  parentes  et  propinquos,  prius 
quam  annis  et  made  conficiantur,h  velut  hostias  caedunt 
eorumque  visceribus  >  epulantur ;  ubi  senectus  eos  mor- 
busve  invadit,  mortem  in  solitudine  aequo  ammo  ex- 
spectant.  Ii,  qui  sapientiam  profitentur,  ab  ortu  solis 
ad  occasum  stare  solent,  solem  immobilibus  oculis  intu- 
entes;  ierventTbus  arenisJ  toto  diek  alternis  pedibus1 
insist uut.  Mortem  non  exspectant,  sed  sponte  arces- 
sunt  in  rogos  incensos  se  praecipitantes. 

58.  MaxTnios  India  elephantos  gignit,  adeoque  feroces, 

ut  Afiri  elcphanti  illos  paveant,  nee  contueri  audeant.b 

Hoc  antnial  cetera  omnia  docilitate  superat.  Discunt  ar- 

majacere,gladiatorum  more  congre/di,saltareet  per  funes 

incedere.  Plinius  narrat,  Romae  unum  segnioris  ingenii"1 

saepius  castigatum  esse  verberibus,  quia  tardius"  accipie- 

bat,qua3  tradebantur;  eundem  repertum  esse  noctu  eadem 

medi  tan  tern.    Elephanti  gregatim  semper  ingrediuntur. 

Ducit  agmen  maxTmus  natu,°  cogit  is,  qui  astate  ei  est 

Grammars.—'  613,  r.  Hi.:  993,  r.  lxx.— b  627,  1,  1st.:  1220.-* 
524,  r.  :  1075.— ^  «9,  079.— f  316,  r.  ii :  048,  r.  iv.— »»  627,  4: 
395.—'  485.—*  611,  992,  (in.)— k  565,  r.  xli.:  949,  r.  lx.— I  542, 
r.  xxxv. :  873,  r.  xlii.— '"  339,  r.  vii. :  7&7»  r.  xvi.— •  113,  6,  Notn 
224  ;  and  535,  889,  r.  xlvii. 

Idioms.—0  26,  1. — *  51,  5.     Sup.  esse.—"  22,  3. 


174  THE   GEOGRAPHY   AND   THE 

proximus.  Amnem  transituri  mimmos  praemittunt.  Ca- 
piuntur  foveis.  In  has  ubi  elephas  deciderit,a  ceteri  ra- 
mos  congerunt,  aggeres  construunt,  omnique  vi  conan- 
tur  extrahere.  Domantur  fame  et  verbenbus.  Domiti 
militant  et  turres  b  armatorum  in  hostes  ferunt,  magna- 
que  ex  parte  Orientis  bella  conficiunt.  Totas  acies  pro- 
sternunt,  armatos  proterunt.  Ingens  dentibusc  pretium. 
In  Graecia  ebur  ad  deorum  simulacra  tanquam  pretio 
sissima  materia  adhibetur ;  in  extremisd  Africa)  postinm 
vicem  in  domiciliis  praebet,  sepesque  in  pecorum  stabu- 
lis  elephantorum  dentibuse  fiunt.  Inter  omnia  anima- 
lia f  maxim^  oderunt  s  murem.  Infestus  elephanto  etiam 
rhinoceros,  qui  nomen  habet  acornu,  quod  in  naso  gerit. 
In  pugna  maxim^  adversarii  alvum  petit,  quam  scit 
esse  molliorem.  Longitudme  elephantum  fer^  exae- 
quat ;  crura  multo  breviora ;  color  buxeus. 

59.  Etiam  Psittacos  India  mittit.  Haec  avis  huma- 
nas  voces  optime  reddit.  Quum  loqui  discit,  ferreo 
radio  verberatur,  aliter  enim  non  sentit  ictus.  Capiti h 
ejus  eMem  est  duritia,  quaa  rostro.h  Quum  devolat, 
rostro  se  excipit,  elque  innititur. 

60.  Testudmes  tantge  magnitudinis  Indicum  mare  emit- 
tit,ut  singularum  testis'1  casas  int^gantJ  Insulask  rubri 
praecipud  maris  his  navigant  cymbis.  Capiuntur  obdor- 
miscentes  in  summa  aqua,  id1  quod  proditur  stertentium 
sonitu.  Turn  terni  adnatant,  a  duobus  in  dorsum  verti- 
tur,  a  tertio  laqueus  injicitur,  atque  ita  a  pluribus  in  lit- 
t8re  stantibus  trahitur.  In  mari  testudmes  conchyliis  vi- 
vunt;  tanta  enim  oris  est  duritia,  ut  lapides  comminuant;i 

Grammaes.— »  627,  5:  1182,  r.  lxxxvii.— b  361,  r.  xL :  776,  r 
xx.— c  378,  r.  xv.:  870,  r.  xli.— •  541.—'  360,  775.—*  222,  Obs.  2. 
436.— b  394,  r.  ii. :  821,  r.  xxx.— i  514,  r.  xxxi. :  911,  r.  ].— J  627 
1, 1st :  1220.— k  553,  938,  r.  lvii. 

Idioms.— b  Sup.  plenas,  full.— d  19,  (parlibus.)—1  37,  9,  Note  3. 


NATIONS    OF   ANTIQUITY.  175 

in  terram  egressae,  herbis.a  Pariunt  ova  ovis  avium 
similia,  ad  centena  b  numero ;  eaque  extra  aquam  de- 
fossa  terra  cooperiunt. 

61.  Margarita)  IndTci  oceani  omnium0  maxime  lau- 
dantur.  Inveniuntur  in  conchis  scopulis  adhaerentTbus. 
Maxima  laus  est  in  candore,magnitudine,laevore,ponde'- 
re.  Hard  duae  inveniuntur,  quae  sibi  ex  omni  parte  sint 
similes.  Has  auribusd  suspendere,0  feminarum  est  glo- 
ria. Duos  maximos  uniones  Cleopatra,  JEgypti  reglna, 
habuisse  dicttur.  Horum  unum,  ut  Antonium  magnifi- 
centia  superiiret/  in  coenfi  aceto  solvit,  soliitum  hausit. 

G2.  .^Egyptus,  inter  Catabathmum  et  Arabas  posita,, 
a  plurimis  ad  Asiam  refertur ;  alii  Asiam  Arabico  sinu 
terminari  existtmant.  Haec  regio,  quanquam  expers  s 
est  imbrium,  mire  tamen  est  fertuis.  Hoe  Xilus  cfficit, 
omnium  fluviorum,  qui  in  mare  internum  effunduntur, 
maximus.  Hie  in  desertis  AfrTcae  oritur,  turn  ^Ethio- 
pia descendit  in  ^Egyptum,  ubi  de  altis  rupTbiis  pra3- 
cipitatus  usque  ad  ElephantTdem  urbem  fervens  adhuc 
dccurrit.  Turn  demum  fit  placidior.  Juxta  Cercaso- 
rum  oppidum  in  plures  amnes  dividitur,  et  tandem  per 
septem  ora  effunditur  in  mare. 

63.  Nilus,  nivibus  in  ^Ethiopia)  montibus  solutis,cres- 

cereincipit  Luna  nova  post  solstitium  per  quinquaginta 

fere  dies;  tottdemdiebusminuTtur.  Justum  incrementum 

estcubitorumh  sedecim.  Si  minores  sunt  aquae,non  omnia 

rigant.  Maximum  incrementum  fuitcubitorumh  duodcvi- 

ginti ;  miiiTnmm  quinque.   Quum  stetere  aquag,  aggeres 

aperiuntur,  et  arte  aqua  in  agros  immittYtur.  Quum  om- 

nis  recesserit,*    agri  irrigati  et  limo  obducti  seruntur. 

Grammars.— »  485,  996,  r.  lxxi.  (vivunt.)  — b  107,  11:  210.— 
•  600,  870,  r.  xli.— *  501,  r.  xxix. :  855,  r.  xxxix.— •  660,  r.  lvi.  : 
1147,  r.  lxxxii  — t  627,  1,  2d:  1207.— «  361,  r.  xi. :  770,  r.  xx. 

~±  339,  r.vii. :  757,  r.  xvi. 

Idiom. — •  74,  6. 


176  THE    GKOGHi-rMY    AND    THE 

64.  Nilus  crocodllum  alit,  belluam  quadrupSdem,  in 
terra  lion  minus  quam  in  numme  hominibus  infestam. 
Unum  hoc  animal  terrestre  linguae  usua  caret;  den- 
tium  plures  habet  ordmes ;  maxilla  inferior  est  immo- 
bilis.  Magnitudine  excedit  pier  unique  duodeviginti 
cubita.  Parit  ova  anserinis  b  non  majora.  Unguibus 
etiam  armatus  est,  et  cute  contra  omnes  ictus  invicta. 
Dies  in  terra  agit,  noctes  in  aqua.  Quum  satur  est,  et 
in  litt5re  somnum  capit  ore  hiante,  trochilus,  parva 
avis,  dentes  ei e  faucesque  purgat.  Sed  hiantem  conspi- 
catus  ichneumon,  per  easdem  fauces  ut  telum  aliquod 
immissus,  erodit  alvum.  Hebetes  oculos  dicitur  habere 
in  aqu&,  extra  aquam  acerrimos.  Tentyritae  in  insula 
Nili  habitantes,  dirae  huic  belluae  d  obviana  ire  audent, 
eamque  incredibili  audacia  expugnant. 

65.  Aliam  etiam  belluam  Nilus  alit,  hippopotamutn ; 
ungulis e  binis,  dorso e  equi  et  juba  et  hinnitu ;  rostro 
reslmo,  cauda  et  dentibus  aprorum.  Cutis  impenetra- 
bilis,  praeterquam  si  liumore  madeat.f  Primus  hippo- 
potamum  et  quinque  crocodllos  M.  Scaurus  aedilitatis 
suae  ludiss  Romae  ostendit. 

66.  Multa  in  ^Egypto  mira  sunt  et  artis  et  naturae  ope- 
ra. Inter  ea,  quae  mantbus  hominum  facta  sunt,  eminent 
pyramTdes,quarummaximae  sunt  et  celebemmae  in  mon- 
te  sterili  inter  Memphin  oppTdum  et  earn  partem  iEgypti, 
quae  Delta  vocatur.  AmplissTmam  earum  trecenta  sexa- 
ginta  sex  hominum  h  millia  annis  viginti  extruxisse  tra- 
duntur.  Haec  octo  jugera  soli  occupat ;  unumquodque 
latus  octingentos  octoginta  tres  pedes 5  longum  est ;  alti- 

Gr  vmmars.— a  480,  r.  xxv.:  907,  r.  xlix.— b  337,  756.— c  380, 
871.—*  600,  r.-xlvii.:  870,  r.  xli.— e  339,  r.  vii. :  757,  r.  xvi.— 
f  627,  1,  2d:  1220.—*  565,  r.  xl.  :  949,  r.  lx.— h  355,  r.  x.:  771, 
r.  xix. — I  573,  r.  xlii. :  958,  r.  lxii. 

Tdiom.— >  19,  (ovis,  6,  3.) 


NATIONS    OF    ANTIQUITY".  177 

tudo  a  cacumme  pedum a  quindecim  millium.  Intus  in 
ea  est  puteus  octoginta  sex  cubitorum.'1  Ante  has  py- 
ramides  Sphinx  est  posita  miras  magnitudmis.*  Capitis 
ambitus  centum  duos  pedes  habet ;  longitiido  est  pedum 
centum  quadraginta  trium ;  altitiido  a  ventre  usque  ad 
summum  capitis  apicem  sexaginta  duorum. 

67.  Inter  miraciila  JEgypti  commemoratur  etiam  Mce- 
ris  lacus,  quingenta  millia  b  passuum  in  circuitu  patens  ; 
Labyrinthus  ter  mille  domos  et  regias  duodecim  uno 
pariete  amplexus,  totus  marni6rec  exstructus  tectus- 
que ;  turris  denique  in  insula  Pharo,  a  Ptolemaso,  Lagi 
filio,  condita.  Ususd  ejus  navibuse  noctu  ignes  osten- 
dere  ad  praenuntianda f  vada  portusque  introitum. 

68.  In  palustribus  JEgypti  regionibus  papyrum  nasci- 
tur.  RadicTbus  incolae  pro  ligno  utuntur ;  ex  ipso  autem 
papyro  navigia  texunt,  e  libro  vela,  tegetes,  vestem  ac 
funes.  Succi  causa  etiam  mandunt  modd  crudum  modo 
decoct um.  Praeparantur  ex  eo  etiam  chartae.  Chartae  ex 
papyro  usus  post  Alexandri  demum  victorias  repertus  est. 
Primoenim  scriptum?  in  palinarum  foliis,  deinde  in  libris 
quarundam  arb5rum;  posteapublicamonimentaplumbe- 
is  tabulis1'  confici,aut  marmoribus'  mandari  ccepta  sunt. 
Tandem  aemulatio  regum  Ptolemaei  et  Eumenis  in  biblio- 
thecis  condendis  occasionem  dedit  membranas  Pergami 
inveniendi.  Ab  eo  inde  tempore  libri  moddJ  in  charta, 
ex  papyro  facta,  modo  in  membranis  scripti  sunt. 

oMJ.  Mores  incolarum  ^Egypti  ab  aliorum  populorum 
morlbus  vehementer  discrepant.  Mortuos  nee  cremant, 
nee  sepeliunt ;  verum  arte  medicatos  intra  penetralia  col- 

Grammars  — »  339,  r.  vii. :  757,  r.  xvi.— k  573,  r.  xlii. :  958,  r 
Ixii.— c  541.— d  308,  039.— *  501,  r.  xxxx.  :  855,  r.  xxxix.— h  611, 
{in.):  992.— *  522,  1075. 

Idioms.—'  112,  7.— *  67,  6.     Bup.  «et—  J  124.  12. 


178  THE    GEOGRAPHY    AND    THE 

lbcant.  Negotia  extra  domos  feminae,  viri  domes  et  res 
domesticas  curant ;  onera  illas  humeris,  hi  capitibus  ge- 
runt.  Colunt  effigies  multorum  animalium  et  ipsa  ani- 
malia.  Haec  interfecisse  a  capitale  est ;  morbo  exstincta 
lugent  et  sepelitint. 

70.  Apis  omnium  iEgypti  populorum  numen  est;  bos 
niger.cum  Candida  in  dextro  latere  macule ;  nodus  sub 
lingua^  quern  cantharum  appellant.  Non  fas  est  eum 
certos  vitae  annos  excedere.  Ad  hunc  vitae  terminum 
quum  pervenerit,  mersum  in  fonte  enecant.  Necatum 
lugent,  aliumque  quaerunt,  quern  ei  substituant;b  nee 
tamen  unquam  diu  quaeritur.  Delubra  ei  sunt  gemma, 
quae  thalamos  vocant,  ubi  populus  auguria  captat.  Al- 
teram c  intrasse  a  *  laetum  est ;  in  altero  dira  portendit. 
Pro  bono  etiam  habetur  signo,  si  e  manibus  consulen- 
tium  cibum  capit.  In  publicum  procedentem  grex 
puerorum  comitatur,  carmenque  in  ejus  honorem  ea- 
rning idque  videtur  intelligere. 

71.  Ultra  JEgyptum  iEthiSpes  habitant.  Horumpop- 
uli  quidam  Macrobii  vocantur,  quia  pauld  quam  nos  diu- 
tius  vivunt.  Plus  aurie  apud  eos  reperitur,  quam  aeris ; 
hanc  ob  causam  aes  illis  videtur  pretiosius.  ^Ere  se  ex- 
ornant,  vincula  auro f  fabricant.  Lacus  est  apud  eos, 
cujus  aqua  tarn  est  liquida  atque  levis,  ut  nihil  eorum, 
quae  immittuntur,  sustinere  queat ;  quare  arborum  quo- 
que  folia  non  innatant  aquae,  sed  pessum  aguntur. 

72.  Africa  ab  oriente  terminatur  Nilo ;  a  ceteris  parti- 
bus  mari.  Regiones  ad  mare  positae  eximi£  sunt  fertiles ; 
interiores  incultae  et  arenis  sterilibus  tectae,  et  ob  nimium 

*  (Apim,)  intrasse  alter  urn,  "for  Apis  to  have  entered  the  one,"  latum  est 
Grammars.—"  660,  r.  lvl :  1147,  r.  lxxxiL  — k  680,  1241.— 
317,  649.—*  343,  r.  viii. :  860,  r.  xL— f  541. 

Idiom. — c  19,  (thalamum.) 


NATIONS    OF    ANTIQUITY.  179 

calorem  desertae.  Prima  pars  ab  occidente  est  Maurita- 
nia. Ibi  mons  praealtus  Abyla,  Calpae  monti  in  Hispanic 
oppositus.  Hi  montes  columnar  Herculis  appellantur. 
Fama  est,  ante  Herciilem  mare  internum  terris  inclii- 
suni  fuisse,  nee  exitum  habuisse  in  Oceanum ;  Herculem 
autem  junctos  montes  diremisse  et  mare  junxisse  cum 
Oceano.  Ceterum  regio  ilia  est  ignobilis  et  parvis  tan- 
tum  oppidis  habitatur.     Solum  melius  quam  incolae. 

73.  Numidia  magis  culta  et  opulentior.  Ibi  satis 
longo  a  litttfre  intervallo  saxa  cernuntur  attrita  flucti- 
bus,  spinae  piscium,  ostreorumque  fragmenta,  ancorae 
etiam  cautibus  infixae,  et  alia  ejusmSdi  signa  maris  olim 
usque  ad  ea  loca  effusi.  Finitima  regio,  a  promontorio 
Metagonio  ad  aras  Philaenorum,  propria  vocatur  Africa. 
Urbes  in  e&  celeberrimae  UtTca  et  Carthago,  ambae  a 
Phcenicibus  conditae.  Carthaginem  divitiae,  mercatur& 
imprimis  comparatae,  turn  bella  cum  Romanis  gesta, 
excidium  denTque  illustravit.a 

74.  De  aris  Philaenorum  haec  narrantur.  Pertinacis- 
sima  fuerat  contentio  inter  Carthaginem  et  Cyrenas  de 
finibus.  Tandem  placuit,b  utrinque  eodem tempore juve- 
nes  mitti,  et  locum,  quo  convenissent,  pro  finibus  haberi. 
Carthaginiensium  legiiti,  Philaeni  fratres,  pauld  ante  tem- 
pus  constitutum  egressi  esse  dicuntur.  Quod  quum  Cyre- 
nensium  legati  intellexissent,  magnSque  exorta  esset  con- 
tentio, tandem  Cyrenenses  dixerunt,  se  turn  demum  hunc 
locum  pro  finibus  habituros  esse,  si  Philaeni  se  ibi  vivos 
obrui  passi  essent.  Illi  conditionem  acceperunt.  Car- 
thaginienses  autem  animosis  juvenibus  in  illis  ipsis  lo- 
cis,  ubi  vivi  sepulti  sunt,  aras  consecraverunt,  eorum- 
que  virtiitem  aeternis  honoribus  prosecuti  sunt* 

Grammar. — A  313,  644. 


Idiom.— b  51,  5.    Sup.  ilMs,  80,  2. 


180  THB    GEOGRAPHY   AND    THE 

75.  Inde  ad  Catabathmum  CyrenaTca  porrigltur,  ubi 
Ammonis  oraculum  et  ferns  quidam,  quern  Solis  esse a 
dicunt.  Hie  fons  media  nocte  fervet,b  tuin  paulatim  te- 
pescit ;  sole  oriente  fit  frigidus ;  per  meridiem  maxime 
riget.  Catabathmus  vallis  est  devexa  versus  ^Egyptum. 
Ibi  finitur  Africa.  Proximi  his  populi  urbes  non  habent, 
sed  in  tuguriis  vivunt,  quae  mapalia  vocantur.  Vulgus 
pecudum  vestitur  pellibus.c  Potus  est  lac  succusque 
baccarum;  cibus  caro.  Interiores  etiam  incultius  vi- 
vunt. Sequuntur  greges  suos,  utque  hi  pabulo  ducun- 
tur,  ita  illi  tuguria  sua  prombvent.  Leges  nullas  habent, 
nee  in  commune  consultant.  Inter  hos  Troglodytae  in 
specubus  habitant,  serpentibusque  aluntur. 

76.  Ferarum  Africa  feracissima.  Pardos,  pantheras, 
leones  gignit,  quod  belluarum  genus  Europa  ignorat. 
Leoni d  praecipua  generositas.  Prostratis  parcere  dici- 
tur;  in  infantes  nonnisi  summi  fame  saevit.  AnTmi 
ejus  index e  cauda,  quam,  dum  placidus  est,  immotam 
servat ;  dum  irascitur,  terram  et  se  ipsum f  ea  flagellat. 
Vis e  summa  in  pect5re.  Si  fugere  cogitur,  contemptim 
cedit, quam  diu  spectari  potest;  in  silvis- acerrimo  cursu 
fertur.?  Vulneratus  percussorem  novit,h  et  in  quanta- 
libet  multitudme  appetit.  Hoe  tarn  saevum  animal  gal- 
linacei  cantus  terret.  Domatur  etiam  ab  hominibus. 
Hanno  Pcenus  primus  leonem  mansuefactum  ostendisse 
dicitur.  Marcus  autem  Antonius  triumvir  primus,  post 
pugnam  in  campis  Philippicis,  Romae  leones  ad  currum 
junxit. 

77.  Struthiocameli  Africi  altitudmem  equitis  equo' 

Grammaes.— a  319,  r.:  666,  r.  vi  Sup.  foniem.— h  157,  1  :  1081. 
—c  524,  r.  v. :  1075,  r.  lxxiv.— d  394,  r.  ii.  :  821,  r.  ixx.-«  308, 
639.—*  399,  r.  iv. :  826,  r.  xxxii. 

Idioms.—'  33, 1.— *  116,  3.—*  84,  3. 


NATIONS    OF   ANTIQUITY.  181 

insidentis  exaequant,  celeritatem  vincunt.  Pennae  ad 
hoc  demum  videntur  datae,  ut  currentes  adjtivent;  nam 
a  terra  tolli  non  possunt.  Ungiilae  cervinis  a  sunt  sim- 
iles. His  in  fuga  comprehendunt  lapides,  eosque  con- 
tra sequentes  jaculantur.  Omnia  concoquunt.  Cet6- 
rum  magna  iis  b  stoliditas,  ita  ut,  quum  caput  et  colluin 
frutice  occultaverint,  se  latere  existiment.c  Pennae 
eorum  quaeruntur  ad  ornatum. 

78.  Africa  serpentes  generat  vicenumd  cubitorum;e 
nee  minores  India.  Certe*  MegasthSnes  scribit,  serpen- 
tes ibi  in  tantam  magnitudinem  adolescere,  ut  solidos 
hauriant  cervos  taurosque.  In  primo  Punico  bello  ad 
flumen  Bagradum  serpens  centum  viginti  pedum e  a 
Regtilo,  imperator©  Romano,  ballistis  et  tormentis  ex- 
pugnata  esse  fertur.  Pellis  ejus  et  maxillae  diu  Romae 
in  templo  quodam  asservatae  sunt.  In  India  serpentes 
perpetuum  bellum  cum  elephantis  gerunt.  Ex  arbori- 
bus  se  in  praetereuntes f  praecipTtant  gressusque  ligant 
nodis.  Hos  nodos  elephanti  manu  resolvunt.  At  dra- 
cones  in  ipsass  elephantorum  nares  caput  condunt  spi- 
ritumque  praecludunt;  plerumque  in  ilia  dimicatione 
utrlque  commoriuntur,  dum  victus  elephas  corruensh 
serpentem  pondere  suo  elidit. 

Grammabs.— »  337,  756.— h  394,  r.  ii. :  821,  r.  xxx.-«  627,  1, 
1st :  1220.-*  339,  r.  vii. :  757,  r.  xvi.— h  688,  1350,  r.  cv. 

Idioms.—*  18,  (ungvtia).— *  26,  1.— f  19,  (illos). — *  32,  6 

16 


DICTIONARY. 


lATLAXATION  OF  ABBREVIATIONS. 

adj. 

adjective 

fr- 

from 

obsol. 

obsolete. 

adv 

adverb. 

freq 

frequentative. 

ord. 

ordinal. 

app. 

appendix. 

xnr 

inceptive. 

part. 

participle. 

e. 

common  gender. 

ind. 

indeclinable. 

pass. 

passive. 

con] 

conjunction. 

imp. 

impersonal. 

pi. 

plural. 

cotnpar 

comparative. 

int. 

interjection. 

prep. 

preposition. 

d 

doubtful  gender. 

intr. 

intransitive. 

pret. 

preteritive. 

def. 

defective 

irr. 

irregular. 

pro. 

pronoun. 

dtp 

deponent. 

m. 

masculine. 

rel. 

relative. 

dim. 

diminutive 

n. 

neuter. 

subs. 

substantive 

dis. 

distributive. 

neut. 

pass 

neuter  passive. 

sup. 

superlative. 

A 

feminine 

num. 

numeral. 

tr. 

transitive. 

comp.  compared  regularly  as  directed,  §  25,  '-iltG. 

id.  derived  from  the  same  word  as  the  preceding. 

Numbers  in  Roman  figures  alone  refer  to  paragraphs  in  Bullions' s  Latin  Grammar. 

§,  with  a  number  in  Roman  figures,  refers  to  the  section  of  that  number  in  Bui- 
lions' s  Latin  Grammar. 

Numbers  in  heavy-faced  figures  refer  to  paragraphs  in  Bullions  &  Morris's  Latin 
Grammar. 

Id.  (Idioms)  refers  to  the  Introduction,  in  this  work,  concerning  Latin  idioms. 

/,  Words  marked  m.  f.  n.  c.  d.,  denoting  gender,  are  nouns,  and  their  declension  is 
known  by  the  ending  of  the  genitive,  placed  next  after  the  word,  according  to  §  8,  44. 

Words  conjugated  are  verbs,  and  their  conjugation  is  known  by  the  vowel  before  rf 
in  the  infinitive,  according  to  184,  3,  271. 


A.  an  abbreviation  of  Aulus. 

A,  ab,  al»s  prep,  from,  by,(nh\.) 
ab  oriente,  on  the  east :  a 
meridie,  on  the  south. 

Abdera,  re,  f.  a  maritime  town 
of  Thrace. 

Abdftus,  a,  urn,  part,  &  adj. 
removed;  hidden;  conceal- 
ed ;  secret;  from 

Abdo,  abdSre,  abdidi,  abdl- 
tum,  tr.  (ab  &  do,)  to  re- 
move from  view ;  to  hide; 
to  conceal. 

Abduco,  abducere,  abduxi, 
abductum,  tr.  (ab  &  duco,) 
to  lead  away. 

Abductus,  a,  urn,  part,  (abdu- 
co ) 

Abeo,  ablre,  abii,  abitum,  intr. 


irr.  (ab  &  eo,)  to  go  away; 

to  depart. 
Aberro,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 

(ab  &  erro,)   to  stray;  to 

wander;  to  lose  the  way. 
Abjectus,  a,  urn,  part,  from 
Abjicio,  abjicere,  abjtlci,  abjec- 

tum,  tr.    (ab  &  jacio,)  to 

cast  from;  to  cast  away; 

to  throw  aside. 
Abluo,  ere,  i,  turn,  tr.  (ab  & 

luo,)  to  wash  from,  or away; 

to  wash  ;  to  purify. 
Abrumpo,  abrumpere,  abrupi, 

abruptum,  tr.  (ab  &  rum- 

po,)  to  break  off';  to  break. 
Abscindo,  abscind£re,  abeefdi, 

abscissam,  tr.  (ab  &  «dn- 

do,)  to  cut  off, 


184 


ABSENS ACCIPIO. 


Absens,  tis,  part,  (absum  §  54, 
Obs.  3,)  absent.  280. 

Absolvo,  absolvere,  absolvi, 
absolutum,  tr.  (ab  &  solvo,) 
to  loose  from;  to  loose;  to 
release. 

Absorbeo,  absorbere,  absorbui 
&  absorpsi,  tr.  (ab  &  sor- 
beo,)  to  suck  in  from,  (viz: 
an  object;)  to  absorb,  or 
suck  in;  to  swallow. 

Absterreo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  tr. 
(abs  &  terreo,)  to  frighten 
away;  to  deter. 

Abstinentia,  83,  f.  abstinence; 
disinterestedness;  freedom 
from  avarice;  from 

Abstineo,  abstinere,  abstinui, 
tr.  (abs  &  teneo,  §  81,)  to 
keep  from;  to  abstain.  378. 

Absum,  abesse,  abfui,  intr.  irr. 
(ab  &  sum,)  (to  be  from, 
viz :  a  place,  i.  e.)  to  be  ab- 
sent, or  distant;  to  begone; 
parum  abesse,  to  want  but 
little;  to  be  near. 

Absumo,  absumere,  absumpsi, 
absumptum,  tr.  (ab  &  su- 
mo,) to  take  away;  to  con- 
sume; to  destroy;  to  waste. 

Absumptus,  a,  um,  part,  (ab- 
sumo.) 

Absurdus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ab  & 
surdus,  deaf;  senseless ;) 
harsh;  grating;  hence 
senseless;  absurd. 

Abundantia,  ae,  f. plenty;  abun- 
dance; from 
A.bundo,  are,  avi,   atum,  intr. 
(ab  &  undo,  to  rise  in  waves, 


to  boil,  and  hence)  to  over- 
flow; to  abound. 

Abyla,  se,  f.  Abyla;  a  moun- 
tain in  Africa,  at  the  en- 
trance of  the  Mediterranean 
sea,  opposite  to  mount  Calpe 
in  Spain.  These  moun- 
tains were  anciently  called 
the  Pillars  of  Hercules. 

Ac,  atque,  conj.  and;  as;  than. 

Acca,  3d,  f.  Acca  Laurentia, 
the  wife  of  Faustulus,  and 
nurse  of  Romulus  and  Re- 
mus. 

Accedo,  accedere,  accessi,  ac- 
cessum,  intr.  (ad  &  cedo,) 
to  move  near  to;  to  draw 
near;  to  approach;  to  ad- 
vance; to  engage  in;  to 
undertake. 

Accendo,  accendere,  accendi, 
accensum,  tr.  (ad  &  can- 
deo,)  to  set  on  fire. 

Accensus,  a,  um,  part,  (accen- 
do,) set  on  fire;  kindled; 
lighted ;  inflamed;  burning. 

Acceptus,  a,  um,  part,  (accip- 
io.) 

Accessus,  us,  m.  (accedo,)  ap- 
proach :  access  ;  accession. 

Accido,  accidere,  accidi,  intr. 
(ad  &  cado,)  to  fall  down 
at,  or  before:  accidit,  imp. 
it    happens,     or    it    hap- 


Accipio,  accipere,  accepi,  ac- 
ceptum,  tr.  (ad  &  capio, 
Gr.  215,  5,  2d.)  to  take;  to 
receive;  to  learn;  to  hear; 
to  understand;    to  accept: 


ACCIPITER ADAMO. 


185 


nccipcre  finem,  to  come  to 

an  end;  to  terminate.  005, 
Accipiter,  iris,  in.  a  hawk. 
Atcmnbo,     accumbere,    aecu- 

bui,  intr.  (ad.<fe  cubo,  375) 

to  sit  or  recline  at  table. 
Accurate-,    adv.    (iiis,     issimc) 

(accural  us,  ad  &  euro,)  ac- 
curate!;/ ;  cure  fully. 
Afciin-n.  aecttrrfre,  accurri  or 

ac.-ueurri,  intr.(ad&  curro,) 

to  run  to. 
A'-i'fi  t».  arc  avi,  Fitum,  tr.  (ad 

&   cuusor,    to    allege,   from 

can  -a.)  to  occ/is" ;  to  blame; 

to  jinil  fault  iriij,. 
Acer,  Oris,    <t<',    adj.    (acrior, 

accrrluius,)    sharp;    sour; 

eager;    vehement;    rapid; 

courageous  ;  fierce ;  violent; 
■  ' :  he,' a  ;  piercing. 
Accrbus,    a,    urn,    adj.    comp. 

so  u  r ;    unripe  ;    vexatious  ; 

harsh;    morose;    disagree- 

ble;  from  acer. 
Acerrimc,  adv.  sup.  See  Acri- 

ter. 
Acervus,  i,  m.  a  heap. 
Acetum,  i,  n.  vinegar. 
Achafeus,  a,  urn,  adj.  Achcean, 

Grecian. 
Achclou-,  i,  m.  ariverof  Epi- 

ru$. 
Acberu  ':<.   SB,  f.    a    kd 

( 'a  in  pa  itia  ;  al.-o,  a  care  in 

liithynia. 
Achilles,  is  &  eos,  m.   (§   15, 

130,)  the  son  of  Peleus  and 

Thetis,  and  the  bravest  of 

the  Grecian    chiefs,  at  the 

siege  of  Troy. 


AcTdus,  a,  urn,  adj.  comp, 
tour;  sharp;  acid. 

Ac ics,  ei,  f.  an  edge;  aline  of 
soldiers;  an  army  in  battle 
array;  a  squadron;  a 
rank;  an  army ;  a  battle. 

Acinus,  i,  m.  a  berry ;  a  grape- 
stone. 

Acriter,  acriiis,  accerrime,  adv. 
(from  acer)sharply ;  ardent- 
ly; fiercely;  courageously. 

Acroceraunia,  orum,  n.pl.  (§18, 
178,)  lofty  mountains  be- 
tween Albania  and  Epirus. 

Acrocorinthos,  i,  f.  (Gr.  74,) 
the  citadel  of  Corinth .  f>#. 

AcropOlis,  is,  f.  the  citadel  of 
Athens. 

Actio,  onis,  f.  (from  ago,)  an 
action  ;  operation  ;  aprocess. 

Actium,  i,  n.  a  promontory  of 
Epirus,  famous  for  a  naval 
victory  of  Augustus  over 
Anthony  and  Cleopatra. 

Actus,  a,  um,  part,  (ago,) 
driven;  led. 

Aculeus,  i,  m.  (acuo)  a  sting ; 
a  thorn  ;  a  prickle  ;  a  por- 
cupine's quill. 

Acumen,  mis,  n,  (from  acuo,) 
acuteness  ;  persp i  cacity. 

Acus,  us,  f.  (acuo)  a  needle. 

Ad,  prep,  to;  near;  at;  to~ 
wards:  with  a  numeral, 
about.  In  composition,  see 
Gr.  237,  239;  470, 4H0, 

Adamas,  antis,  m.  adamant;  a 
diamond. 

Adamo,  arc,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ad 
&  amo,)  to  love  greatly,  or 
desperately. 


186' 


ADDICO— ADMONITUS. 


Addico,  dicere,  dixi,  dictum, 
tr.  (ad  &  dico,)  to  adjudge; 
assign  ;  make  over. 

Additus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Addo,  addere,  addidi,  additum, 
tr.  (ad  &  do,)  to  put  a 
thing  close  to  another;  i.  e. 
to  add;  to  annex;  to  ap- 
point; to  give. 

Adduco,  adducere,  adduxi,  ad- 
ductum,  tr.  (ad  &  duco,)  to 
lead;  to  bring:  in  dubita- 
tionem,  to  bring  into  ques- 
tion. 

Ademptus,  a,  um,  part,  (adi- 
mo.) 

Adeo,  adv.  so;  therefore;  so 
much;  to  such  a  degree;  so 
very. 

Adeo,  adire,  adii,  adituin,  intr. 
irr.  (ad  &  eo,)  to  go  to. 
§  83,  3.  413. 

Adherens,  lis,  part,  from 

Adhsereo,  haerere,  haesi,  ha> 
sum,  (ad  &  haereo,)  to  stick 
to;  to  adhere;  to  adjoin; 
to  lie  contiguous. 

Adherbal,  alis,  m.  a  king  oj 
Numidia,  put  to  death  by 
his  cousin  Jugurtha. 

Adhibeo,  adhibere,  adhibui, 
adhibitum,  tr.  (ad  &  ha- 
beo,)  to  hold  forth;  to  ad- 
mit; to  apply ;  to  use;  to 
employ. 

Adhuc,  adv.  (ad  &  hue)  hither- 
to; yet;  as  yet;  still. 

Adimo,  adimere,  ademi,  ad- 
emptum,  tr.  (ad  &  emo,)  to 
take  away. 

Adipiscor,     adipisci,    adeptus 


sum,  dep.  (ad&apiscor)  to 
reach;  to  attain;  to  over- 
take ;  to  get. 

Adltus,  us,  m.  (adeo,)  a  going 
to;  entrance;  access;  ap- 
proach. 

Adjaceo,  ere,  ui,itum,  intr.  (ad 
&  jaceo,)  to  lie  near;  to 
adjoin;  to  border  upon. 

Adjungo,  adjungere,  adjunxi, 
adjunctum,  tr.(ad  &  jungo,) 
to  join  to  ;  to  unite  with. 

Adjutus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Adjuvo,  adjuvare,  adjuvi,  ad- 
jutum,  tr.  (ad  &  juvo,)  to 
assist;  to  help;  to  aid. 

Admetus,    i,  m.   a    king    of 


Administer,  tri,  m.  a  servant; 
an  assistant. 

Administro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(ad  &  ministro,)  to  admin- 
ister; to  manage. 

Admiratio,  onis,  f.  (admiror,) 
admiration. 

Admiratus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Admiror,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
to  admire. 

Admissus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Admitto,  admittere,  admisi, 
admissum,  tr.  (ad  &  mit- 
to,)  to  admit;  to  allow;  to 
receive. 

Admodum,  adv.  (ad  &  modus,) 
very;  much;  greatly. 

Admoneo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  tr. 
(ad  &  moneo,)  to  put  in 
mind;  to  admonish;  to 
warn. 

Admonitus,  a,  um,  part,  (ad- 
moneo.) 


ADMOVEO ADVERSUS. 


187 


Admoveo,  admovere,  admovi, 
admotum,  tr.  (ad  &  raoveo) 
to  move  to;  to  bring  to. 

Adnaio,  are,  avi,  atom,  intr. 
freq.  (ad  &  nato,  from  no,) 
to  swim  to. 

Adok'sccns,  tis,  adj.  (adoles- 
co,)  (compar.  ior,  §  26,  6,) 
young:  subs,  a  young  man 
or  woman;  a  youth. 

Adolescent  ia,  ee,  f.  (the  state 
or  time  of  youth ;)  youth;  a 
youth;  from 

Adolesco,  adoleseere,  adolevi, 
adultum,  intr.  inc.  (227,  2) 
to  grow,  to  increase;  to 
grow  up.     &88» 

Adopto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ad 
&  opto,)  to  choose  to  or  for 
one's  self;  i.  e.  to  adopt;  to 
take  for  a  son  ;  to  assume. 

Adorior,  orlri,  ortus  sum,  tr. 
dep.  (ad  &  orior,)  to  rise  or 
go  to;  (heace,)  to  attack; 
to  accost ;  to  address,  to  un- 
dertake. 

Adria,  a-,  in.  the  Adriatic  sea. 

Adriatlcus  a,  urn,  adj.  Adri- 
atic: mare  Adriaticum,  the 
Adriatic  sea;  now,  the  gulf 
of   Venice. 

Adsceado,  see  Ascendo. 

Ad  mm  j  nor,  see  Assequor. 

Adservo,  see  Asservo. 

Ad«;igno,  see  Assigno. 

Ad-isto,  or  a<sisto,  sistere, 
stiti,  intr.  (ad  &  sisto,)  to 
stand  by;  to  assist;  to  help. 

Adsptvtfirus,  a,  urn,  part,  (as- 
pack)*) 

Adspergo,   or  aspergo,    gere, 


si,  sum,  tr.  (ad  &  spargo,) 
to  sprinkle. 

Adspicio,  or  aspicio,  spicere, 
spexi,  spectom,  tr.  (ad  & 
specio,)  to  look  at ;  see  ;  re- 
gard; behold. 

Adstans,  tis,  part.;  from 

Adsto,  or  asto,  stare,  stiti,  intr. 
(ad  &  sto,)  to  stand  by;  to 
be  near. 

Adsum,  adesse,  adfui,  intr.  irr. 
(ad  &  sum,)  to  be  present ; 
to  aid;  to  assist. 

Adulator,  oris,  m.  (adulor,)  a 
flatterer. 

Aduncus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ad  & 
uncus,)  bent;  crooked. 

Advectus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Adveho,  advehere,  advexi,  ad- 
vectum,  tr  (ad  &  veho,)  to 
carry;  to  convey. 

Advena,  se,  c.  (advenio,)  a 
stranger. 

Adveniens,  tis,  part,  from 

Advenio,  advenlre,  adveni,  ad- 
ventum,  intr.  (ad  &  venio,) 
to  arrive;  to  come. 

Adventus,  us,  m.  (from  adve- 
nio,) an  arrival;  a  coming, 

Adversarius,  i,  m.  (adverser, 
to  oppose^)  an  adversary; 
an  enemy. 

Adversus,  a,  um,  adj.  (adver- 
to,  to  turn  to,)  turned  to- 
wards; adverse;  opposite; 
unfavorable;  bad;  front- 
ing; adversa  cicatrix,  a 
scar  in  front:  adverso  cor- 
p<5re,  on  the  breast. 

Adversus  &  adversum,  prep, 
(id.)  against;  toward. 


188 


ADVOCO iESTUOSUS. 


Advdco,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ad 
&  voco,)  to  call  for,  or  to  ; 
to  call;  to  summon. 

Advolo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intv. 
(ad  &  volo,)  to  fly  to. 

JEdifico,    are,    avi,    atum,    tr. 
(aedes,  a  house  ;  &  facio,) 
to  build. 

iEdllis,  is,  m.  (aedes)  an  cedile  ; 
a  magistrate  who  had  charge 
of  the  public  buildings. 

iEdilitas,  atis,  f.  (aedllis,)  the 
office  of  an  cedile  ;  cedileship. 

jEdilitius,  (vir,)  i,  m.  one  who 
has  been  an  cedile. 

JEgasus,  a,  urn,  adj.  JEgcean ; 
^Egteum  mare,  the  ^EJgcea?i 
sea,  lying  between  Greece 
and  Asia  Minor  ;  now  called 
the  Archipelago. 

iEger,  ra,  rum,  adj.  (aegrior,) 
aegerrimus,)  sick,  weak,  in- 
firm; diseased. 

JEgrc,  adv.  (seger,)  grievous- 
ly; with  difficulty. 

iEgritudo,  inis,  f.  (aeger,)  sor- 
row; grief. 

/Egyptus,  i.  f.  (45,  2,)  33 ; 
^Egypt. 

JElius,  i,  m.  the  name  of  a 
Roman  family. 

JEmilius,  i,  m.  the  name  of  sev- 
eral noble  Romans  of  the 
gens  .iEmilia,  or  JEmilian 
tribe. 

iEmulatio,  onis,  f.  (aemulor,) 
emulation;   rivalry;   com- 


JEmCilus,  a,  um,  adj.  emulous. 
iEmulus,  i,  m.  a  rival;  a  com- 
petitor. 


JEneas,  ae,  m.  a  Trojan  prince, 
the  son  of  Venus  and  An- 
chises. 

-ZEneus,  a,  um,  adj.  (aes,)  bra- 
zen. 

JEnos,  i,  f.  (74,)  a  town  in 
Thrace,  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Hebrus,  named  after  its 
founder,  jEneas.    08* 

JE5lis,  idis,  f.  a  country  on  the 
western  coast  of  Asia  Minor, 
between  Troas  and  Ionia. 

JEqualis,  e,  adj.  (aequus,) 
equal. 

JEqualiter,  adv.  (aequalis,) 
equally. 

JEquitas,  atis,  f.  equity;  jus- 
tice; moderation;  from 

JEquus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
equal:  aequus  animus,  or 
aequa  mens,  equanimity. 

Aer,  is,  m.  the  air;  the  atmos- 
phere. 

JErarium,  i,  n.  the  treasury; 
from 

JEs,  aeris,  n.  brass;  money. 

iEschylus,  i,  m.  a  celebrated 
Greek  tragic  poet. 

JEsculapius,  i,  m.  the  son  of 
Apollo,  and  god  of  medicine. 

jEstas,  atis,  f.  (aestus,)  summer. 

iEstimandus,  a,  um,  part,  to 
be  esteemed,  prized;  or  re- 
garded;  from 

JEstimo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
esteem;  to  value;  to  regard; 
to  judge  of,  to  estimate. 

^Estuo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(aestus.)  to  be  very  hot;  to 
boil. 

JEstuosus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 


^STUS AGGER. 


189 


undulating ;  rising  in 
surges;  boiling;  stormy; 
turbulent. 

JE^tu*,  us,  m.  heat. 

iEtas,  fit  is,  f.  (scil.  aevitas,  from 
avum,)  aye. 

uEternus,  a,  um,  adj.  (scil.  sevi- 
ternus,  id.)  eternal;  immor- 
tal. 

^Ethiopia,  ae.  f.  Ethiopia,  a 
country  in  Africa,  lying  on 
both  sides  of  the  equator. 

JEthiops,  Spw,  m.  an  Ethio- 
pian. 

iEtna,  se,  f.  a  volcanic  moun- 
tain, in  Sicily. 

iEvum,  i,  n.  time;  an  age. 

At  r,  ra,  rum,  adj.  of  Africa. 

Ail"  ;bi\j,  adv.  (ad  &  faber,  an 
artist,)  artfully;  ingenious- 
ly ;  curiously ;  in  a  work- 
manlike manner. 

Affectus,  a,  um,  part,  affected; 
afflicted. 

Aff  ro,  afferre,  attuli,  allatum, 
tr.  irr.  (ad  &  fero,)  to 
tiring;  to  carry. 

Afficio,  icere,  f-ri.  ectum,  tr. 
fad  &  facio,)  to  affect:  ine- 
rt h,  to  affect  with  hunger; 
i.  e.  to  deprive  of  food: 
clalibiH,  to  overthrow: 
pa>s.  to  be  affected:  gaudio, 
to  be  affected  with  joy;  to 
rejjnro  ;  febri,  to  be  attacked 
with  a  fever. 

Affigo,  ajfigere,  affixi,  affix- 
iru.  tr.  (ad  &  figo,)  to  af- 
fix; to  fatten  :  affigere  cru- 
ci,  to  crucify. 

Affinis,    e,   adj.    (ad  &  finis,) 


neighboring;  contiguous'. 
hence, 

Affinis,  is,  c.  a  relation. 

Ainrmo,  are,  fivi,  a'.um,  tr. 
(ad  &  firmo,)  to  affirm;  to 
confirm. 

Affixus,  a,  um,  part,  (affigo.) 

Afflatus,  us,  m.  (afflo,  to  blow 
against:)  a  blast;  a  breeze ; 
a  gale  ;  inspiration. 

Africa,  as,  f.  Africa;  also  a 
part  of  the  African  conti- 
nent, lying  east  of  Numid- 
ia,  and  west  of  Gyrene. 

Africanus,  i,  m.  the  agnomen 
of  two  of  the  Scipios,  de- 
rived from  their  conquest  of 
Africa.  (887,  1538,  4.) 

Africus,  a,  um,  adj.  belonging 
to  Africa;  African.  Africus 
vent  us,  the  southwest  wind. 

Agamemnon,  onis,  m.  a  king 
of  Mycence,  the  commander- 
er-in-chief  of  the  Grecian 
forces  at  the  siege  of  Troy. 

Agathyrsi,  orum,  m.  pi.  a  bar- 
barous tribe  living  near  the 
pal  us  Mseotis. 

Agcllus,  i,  m.  dim.  (ager,)  a 
small  farm. 

Agenor,  oris,  m.  a  king  of 
Phoenicia. 

Agens,  tis,  part,  (ago.) 

Apr,  gri,  m.  a  field;  land;  a 
farm;  an  estate;  ground; 
a  territory ;  the  country. 

Agger,  eris,  m.  (aggf;ro,  ad  & 
gero,  to  carry  to :)  a  heap ; 
a  pile;  a  mound;  a  Iml- 
warh;  a  hunk;  a  rampart; 
a  dam. 


190 


AGGREDIOR ALCINOUS. 


Aggredior,  gdi,  essus  sum,  tr. 
&  intr.  dep.  (ad  &  gradi- 
or,)  to  go  to;  to  attack. 

Agressus,  a,  um,  part,  having 
attacked. 

Agitator,  oris,  m.  a  driver  ;  from 

Agito,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  freq. 
(ago,)  227,  Obs.  2,  to  drive; 
to  agitate;  to  revolve. 388* 

Aglaus,  i,  m.  a  poor  Arcadian. 

Agmen,  mis,  n.  (ago,)  a  train; 
a  troop  upon  the  march;  a 
band;  an  army. 

Agnitus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Agnosco,  agnoscere,  agnovi, 
agnitum,  tr.  (ad  &  nosco,) 
to  recognize;  to  know. 

Agnus,  i,  m.  a  lamb. 

Ago,  agere,  egi,  actum,  tr. 
to  set  in  motion;  to  drive; 
to  lead;  to  act;  to  do;  to 
reside;  to  live:  funus,  to 
perform  funeral  rites :  an- 
num vigesimum,  to  be 
spending,  or  to  be  in  his 
twentieth  year :  bene,  to  be- 
have well:  agere  gratias,  to 
thank. 

Agbr,  agi,  actus  sum,  pass,  to 
be  led:  agltur,  it  is  debat- 
ed: res  de  qua  agltur,  the 
point  in  debate:  pessum 
agi,  to  sink. 

Agricola,  ae,  m.  (ager  &  colo,) 
a  husbandman;  a  farmer. 

Agricultura,  ae,  (id.)  f.  agri- 
cidture. 

Agrigentum,  i,  n.  a  town  upon 
the  southern  coast  of  Sicily, 
now  Girgenti. 


Agrippa,  83,  m.  the  name 
of  several  distinguished 
Romans. 

Ahenum,  i,  n.  (scil.  vas  aene- 
um,)  a  brazen  vessel;  a  ket- 
tle; a  caldron. 

Aio,  ais,  ait,  def.  verb,  (§84, 5,) 
^  I  say.    4:4:2* 

Ajax,  acis,  m.  the  name  of 
two  distinguished  Grecian 
warriors  at  the  siege  of 
Troy. 

Ala,  ae,  f.  a  wing ;  an  armpit ; 
an  arm. 

Alacer,  or  acris,  acre,  adj. 
(comp.)  lively  ;  courageous  ; 
ready  ;  fierce  ;  spirited. 

Alba,  ae,  f.  Alba  Longa ;  a  city 
of  Latium,  built  by  Asca- 
nius. 

Albanus,  i,  m.  an  inhabitant 
of  Alba;  an  Alban. 

Albanus,  a,  um,  adj.  Alban: 
mons  Albanus,  mount  Al- 
banus, at  the  foot  of  which 
Alba  Longa  was  built,  16 
miles  from  Rome. 

Albis,  is,  m.  a  large  river  of 
Germany,  now  the  FAbeh 

Albtila,  ae,  m.  an  ancient  name 
of  the  Tiber. 

Albus,  a,  um,  adj.  white;  (a 
pale  white;  see  candidus.) 

Alcestis,  idis,  f.  the  daughter 
of  Pelias,  and  wife  of  Ad- 
metus. 

Alcibiades,  is,  m.  an  eminent 
Athenian,  the  pupil  of  So- 
crates. 

Alcinoiis,  i,  m.  a  king  of  Phcea- 


ALCYONE ALPES. 


191 


da,  or  Corcyra,  whose  gar- 
dens were  very  celebrated. 

Alcydne,  es,  f.  the  daughter  of 
JEolus,  and  wife  of  Ceyx : 
she  and  her  husband  were 
changed  into  sea-birds,  call- 
ed AlcySnes,  kingfishers. 

Alcyon,  is,  m.  kingfisher. 

Alcyoneus,  a,  una,  adj.  halcyon. 

Alexander,  dri,  m.  Alexander 
surnamed  the  Great,  the 
son  of  Philip,  king  of  Ma- 
cedon. 

Alexandria,  ae,  f.  the  capital  of 
Egypt;  founded  by  Alex- 
ander the   Great. 

Algeo,  algere,  alsi,  intr.  to  be 
cold. 

Alictmde,  adv.  (aliquis  &  un- 
de,)  from  some  place. 

Alionatus,  a,  nm,  part,  aliena- 
ted; estranged;  from 

Alirno,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
alienate  ;  to  estrange  ;  from 

Alienus,  a,  am,  adj.  of  or  be- 
longing to  another;  for- 
eign; another  man's;  qn- 
Other*$ ;  m.  a  stranger. 

AKo,  adv.  to  another  place; 
elsewhere. 

Aliquandiu,  adv.  (aliquis  & 
din,)  for  some  time. 

Aliquando,  adv.  (alius  &quan- 
do,)  once  ;  formerly;  at  some 
time;  at  length;  sometimes. 

AKquantnm,  n.  adj.  something; 
somewhat;  a  little. 

Aliquis,  aliqua,  aliquod  &  ali- 
quid,  indef.  pron.  (§  37,  3,) 
some ;  some  one  ;  a  certain 
one.   251. 


Aliquot,  ind.  adj.  some. 

Aliter,  adv.  (alius.)  otherwise; 
aliter — aliter,  in  one  way — 
in  another. 

Alius,  a,  ud,  adj.  §  20,  Note  2 ; 
another;  other:  alii — alii, 
some — others.  102. 

Allatus,  a,  um,  part.  (afFero,) 
brought. 

Allectus,  a,  um,  part,  (allicio.) 

Allevo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ad 
&  levo,)  to  raise  up  ;  to  al- 
leviate; to  lighten. 

Allia,  a3,  f.  a  small  river  of 
Italy,  flowing  into  the  Ti- 
ber. 

Allicio,  licere,  lexi,  lectum,  (ad 
&  lacio,  to  draw^  tr.  to  al- 
lure; to  entice. 

Alligatus,  a,  um,  part,  bound; 
confined;  from 

Alligo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ad 
&  ligo,)  to  bind  to;  to  fast- 
en; to  bind  or  tie. 

Allocutus,  a,  um,  part,  speak- 
ing, or  having  spoken  to; 
from 

AllSquor,  -loqui,  -locutus  sum, 
tr.  dep.  (ad  &  loquor,)  to 
speak  to;  to  address;  to 
accost. 

Alluo,  -luere,  -lui,  tr.  (ad  & 
luo,)  to  flow  near;  to  wash  ; 
to  lave. 

Alo,  alere,  alui,  alitum  or  al- 
tum,  tr.  to  nourish  ;  to  feed; 
to  support ;  to  increase;  to 
maintain;  to  strengthen. 

Aloeus,  i,  m.  a  giant,  son  oj 
Titan  and  Terra. 

Alpes,  ium,  f.  pi.  the  Alps. 


192 


ALPHEUS AMPHION. 


Alpheus,  i,  m.  a  river  of  Pe- 
loponnesus. 

Alpinus,  a,  um,  adj.  of  or  be- 
longing to  the  Alps;  Al- 
pine: Alpini  mures,  mar- 
mots. 

Alte,  (iiis,  issime,)  adv.  on 
high;  highly;  loudly; 
deeply;    low. 

Alter,  era,  erum,  adj.  §  20,  4, 
the  one  {of  two  ;)  the  other  ; 
the  kcond.    106,  7.  208. 

Alternus,  a,  um,  adj.  (alter,) 
alternate;  by  turns. 

Althaea,  ae,  f.  the  wife  of  (E- 
neus,  and  mother  of  Mele- 
ager. 

Altitudo,  mis,  f.  height;  from 

Altus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  high;  lofty;  deep; 
loud. 

Alumnus,  i,  m.  (alo,)  a  pupil; 
a  foster-son. 

Alveus,  i,  m.  a  channel;  from 

Alvus,  i,  f.  the  belly. 

Am,  insep.  prep.  239,  2,  487. 

Amans,  tis,  part,  and  adj.  (ior, 
issimus,)  loving  ;  fond  of 

Amarus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
bitter. 

Amatus,  a,  um,  part,  (amo.) 

Amazon,  onis;  pi.  Amazones, 
um,  f.  Amazons,  a  nation 
of  female  warriors,  who 
lived  near  the  river  Don, 
and  afterwards  passed  over 
into  Asia  Minor. 

Ambitio,  onis,  f.  (ambio,)  am- 
bition. 

Ambitus,  us,  m.  (id.)  a  going 
round  or  about;  compass; 


extent;  circuit;  circumfer- 
ence. 

Ambo,  se,  o,  adj.  pi.  104,  3; 
both;  {taken  together ;  see 
uterque.)  203. 

Ambiilo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(dim.  f.  ambio,)  to  walk. 

Amice,  adv.  -ciiis,  -cissime, 
(amicus,)  in  a  friendly 
manner;  kindly. 

Amicitia,  ae,  f.  friendship  ;  from 

Amicus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
(amo,)  friendly. 

Amicus,  i,  m.  (amo,)  a  friend. 

Amissus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Amitto,  amittere,  amlsi,  amis- 
sum,  tr.  (a  &  mitto,)  to  send 
away  ;  to  lose  ;  to  relinquish. 

Ammon,  onis,  m.  a  surname  of 
Jupiter,  who  was  worshiped 
under  this  name,  in  the  des- 
erts of  Lybia,  under  the 
form  of  a  ram. 

Amnis,  is,  d.  a  river. 

Amo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to  love  ; 
{viz.,  cordially,  from  the  im- 
pulse of  natural  affection  ; 
see  diligo.) 

Amoenus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,) pleasant;  agreeable; 
delightful;  from  amo. 

Amor,  oris,  m.  (amo,)  love. 

Amoveo,  vere,  vi,  turn,  tr.  (a 
&  moveo,)  to  move  away 
or  from;  to  remove. 

AmphinSmus,  i,  m.  a  Catanean 
distinguished  for  his  f  Hal 
affection. 

Amphion,  onis,  m.  a  son  of 
Jupiter  and  Antiope,  and 
the  husband  of  Niobe.    He 


AMPLE — ANIO. 


193 


is  said  to  have  built  Tliebes 
by  the  sound  of  his  lyre. 

Ample,  adv.  (iiis,  isslme,)  am- 
ply ;  from  amplus. 

Amplector,  ecti,  exus  sum,  tr. 
dep.  (am  &  plector,)  to  em- 
brace. 

Amplexus,  a,  um,  part,  having 
embraced;  embracing. 

Amplio,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(ampins,)  to  enlarge. 

Amplius,  adv.  (ample,)  more. 

Amplus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
great;  abundant;  large; 
spacious. 

Amuliu-s  i,  m.  the  son  of  Sil- 
vias Procas,  and  brother  of 
Numitor. 

Amyelae,  arum,  f.  pi.  a  town  on 
the  western  coast  of  Maty. 

Amicus,  i,  m.  a  son  of  Xej>- 
tune,  and  king  of  Bebrycia. 

An,  adv.  whether;  or. 

Ann Tron.  tis,  m.  a  celebrated 
lyric  poet  of  Tcos,  in  Ionia. 

Aoapus,  i,  m.  a  Qatanton,  the 
wether  of  Amphingmak, 

Amxag&ras,  ee,  m.  a  philoso- 
pher of  Clazomene,  in  Ionia. 

Anoepa,  eipftfe,  adj.  (aneipi- 
tior.)  (am  and  caput,)  un- 
rcrt-iin  ;    <hml)tful. 

Anehlsee,  a?,  m.  a  Trojan,  the 

father  of  jEneas. 
Anchora,  or  Anctfra,  ge,  f.  an 

anchor. 
4ncilla,  ;v,  f.  a  female  servant ; 

a  ma  ill. 
Anrus    i,    m.    (Martins,)    the 
fourth  hit i 'j  of  /.'■■ 

Andriscus,  i,  n*.  a  person  of 
17 


mean  birth,  called  also  Pseu- 
dophilippus,  on  account  of 
his  pretending  to  be  Philip, 
the  son  of  Persis,  king  of 
Macedon. 
Andromeda,  se,  f.  the  daughter 
of  Cephus  and  Cassiope, 
and  wife  of  Perseus. 
Ango,   angere,    anxi,   tr.     (to 
press  close  or  tight ;  to  stran- 
gle; hence,)  to  trouble;  to 
disquiet ;  to  torment ;  to  vex. 
Anguis,  is,  c.  (ango,)  a  snake ; 

a  serpent. 
Angulus,  i.  m.  a  corner. 
Angustiai,  arum,  f.  pi.  narroio- 
ness ;  a  narrow  pass;  a  de- 
file; from 
Angustus,    a,   um,   adj.  comp. 
(ango,)   narrow;    limited; 
straitened ;  pinching. 
Anima,  se,  f.  (animus,)  breath; 

life;  the  soul. 
Animadverto,  vertere,  verti, 
versum,  tr.  (animus  ad  & 
verto,  to  turn  the  mind  to  ;) 
to  attend  to;  to  observe;  to 
notice;  to  punish. 
Animal,   fdis,  n.   (anima,)  an 

animal. 
Animosus,  a,  um,  adj.  full  of 
wind  or  breath;  spirited; 
courageous;  bold;  from 
Animus,  i,  m.   wind;  breath; 
spirit;  the  soul  or  mind; 
dispfsif inn  ;  spirit  or  cour- 
age ;  a  design ;  uno  animo, 
unanimously ;  mihi  ert  an- 
imus, I  have  a  mind;  I  in- 
tend.    *$<?<?  men-. 
Anio,  enis,  m,  a  branch  of  the 


194 


ANNECTO — APOLLO. 


Tiber,  which  enters  it  three 
miles  above  Home.  It  is 
now  called  the  Teverone, 

Annecto,-nectere,  -nexui,  -nex- 
um,  tr.  (ad  &  necto,)  to  an- 
nex; to  tie  or  fasten  to. 

Annona,  ae,  f.  (annus,)  yearly; 
produce  ;  corn  ;  provisions. 

Annulus,  i,  m.  (dim,  from  an- 
nus,) a  small  circle;  a 
ring. 

Annumero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(ad  &  numero,)  to  reckon 
among;  to  number;  to 
reckon. 

Annuo,  -nuere,  -nui,  intr.  (ad 
&  nuo,  to  nod,)  to  assent; 
to  agree. 

Annus,  i,  m.  a  circle;  a  year; 
hence 

Annuus,  a,  um,  adj.  annuals- 
yearly ;  lasting  a  year. 

Anser,  eris,  m.  a  goose;  hence 

Ansermus,  a,  um,  adj.  of  or 
belonging  to  a  goose:  ova, 
goose-eggs. 

Ante,  adv.  before;  sooner. 

Ante,  prep,  before. 

Antea,  adv.  (ante  &  ea  aoc. 
pi.  n.  of  is,)  before;  here- 
tofore. 

Antecello,-cellere,  tr.  (ante  & 
cello,  obsol,  to  drive,)  to 
drive  or  move  before  ;  hence 
to  excel;  to  surpass;  to  ex- 
ceed;  to  be  superior  to. 

Antepono,-ponere,  -posui,  -pos- 
Itum,  tr.  (ante  &  pono,)  to 
set  before  ;  to  prefer. 

Antepositus,  a,  mm,  part,  (an-^ 
tepono.) 


Antequam,   adv.   before   that; 

before. 
Antigonus,   i,   m.    a  king   oj 

Macedonia. 
Antiochia,  se,  f.  the  capital  of 

Syria. 
Antiochus,   i,   m.   a  king    of 

Syria. 
Antiope,  es,  f.  the  wife  of  Ly- 

cus,   king  of  Thebes,   and 

the  mother  of  Amphion. 
Antlquus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 

mus,)  ancient;  old;  of  long 

continuance;  fr.  ante. 
Antipater,  tris,  m.  a  Sidonian 

poet. 
Antium,  i,  n.  a  maritime  town 

of  Italy. 
Antonius,   i,   m.   Antony,    the 

name  of  a  Roman  family. 
Antrum,  i,  n.  a  cave. 
Apelles,    is,    m.  a   celebrated 

painter  of  the  island  of  Cos. 
Apenninus,   i,   m.   the    Appe- 

nines. 
Aper,  apri,  m.  a  boar;  a  wild 

boar. 
Aperioj-perire,  -perui,  -pertum, 

tr.  (ad  &  pario,)  to  open  ; 

to  discover;  to  disclose;  to 

make  known. 
Apertus,  a,  um,  part,  (aperio.) 
Apex,   icis,   m.   a  point;  the 

top;  the  summit. 
Apis,  is,  f.  a  bee. 
Apis,  is,  m.  an  ox  worshipped 

as  a  deity  among  the  Egyp- 
tians. 
Apollo,  inis,  m.  the  son  of  Ju- 
piter and  Latona,  and  the 

god  of  music  and  poetry. 


APPARATUS ARCEO. 


I9i 


Apparatus,  us,  m.  {apparo,  to 
prepare;)  a  preparation; 
apparatus ;  equipment ;  ha- 
biliment. 

Appareo,  6re,  ui,  intr.  {ad  & 
pareo,)  to  appear;  to  be 
manifest  or  clear. 

Appellandus,  a,  urn,  part,  from 

Appello,  arc,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(ad  &  pello,)  to  name  or 
call;  to  address;  to  call 
upon. 

Appendo,  -  pendere,  -  pendi, 
-pensum,  tr.  (ad  &  pendo,) 
to  hang  upon  or  to;  to 
weigh  out;  to  pay. 

Appelens,  lis,  part,  seeking  af- 
ter; from 

Appeto,  -petere,  -petivi,  -pe- 
tit urn,  tr.  (ad  &  peto,)  to 
seek  to;  hence,  to  desire; 
strive  for;  to  aim  at;  to 
attack. 

Appios*  i,  m.  a  Roman  praeno- 
men  belonging  to  the  Clau- 
dian  f/<'/<s  or  tribe. 

Apptino,  -ponSre,  -poeui,  -posi- 
tum,  tr.  (ad  &  pono,)  to  set 
or  place  before  ;  to  put  to ; 
to  join. 

Apposltus,  a,  um,  part,  (ap- 
pono.) 

Appropinquo,  are,  avi,  atum, 
intr.  (ad  &  propinquo,)  to 
approach;  to  draw  near. 

Aprlcus.  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
sunny;  serene;  warm:  (as 
if  apericus  from  aperio.) 

Apto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to  jit; 
to  adjust. 


I  Apod,  prep,  at;  in;  among; 
before ;  to;  in  the  house  of; 
in  the  writings  of. 

Apulia,  33,  f.  a  country  in  the 
eastern  part  of  Italy,  near 
the  Adriatic. 

Aqua,  33,  f.  water. 

Aqua3ductus,  us,  m.  (aqua  & 
duco,  to  lead:)  an  aque- 
duct; a  conduit. 

Aquila,  33,  f.  an  eagle. 

Aquilo,  onis,  m.  the  north 
wind. 

Aquitania,  33,  f.  a  country  of 
Gaul. 

Aquitani,  orum,  m.  pi.  the  in- 
habitants of  Aquitania. 

Ara,  33,  f.  an  altar. 

Arabia,  33,  f.  Arabia;  hence, 

Arabicus,  a,  um,  adj.  Arabian; 
of  or  belonging  to  Ara- 
bia. Arabicus  sinus,  the 
Red  Sea. 

Arabius,  a,  um,  adj.  Arabian. 

Arabs,  abis,  m.  an  Arabian. 

Arbitral  us,  a,  um,  part,  having 
thought;  from 

Arbitror,  ari,  fit  us  sum,  tr. 
dep.  (arbiter,)  to  believe: 
to  think. 

Arbor,  &  Arbos,  oris,  f.  a  tree. 

Area,  33,  f.  a  chest. 

Arcadia,  33,  f.  Arcadia,  a  coun- 
try in  the  interior  of  Pelo- 
ponnesus. 

Areas,  adis,  m.  an  Arcadian ; 
also,  a  son  of  Jupiter  and 
Calisto. 

Arceo,  ere,  ui,  tr.  to  ward  off; 
to  keep  from;  to  restrain. 


196 


ARCESSITUS ARMENTUM. 


Arcessitus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Arcesso,  ere,  ivi,  Itum,  tr.  (ar- 
cio,  i.  e.  adcio,  ad  and  cio,) 
to  call;  to  send  for ;  to  in- 
vite ;  to  summon. 

Archimedes,  is,  m.  a  famous 
mathematician  and  mecha- 
nician of  Syracuse. 

Architectus,  i,  m.  an  architect; 
a  builder. 

Archytas,  se,  m.  a  Pythagore- 
an philosopher  of  Taren- 
tum. 

Arete,  adv.  (iiis,  issime,)  strait- 
ly ;  closely;  from 

Arctus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  narrow ;  close;  from 
arceo. 

Arcus,  us,  m.  a  bow;  an  arch. 

Ardea,  93,  f.  a  city  of  Latium, 
the  capital  of  the  Rutuli. 

Ardens,  tis,  part.  &  adj.  burn- 
ing; hot;  from 

Ardeo,  ardere,  arsi,  arsum, 
intr.  to  glow ;  to  be  on  fire; 
to  burn;  to  sparkle;  to 
shine;  to  dazzle. 

Arduus,  a,  um,  adj.  high; 
lofty;  steep;  arduous;  dif- 
ficult. 

Arena,  a3,  f.  (areo,  to  be  dry;) 
sand;  hence 

Arenosus,  a,  um,  adj.  sandy. 

Arethusa,  ae,  f.  the  name  of  a 
nymph  of  Mis,  who  was 
changed  into  a  fountain  in 
Sicily. 

Argentum,  i,  n.  silver. 

Argias,  ae,  m.  a  chief  of  the 
Megarensians. 


Argivus,  a,  um,  adj.  (Argos,) 
of  Argos;  Argive. 

Argivi,  orum,  m.  pi.  (id.)  Ar- 
gives  ;  inhabitants  of  Argos. 

Argonautae,  arum,  m.  pi.  (Argo 
&  nautae,)  the  Argonauts ; 
the  crew  of  the  ship  Argo. 

Argos,  i,  n.  sing.,  &  Argi, 
orum,  m.  pi.  a  city  in 
Greece,  the  capital  of  Ar- 
golis. 

Arguo,  uere,  ui,  iitum,  to  speak 
in  loud  or  shrill  tones: 
hence,  to  argue;  to  accuse; 
to  prove;  to  show;  to  con- 
vict. 

Ariminum,  i,  n.  a  city  of  Italy, 
on  the  coast  of  the  Adriatic. 

Aristobulus,  i,  m.  a  name  of 
several  of  the  high  priests 
and  kings  of  Judea. 

Aristoteles,  is,  m.  Aristotle,  a 
Greek  philosopher,  born  at 
Stagira,  a  city  of  Macedo- 
nia. 

Arma,  orum.  n.  pi.  arms. 

Armatus,  a,  um,  part,  of  armo, 
armed:  pi.  armati,  orum, 
armed  men;  soldiers. 

Armenia,  as,  f.  (Major,)  a 
country  of  Asia,  lying  be- 
tween Taurus  and  the  Cau- 
casus. 

Armenia,  ae,  f.  (Minor,)  a  small 
country  lying  between  Cap- 
adocia  and  the  Euphrates. 

Armenius,  a,  um,  adj.  Arme- 
nian. 

Armentum,  i,  n.  {for  aramen- 
tum,  from  aro,)  a  herd. 


ARMILLA ASTUTUS. 


197 


Armilla,  ae,  f.  (dun.  fr.  armus, 
the  arm,)  a  bracelet  or  ring 
worn  on  the  left  arm  by 
soldiers  who  had  been  dis- 
tinguished in  battle. 

Anno,  arc,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ar- 
ma,  to  arm. 

Aro,  -are,  -avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
plough;  to  cover  with  the 
plough. 

Arreptus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Arripio,  -ripere,  -ripui,  -rep- 
tuin,  tr.  (ad  &  rapio,)  §  80, 
5,)  to  seize  upon.  003. 

Arroyo,  arc,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ad 
&  rogo)  to  demand  for  one's 
self;  to  arrogate  ;  to  claim. 

Ars,  tis,  f.  art;  contrivance; 
sic  ill;  employment;  occupa- 
tion; pursuit. 

Arsi.     See  Ardeo. 

Artrmisia,  a1,  f.  the  wife  of 
Mausolus,  king  of  Caria. 

Artifcx,  icis,  c.  (ars  &  facio,) 
an  artist. 

Arundo,  Ink,  f.  a  reed;  a  cane. 

Aruns,  tis,  m.  the  eldest  son  of 
Tarquin  the  Proud. 

Arx,  cis,  £  (arceo,)  a  citadel; 
a    fortress. 

Ascanius  i,  in.  the  son  of  ^32- 
?/ ras  anil  Creusa. 

Ascendo,  (or  ad-mido,)  dere, 
di,  sum,  tr.  &  intr.  (ad  & 
scando,  to  climb  to,)  to  as- 
cend; to  rise:  ascenditur, 
imp  it  is  ascended,or  they  as- 
cend; 223,  6.  &  Id,  67,  note. 

Asia,  bb,  f.  Asia ;  Asia  Minor  ; 
also,  proconsular  Asia,  or 
tlie  Roman  province. 


Asiatlcus,  i,  m.  an  agndmen 
of  L.  Cornelius  Scipio,  on 
account  of  his  victories  in 
Asia.    887,  4,  1538,  4. 

Asina,  a?,  m.  a  cognomen  or 
surname  of  a  part  of  the 
Cornelian  family. 

Asinus,  i,  m.  an  ass. 

Aspecturus,  a,  um,  part  (as- 
picio.) 

Asper,  era,  erum,  adj.  (erior, 
errimus,)  rough;  rugged. 

Aspergo.     See  Adspergo. 

As-  or  ad-  spernor,  ari,  atus 
sum,  tr.  dep.  to  spurn;  to 
despise;  to  reject. 

Aspicio.     See  Adspicio. 

Aspis,  idis,  f.  an  asp. 

Assecutus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Assequor,  -sequi,  -secutus  sum, 
tr.  dep.  (ad  &  sequor,)  to 
come  up  to;  to  overtake; 
to  obtain. 

Asservo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ad 
&  servo,)  to  take  care  of; 
to  preserve;  to  keep. 

Assigno,  arc,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ad 
&  signo,)  to  mark  with  a 
seal:  hence,  to  appoint;  to 
allot;  to  distribute. 

Anointo,     See  Adsisto. 

Assuesco,  -suescere,  -suevi, 
-suetum,  intr.  inc.  (ad  & 
suesco,)  to  be  accustomed; 
to  be  wont. 

Assurgo,  -surgere,  -surn-xi, 
-surrectum,  intr.  (ad  ft  sur- 
go,)  to  rise  up  ;  to  arise. 

Astronomia,  ae,  f.  astronomy. 

Astutus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)   (from  astu,  the  cityy 


198 


ASYLUM AUGUSTUS, 


viz.;  of  Athens?)  knowing; 
shrewd;  cunning;  crafty. 

Asylum,  i,  n.  an  asylum 

At,  conj.  but. 

Atalanta,  ae,  f.  the  daughter  of 
Schceneus,  king  of  Arca- 
dia, celebrated  for  her 
swiftness  in  running. 

Athense,  arum,  f.  pi.  Athens,  the 
capital  of  Attica;  hence, 

Atheniensis,  is,  m.  an  Athe- 
nian. 

Atilius,  i,  m.  a  Roman  proper 
name. 

Atlanticus,  a,  um,  adj.  Atlan- 
tic; relating  to  Atlas:  mare 
Atlantlcum,  the  Atlantic 
ocean. 

Atque,  conj.  and;  as;  than. 

Atrociter,  adv.  (ius,  issime,) 
fatrox,)  fiercely;  violently ; 
severely. 

Attalus,  i,  m.  a  king  of  Per- 
gamus. 

Attero,  -terere,  -trivi,  -trltum, 
(ad  &  tero,)  tr.  to  rub  close; 
to  rub  off;  to  wear. 

Atthis,  idis,  f.  the  same  as  At- 
tica. 

Attica,  ae,  f.  Attica,  a  country 
in  the  southern  part  of 
Greece  proper. 

Attingo,  -tingere,  -tigi,  -tac- 
tum,  tr.  (ad  &  tango,)  to 
touch;  to  border  upon;  to 
attain;  to  reach. 

Attollo,  ere,  tr.  (ad  &  tollo,) 
to  raise  up. 

Attrltus,  a,  um,  part,  (attero,) 
rubbed  away;  worn  off. 

Auctor,  oris,  c.   (augeo,)  one 


who  increases  or  enlarges; 
hence,  an  author. 

Auctoritas,  atis,  f.  authority; 
influence;  reputation;  tr. 
auctor. 

Auctus,  a,  um,  part,  (augeo,) 
increased;  enlarged;  aug- 
mented. 

Audacia,  83,  f.  audacity;  bold- 
ness; from 

Audax,  acis,  adj.  (comp.)  bold; 
daring ;  audacious;  despe- 
rate; from 

Audeo,  audere,  ausus  sum, 
neut.  pass,  to  dare;  to  at- 
tempt.  §  78,  312. 

Audio,  Ire,  Ivi,  Itum,  tr.  to 
hear. 

Auditus,  a,  um,  part. 

Audltus,  us,  m.  the  hearing. 

Aufero,  auferre,  abstuli,  abla- 
tum,  tr.  irr.  (ab  &  fero,)  to 
take  away;  to  remove. 

Aufugio,  -fugere,  -fugi,  -fugi- 
tum,  intr.  (ab  &  fugio,)  to 
fly  away;  to  run  off;  to 
escape;  to  flee. 

Augendus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Augeo,  augere,  auxi,  auctum, 
tr.  to  cause  to  grow;  to  in- 
crease; to  augment;  to  en- 
large ;  intr.  to  grow ;  to  in- 
crease; to  rise. 

Augurium,  i,  n.  (avis,  a  bird, 
&  garrio,  to  chirp,)  afore- 
telling  of  future  events  from 
the  singing  of  birds  ;  hence, 
augury ;  divination. 

Auguste,  adv.  (ius,  issime,) 
nobly;  from 

Augustus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 


AUGUSTUS AXENUS. 


199 


august;  grand;  venerable; 
(from  augeo.) 

Augustus,  i,  m.  an  honorary 
appellation  bestowed  by  the 
senate  upon  Ccesar  Octavi- 
(t/i/'s ;  succeeding  emperors 
took  the  same  name. 

Aulis,  idis,  f.  a  seaport  town  in 
Boeotia. 

Aulus,  i,  m.  a  common  praeno- 
men  among  the  Romans. 
887,  1 ;  1 538,  1. 

Amelias,  i,  m.  the  name  of 
several  Romans. 

Aureus,  a,  am,  adj.  (aurum,) 
golden. 

Auriga,  a?,  m.  (aurea,  Obsol. 
a  rein,  and  ago,  to  hold,  or 
drive,)  a  charioteer. 

Amis,  is,  f.  the  ear. 

Aurum,  i,  n.  gold. 

Auspicicum,  i,  n.  (avis  a  bird, 
and  specio,  to  look:)  a  spe- 
cies of  divination,  from  the 
flight,  S?c,  of  birds;  an 
auspice;  the  guidance,  or 
protection  of  another. 

Ausus,  a.  urn,  part,  (audeo,) 
(faring;  having  dared. 

Aut,  conj.  or;  aut — aut,  either 


Autcin.  conj.  hit;  yet. 

Autumuus,  i,  in.  (augeo,)  au- 
tumn. 

Auxi.     See  Augeo. 

Auxilium,  i,  n.  (augeo,)  help; 
aid;  assistance. 

Avaritia,  a?,  f.  avarice;  from 

-A  varus,  a,  urn,  adj.  (comp.) 
avaricious ;  covetous:  (fr. 
aveo,  to  hng  for.) 


A  vf- ho,  -vehere,  -vexi,  -vectum, 
tr.  (a  &  veho,)  to  carry  off", 
or  away. 

A vello,  -vellere,  -velli  or  -  v  i 1 1  -  i , 
-vulsum,  tr.  (a  &  vello,)  to 
pull  off,  or  away;  to  pluck; 
to  take   away   (forcibly). 

Aventlnus,  i,  m.  mount  Aven- 
tine,  one  of  the  seven  hills 
on  which  Rome  was  built. 

Aversus,  a,  urn,  part,  turned 
away:  cicatrix  averso,  a 
scar  in  the  back:  from 

Aver  to,  -vertere,  -verti,  -ver- 
sum,  tr.  (a  &  verto,)  to 
turn  away;  to  avert;  to 
turn. 

Avicula,  as,  f.  dim.  (avis,)  a 
small  bird. 

Avidus,  a,  um,  adj.  (aveo,) 
(ior,  \>xhnn*,)  desirous  ;  rav- 
enous; greedy;  eager. 

Avis,  i  ,  f.  a  bird. 

Avoeo,  are,  avi,  Fitum,  tr.  (a  & 
VOCO,)  to  call  away;  to  di- 
rrrf ;  to  withdraw. 

Avolaiurus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Avolo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  (a 
&  volo.)  to  fly  away,  or  off. 

Avulsus,  part,  (avello.) 

Avunculus,  i,  m.  (dim.  of 
avus,)  a  mother's  brother; 
an  uncle. 

Avus.  i,  m.  a  grandfather. 

Axenus,  i,  m.  (from  a  Greek 
word  signifying  inhospita- 
ble:) the  Euxine  sea;  an- 
ciently so  called,  on  account 
of  the  cruelty  of  the  neigh- 
boring tribes. 


200 


BABYLON BENEFICIUM. 


B. 


Babylon,  onis,  f,  the  metropo- 
lis of  Chaldea,  lying  upon 
the  Euphrates. 

Babylonia,  ae,  f.  the  country 
about  Babylon. 

Bacca,  ae,  f.  a  berry. 

Bacchus,  i,  m.  the  son  of  Jupi- 
ter and  Semele,  and  the  god 
of  wine. 

Bactra,  orum,  n.  the  capital  of 
Bactriana,  situated  upon 
the  sources  of  the  Oocus. 

Bactriani,  orum,  m.  pi.  the  in- 
habitants of  Bactriana. 

Bactrianus,  a,  um,  adj.  Bac- 
trian,  pertaining  to  Bactra 
or  Bactriana. 

Baculus,  i,  m.  and  Bactilum,  i, 
n.  a  staff". 

Bsetica,  ae,  f.  a  country  in  the 
southern  part  of  Spain, 
watered  by  the  river  Bcetis. 

Baetis,  is,  m.  a  river  in  the 
southern  part  of  Spain, 
now  the  Gaudalquiver. 

Bagrada,  ae,  m.  a  river  of  Af- 
rica, between  Utica  and 
Carthage. 

Ballista,  as,  f.  an  engine  for 
throwing  stones. 

Balticus,  a,  um,  adj.  Baltic: 
mare  Balticum,  the  Baltic 
sea. 

Barbaras,  a,  um,  adj.  speaking 
a  strange  language;  (not 
Greek  or  Roman  ;)  foreign  ; 
hence,  barbarous;  rude; 
uncivilized;  savage:  subs, 
barbari,  barbarians. 


Batavus,  a,  um,  adj.  Batavian'. 
belonging  to  Batavia,  now 
Holland. 

Beatitudo,  inis,  f.  blessedness ; 
happiness ;  from 

Beatus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  happy ;  blessed;  (fr. 
beo,  to  make  happy.) 

Bebrycia,  ae,  f.  a  country  of 
Asia. 

Belgae,  arum,  m.  pi.  the  inhab- 
itants of  the  north-east  part 
of  Gaid;  the  Belgians. 

Belgicus,  a,  um,  adj.  of  or 
pertaining  to  the  Belgce. 

Bellerophon,  tis,  m.  the  son  of 
Glaucus,  king  of  Ephyra. 

Bellicosus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  is- 
simus,  (bellum,)  of  a  war- 
like spirit;  given  to  war. 

Bellicus,  a,  um,  adj.  (bellum,) 
relating  to  war;  warlike. 

Belligero,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(bellum  &  gero,)  to  wage 
war ;  to  carry  on  war. 


Bello,    are, 


atum,    tr.  to 


war;  to  wage  war;  to  con- 
tend; to  fight. 

Bellua,  as,  f.  a  large  beast;  a 
monster. 

Bellum,  i,  n.  (duellum,)  war. 

Belus,  i,  m.  the  founder  of  the 
Babylonish  empire. 

Bene,  adv.  (melius,  optime,) 
well;  finely;  very:  bene- 
pugnare,  to  fight  success' 
fully ;  (fr.  benus  obsol,  for 
bonus.) 

Beneficium,  i,  n.  (bene  &  fa- 
cio,)  a  benefit;  a  kindness. 


BENEVOLENTIA BRIGANTINUS. 


201 


Benevolentia,  ae,  f.  (bene  &  vo- 
lo,)  benevolence;  goodwill. 

Beni^ue,  adv.  (iiis,  isslme,) 
kliulhj;  from 

Beaignua,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
kind;  benign:  (boni^onusfr. 
benus  for  bonus,  &  genus.) 

Bestia,  ae,  f.  a  beast;  a  wild 
beast. 

Bestia,  ae,  m.  the  surname  of  a 
Roman  consul. 

Bias,  antis,  m.  a  philosopher 
born  at  Priene,  and  one 
of  the  seven  wise  men  of 
Greece. 

Bibliotheca,  a?,  f.  a  library. 

Bibo,  bibere,  bibi,  bibitum, 
tr.  to  drink,  (in  order  to 
quench  thirst:)  to  imbibe: 
See  poto. 

Bibulus,  i,  m.  a  colleague  of 
Julius  Ccesar  in  the  con- 
sulship. 

Bini,  33,  a,  num.  adj.  106, 207  9 
two  by  two ;  two,  two  each. 

Bipes,  edis,  adj.  (bis  &  pes,) 
two  footed ;  with  two  feet. 

Bis,  num.  adv.  twice. 

Bitlivuia,  as,  £  a  country  of 
Asia  3finory  east  of  the 
Propontis. 

Blanditia,  ae,  f.  compliment- 
ing; blanditiae,  pi.  bland- 
ishments ;  caresses ;  flattery : 
from 

Blandus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
ini h.)  courteous;  agreeable; 
flattering ;  enticing  ;  in v it- 
ing;  tempting. 

Boootia,  ae,  f.  a  country  of 
Greece,  north  of  Attica. 


Bonitas,  atis,  f.  goodness;  ex- 
cellence, from 

Bonus,  a,  um,  adj.  (melior,  op- 
timus,)  good;  happy  ;  kind. 

Bonum,  i,  n.  a  good  thing ;  an 
endowment;  an  advantage; 
profit:  bona,  n.  pi.  an  es- 
tate; goods:  (fr.  bonus.) 

Borealis,  e,  adj. northern; from 

Boreas,  ae,  m.  the  north  wind. 

Borysthenes,  ae,  m.  a  large  ri- 
ver of  Scythia,  flowing  into 
the  Euxine;  it  is  now  called 
the  Dneiper. 

Borysthenis,  idis,  f.  the  name  of 
a  town  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Borysthenes. 

Bos,  bo  vis,  c.  an  ox;  a  cow 
§  15.  12,  123. 

BosphSrus,  or  Bosporus,  i,  m. 
the  name  of  two  straits  be- 
tween Europe  and  Asia; 
one  the  Thracian  Bospho- 
rus,  now  the  straits  of  Con- 
stantinople; the  other  the 
( 'i  miner  ion  Bosphorus,now 
the  straits  of  Caffa. 

Brachium,  i,  n.  the  arm;  (viz. 
from  the  hand  to  the  el- 
bow.) 

Brevi,  adv.  shortly;  briefly;  in 
short  time;  from 

Bnvis,  e,  adj.  (comp.)  short; 
brief;  hence, 

Brevitas,  atis,  f.  shortness; 
brevity. 

Bnirantinus,  a,  um,  adj.  be- 
longing  to  Brigantium,  a 
town  of  the  Vindelici; 
Brigantinus  lacus,  the  lake 
of  Constance. 


202 


BRITANNIA CALEFIO. 


Britannia,  ae,  f.  Great  Britain. 

Britannicus,  a,  um,  adj.  belong- 
ing to  Britain;  British. 

Britannus,  a,  um,  adj.  British: 
Britanni,  the  Britons. 

Bruma,  ae,  f.  the  winter  sol- 
stice; the  shortest  day. 

Bruttium,  i,  n.  a  promontory 
of  Italy. 

Bruttii,  orum,  m.  pi.  a  people 
in  the  southern  part  of 
Italy. 

Brutus,  i,  m.  the  name  of  an 
illustrious  noble  family. 

Bucephalus,  i,  f.  the  name  of 
Alexander's  war-horse. 

Bucephalos,  i,  f.  a  city  of  In- 
dia, near  the  Hydaspes, 
built  by  Alexander,  in  me- 
mory of  his  horse. 

Buxeus,  a,  um,  adj.  (buxus, 
the  box-tree:)  of  box;  of  a 
pale  yellow  color,  like  box- 
wood. 

Byzantium,  i,  n.  now  Constan- 
tinople, a  city  of  Thrace, 
situated  upon  the  Bospho- 


C. 

C,  an  abbreviation  of  Caius. 
Cabira,  ind.  a  town  of  Pontus. 
Cacumen,  inis,  n.  the  top;  the 

peak;  the  summit. 
Cadens,  tis,  part,  (cado.) 
Cadmus,  i,  m.  the  son  of  Age- 

nor,  king  of  Phoenicia. 
Cado,   cadere,   cecidi,   casum, 

intr.  to  fall. 
Caecilius,  i,  m.  a  Roman  name. 


Caecubum.  i,  n.  a  town  of  Cam* 
pania,  famous  for  its  wine. 

Caectibus,  a,  um,  adj.  Ccecu- 
ban;  of  Ccecubum. 

Caedes,  is,  f.  slaughter;  car- 
nage; homicide;  murder; 
from 

Caedo,  caedere,  cecidi,  caesum, 
tr.  to  cut;  to  kill;  to  slay; 
to  beat. 

Caelatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Caelo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
carve  ;  to  engrave  ;  to  sculp- 
ture; to  emboss. 

Caepe,  or  Cepe,  n.  indec.  an 
onion. 

Caepio,  onis,  m.  a  Roman  consul 
who  commanded  in  Spain. 

Caesar,  aris,  m.  a  cognomen  or 
surname  given  to  the  Julian 
family. 

Caestus,  us,  m.  (caedo,)  a 
gauntlet;  a  boxing-glove. 

Caesus,  a,  um,  part,  (caedo,) 
cut;    slain;  beaten. 

Caius,  i,  m.  a  Roman  praeno- 
men. 

Calais,  is,  m.  a  son  of  Boreas. 

Calamitas,  atis,  f.  {a  storm 
which  breaks  the  reeds  or 
stalks  of  corn,  hence,)  a 
calamity  ;  a  misfortune  ;  fr. 

Calamus,  i,  m.  a  reed. 

Calathiscus,  i,  m.  (dim.  cala- 
thus,)  a  small  basket. 

Calefacio,  calefacere,  calefeci, 
calefactum,  tr.  (caleo  &  fa- 
cio,)  to  warm;  to  heat. 

Calef  10,  fieri,  factus  sum,  intr. 
irr.  §  83,  Obs.  3;  to  be 
warmed. 


CALEFACTUS CAPTIVU8. 


203 


Calefactus,  a,  um,  part,  (cale- 
flo,)  warmed. 

Calidus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.  fr. 
caleo,)  warm. 

Caliidus,  a,  um.  adj.  (calleo, 
from  callus,  hardness,  viz: 
of  skin  occasioned  by  hard 
labor ;  hence,)  practiced; 
experienced;  shrewd;  cun- 
ning. 

Calor,  oris,  m.  warmth;  heat. 

Calpe,  68,  £  a  hill  or  mountain 
in  Spain,  opposite  to  Abyla 
in  Africa. 

Calpurnius,  i,  m.  the  name  of  a 
Roman  family. 

Calydonius,  a,  um,  adj.  of  or 
belonging  to  Calydon,  a  city 
of  JEtolia;   Calydonian. 

Camelus,  i,  c.  a  camel. 

Camillus,  i,  m.  (M.  Furius,) 
a  Roman  general. 

Campania,  oe,  f.  a  pleasant 
country  of  Italy,  between 
Lat.inm  and  Lucania. 

Campester,  tris,  fare,  adj.  even; 
plain ;  level;  champaign ; 
flat;  from 

Campus,  i,  m.  a  plain;  afield; 
the  Campus  Martins. 

Cancer,  cri,  m.  a  crab. 

Candidas,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
white;  (a  bright  or  shining 
wh$te;  see  albus.) 

Candor,  oris,  m.  (id.)  bright- 
ness; whiteness;  clearness. 

Canens,  tis,  part,  of  cano, 
sinking. 

Canis,  is,  c.  a  dog. 

Cannas,  arum,  f.  pi.  a  village 
in  Apulia,  famous  for  the 


defeat  of  the  Romans  by 
Hannibal.. 

(aniifti  is,  e,  adj.  belonging  to 
Cknnce. 

Cano,  canere,  cecmi,  cantum, 
tr.  to  sing;  to  sound  or 
play  upon  an  instrument. 

Cantans,  tis,  part  (canto.) 

Cantharus,  i,  m.  a  beetle;  a 
knot  under  the  tongue  of 
the  god  Apis. 

Cantium,  i,  n.  now  the  county 
of  Kent,  England. 

Canto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  freq. 
(cano,)  to  sing;  to  repeat 
often. 

Cantus,  us,  m.  (id.)  singing ;  a 
song:  cantus  galli,  the  crow- 
ing of  the  cock. 

Caper,  pri,  m.  a  he-goat. 

Capesso,  ere,  ivi,  Itum,  tr.  (ca- 
pio,)  §  88,  5,  to  take;  to  take 
the  management  of:  fugam 
capessere,  to  flee.  S87» 

Capiens,  tis,  part,  from 

Capio,  capere,  cepi,  captum,  tr. 
(properly,  to  hold;  to  con- 
tain; commonly,)  to  take; 
to  capture;  to  take  captive; 
to  enjoy;  to  derive. 

Capitalis,  e,  adj.  (caput,)  re- 
lating to  the  head  or  life; 
capital;  mortal;  deadly; 
pernicious:  capitale,  (sc, 
crimen,)  a  capital  crime. 

Capitolium,  i,  n.  (id.)  the  cap- 
itol;  the  Roman  citadel  on 
the  Capitoline  hill. 

Capra,  ae,  f.  a  she-goat. 

Captivus,  a,  um,  adj.  (capio,) 
captive. 


204 


CAPTO — CASUS. 


Capto,  are,  avi,  fitum,  tr.  freq. 

%y&4t9   (capio,)  to  catch  at ; 

to  seek  for  ;  to  hunt  for. 
Captus,  a,  um,  part,   (cppio,) 

taken;  taken  captive; 
Capua,  se,  f.  the  principal  city 

of  Campania. 
Caput,  itis,  n.  a  head;   life; 

the  skull;    a  capital  city; 

capitis    damnare,   to    con- 
demn to  death. 
Carbonarius,  i,   m.    (carbo,  a 

coal;)  a  collier;  a  maker 

of  charcoal. 
Career,  eris,  m.  a  prison. 
Careo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  intr.  to  be 

without;  to  be  free  from; 

to  be  destitute;  not  to  have; 

to  want. 
Cares,   ium,  m.  pi.    Garians; 

the  inhabitants  of  Caria. 
Caria,  33,  f.  a  country  in  the 

southeastern  part  of  Asia 

Minor. 
Carica,  se,  f.  a  fig;  (properly, 

carlca  ficus.) 
Carmen,   Inis,   n.   a  song;    a 

poem. 
Carneades,  is,  m.  a  philosopher 

of  Cyrene. 
Caro,  carnis,  f.  flesh. 
Carpentum,  i,  n.  a  chariot;  a 

wagon. 
Carpetani,  orum,  m.  pi.  a  peo- 
ple of  Spain,  on  the  borders 

of  the  Tagus. 
Carpo,  carpere,  carpsi,   carp- 

tum,  tr.  to  pluck;  to  gather; 

to  tear. 
Carrae,  arum,  f.  pi.  a  city  of 


Mesopotamia,  near  the  Eu- 
phrates. 

Carthaginiensis,  e,  adj.  of  or 
belonging  to  Carthage ;  Car- 
thaginian: subs,  a  Cartha- 
ginian. 

Carthago,  inis,  f.  Carthage,  a 
maritime  city  in  Africa: 
Carthago  Nova,  Carihage- 
na,  a  town  of  Spain. 

Carus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
dear  ;  precious  ;  costly. 

Casa,  83,  f.  a  cottage ;  a  hut. 

Casca,  33,  m.  the  surname  of  P. 
Servilius,  one  of  the  con- 
spirators against  Ccesar. 

Caseus,  i,  m.  cheese. 

Cassander,  dri,  m.  the  name  of 
a  Macedonian. 

Cassiope,  es,  f.  the  wife  of  Ce- 
pheus,  king  of  Ethiopia, 
and  mother  of  Andromeda. 

Cassius,  i,  m.  the  name  of  sev- 
eral JRomans. 

Castalius,  a,  um,  adj.  Casta- 
lian;  of  Castalia,  a  foun- 
tain of  Phocis,  at  the  foot 
of  mount  Parnassus. 

Castigatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Castigo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
chastise  ;  to  punish ;  to  cor- 
rect. 

Castor,  oris,  m.  the  brother  of 
Pollux  and  Helen. 

Castrum,  i,  n.  (casa,)  a' castle: 
castra,  orum,  pi.  a  camp: 
castra  ponere,  to  pitch  a 
camp;  to  encamp. 

Casus,  us,  m.  (cado,)  a  fall; 
accident;  chance;  an  event* 


CATABATUMUS — CELT^E . 


205 


a  misfortune;  a  disaster; 
a  calamity. 

Catabatliimn,  i,  m.  a  declirity  • 
a  gradual  descent ;  a  valley 
between  Egypt  and  Africa 
proper. 

Catfma,  le,  f.  now  Catania,  a 
city  of  Sicily,  near  mount 
Jfl/Jia. 

Catanensis,  e,  adj.  belonging  to 
Gatana;    Oatanean. 

Catienus,  i,  ru.  Catienus  Ploti- 
nus,  a  Roman  distinguished 
for  his  attachment  to  his 
patron. 

Cat  Ulna,  sp,  m.  a  conspirator 
against  the  Roman  govern- 
ment, whose  plot  was  detect- 
ed and  defeated  by  Cicero. 

Cato,  onis,  ra.  the  name  of  a 
Roman  family. 

Catfilus  i,  m.  the  name  of  a 
Roman  family. 

Catftlns,  i,  m.  (dim.  canis,)  a 
little  dog ;  a  whelp ;  the 
young  of  beasts. 

Caucasus  i,  m.  a  mountain  of 
Asia,  between  the  Mack  and 
Caspian  seas. 

Cauda,  ae,  f.  a  tail. 

Caudlnus,  a,  um,  adj.  Caudine  ; 
of  or  belonging  to  Caudium, 
a  town  of  Italy. 

Caula,  ae,  f.  a  fold;  a  sheep- 
cote. 

Causa,  ae,  f.  a  cause ;  a  reason  ; 
a  lawsuit:  in  causa  est,  or 
causa  est,  is  the  reason: 
causa,  for  the  sake  of. 

Cautes,  is,  f.  a  sharp  rock;  a 
crag;  &  cliff:  from 
18 


Caveo,  cavere,  cavi,  cautum, 
intr.  &  tr.  to  beware;  to 
avoid;  to  shun:  eavf-n- 
sibi  ab,  to  secure  themselves 
from  ;   to  guard  against. 

Caverna,  ae,  f.  (cavus,)  a  cave; 
a  cavern. 

Cavus,  a,  um,  adj.  hollow. 

Cecldi.     See  Caedo. 

Cecidi.     See  Cado. 

Cecini.     See  Cano. 

Cecropia,  ae,  f.  an  ancient  name 
of  Athens  ;  from 

Cecrops,  dpis,  m.  the  first  king 
of  Athens. 

Cedo  cedere,  cessi,  cessum, 
intr.  to  yield;  to  give  place  ; 


to   retire;    to   retreat , 


to 


submit. 
Celeber,  bris,  bre,  adj.  (celebri* 

or,  celeberrimus,)  crowded; 

much   visited;    renowned; 

famous ;  distinguished. 
Celebratus,  a,  um,  part,  (cele- 

bro.) 
Celebritas,  atis,  f.  (celeber,)  a 

great  crowd;  fame;  glory; 

celebrity;  renown. 
Celebro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

visit;  to  celebrate;  to  make 

famous  ;  to  perform. 
Celeritas,  atis,  f.  (celer,  swift,) 

speed ;    swiftness ;    quick- 
ness.   , 
Celeriter,    adv.     (iiis,    rime,) 

swiftly. 
Celeus,  i,  m.  a  king  of  Eleusis. 
Celo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to  hide; 

to  conceal. 
Celtae,  arum,  m.  pi.  the  Celts; 

a  people  of  Gaul. 


206 


CENSEO CETUS. 


Censeo,  ere,  ui,  urn,  tr.  to  esti- 
mate; to  judge;  to  believe; 
to  count;  to  reckon. 

Censor,  is,  m.  (censeo,)  a  cen- 
sor; a  censurer ;  a  critic. 

Censorinus,  i,  m.  (L.  Manlius,) 
a  Roman  consul  in  the  third 
Punic  war. 

Censorius,  i,  m.  (censor,)  one 
who  has  been  a  censor;  a 
surname  of  Cato  the  etder. 

Census,  us,  m.  (censeo,)  a  cen- 
sus ;  an  enumeration  of  the 
people  ;  a  registering  of  the 
people,  their  ages,  fyc. 

Centeni,  ae,  a,  num,  adj.  pi.  dis- 
trib.  (centum,)  every  hund- 
red; a  hundred. 

Centesimus,  a,  um,  num,  adj. 
ord.  (id.)  the  hundredth. 

Centies,  num,  adv.  a  hundred 
times;  from 

Centum,  num,  adj.  pi.  ind.  a 
hundred. 

Centurio,  onis,  m.  (centuria,) 
a  centurion;  a  captain  of 
a  hundred  men. 

Cephallenia,  ae,  f.  an  island  in 
the  Ionian  sea,  now  Cepha- 
lonia. 

Cepe.     See  Caepe. 

Cepi.     See  Capio. 

Cera,  ae,  f.  wax. 

Cerberus,  i,  m.  the  name  of 
the  three-headed  dog  which 
guarded  the  entrance  of  the 
infernal  regions. 

Cercasorum,  i,  n.  a  town  of 
Egypt. 

Ceres,  eris,  f.  Geres,  the  goddess 
of  corn, 


Cerno,  cernere,  crevi,  cretum, 
tr.  properly,  to  sift;  to  dis- 
tinguish: hence,  to  see;  to 
perceive. 

Certamen,  inis,  n.  (certo,)  a 
contest;  a  battle;  zeal;  ea- 
gerness; strife;  contention; 
debate;  a  game  or  exercise: 
Olympicum  certamen,  the 
Olympic  games. 

Certe,  adv.  ius,  issime,  (certus,) 
certainly,  at  least. 

Certo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  & 
intr.  (certus,)  to  determine, 
or  make  sure;  to  contend; 
to  strive  ;  to  fight. 

Certus,  a,  um,  adj.  (cerno,) 
(ior,  issimus,)  certain  ;  fix- 
ed: certiorem  facere,  to  in- 
form. 

Cerva,  ae,  f.  a  female  deer;  a 
hind;  hence, 

Cervinus,  a,  um,  adj.  belonging 
to  a  stag  or  deer. 

Cervix,  icis,  f.  (the  hinder  part 
of)  the  neck;  an  isthmus- 

Cervus,  i,  m.  a  male  deer;  a 
stag. 

Cessator,  is,  m.  a  loiterer;  a 
lingerer;  an  idler ;  from 

Cesso,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
freq.  (cedo,)  to  cease;  to 
loiter. 

Ceterus,  (and  ceter,  seldom 
used,)  cetera,  ceterum,  adj. 
other;  the  other;  the  rest; 
hence, 

Ceterum,  adv.  but;  however, 
as  for  the  rest. 

Cetus,  i,  m.  (&  cete,  is,  n.)  a 
whale;  any  large  sea  fish. 


CEYX CITILERON. 


207 


Ceyx,  yci5,  m.  the  son  of  Hes- 
perus, and  husband-of  Al- 
cyone. 

Chalet?  don,  onis,  f.  a  city  of 
Bithynia,  opposite  Byzan- 
tium. 

Chaldaicus,  a,  urn,  adj.  (Chal- 
<laa,)  Clialdean. 

Charta,  a3,  f.  paper. 

Chersiphron,  onis,  m.  a  distin- 
guished architect,  under 
whose  direction  the  temple 
of  Ephesus  was  built. 

Chereonggngj  i,  f.  a  peninsula. 

Chilo,  onis,  m.  a  Lacedcemo- 
nian  philosopher,  and  one 
of  the  seven  wise  men  of 
Greece. 

Christus,  i,  m.  Christ. 

(ilms,  i,  m.food;  nourishment. 

Cicatrix,  Icis,  f.  a  wound;  a 
scar;  a  cicatrice. 

Cicero,  onis,  m.  a  celebrated 
Roman  orator. 

Ciconia,  a;,  f.  a  stork. 

Cilicia,  se,  f.  a  country  in  the 
southeast  part  of  Asia  Mi- 
nor. 

Chnbri,  orum,  m.  pi.  a  nation 
formerly  inhabiting  the 
northern  part  of  Germany. 

Cinctus,  a,  um,  part.  (cingo.) 

Cineas,  ae,  m.  a  Thessal/'u/, 
the  favorite  minister  of 
Pyrrhus. 

Cingo,  cingere,  cinxi,  cinc- 
tmn,  tr.  to  surround;  to 
encompass;  to  encircle;  to 
gird. 

Cinis,  eris,  d.  ashes;  cinders. 

Cinna,  ae,  m.   (L.   Cornelius,) 


a  consul  at  Rome,  in  the 
time  of  the  civil  war. 

Cinnamum,  i,  n.  cinnamon. 

Circa  &  Circum,  prep.  &  adv. 
about;  around;  in  tlie 
neighborhood  of. 

Circuitus,  us,  m.  (circumeo,) 
a  circuit;  a  circumference. 

Circumdatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Circumdo,  dare,  dedi,  datum, 
tr.  (circum  &  do,)  to  put 
around;  to  surround;  to 
environ;  to  invest. 

Circumeo,  ire,  ii,  itum,  intr. 
irr.  (circum  &  eo,  §  83,  3,) 
to  go  round;  to  visit.  4:13 • 

Circumfluo,  -fluere,-fluxi,-flux- 
um,  intr.  (circum  &  fluo,) 
to  flow  round. 

Circumiens,  euntis,  part,  (cir- 
cumeo.) 

Circumjaceo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  (cir- 
cum &  jaceo,)  to  lie  around; 
to  border  upon. 

Circumsto,  stare,  steti,  intr. 
(circum  &  sto,)  to  stand 
round. 

Circumvenio,  -venire,  -veni 
-ventum,  tr.  (circum  &  ve- 
nio,)  to  go  round;  to  sur- 
round; to  circumvent. 

Circumventus,  a,  um,  part. 

Ciris,  is,  £  the  name  of  the 
fish  into  which  Scylla  was 
changed, 

Cisalplnus,  a,  um,  adj.  (cis  & 
Alpes,)  Cisalpine;  on  this 
side  of  the  Alps;  that  is, 
on  the  side  nearest  to 
Rome. 

Cithaeron.   onis,   m.   a   moun- 


208 


CITO — C<ELUM. 


tainofBceotia,  near  Thebes,  i 

sacred  to  Bacchus. 
Cito,  adv.  (ius,  issime,)  quick-  j 

ly;  from 
Citus,  a,  um,  adj.  (citus,  part. 

cieo,)  (ior,  issimus,)  quick. 
Citra,  prep.  &  adv.  on  this  side,  i 
Civicus,   a,   um,   adj,    (civis,)  j 

civic:  corona  civica,  a  civ-  . 

ic  crown  given  to  him  who  \ 

had  saved  the  life  of  a  citi-  j 

zen  by  killing  an  enemy. 
Civllis,  e,  adj.  (comp,)  of  or 

belonging  to  a  citizen  ;  civil; 

courteous;  from 
Civis,   is,  c.   (cio,  or  cieo,)  a 

citizen. 
Ci vitas,  atis,  f.  (civis,)   a  city; 

a  state;  the  inhabitants  of 

a  city  ;  the  body  of  citizens  ; 

a  constitution  ;  citiz 

freedom  of  the  city. 
Clades,   is,   f.   loss;    damage; 

defeat;  disaster ;  slaughter. 
Clam,  prep,  without  the  knowl- 
edge  of; — adv.  privately; 


Claudius,   i,  m.  the   name  of 

several  Romans,  belonging 

to    the    tribe    hence    called 

Glaudian. 
Claudo,  claudere,  clausi,  clau- 

sum,  tr.  to  close;  to  shut. 
Claudus,  a,  um,  adj.  lame. 
Clausus,  a,  um,  part,  (claudo,) 

shut  up. 
Clavus,  i,  m.  a  nail;  a  spike. 
Clemens,  tis,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 

merciful;  hence, 
Clementer,    adv.  (ius,  issime,) 

gently;  kindly. 
Clementia,  ae,  f.  (id.)  clemency; 


Clamo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  & 
tr.  to  cry  out;  to  call  on; 
hence, 

Clamor,  oris,  m.  a  clamor;  a 
cry. 

Clandestinus,  a,  um,  adj.  (clam,) 
secret;  clandestine. 

Clarltas,  atis,  f.  celebrity; 
fame;  from 

Clarus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,) clear;  famous;  re- 
nowned;  celebrated;  loud. 

Classis,  is,  f.  a  class;  ajleet. 


Cleopatra,  ae,  f.  an  Egyptian 
queen  celebrated  for  beauty. 

Cloaca,  a3,  f.  a  drain;  a  com- 
mon sewer. 

Clodius,  i,  m.    a  Roman  of  il- 
lustrious family,  remarka- 
ble for  his  licentiousness. 
|  Cluentius,  i,  m.  the  name  of 
several  Romans. 

Clusium,  i,  n.  a  city  of  Etruria. 
I  Clypeus,  i,  m.  a  shield. 

Cneius,  i,  m.  a  Roman  praeno- 
men;  abbreviated  Cn. 

Coactus,  a,  um,  part,  (cogo,) 
collected;  assembled;  com- 
pelled. 

Coccyx,  ygis,  m.  a  cuckoo. 

Codes,  itis,  m.  a  Roman  dis- 
tinguished for  his  bravery. 

Coctilis,  e,  adj.  (coquo,)  baked; 
dried;  burnt. 

Coctus,  a,  um,  part,  (coquo,) 
baked;  burnt;  boiled. 

Coelum,  i,  n.  sing.  m.  pi.  96, 


CCENA — COLO. 


209 


4,  heaven ;  the  climate ;  the 
sky;  the  air;  the  atmos- 
phere. 

Ooena,  ©,  f.  a  supper. 

Coepi,  Isse,  def.  §  84,  Obs.  2,  7 
begin,  or  7  began.  430  • 

Coeptus,  a,  um,  part,  begun. 

Coerce©,  ere,  ui,  ltum,  tr.  (con 
&  arceo,)  to  surround;  to 
restrain;  to  check;  to  con- 
trot. 

Cogitatio,  onis,  f.  (cogito,)  a 
thought)  a  reflection. 

Cogitatum,  i,  n.  a  thought; 
from 

Cogito,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (for 
coagito,  con  &  agito,)  to 
revolve  in  the  mind;  to 
think;  to  consider;  tomed- 

itfttr. 

Cognitus,  a,  um,  part,  (cog- 
nosco.) 

Cognomen,  inis,  n.  (con  &  no- 
men,)  a  surname.  1538,3. 

Cognosco,  -noscere,  -ndvi,  -ni- 
tum,  tr.  (con  &  nosco,)  to 
investigate  ;  hence,  to  know  ; 
to  learn:  de  causa,  to  try  or 
decide  a  suit  at  law. 

Cogo,  cogere,  coegi,  coactum, 
tr.  (colgo,  con  &  ago,)  to 
drive  together ;  to  drive;  to 
compel;  to  force;  to  urge; 
to  collect;  agmen,  to  bring 
up  the  rear. 

Colnereo.  -habere,  -haesi,  hae- 
sum,  intr  (con  &  haereo,) 
to  stick  together ;  to  adhere  ; 
to  be  united;  to  be  joined  to. 

Cohibeo.  -hibr-re,  -hibui,  -hibi- 
tum,  tr.  (con  &  habeo,)  to 


hold  together;  to  holdback; 

to  restrain. 
Cohors,  tis,  f.   a   cohort;    the 

tenth  part  of  a  legion. 
Colchi,  orum,  m.  the  people  of 

Colchis. 
Colchis,  idis,  f.  a  country  of 

Asia,  east  of  the  Euxine. 
Collabor,    -labi,    -lapsus    sum, 

intr.  dep,  (con  &  labor,)  to 

fall  down;  to  fall  together  ; 

to  fall. 
Collare,  is,  n.  (collum,)  a  col- 
lar; a  necklace. 
Collatlnus,  i,  m.  a  surname  of 

Tarquinius,  the  husband  of 

Lucretia. 
Collectus,  a,  um,  part,  (colligo.) 
Collega,   se,  m.   (con  &  lego, 

-are,)  one  who  has  charge 

along  with  another,  i.  e.  a 

colleague. 
Collegium,  i,   n.    (collega,)   a 

college  ;  a  company. 
Colligo,   -ligere,  -legi, -lectum, 

tr.  (con  &  lego,)  to  collect* 
Coll  is,  is,  m.  a  hill. 
Collocatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 
Colloco,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (con 

&  loco,)  to  place:  statuam, 

to  erect:  to  set  up. 
Colloquium,  i,  n.  conversation; 

an  interview;  from 
Colloquor,  -loqui,  -locutus  sum, 

intr.  dep.  (con  &  loquor,)  to 

speak;  together  ;  to  converse. 
Collum,  i,  n.  the  neck. 
Colo,  colere,  colui,  cultum,  tr. 

to  care  for;  to  cultivate;  to 

exercise;    to    pursue;     to 

practise;  to  respect;  to  re- 


210 


COLONIA- — COMMOROR. 


gard;  to  venerate;  to  wor- 
ship ;  to  inhabit. 

Colonia,  ae,  f.  a  colony:  from 

Colonus,  i,  m.  (colo,)  a  colo- 
nist. 

Color,  &  Colos,  oris,  m.  a  color. 

Columba,  ae,  f.  a  dove;  a  pig- 
eon. 

Columbare,  is,  n.  a  dovecote. 

Columna,  ae,  f.  (columen,  a 
prop,)  a  pillar ;  a  column. 

Comburo,  -urere,  -ussi,  -ustum, 

tr.  (con.  &  uro,  §  80,  5,)  to 

burn  up;  to  consume.  S04:, 

Comedendus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Comedo,  edere,  edi,  esum  & 
estum,  tr.  (con  &  edo,)  to 
eat  up;  to  devour. 

Comes,  ids,  c.  (con  &  eo,)  one 
who  gives  with  another;  a 
companion. 

Cometes,  ae,  m.  a  comet;  &2. 

Comissor,  or  Commissor,  ari, 
atus  sum,  intr.  dep.  to  revel 
as  Bacchanalians;  to  riot; 
to  banquet;  to  carouse. 

Comitans,  tis,  part,  (comitor.) 

Comitatus,  a,'um,  part,  from 

Comitor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
(comes,)  to  accompany;  to 
attend;  to  follow. 

Commemoro,  are,  avi,  atum, 
tr.  (con  &  memoro,)  to 
commemorate  ;  to  mention. 

Commendo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(con  &  mando,)  to  commit 
to  one's  care;  to  commend; 
to  recommend. 

Commeo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(con  &  meo,)  to  go  to  and 


fro;  to  go  and  come;  to 
pass. 

Commercium,  i,  n.  (con  & 
merx,)  commerce ;  ex- 
change ;  traffic;  intercourse. 

Commigro,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(con  &  migro,)  to  emigrate  ; 
to  remove. 

Comminuo,  -minuere,  -minui, 
-minutum,  tr.  (con  &  mi- 
nuo,)  to  dash  or  break  in 
pieces;  to  crush;  bruise. 

Comminutus,  a,  um,  part,  bro- 
ken in  pieces;  diminished. 

Committo,  -mittere,  -misi,  -mis- 
sum,  tr.  (con  &  mitto,)  to 
bring  or  put  together;  to 
commit;  to  entrust;  to  be- 
gin: pugnam,  to  join  bat- 
tle; to  commence  or  to  fight 
a  battle. 

Commissus,  a,  um,  part,  in- 
trusted; perpetrated;  com- 
mitted; commenced:  prce- 
lium  commissum,  a  battle 
begun  or  fought:  copiis 
commissis,  forces  being  en- 
gaged. 

Commoditas,  atis,  f.  (commo- 
dus,)  aptness;  fitness;  a 
convenience;  commodious- 
ness. 

Commodum,  i,  n.  (id.)  an  ad- 
vantage; gain. 

Commorior,  -mori  &  -moriri, 
-mortuus  sum,  intr.  dep. 
(con  &  morior,)  to  die  to- 
gether. 

CommSror,  ari,  atus  sum, 
intr.  dep.  (con  &  moror,) 


COMMOTUS CONCIPIO. 


211 


to  reside  with;  to  stay  at; 
to  remain;  to  continue. 

Commotus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

CommovL'O,  -movere,  -movi, 
-motum,  tr.  (con  &  moveo,) 
to  move  together  or  wholly ; 
to  move;  to  excite;  to  stir 
up  ;  to  influence  ;  to  induce. 

Communico,  are,  avi,  atum, 
tr.  to  communicate;  to  im- 
part; to  tell;  from 

Communis,  e,  adj.  (comp.) 
common :  in  commune  con- 
sulere,  to  consult  for  the 
common  good. 

Commuto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(con  &  muto,)  to  change; 
to  alter;  to  exchange. 

Comoedia,  ae,  f.  a  comedy. 

Comparo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(con  '&  paro,)  to  prepare; 
to  get  together ;  to  gain;  to 
procure;  to  compare. 

Compello,  -pellcrc.  -piili,  -pul- 
suin,  tr.  (con  &  pello,)  to 
drive;  to  compel;  to  force; 
in  fugam,  to  put  to  flight. 

Compenso,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(con  &  penso,)  to  weigh  to- 
gether;  to  cojnjxntsate;  to 
make  amends  for. 

Comperio,  -perlre,  -pfiri,  -per- 
tum,  tr.  (con  &  pario,)  to 
find  out;  to  learn;  to  dis- 
cover. 

Complector,  -plecti,  -plexus 
sum,  tr.  dep.  (con  &  plec- 
tor,)  to  embrace;  to  com- 
prise; to  comprehend;  to 
reach;  to  extend:  com- 
plecti  ainore,  to  love. 


Compono,  -ponere,  -posui,  -po- 
sitiun,  tr.  (con  &  pono,)  to 
put  together;  to  compose; 
to  arrange;  to  construct;  to 
finish;  to  compare;  hence, 

Compositus,  a,  um,  part,  fin- 
ished; composed;  quieted, 

Comprehendendus,  a,  um,  fr. 

Comprehendo,  -prehendcre, 
-prehendi,  -prehensum,  tr. 
(con  &  prehendo,)  to  grasp 
or  hold  together  ;  to  compre- 
hend; to  seize  ;  to  apprehend. 

Comprehensus,  a,  um,  part. 

Compulsus,  a,  um,  part,  (com- 
pello.) 

Conatus,  a,  um,  part,  (conor,) 
having  endeavored. 

Concedo,  -cedere,  -cessi,  -ces- 
sum,  intr.  &  tr.  (con  &  ce- 
do,)  to  step  aside;  to  yield; 
to  permit;  to  grant. 

Conceptus,  a,  um,  part,  (con- 
cipio,)  conceived;  couched; 
expressed. 

Concessus,  a,  um,  part,  (con- 
cedo.) 

Concha,  ae,  f.  a  shell  fish. 

Conchylium,  i,  n.  a  shell-fish. 

Concilio,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
join  together  ;  to  conciliate  ; 
to  reconcile;  to  acquire  for 
one's  self;  to  gain;  to  ob- 
tain; from 

Concilium,  i,  n.  a  council. 

Concio,  onis,  f.  (concieo,)  an 
assembly;  an  assembly  of 
the  people. 

Concipio,-cipere,-cepi,-ceptum, 
tr.  (con  &  capio,)  to  take 
together;    to  conceive;    to 


212 


CONCITO — CONGERO. 


imagine;  to  form;  to  draw 
up;  to  comprehend. 

Conclto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
freq.  (con  &  cito,)  to  set  in 
motion;  to  excite;  to  raise. 

Concitor,  oris,  m.  one  who  ex- 
cites; an  exciter  ;  a  mover  ; 
a  disturber. 

Concoquo,-coquere,  -coxi,  -coc- 
tum,  tr.  (con  &  coquo,)  to 
boil;  to  digest. 

Concordia,  ae,  f.  (concors,)  con- 
cord; agreement ;  harmony. 

Concredo,  -credere,  -credidi, 
-credltum,  tr.  (con  &  credo,) 
to  consign;  to  trust;  to  in- 
trust. 

Concremo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(con  &  cremo,)  to  fyirn 
with  ;  to  burn  ;  to  consume. 

Concurro,  -currere,  -curri,  -cur- 
sum,  intr.  (con  &  curro,)  to 
run  together:  concurritur, 
pass.  imp.  a  crowd  assem- 
ble.    Id.  67,  Note. 

Concussus,  a,  um,  part,  shaken; 
moved;  from 

Concutio,  cutere,  cussi,  cussum, 
tr.  (con  &  quatio,)  to  shake  ; 
to  agitate;  to  tremble. 

Conditio,  -onis,  f.  (condo,) 
condition;  situation;  a 
proposal;  terms. 

Conditus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Condo,  -dere,  -didi,  -ditum,  tr. 
(con  &  do,)  to  put  together  ; 
to  lag  up;  to  found;  to 
build;  to  make;  to  form;  to 
hide;  to  bury;  to  conceal. 

Conduco,  -ducere,  -duxi,  -duc- 
tum,  tr.  (con  &  duco,)   to 


lead  together;  to  conduct; 
to  hire. 

Confectus,  a,  um,  part,  (con- 
ficio.) 

Conf  ero,  conferre,  contiili,  col- 
latum,  tr.  irr.  (con  &  fero,) 
to  bring  together;  to  heap 
up;  to  bestow;  to  give:  se 
conferre,  to  betake  one's 
self;  to  go. 

Conficio,  -ficere,  -feci,  -fectum, 
(con  &  facio,  to  do  tho- 
roughly;) to  make;  to  fin- 
ish ;  to  waste  ;  to  wear  out ; 
to  terminate;  to  consume; 
to  ruin;  to  destroy;  to  kill. 

Confligo,  -fligere,  -flixi,-flictum, 
(con  &  fligo,)  to  strike  or 
dash  together;  to  contend; 
to  engage;  to  fight;  (viz.: 
in  close  combat.)  See  dim- 
ico. 

Conflo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (con 
&  fio,)  to  blow  together; 
to  melt;  to  unite;  to  com- 
pose. 

Confluo,  -fluere,  -fluxi,  -fluxum, 
intr.  (con  &  fluo,)  to  flow  to- 
gether ;  to  flock  ;  to  assemble. 

Confodio,-fodere,  -fodi,  -fossum, 
tr.  (con  &  fodio,)  to  dig 
through  and  through;  to 
pierce;  to  stab. 

Confossus,  a,  um,  part,  (confo- 
dio.) 

Confugio,  -fugere,  -fugi,  -fugi- 
tum,  intr.  (con  &  fugio,)  to 
flee  to;  to  flee  for  refuge; 
to  flee. 

Congero,  -gerere,  -gessi,  -ges- 
tum,  tr.  (con  &  gero,)  to 


CONGREDIOR CONSILIUM 


213 


bring  together  ;  to  collect;  to 
heap  up. 

Congredior,  -gredi,  -gressus 
sum,  intr.  dep.  (con  &  gra- 
dior,)  to  meet ;  to  encounter  ; 
to  engage;  to  fight. 

Congrego,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(con  &  grex,)  to  assemble 
in  flocks;  to  assemble. 

Conjectus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Conjicio,  -jicere,  -jeci,  -jectum, 
tr.  (con  &  jacio,)  to  cast; 
to  throw  forcibly ;  to  con- 
jecture. 

Conjugium,  i,  n.  (con  &  jugo,) 
marriage. 

Conjungo,  -jungere,  -junxi, 
-junctum,  tr.  (con  &  jungo,) 
to  unite;  to  bind;  to  join. 

Conjuratus,  a,  um,  part  con- 
spired: conjurati,  subs,  con- 
s//ira'ors ;  from 

Conjuro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(con  &  juro,)  to  swear  to- 
gether ;  to  combine ;  to  con- 
spire: conjuratum  est,  a 
conspiracy  was  formed. 

Conjux,  fi^is,  c  (con  &  jugo,)  a 
spouse ;  a  husband  or  wife. 

Conor,  firi,  at  us  sum,  intr.  dep. 
to  attempt ;  to  venture ;  to 
endeavor;  to  strive. 

Conqueror,  queri,  questus  sum, 
intr.  dep.  (con  <Sc  queror,) 
to  complain  ;  to  lament. 

Consccndo,  -seen dc re,  -scendi, 
-scensum,  tr.  (con  &  scan- 
do,)  to  climb  up ;  to  ascend. 

Conscensus,  a,  um,  part,  (con- 
scendo.) 

Conscisco,      -seiscere.      -sclvi, 


-scltum,  tr.  (con  &  scisco,) 
to  investigate ;  to  vote  to- 
gether; to  agree;  to  decree; 
to  execute  ;  sibi  mortem  con- 
sciscere,  to  lag  violent  hands 
on  one's  self;  to  commit  sui- 
cide. 

Consecro,  arc,  avi,  Fitum,  tr. 
(con  &  sacro,)  to  consecrate; 
to  dedicate;  to  devote. 

Consedi.     See  Consldo. 

Consenesco,  senescere,  senui, 
intr.  inc.  (con  &  senesco,) 
to  grow  old. 

Consentio,  -sentlre,  -sensi,  -sen- 
sum,  intr.  (con  &  sentio,) 
to  think  together;  to  agree; 
to  consent;  to  unite. 

Consequor,  -sequi,  -secutus. 
sum,  tr.  dep.  (con  &  se- 
quor,)  to  follow  closely;  to 
gain;  to  obtain. 

Consecutus,  a,  um,  part,  having 
obtained. 

Consero,  -serere,  -serui,  -ser- 
tum,  tr.  (con  &  sero,)  to 
join;  to  put  together :  pug- 
nam,  to  join  battle;  to  fight. 

Conservandus,  a,  um,  part, 
from 

Conservo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(con  &  servo,;  to  preserve; 
to  maintain;  to  perpetuate. 

Consldens,  tis,  part,  from 

Consldo,  -sidere,  -sedi,  -ses- 
sum,  intr.  (con  &  sido,)  to  sit 
down;  to  encamp;  to  take 
one's  seat;  to  perch  ;  to  light. 

Consilium,  i,  n.  (consttk),) 
counsel;  design;  intention; 
a  council;  deliberation  j  ad- 


214 


CONSISTO — CONTEMPLOR. 


vice;  a  plan;  judgment; 
discretion  ;  prudence ;  wis- 
dom. 

Consisto,  -sistere,  -stiti,  intr. 
(con  &  sisto,)  to  stand  to- 
gether; to  stand;  to  consist. 

Consolor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
(con  &  solor,)  to  console; 
to  comfort. 

Conspectus,  a,  um,  part,  (con- 
spicio.) 

Conspectus,  us,  m.  (id.)  a  see- 
ing; a  sight;  a  view. 

Conspicatus,  a,  um,  part,  (con- 
spicor.) 

Conspicio,  -  spicere,  -  spexi, 
-spectum,  tr.  (con  &  spe- 
cio,)  to  behold;  to  see. 

Conspicor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr. 
dep.  (id.)  to  behold;  to  see. 

Conspicuus,  a,  um,  adj.  (id.) 
conspicuous;  distinguished. 

Constans,  tis,  part.  &  adj. 
(comp.)    firm;     constant; 


Constituo,  -stituere,  -stitui,  -sti- 
tutum,  tr.  (con  &  statuo,) 
to  cause  to  stand,  i.  e.,  to 
place;  to  establish;  to  ap- 
point ;  to  resolve. 

Consto,  -stare,  -stiti,  intr.  (con 
&  sto,)  to  stand  together ; 
to  consist  of:  constat,  imp. 
it  is  certain;  it  is  evident. 

Construo,  -struere,  -struxi, 
structum,  tr.  (con  &  struo,) 
to  pile  together;  to  con- 
struct; to  build;  to  com- 
pose; to  form. 

Consuesco,  -suescere,  -suevi, 
-suetum,  intr.   (con  &  su- 


esco,)  to  be  accustomed : 
hence, 

Consuetudo,  mis,  f.  habit;  cus- 
tom. 

Consul,  ulis,  m.  a  consul; 
hence, 

Consularis,  e,  adj.  of  or  per- 
taining to  the  consul;  con- 
sular: vir  consularis,  one 
who  has  been  a  consid;  a 
man  of  consular  dignity. 

Consulates,  us,  m.  (consul,)  the 
consulship. 

Consulo,  -sulere,  -sului,  -sul- 
-tum,  tr.  to  advise;  to  con- 
sult. 

Consulto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  & 
intr.  freq.  (consulo,)  to  ad' 
vise  together ;  to  consult. 

Consumo,  -sumere,  -sumsi, 
-sumptum,  tr.  (con  &  su- 
mo,) to  take  together,  or  at 
once;  hence,  to  consume; 
to  wear  out;  to  exhaust;  to 
waste ;  to  destroy;  hence, 

Consumptus,  a,  um,  part. 

Contagiosus,  a,  um,  adj 
comp.  (contingo,)  conta' 
gious. 

Contemnendus,  a,  um,  part, 
from 

Contemno,  -temnere,  -tempsi, 
-temptum,  tr.  (con  &  tem- 
no,)  to  despise;  to  reject 
with  scorn. 

Contemplates,  a,  um,  part,  ob- 
serving; regarding;  con- 
sidering; from 

Contemplor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr. 
dep.  (con  &  templum,  a 
quarter  in  the  heavens,)  to 


CONTEMPTIM CONTUSUS. 


215 


look  attentively  at  the 
heavens ;  (said  originally 
of  the  augurs;  hence,)  to 
contemplate;  to  regard;  to 
consider;  to  look  at;  to 
gaze  upon. 

Contemptim,  adv.  with  con- 
tempt; contemptuously; 
scornfully;  from 

Contemptus,  a,  um,  part,  (con- 
temno.) 

Contemptus,  us,  m.  (id.)  con- 
tempt. 

Contendo,  dere,  di,  turn,  tr.  & 
intr.  (con  &  tendo,  to 
stretchy  or  draw,  or  strive 
together,  hence,)  to  dispute; 
to  fight;  to  contend;  to  go 
to;  to  direct  one's  course; 
to  request ;  hence, 

Contentio,  dnis,  f.  contention; 
a  debate  ;  a  controversy  ;  ex- 
ertion; an  effort;  a  strife. 

Contcntus,  a,  urn,  adj,  (comp.) 
content;  satisfied:  fr.  con- 
tineo. 

Contero,  -ten" re,  -trivi,  -trltum, 
tr.  (con  &  tero,)  to  break; 
to  pound;  to  waste. 

Continens,  tis,  part.  &  adj. 
(comp.)  holding  together; 
hence,  joining ;  continued : 
un  interrupted  ;  temperate  ; 
subs.  f.  the  continent^  or 
main  land:  from 

Contineo,  -tinere,  -tinui,  -ten- 
tum,  tr.  (con  &  teneo,)  to 
hold  together,  or  in  ;  to  con- 
tain. 

Contingo,  -tingere,  -tigi,  -tac- 
tum,  tr.  (con  &  tango,)  to  l 


touch ;  contlgit,  imp.  it 
happens:  milii,  it  happens 
to  me;  J  have  the  fortune. 

Continuo,  ady,  immed'muhj ; 
forthwith ;  in  succession ; 
from 

Continuus,  a,  um,  adj.  (con- 
tineo,) continued;  adjoin- 
ing;  incessant;  uninter- 
rupted; continual;  without 
intermission ;  in  close  suc- 
cession: continuo  alveo,  in 
one  entire  or  undivided 
channel. 

Contra,  prep,  against;  oppo- 
site to:  adv.  on  the  other 
hand. 

Contractus,  a,  um,  part,  (con- 
traho. 

Contradico,  -dicere,  -dixi,  -dic- 
tum, tr.  (contra  &  dico,)  to 
speak  against;  to  contra- 
dict; to  oppose. 

Contradictus,  a,  um,  part,  con- 
tradicted; opposed. 

Contraho,-trahere,  -traxi,  -trac- 
turn,  tr.  (con  &  traho,)  to 
draw  together  ;  to  contract ; 
to  assemble;  to  collect. 

Contrarius,  a,  um,  adj,  (con- 
tra,) contrary;  opposite. 

Contueor,  -tueri,  -tuitus  sum,  tr. 
dep.  (con  &  tueor,)  to  re- 
gard; to  behold;  to  view; 
to  gaze  upon  ;  to  survey. 

Contundo,  -tundere,  -tudi,  -tu- 
sum,  tr.  (con  &  tundo,)  to 
beat  together;  to  beat;  to 
bruise;  to  crush;  to  puU 
verize. 

Contusus,  a,  um,  part. 


216 


CONVALESCO — CORROSUS. 


Convalesco,  -valescere,  -valui, 
intr.  inc.  (con  &  valesco, 
from  valeo,)  to  grow  well; 
to  recover. 

Convenio,  -venire,  -veni,  -ven- 
tum,  intr.  (con  &  venio,)  to 
come  together ;  to  meet;  to 
assemble. 

Converto,  -vertere,  -verti,  -ver- 
sum,  tr.  (con  &  verto,)  to 
turn  ;  to  resort  to  ;  to  appro- 
priate; to  convert  into;  to 
change;  se  in  preces,  to 
turn  one's  self  to  entreating. 

Convicium,  i,  n.  (con  &  vox,) 
loud  noise;  scolding;  re- 
proach;   abuse. 

Convivium,  i,  n.  (con  &  vivo,) 
a  feast;  abanguet;  an  en- 
tertainment. 

Convoco,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(con  &  voco,)  to  call  to- 
gether; to  assemble. 

Convolvo,  -volvere,  -volvi,  -vo- 
lutum,  tr.  (con  &  volvo,) 
to  roll  together;  pass,  to  be 
rolled  together:  se,  to  roll 
one's  self  up. 

Cooperio,  -perire,  -perui,  -per- 
tum,  tr.  (con  &  operio,)  to 
cover. 

Copia,  a?,  f.  an  abundance;  a 
multitude;  a  swarm:  co- 
pice,  pi.  forces,  troops. 

Copiose,  adv.  (ius,  isshne,)  co- 
piously; abundantly:  from 
copiosus,  from  copia. 

Coquo,  coquere,  coxi,  coctum, 
tr.  to  cook;  to  bake;  to  boil; 
to  roast ;  hence, 


Coquus,  i,  m.  a  cook. 

Cor,  cordis,  n.  the  heart. 

Coram,  prep,  in  the  presence 
of;  before :  adv.  openly. 

Corcyra,  se,  f.  an  island  on  the 
coast  of  JEpirus,  now  Corfu. 

Corinthius,  a,  um,  adj.  Corin- 
thian; belonging  to  Cor- 
inth. 

Corinthius,  i,  m.  a  Corinthian. 

Corinthus,  i,  f.  Corinth,  a  city 
of  Achaia,  in  Greece. 

Corioli,  drum,  m.  pi.  a  town 
of  Latium. 

Coriolanus,  i,  m.  a  distinguish- 
ed Roman  general. 

Corium,  i,  n.  the  skin;  the  skin 
or  hide  of  a  beast;  leather. 

Cornelia,  a3,  f.  a  noble  Roman 
lady. 

Cornelius,  i,  m.  the  name,  of 
an  illustrious  tribe,  or  clan, 
at  Rome,  adj.  Cornelian. 

Cornix,  icis,  f.  a  crow. 

Cornu,  n.  ind.  in  Sing.  (91); 
a  horn.  jL37» 

Corona,  se,  f.  a  crown. 

Corpus,  oris,  n.  a  body  ;  a  corpse. 

Correptus,a,um,part.  (corripio.) 

Corrigo,  -rigere,  -rexi,  -rectum, 
tr.(con  &  rego,)  to  set  right; 
to  straighten;  to  make  bet- 
ter; to  correct. 

Corripio,  -ripere,  -ripui,  -rep- 
tum,  tr.  (con  &  rapio,)  to 
seize. 

Corrodo,  rodere,  rosi,  rosum, 
tr.  (con  &  rodo,)  to  gnaw; 
to  corrode. 

Corrosus,  a,  um,  part,  (corrodo,) 


CORROIPO CRUDELI8. 


217 


Coirumpo,  -rumpere,  -rupi, 
-ruptum,  tr  (con  &  rum- 
po,)  to  breaJc  up,  (or  thor- 
oughly;) to  corrupt;  to 
bribe;  to  hurt;  to  violate; 
to  seduce;  to  impair;  to 
destroy. 

Corruo,  -more,  -rui,  intr.  (con 
&  ruo,)  to  fall  down  ;  to  de- 
cay. 

Corruptus,  a,  urn,  part.  &  adj. 
(corrumpo,)  bribed;  vitia- 
ted; foul;  corrupt. 

Corsica,  ae,  f.  an  island  in  the 
Mediterranean  sea,  north 
of  Sardinia. 

Corvinus,  i,  m.  a  surname  giv- 
en to  M.  Valerius,  from  an 
incident  in  his  life,;  from 

Corvus,  i,  m.  a  raven. 

Corycius,  a,  ura,  adj.  Corycian; 
of  Cor  yens. 

Corycus,  i,  m.  the  name  of  a  city 
and  mountain  of  Cilicia. 

Cos.,  an  abbreviation  of  consul; 
Coss.,  q/* consules;  Gr.891. 

Cotta,  ae,  m.  a  Roman  cogno- 
men, belonging  to  the  Au- 
relian  tribe. 

Crater,  Oris,  in.  a  goblet;  a  cra- 
ter; the  mouth  of  a  volcano. 

Crates,  etis,  m.  a  Thcban  phi- 
losopher. 

Crassus,  i,  m.  the  name  of  a 
Roman  family  of  the  Lnu- 
cinian  tribe. 

Creatus,  a,  um,  part,  (creo.) 

Creber,  crebra,  crebrtim,  adj. 
(crebrior,crebe  rrimus,)  fre- 
quent. 

19 


Crebr5,  adv.  (crebrlbB,  caret>ep- 
rime,)  (creber.)  frequently. 

Credo,  -dere,  -didi,  -ditum,  tr. 
to  believe;  to  trust. 

Credulus,  a,  um,  adj.  (credo,) 
easy  of  belief;  credulous. 

Cremera,  ae,  f.  a  river  of  Etru- 
ria,  near  which  the  Fabian 
family  were  defeated  and 
destroyed. 

Cremo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
burn;  to  conswme. 

Creo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
make;  to  choose;  to  elect. 

Cresco,  crescere,  crevi,  cre- 
tum,  intr.  (creo,)  to  spring 
up;  to  increase;  to  grow. 

Creta,  ae,  f.  Crete,  now  Can- 
dia,  an  island  in  the  Med- 
iterranean sea,  south  of  the 
Cyclades. 

Cretensis,  e,  adj.  belonging  to 
Crete;  Cretan. 

Crevi.     See  Cresco. 

Crimen,  inis,  n.  a  crime;  a 
fault;  an  accusation:  ali- 
cui  crimini  dare,  to  charge 
as  a  crime  against  one. 

Crinis,  is,  m.  the  hair. 

Crixus,  i,  m.  the  name  of  a  cel- 
ebrated gladiator. 

Crocodllus,  i,  m.  a  crocodile. 

Cruciatus,  a,  um,  part,  (crucio.) 

Cruciatus,  us,  m.  (id.)  torture; 
distress  ;  trouble  ;  affliction. 

Crucio,  fire,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(crux,)  to  crucify;  to  tor- 
ment; to  torture. 

Crudclis,  e,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
cruel;  (fr.  crudus,)  hence, 


216 


CRUDKLITER — CYCLADES. 


Orudelfter,  adv.  (ius,  issime,) 
cruelly. 

Crudus,  a,  urn,  adj.  (eruor,) 
properly,  full  of  blood; 
crude;  raw;   unripe. 

Cruor,  oris,  m.  blood;  gore. 

Cms,  cruris,  n.  the  leg;  (from 
the  hiee  to  the  ankle.) 

Crux,  crucis,  f.  a  cross. 

Cubitus,  i,  m.,  &  Cubitum,  i, 
n.  (cubo,  to  recline,)  the 
arm,  from  the  elbow  to  the 
wist;  a  cubit. 

Cucurri.     See  Curro. 

Cui,  &  Cujus.  See  Qui,  &  Quis. 

Culex,  icis,  m.  a  gnat. 

Culpa,  33.  f.  a  fault;  guilt; 
blame;  hence, 

Culpo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
blame. 

Cultellus,  i,  m.  (dim.  from  cul- 
ler,) a  little  knife;  a  knife. 

Cultus,  a,  um,  part,  (colo,)  cul- 
tivated; improved;  dressed. 

Cum,  prep,  with:  adv.  the 
same  as  quum,  when:  cum 
— turn,  not  only — but  also; 
as  well — as  also. 

Cunctatio,  onis,  f.  (cunctor,) 
delaying;  a  delaying;  hesi- 
tation. 

Cunctus,  a,  um,  adj.  all;  the 
whole. 

Cunieulus,  i,m.  a  rabbit;  a  cony. 

Cupiditas,  atis,  f.  (cupio,)  a 
wish;  a  desire;  cupidity; 
(with  moderation.) 

Cupido,  inis,  f.  desire;  (with 
eagerness.) 

Cupidus,a,  um,  adj.  comp.  (id.) 
desirous. 


Cupiens,  tis,  part,  from 

Cupio,  ere,  Ivi,  ltum,  tr.  to  de* 
sire;  to  wish;  to  long  for. 

Cur.,  adv.  (abbreviated  for 
quare,)  why;  wherefore. 

Cura,  33,  f.  care;  anxiety. 

Cures,  ium,  f.  pi.  a  city  of  the 
Sabines. 

Curia,  as,  f.  a  curia  or  ward; 
one  of  thirty  parts  into 
which  the  Roman  people 
were  divided;  the  senate 
house. 

Curiatii,  orum,  m.  pi.  the  name 
of  an  Alban  tribe.  Three 
brothers  belonging  to  this 
tribe  fought  with  the  Ho- 
ratii. 

Curo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (cura,) 
to  take  care  of;  to  care;  to 
be  concerned;  to  cure  or  heal. 

Curro,  currere,  cucurri,  cur- 
sum,  intr.  to  run;  hence, 

Currus,  us,  m.  a  chariot:  and 

Cursor,  oris,  m.  (curro,)  a  run- 
ner ;  also  a  surname  given 
to  L.  Papirius. 

Cursus,  us,  (id.)  a  running;  a 
course. 

Curvus,  a,  um,  adj.  crooked. 

Custodia,  ae,  f.  (custos,)  a 
watch;  a  guard;  a  prison. 

Custodio,  Ire,  ivi,  ltum,  tr.  (id.) 
to  guard;  to  watch;  to  pre- 
serve; to  keep  safely. 

Custos,  odis,  c.  a  guard;  a 
keener. 

Cutis,  is,  f.  the  skin. 

Cyaneus,  a.  um,  adj.  dark  blue. 

Cyclades,  um,  f.  pi.  a  cluster 
of  islands  in  the  Archipela- 


CYCLOPES — DEBELLO 


219 


go,  which  derive  their  name 
from  lying  in  a  circle. 

Cyclopes,  tun,  :n.  pL  the  Cy- 
clops, giants  of  Sicily,  liv- 
ing near  JEtiiu. 

Cydnus,  i,  m.  a  river  of  Cilicia. 

C'yllfme,  es,  f.  a  mountain  in 
Arcadia. 

Cymba,  ie,  f.  a  boat;  a  skiff";  a 
canoe. 

Cymbal  um,  i,  n.  a  cymbal. 

Cymcus,  i.  m.  a  Cynic.  The 
Cynics  were  a  sect  of  phi- 
losophers founded  by  Antis- 
thrnes. 

Cynocephahe,  arum,  f.  pi. 
small  hills  near  Scotussa  in 
Thessaly. 

Cynocephali,  drum,  m.  pi.  a 
people  of  India  with  heads 
like  dogs. 

CynocephftliH,  i,  m.  an  Egyp- 
tian deity. 

CynossPma,  fitis,  n.  a  promon- 
tory of  Thrace,  near  Sestos, 
wliere  queen  Hecuba  was 
buried. 

Cynthus,  i,  m.  a  hill  near  the 
town  of  Delos. 

Cyrgnae,  arum,  f.  pi.  Cyrene,  a 
city  of  Africa,  the  capital 
of  Cyrenaica. 

Cyrenatca,  se,  f.  a  country  in 
the  northern  part  of  Africa, 
so  called  from  its  capital, 
Cyrence. 

Cyrenaeus,  a,  um,  adj.  Cyrene- 
an;  belonging  to  Cyrence. 

Cyrenv'u-is,  e,  adj.  Cyrenean; 
of  Cyrence. 


!  Cyrnus,  i.  £  a  Greek  name  of 
the  island  of  Corsica. 

Cyrus,  i,  m.  Cyrus,  the  name 
of  a  Persian  king. 

Cyzicus,  i,  f.  the  name  of  an 
island  near  Mysia,  contain- 
ing a  town  of  the  same 
name. 


]). 


Daedalus,  i,  m.  an  ingenious 
Athenian  artist,  the  son  of 
Euphemus. 

Damrio,  are,  avi,  Stum,  tr, 
(damnum,  loss,)  to  adjudge 
to  loss  of  any  kind;  to  con- 
demn. 

Damnosus,  a,  um,  adj.  injuri- 
ous; hurtful. 

Danaus,  i,  m.  an  ancient  king 
of  Argos,  and  brother  of 
JEyyptus. 

Dandus,  a,  um,  part,  (do.) 

Dans,  tis,  part,  (do.) 

Danubius,  i,  m.  the  Danube, 
a  large  river  of  Germany, 
called  also  the  Ister,  after 
its  entrance  into  Jl/yri- 
cum. 

Daps,  dapis,  f.  a  feast;  a  meal. 

Dardania,  ce,  f.  a  country  and 
city  of  Asia  Minor,  near 
the  Hellespont. 

Daturus,  a,  um,  part,  (do.) 

Datus,  a,  um,  part,  (do.) 

De,  prep,  from;  of;  concern- 
ing; on  account  of. 

Dea,  83,  f.  6 1 , 4,  a  goddess.  57 • 

Debello,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (de 


220 


DEBEO DEDUCO. 


&  bello,)  to  put  down  by 
war  ;  hence,  to  conquer;  to 
subdue. 

Debeo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  tr.  (de  & 
habeo,)  to  owe;  to  be  obliged; 
with  an  infinitive,  ought,  or 
should. 

Debeor,  eri,  Itus  sum,  pass,  to 
be  due. 

Debilito,  tire,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(debilis,)  to  weaken;  to  en- 
feeble. 

Debitus,  a,  urn,  part,  (debeo,) 
due  ;  'deserved;  owing. 

Decedo,  -cedere,  -cessi,  -ces- 
sum,  intr.  (de  &  cedo,)  to 
depart;  to  retire;  to  with- 
draw;  to  yield;  to  die. 

Decern,  num.  adj.  ten. 

Decemviri,  oruin,  m.  pi.  de- 
cemvirs, ten  men  appointed 
to  prepare  a  code  of  laws 
for  the  Romans,  and  by 
whom  the  laws  of  the  twelve  \ 
tables  were  formed. 

Decerno,  -cernere,  -crevi,  ere-  ! 
turn,  tr.  (de  &  cerno,)  to 
separate  one  thing  from  ] 
another;  to  judge;  to  de-  I 
*  cide;  to  fight;  to  contend;] 
to  discern;  to  decree:  bel-  | 
lum  decretum  est,  the  man-  \ 
agement  of  the  war  was  de-  \ 
creed. 

Decerpo,-cerpere,-cerpsi,-cerp-  j 
turn,  tr.  (de  &  carpo,)  to ! 
pluck  off;  to  pick ;  to  gather. ! 

Decido,  -cidere,  -cidi,  intr.  (de 
&  cado,)  to  fall,  (viz  -.from 
or  down:)  dentes  decidunt, 
the  teeth  fail,  or  come  out. 


Decimus,  a,  um,  num.  adj.  ord. 
(decern,)  the  tenth. 

Decius,  i,  m.  the  name  of  sev- 
eral Romans  distinguished 
for  their  patriotism. 

Declaro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (de 
&  claro,  to  make  clear;)  to 
declare ;  to  show. 

Decoctus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Decoquo,  -coquere,  -coxi,  -coc- 
tum,  tr.  (de  &  coquo,)  to 
boil  down  ;  to  boil. 

Decorus,  a,  um,  adj.  (decor,)  be- 
coming;  handsome;  adorn- 
ed; decorous;  beautiful. 

Decretus,  a,  um,  part,  (de- 
cerno.) 

Decresco,  -crescere,  -crevi,  intr. 
(de  &  cresco,)  to  sink  down, 
or  subside  ;  to  decrease  ;  to 
diminish;  to  fall  to  decay. 

Decumbo,  -cumbere,  -cubui, 
intr.  (de  &  cubo)  to  lie  down. 

Decurro,  -currere,  -curri,  -cur- 
sum,  intr.  (de  &  curro,)  to 
run  down  ;  to  flow  down. 

Decus,  oris,  n.  (deceo,)  an  or- 
nament. 

Dedi.     See  Do. 

Dedidi.     See  Dedo. 

Deditio,  onis,  f.  (dedo,)  a  giv- 
ing up ;  a  surrender. 

Deditus,  a,  um,  part,  (dedo.) 

Dedo,  dedere,  dedidi,  deditum, 
tr.  (de  &  do,)  to  give  up ;  to 
surrender  ;  to  deliver  up  ;  to 
addict  or  devote  one's  self. 

Dediico,  -ducere,  -duxi,  -duc- 
tum,  tr.  (de  &  duco,)  to  lead 
or  draw  downwards :  to  lead 
forth;  to  bring;  to  lead. 


DEFATIGO DELINQUO. 


221 


Defatlgo,  are,  avi,  atup,  tr.  (de 
&  fatlgo,)  to  weary  out;  to 
fatigue. 

Defcndo,  -fendere,  -fendi,  -fen- 
sum,tr.(de&fendo,obsol,  to 
hit;)  to  defend;  to  protect. 

Defensus,  a,  urn,  part.  (d(  ten- 
do.) 

Def  ero,  -ferre,  -tfili,  -latum,  tr. 
irr.  (de  &  fero,)  to  bring, 
(viz:  down,  or  along;)  to 
convey;  to  proffer;  to  con- 
fer;  to  give. 

Defieiens,  tis,  part,  from 

Deficio,  -licf-re,  -feci,  -tectum, 
tr.  &  intr.  (de  &  facio,)  to 
fail;  to  abandon;  to  be 
wanting;  to  decrease;  to  be 
eclipsed;  to  revolt. 

Defleo,  ere,  evi,  etum,  (de  & 
fleo,)  to  deplore ;  to  bewail; 
to  lament ;  to  weep  -for. 

Defluo,  -fluere,  -fluxi,  -iiuxum, 
intr.  (de  &  fluo,)  to  flow 
down. 

Defodio, -fodere,  -fodi,  -fossum, 
tr.  (de  &  fodio,  to  dig 
down;)  to  bury;  to  inter. 

Defonnitas,  fitis,  f.  (deformis,) 
deformity ;  ugliness. 

Defossus,  a,  um,  part,  (defodio.) 

Defunct  us,  a,  um,  part,  fin- 
ished: defunctus  or  defunc- 
tus  vita,  dead;  from 

Defungor,  -fungi, -funet us  ram, 
intr.  de]).  (de  &  fungor,)  to 
execute  ;  to  perform  ;  to  be 
free  from ;  to  fnish. 

Degens,  tis,  part,  from 

Dego,  degere,  degi,  tr.  &  intr. 


(de  &  ago,)  to  lead;  to  live ; 
to  dwell:  degere  rotatem, 
to  live. 

Degusto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (de 
&  gusto,)  to  taste. 

Deinde,  adv.  (de  &  hide,)  then; 
further;  after  that;  next. 

Deiotarus,  i,  m.  a  man  who 
was  made  king  of  Galatia, 
by  the  Roman  senate,  by 
the  favor  of  Pompey. 

Dejectus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Dejicio,-jicere,-jeci,  -ieetum,  tr. 
(de  &  jacio,)  to  throw,  or 
cast  down. 

Delabor,-labi,  lapsus  sum,  intr. 
dep.  (de  &  labor,)  to  fall; 
to  glide  down  ;  to  flow. 

DelFitus,  a,  um,  part,  (def  em.) 
carried  down  ;  conferred. 

Delecto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (de 
&  lacto,)  to  allure.;  to  de- 
light; to  please. 

Delectus,  a,  um,  part,  (deligo.) 

Delendus,  a,  um,  part,  to  be  de- 
stroyed; from 

Deleo,  ere,  evi,  etum,  tr.  (de 
&  leo,  to  daub;)  to  extin- 
guish; to  destroy. 

Delicirc,  arum,  f.  pi.  (delicio,) 
delights;  diversions;  plea- 
sures. 

Delictum,  i,  n.  (delinquo,)  a 
neglect  of  duty;  a  fault; 
crime. 

Deligo,  -ligere,  -legj,  -Vet urn, 
tr.  (de  &  lego,)  to  select;  to 
choose. 

Delinquo,  -bnquere,  -llqui,  -lic- 
tum,  tr.   (de  &  linquo,)  to 


222 


DELPHICUS — DEPULSO. 


fail  in  duty;  to  offend;  to 
do  wrong. 

Delphlcus,  a,  um,  adj.  Delphic, 
belonging  to  Delphi. 

Delphi,  orum,  m.  pi.  a  town  of 
Phocis,  famous  for  the  tem- 
ple and  oracle  of  Apollo. 

Delphlnus,  i,  m.  a  dolphin. 

Delta,  as,  f.  a  part  of  Egypt, 
so  called  from  its  resem- 
blance to  the  Greek  letter 
delta,  4. 

Delubrum,  i,  n.  (deluo,  to  pu- 
rify ;)  a  temple ;  a  shrine. 

Delus  or  os,  i,  f.  an  island  in 
the  ^Jgean  sea;  the  birth 
place  of  Apollo  and  Diana. 

Demaratus,  i,  m.  a  Corinthian, 
father  of  the  elder  Tarquin. 

Demergo,  -mergere,  -mersi, 
-mersum,  tr.  (de  &  mergo,) 
to  plunge;  to  sink. 

Demersus,  a,  um,  part. 

Demetrius,  i,  m.  a  Greek  prop- 
er name. 

Demissus,  a,  um,  part,  cast 
down;  descending;  from 

Demitto,-  mittere,  -misi,  -mis- 
sum,  tr.  (de  &  mitto,)  to 
send  down;  to  let  down;  to 
drop. 

Democritus,  i,  m.  a  Grecian 
philosopher,  born  at  Abdera. 

Demonstro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(de  &  monstro,)  to  point 
out;  to  show;  to  demon- 
strate ;  to  prove. 

Demosthenes,  is,  m.  the  most 
celebrated  of  the  Athenian 
orators. 

Demum,  adv.   at  length;   not 


till  thm:  at  last ;  only ;  in 

fine.  ^^ 
Deni,  as,  a,  dis.  num.  adj.  pi. 

every  ten;  ten;  by  tens. 
Denique,  adv.  finally;  at  last. 
Dens,  tis,  m.  a  tooth. 
Densus,  a,  um,  adj.   (comp.) 

thick. 
Dentatus,   i,   m.    (Siccius,)   a 

brave  Roman  soldier. 
Denuntio   or    -cio,    are,    avi, 

atum,  tr.   (de  &   nuntio,) 

prop,  to  make  known;    to 
foreshow;  to  proclaim;  to 

declare  ;  to  denounce. 
Depascor,  -pasci,  -pastus  sum, 

tr.  dep.  (de  &  pascor,)  to 

feed  upon;  to   eat  up;  to 

feed. 
Depingo,  -pingere,  -pinxi,  -pic- 

tum,  tr.   (de  &  pingo,)  to 

paint;   to   depict;    to   de- 
scribe ;  to  exhibit. 
Deploro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (de 

&   ploro,)    to   deplore;   to 

weep  for ;  to  mourn. 
Depono,  -ponere,  -posui,  -posi- 

tum,  tr.   (de  &  pone,)  to 

lay  down  or  aside. 
Depopulatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 
Depopulor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr. 

dep.  (de  &  populus,)  to  lay 

waste. 
Deporto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (de 

&  porto,)  to  carry  down. 
Deprehendo,  -prehendere,-pre- 

hendi,  -prehensum,  tr.  (de 

&  prehendo,)  to  seize;  to 

catch;  to  detect. 
Deprehensus,  a,  um,  part. 
Depulso,   are,  avi,   atum,   tr. 


DESCENDO — DEVOLO. 


223 


freq.  (de  &  pulso,)Jp  push 

away ;  to  keep  off;  to  repel. 

Descendo,   -scendere,  -scendi, 

-scensum,  intr.  (de  &  scan- 
do,)  to  descend:  in  certa- 
men  descendere,  to  engage 
in  a  contest:  descenditur 
imp.  one  descends;  we  de- 
scend; Id.  76,  Note. 

Descrlbo,  -scribere,  -scripsi, 
scriptum,  tr.  (de  &  scribo,) 
prop,  to  write  down;  to  de- 
scribe;  to  divide;  to  order. 

DeSero,  -serere,-serui,  -sertum, 
tr.  (de  &  sero,)  to  desert ;  to 
forsake;  to  abandon:  (op- 
posite of  sero,  238,3, 479.) 

Desertum,  i,  n.  a  desert;  from 

Desertus,  a,  um,  part.  &  adj. 
(comp.)  deserted;  waste; 
desolate;  desert. 

Desiderium,  i,  n.  (desid^ro,  to 
desire:)  a  longing  for;  a 
desire;  love;  affection;  re- 
gret; grief. 

Deslno,  sinere,  sivi,  and  sii 
6itum,  intr.  (de  &  sino,)  to 
leave  off;  to  terminate;  to 
cease;  to  end;  to  renounce. 
Note — An  ace.  after  this 
verb  is  governed  by  an  in- 
finitive understood. 

Desperatus,  a,  um,  part.  &  adj. 
comp.  despaired  of;  past 
hope;  desperate;  hopeless: 
from 

ro,  nrc,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(de  &  spero,)  to  despair: 
(ir.  238,  3,  479. 

Desponsatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Desponso,  are,  avi,  atum;  tr. 


freq.  (desporffteo,)  to  pro- 
mise in  marriage;  to  be- 
troth; to  affiance. 

Destlno,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
jtrop.tofix ;  to  destine  ;  to  ap- 
point; to  resolve;  to  aim  at. 

Desum,  -esse,  -fui,  -intr.  irr. 
(de  &  sum,)  to  be  wanting; 
238,  3,  479. 

Deterior,  adj.  compar.  (sup. 
deterrimus,  §  26,  4,)  worse. 

Deterreo,  ere,  ui,  ltum,  tr. 
(de  &  terreo,)  to  frighten 
from;  to  deter. 

Detestor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr. 
dep.  (de  &  testor,)  to  call 
to  witness;  to  wish  (as  « 
curse) :  to  deprecate;  to  de- 
test. 

Detractus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Detraho,  -trahere,  -traxi,  -trao- 
tum,  tr.  (de  &  traho,)  to 
draw  down  or  away;  to 
draw  off;  to  take  from. 

Detrimentum,  i,  n.  (detero,) 
detriment;  damage;  harm; 
loss. 

Deus,  i,  m.  God;  a  god. 

Deveho,-vehere,-vexi,-vectum, 
tr.  (de  &  veho,)  to  carry 
down,  or  away. 

Devexus,  a,  um,  adj.  sloping; 
inclining. 

Devictus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Devinco,-vincere,-vici,-victum, 
tr.  (de  &  vinco,)  to  con- 
quer; to  subdue;  to  over- 
come. 

Devolo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(de  &  volo,)  to  fly  doum; 
to  fly  away. 


224 


DEVORO — DILiaO. 


Dev&roy  are,  fivi,  Stum,  tr.  (de 
&  voro,)  to  devour;  to  eat 
up. 

Devotus,  a,  urn,  part,  from 

Devoveo,  -vovere,  -vovi,  -vo- 
tum,  tr.  (de  &  voveo,)  to 
vow;  to  devote;  to  conse- 
crate. 

Dexter,  era,  erum,  or  ra,  rum, 
§  20,  3,  adj.  right;  on  the 
right  hand.  190,3,222. 

Dextra,  as,  f.  the  right  hand. 

Diadema,  atis,  n.  a  diadem;  a 
white  fillet  worn  upon  the 
heads  of  kings. 

Diagoras,  se,  m.  a  Rhodian 
who  died  of  excessive  joy, 
because  his  three  sons  loere 
victorious  at  the  Olympic 
games. 

Diana,  as,  f.  the  daughter  of 
Jupiter  and  Latona,  and 
sister  of  Apollo. 

Dico,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to  con- 
secrate; to  dedicate;  from 

Dico,  dicere,  dixi,  dictum,  tr. 
to  say;  to  name;  to  call. 

Dictator,  oris,  m.  a  dictator; 
a  chief  magistrate,  elected 
on  special  occasions,  and 
vested  with  absolute  author- 
ity; from 

Dicto,  are,  avi,  atum,  freq.  to 
say  often;  to  dictate. 

Dictum,  i,  n,  (dico,)  a  word; 
an  expression. 

Dictus,  a,  um,  part,  (dico.) 

Dies,  ei,  m.  or  f.  in  sing.,  m.  in 
pi.,  a  day;  in  dies,  daily; 
every  day. 


Differens,  tis,  adj.  different; 
differing;  from 

Differo,  ditferre,  distuli,  dila- 
tum,  tr.  &  intr.  irr.  (dis  & 
fero,)  to  carry  apart,  or  in 
different  directions ;  to  car- 
ry up  and  down ;  to  scat- 
ter; to  disperse;  to  spread 
abroad;  to  publish;  to  de- 
fer; to  be  different. 

Difficile,  adv.  (ius,  lime,)  diffi- 
cultly; with  difficulty  ;  from 

Difficilis,  e,  adj.  comp.  (dis  & 
facilis,)  difficult;  239,  Obs. 
1,  hence,  487 9  2. 

Difficultas,  atis,  f.  difficulty; 
trouble;  poverty. 

Digitus,  i,  m.  a  finger ;'  a  fin- 
gers breadth. 

Dignatus,  a,  um,  part,  (dig- 
nor,)  vouchsafing;  thought 
worthy. 

Dignitas,  atis,  f.  (dignus,)  dig- 
nity;  office;  honor. 

Dignor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
to  think  worthy;  to  vouch- 
safe; to  deign;  from 

Dignus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  worthy. 

Dilanio,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (dis 
&  lanio,)  to  tear  or  rend  in 
pieces. 

Diligenter,  adv.  (ius  issime,) 
diligently;  carefully;  fr. 
diligens. 

Diligo,-ligere,  -lexi,  -lectum,  tr. 
(dis  &  lego,)  to  select  care- 
fully; to  esteem  a  thing  for 
its  value;  hence,  to  love., 
See  amo. 


DIMICATIO DISSERO. 


225 


Dimicatio,  onis,  f.  a  fight;  a 
contest;  a  battle;  from 

Dimico,  are,  avi,  (or  ui,)  atum, 
intr,  (dis  &  mico,  to  glit- 
ter,) to  fight:  viz.,  with 
swords  gleaming:  dimicii- 
tum  est,  a  battle  was 
fought. 

Dimissus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Dimitto,  -mittere,  -mlsi,  -mis- 
sum,  tr.  (dis  &  mitto,)  to 
send  away;  to  dismiss;  to 
let  go. 

Diogenes,  is,  m.  an  eminent 
Cynic  philosopher,  born  at 
Sinope,  a  city  of  Asia  Mi- 
nor. 

Diomedes,  is,  m.  a  Grecian 
warrior;  also,  a  cruel  king 
of  Thrace. 

Dionysius,  i,  m.  the  name  of 
two  tyrants  of  Syracuse. 

Diremptttras,  a,  um,  part  (di- 
rimo,)  about  to  decide. 

Direptos,  a,  um,  part,  (diripio.) 

Dirlmo,  -imere,  -emi,  -emptum, 
tr.  (dis  &  emo,)  properly, 
to  take  one  thing  from  an- 
other; to  divide;  to  part; 
to  separate;  to  decide. 

Diripio,  -ripere,  -ripui,  -reptum, 
tr.  (dis  „&  rapio,)  to  tear 
asunder ;  to  rob  ;  to  plunder; 
to  pillage  ;  to  destroy. 

Diruo,  -ruere,  -rui,  -rutum,  tr. 
(dis  &  ruo,)  to  pull  down; 
to  overthrow;  to  raze;  to 
destroy. 

Dim?,  a,  um,  adj.  frightful; 
terrible;  direful;  ominous. 

Dirutus,  a,  um,  part,  (diruo.) 


Discedo,-cedere,-cessi,  -cessum, 
intr.  (dis  &  eedo,)  to  go 
away;  to  depart. 

Discerpo,  -cerpere,  -cerpsi, 
cerptum,  tr.  (dis  &  carpo,) 
to  tear  asunder,  or  in 
pieces. 

Discerptus,  a,  um,  part,  (dis- 
cerpo.) 

Discipulus,  i,  m.  (disco,)  a  pu- 
pil; a  scholar. 

Disco,  discere,  didici,  tr.  to 
learn. 

Discordia,  se,  f.  (discors,  dis  & 
cor,)  discord;  disagreement; 
the  Goddess  Discord. 

Discordo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(id,)  to  differ  in  feeling  ;  to 
be  at  variance;  to  differ. 

Discrepo,  are,  avi,  or  ui,  Itum, 
intr.  (dis  &  crepo,)  to  dif- 
fer in  sound;  to  differ;  to 
disagree. 

Diserte,  adv.  (ius,  issime,) 
clearly;  eloquently. 

Disputatio,  onis,  f.  a  dispute; 
a  discourse;  a  discussion; 
from 

Disputo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(dis  &  puto,)  to  be  of  oppo- 
site sentiments;  hence,  to 
dispute;  to  discuss;  to  dis- 
course. 

Dissemino,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(dis  &  semlno,)  to  spread 
abroad;  to  scatter;  to  pro- 
mulgate. 

Dissi'ro,  -serere,  -serui,  -ser- 
tum,  tr.  (dis  «.v  seactk  to 
plait;)  to  unplait;  2ol), 
to   disentangle;   hence,   to 


226 


DISSIDIUM — DOMICILIUM. 


explain;  to  discourse;  to 
reason;  to  debate;  to  say. 

Dissidium,  i,  n.  (dissideo,)  a 
disagreement ;  a  dissension. 

Dissimilis,  e,  adj.  (comp.  §  26, 
1,)  unlike;  dissimilar;  fr. 
dis  &  similis.  220» 

Distans,tis,  part,  (disto,)  stand- 
ing asunder;  differing; 
distant;  being  divided. 

Distinguo,  -stinguere,  -stinxi, 
stinotum,  tr.  (di  &  stinguo,) 
to  distinguish,  (viz:  by 
marks  ;)  to  mark  ;  to  adorn  ; 
to   variegate;    to  spot;   to 


Disto,  stare,  intr.  (di  &  sto,) 
intr.  to  stand  apart;  to  be 
distant;  to  be  divided;  to 
differ. 

Distribuo,-tribuere,  -tribui,  -tri- 
butum,  (dis  &  tribuo,)  to 
distribute;  to  divide. 

Ditis,  e,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,)  rich. 

Diu,  adv.  (utiiis,  utissime,) 
(dies,)  long  ;  for  a  long  time. 

Diurnus,  a,  urn,  adj.  (id.)  daily. 

Diutmus,  a,  urn,  adj.  (diu,) 
continual;  long  continued. 

Diuturmtas,  atis,  f.  long  con- 
tinuance; duration;  from 

Diuturnus;  a,  urn,  adj.  (diu,) 
long;  lasting ;  ior,  224:, 

Divello,  -vellere,  -velli,  or  vul- 
si,-vulsum,  tr.  (di  &  vello,) 
to  pull  asunder;  to  sepa- 
rate ;  to  disjoin  ;  to  tear  off. 

Diversus,  a,  um,  adj.  part.  (fr. 
diverto,)  turned  different 
ways;  different. 


Dives,  Itis,  adj.  rich;  wealthly; 
fertile  ;  fruitful. 

Divldo,  dividere,  divisi,  divi- 
sum,  tr.  (di  &  Iduo,  obsol.  to 
divide;)  to  divide;  to  sepa- 
rate ;  to  distribute. 

Divinus,  a,  um.  adj.  (comp.) 
divine;  heavenly;  fr.  divus. 

Divlsus,  a,  um,  part,  (divido.) 

Divitise,  arum,  f.  pi.  (dives,) 
riches;  wealth. 

Divulsus,  a,  um,  part,  (divello.) 

Do,  dare,  dedi,  datum,  tr.  to 
give  ;  to  grant ;  to  surren- 
der: pcenas,  to  suffer  pun- 
ishment: crimmi,  to  impute 
as  a  crime;  to  accuse :  finem, 
to  terminate:  nomen,  to 
give  name. 

Doceo,  ere,  ui,  turn,  tr.  to  teach. 

Docilitas,  atis,  f.  (doceo,)  do- 
cility; teachableness. 

Doctrma,  ae,  f.  (doceo,)  instruc- 
tion; education;   doctrine. 

Doctus,  a,  um,  part.  &  adj. 
comp.  (doceo,)  taught; 
learned. 

Dodona,  a3,  f.  a  town  and  for- 
est of  JEpirus,  where  were  a 
temple  and  oracle  of  Jupiter. 

Doleo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  to  grieve; 
to  sorrow ;  to  be  in  pain. 

Dolor,  oris,  m.  (doleo,)  pain; 
sorrow;  grief. 

Dolus,  i,  m.  a  device;  a  trick; 
a  stratagem  ;  guile  ;  artifice. 

Domesticus,  a,  um,  adj.  (do- 
mus,)  domestic. 

Domicilium,  i,  n.  (id.)  a  habi- 
tation; a  house;  an  abode. 


DOMINA ECCE. 


2*7 


Domlna,  rc,  f.  (dominus,)  a 
mistress. 

Dominatio,  onis,  f.  govern- 
ment, absolute  power;  do- 
minion; usurpation;  des- 
potism: from 

Dominus,  i,  m.  (domus,)  mas- 
ter; owner;  lord. 

Domltus.  a,  um,  part  from 

Domo,  are,  ui,  itum,  tr.  to  sub- 
due ;  to  tame ;  to  overpower; 
to  conquer ;  to  vanquish. 

Domus,  lis,  &  i,  f.  1K3,  5,  a 
house:  domi,  at  home:  do- 
mo, from  home:  domum, 
home.    144. 

Donee,  adv.  until:  as  long  as. 

Dono,  are,  avi,  Titum,  tr.  (do- 
num,)  to  give  freely;  to 
present. 

Donum,  i,  n.  (do,)  a  free  gift; 
an  offering;  a  present. 

Dormio,  Ire,  ivi,  Itum,  intr.  to 


Dorsum,  i.  n.  the  bach. 

Dos,  dotis,  f.  a  portion  ;  a  dowry. 

Draco,  onis,  m.  a  dragon;  a 
species  of  serpent. 

Druida?,  arum,  m,  pi,  Druids, 
priests  of  the  ancient  Bri- 
tons and  Gauls, 

Dubitatio,  onis,  f.  a  doubt;  hes- 
itation; question:  from 

Dublto,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(dubius,)  to  hesitate;  to 
doubt. 

Ducenti,  se,  a,  num.  adj.  pi  two 
hundred. 

Duco,  cere,  xi,  ctum,  tr.  to 
lead;  to  conduct:  uxorem, 
to  take  a  wife ;  to  marry : 


exequias,  to  perform  fim+- 
ral  rites :  murum,  to  build 
a  wall. 

Ductus,  a,  um,  part.  led. 

Duillius,  i,  m.  (Caius,)  a  Ro- 
man commander,  who  first 
conquered  the  Carthagini- 
ans in  a  naval  engagement. 

Dulcis,  e,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
sweet;  pleasant. 

Dum,  adv.  &  conj.  while;  whilst; 
as  long  as ;  until. 

Duo,  a3,  o.  num.  adj.  pi.  104,  3, 
two.  203. 

Duodecim,  num.  adj.  ind.  pi. 
(duo  &  decern,)  twelve; 
hence, 

Duodecimus,  a,  um,  num.  adj. 
ord.  the  twelfth. 

Duodeviginti,  num.  adj.  ind. 
pi  (duo,  de  &  viginti,  104, 
1,)  eighteen.  203. 

Duritia,  a3,  &  Durities,  el,  £ 
hardness;  from 

Durus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  iasi- 
mus,)  hard;  severe;  Jiarsh; 
unfavorable. 

Dux,  cis,  c  (duco,)  a  leader;  a 
guide;  a  commander. 


E. 


E,  ex,  prep,  out  of;  from;  of; 

among. 
Ea.     See  Is. 
Ebibo,  -bibere,  -blbi,  -bibitum, 

tr.  (e  &  bibo,)  to  drink  up. 
Ebrietas,     atis,     f.     (ebrius,) 

drunkenness. 
Ebur,  oris,  n.  ivory. 
Ecce,  int.  See!  lol  behold/ 


268 


EDICO — ELEUSINII. 


Edlco,  -dicere,  -dixi,  -dictum, 
tr.  (e  &  dico,)  to  proclaim; 
to  announce;  to  publish;  to 
order. 

Edidi.     See  Edo. 

Editus,  a,  um,  part,  published; 
uttered;  produced;  from 

Edo,  -dSre,  -didi,  -ditum,  tr.  (e 
&  do,)  to  give  out;  to  pub- 
lish; to  cause;  to  occasion; 
to  produce;  to  make:  spec- 
taculum  edere,  to  give  an 
exhibition. 

Edo,  edere  or  esse,  edi,  esum, 
tr.  irr.  §  83,  9,  to  eat;  to 
consume.  43 1» 

Educatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Educo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (e  & 
duco,)  to  bring  tip ;  to  edu- 
cate; to  instruct. 

Educo,  -ducere,  -duxi,-ductum, 
tr.  (e  &  duco,)  to  lead  forth  ; 
to  bring  forth  ;  to  produce; 
to  draw  out. 

Efficio,  -fieere,  -feci,  -fectum, 
tr.  (e  &  facio,)  to  effect;  to 
make;  to  form;  to  cause; 
to  accomplish. 

Effigies,  iei,  f.  (effingo,)  an 
image;  an  effigy. 

Efflo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (e  & 
no,)  to  breathe  out.'  ani- 
mam,  to  die;  to  expire. 

Effugio,  -fugere,  -fugi,  -fugi- 
tum,  tr.  &  intr.  (e  &  fugio,) 
to  fly  from;  to  escape;  to  flee. 

Effundo,  -fundere,  -fudi,  -fu- 
sum,  tr.  (e  &  fundo,)  to 
pour  out ;  to  spill;  to  dis~ 
charge;  to  waste;  to  over- 
flow; to  extend  or  spread. 


Effusus,  a,  um,  j*aA*  poured 
out;  wasted. 

Egeria,  as,  f.  a  nymph  of  the 
Aricinian  grove,  and  from 
whom  Numa  professed  to 
receive  instructions  respect-' 
ing  religious  rites. 

Egero,  -gerere,  -gessi,  -gestum, 
tr.  (e  &  gero,)  to  carry  out; 
to  cast  forth;  to  throw  out. 

Egestus,  a,  um,  part. 

Egi.     See  Ago. 

Ego,  mei,  subs.  pro.  1;  231, 

Egredior,  -gredi,  -gressus  sum, 
intr.  dep.  (e  &  gradior,)fo  go 
out;  to  overflow;  to  go  beyond. 

Egregie,  adv.  in  a  distinguished 
manner;  excellently;  fa- 
mously; from 

Egregius,  a,  um,  adj.  (e  &  grex,) 
properly,  chosen  from  the 
flock;  hence,  distinguished,' 
eminent;  choice. 

Egressus,  a,  um,  part,  (egre- 
dior.) 

Ejusmodi,  pro.  (genitive  of  is 
&  modus,)  such;  such  like; 
of  the  same  sort. 

Elabor,  -labi,  -lapsus  sum,  intr. 
dep.  (e  &  labor,)  to  glide 
away;  to  escape. 

Elapsus,  a,  um,  part,  having 


Elephantis,  idis,  f.  an  island 

and  city   in   the   southern 

part  of  Egypt. 
Elephantus,  i,  &  Elephas,  an- 

tis,  m.  an  elephant. 
Eleusinii,  orum,  m.  pi.  the  Eleu- 

sinians;  the  inhabitants  of 

ffleusis. 


ELEUSIS — EPISTOLA. 


229 


Eleusis  &  -in,  mis,  f.  a  town 
of  Attica,  sacred  to  Ceres. 

Elido,  -lidere,  -llsi,  -lisum,  tr. 
(e  &  kedo,)  to  strike  out ;  to 
dash  in  pieces;  to  crush. 

Eligo,  -ligere,  -legi,  -lectum,  tr. 
(e  &  lego,)  to  pick  out;  to 
choose;  to  select. 

Eloquens,  tis,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  (eldquor,)  eloquent. 

Eloquent  ia,  ae,  f.  (id.)  elo- 
quence. 

Eloquor,  -loqui,  -locutus  sum, 
tr.  dep.  (e  &  loquor,)  to 
speak  out;  to  say;  to  de- 
clare ;  to  tell. 

Eluceo,  -lucere,  -luxi,  intr.  (e 
&  luceo,)  to  shine  forth. 

Emergo,-mergere,-mersi,  -mer- 
sum,  intr.  (e  &  mergo,)  to 
emerge;  to  come  out;  to 
rise  up.  • 

Emineo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  (e  & 
niineo,  obsol.  to  stand,  or 
appear  above ;  hence,)  to  be 
eminent;  to  rise  above;  to 
be  conspicuous ;  to  be  dis- 
tinguished; to  appear. 

Emitto,  -mittere,  -mlsi,  -mis- 
sum,  tr.  (e  &  mitto,)  to 
send  forth  ;  to  discharge. 

Emo,  emere,  emi,  emptum,  tr. 
primarily,  fo  take:  common- 
ly, to  buy ;  to  purchase. 

Emorior,  -mori,  or  mor!ri,-mor- 
tuus  sum,  intr.  dep.  to  die. 

Emptus,  a,  urn,  part,  (emo.) 

Enascor,-nasci,-natus  sum,  intr. 
dep.  to  spring  from,  or  up  ; 
to  be  born;  to  arise, 
20 


Enatus,  a,  um,  part,  born  of. 

Eneco,-necare,-necavi  or  -nec- 
ui,-necatum,  tr.  (e  &  neco,) 
to  kill  (outright.) 

Enervo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
unnerve,  or  enervate;  to  en- 
feeble; to  weaken. 

Enim,  conj.  for;  but;  truly; 
indeed. 

Enna,  a3,  f.  a  town  of  Sicily. 

Ennius,  i,  m.  a  very  ancient 
Roman  poet. 

Enuntio,  or  -cio,  are,  avi,  atum, 
tr.  (e  &  nuntio,  or  -cio,)  to 
say,  or  tell  out;  to  pro- 
claim; to  disclose;  to  di- 
vulge. 

Eo,  Ire,  Ivi,  Itum,  intr.  irr.  §  83, 
3,  to  go.  413. 

E6,  adv.  (i.  e.  ao\oco,)thither; 
to  that  degree;  to  that 
pitch;  to  that  degree  of 
eminence. 

Eous,  i,  m.  the  morning  star. 

Eous,  a,  um,  adj.  eastern;  the 
eastern. 

Epaminondas,  a?,  m.  a  distin- 
guished Tlieban  general. 

Ephesus,  i,  m.  a  city  on  the 
western  coast  of  lonia,near 
the  river  Cayster. 

Ephialtes,  is,  a  giant,  the  son 
of  Neptune,  or  of  Aloeus, 
and  brother  of  Otos. 

Epimenides,  is,  m.  a  poet  of 
Gnossus,  in  Crete. 

Epirus,  i,  f.  a  country  in  the 
western  part  of  Greece. 

EpistSla,  ae,  f.  an  epistle;  a 
letter. 


230 


EPULOR — EUROPA. 


Epulor,  ari,  atus  sum,  intr. 
dep.  to  feast;  to  feast  upon; 
to  eat;  from 

Epulum,  i,  n.  sing.,  &  Epfilae, 
arum,  f.  pi.  a  solemn  feast; 
a  banquet;  a  feast.  186* 

JEques,  itis,  m.  (equus,)  a 
knight;  a  horseman:  equi- 
tes,  pi.  knights;  horsemen; 
cavalry. 

Equidem,  conj.  (ego  &  qui- 
dem,)  indeed;  I  for  my 
part;  (joined  mostly  with 
verbs  of  the  first  person.) 

Equitatus,  us,  m.  (equito,)  cav- 
alry. 

Equus,  i,  m.  a  horse. 

Eram,Ero,&c.  SeeSum,279. 

Ereptus,  a,  um,  part,  (eripio.) 

Erga,  prep,  towards. 

Ergo,  conj.  therefore. 

Erinaceus,  i,  m.  a  hedgehog. 

Eripio,  -ripere,  -ripui,  -reptum, 
tr.  (e  &  rapio,)fo  tear  from; 
to  take  from;  to  rescue;  to 
take  away;  to  deliver. 

Erro,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  to 
wander;  to  err;  to  stray; 
to  roam. 

Erodo,  -rodere,  -rosi,  -rosum, 
tr.  (e  &  rodo,)  to  gnaw 
away;  to  consume;  to  eat 
into. 

Erudio,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  tr.  (e  & 
rudis,)  to  free  from  a  rude 
state;  hence,  to  instruct; 
to  form;  hence, 

Eruditio,  onis,  f.  instruction; 
learning. 

Erudltus,  a,  um,  part,  (erudio.) 

Esse,  Essem,  &c.     See  Sum. 


Esuriens,  tis,  part,  hungry;  he* 
ing  hungry;  from 

Esurio,  ire,  ivi,  Itum,  intr.  to 
be  hungry. 

Et,  conj.  and;  also;  even:  et 
— et,  both — and. 

Etiam,  conj.  (et  &  jam,)  also; 
especially;  with  an  adjec- 
tive or  adverb  in  the  com- 
parative degree,  even. 

Etruria,  se,  f.  a  country  of 
Italy,  north  and  west  of  the 
Tiber;  Tuscany. 

Etrusci,  orum,  m.  pi.  the  peo- 
ple of  Etruria;  the  Tus- 
cans or  Etrurians. 

Etruscus,  a,  um.  adj.  belonging 
to  Etruria;  Tuscan  or 
Etrurian. 

Euboea,  se,  f.  a  large  island  in 
the  JEgean  sea,?iear  Bceotia. 

Eumenes,  is,  m.  a  general  in 
Alexander's  army  ;  also,  the 
name  of  several  kings  of 


Euns,  for  iens,  part,  of  eo. 

Euphemus,  i,  m.  the  father  of 
Dcedtdus. 

Euphrates,  is,  m.  a  large  river 
which  forms  the  western 
boundary  of  Mesopotamia. 

Euripides,  is,  m.  a  celebrated 
Athenian  tragic  poet. 

Euripus,  i,  m.  a  narrow  strait 
between  Bceotia  and  Euboza. 

Europa,  se,f.  Europe,one  of  the 
quarters  of  the  earth,  sup- 
posed to  have  been  named 
from  Europa,  the  daughter 
of  Agenor,  king  of  Phoe- 
nicia. 


ETTROTAS — EXCOLO. 


231 


Eurotas,  ae,  m.  a  river  of  La- 
conia,  near  Sparta. 

Euxlnus,  i,  m.  from  Eti&wog, 
(hospitable,)  (pontus,)  the 
Euxine,  now  the  Black  Sea. 

Evado,  -vadere,  -vasi,  -vasum, 
tr.  &  intr.  (e  &  vado,)  to  go 
out ;  to  escape  ;  to  become. 

Everto,  -vertere,  -verti,  -ver- 
sum,  tr.  (e  &  verto,)  to 
overturn  ;  to  destroy.  ' 

Eversus,  a,  um,  part,  over- 
turned; destroyed. 

Evdco,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (e  & 
voco,)  to  call  out;  to  sum- 
mon; to  implore. 

Evolo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  (e 
&  volo,)  to  fly  out  or  away. 

Evomo,  -vomere,  -vomui,  -vom- 
Ituin,  tr.  (e  &  vomo,)  to 
vomit  forth;  to  discharge. 

Ex,  prep,  (before  a  vowel.) 
See  E. 

Exact  us,  a,  um,  part,  (exigo,) 
banished;  driven  away. 

Exaequo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ex 
&  aequo,)  to  make  equal;  to 
equal. 

Exantmo,are,avi,  atum,  tr.  (ex 
&  anima,)  to  deprive  of  life  ; 
to  kill;  to  render  lifeless. 

Exardesco,  -ardescere,  -arsi, 
intr.  inc.  to  burn;  to  be- 
come inflamed;  to  kindle; 
to  become  excited;  to  be  en- 
raged: bellum  exarsit,  a 
war  broke  out. 

Exaspero,  arc,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(ex  and  aspero,  to  make 
rough;  fr.asper,)  to  exas- 
perate; to  incense. 


Excaeco,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(ex  &  caecus,)  to  make 
blind;  to  blind. 

Excedo,  -cedere,  -cessi,  -ces- 
sum,  intr.  (ex  &  cedo,)  to 
go  forth  or  out;  to  depart; 
tr.  to  exceed;  to  surpass ;  to 
go  beyond. 

Excello,  -cellere,  -cellui,  -eel- 
sum,  intr.  (ex  &  cello,  ob- 
sol.  to  move;)  to  be  high; — 
to  excel;  to  be  eminent. 

Excelsus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp. 
excelsior,)  high;  lofty. 

Excidium,  i,  n.  destruction; 
ruin;  from 

Excido,  -cidere,  -cidi,  intr.  (ex 
&  cado,)  to  fall  out  or  from; 
to  fall;  to  drop;  to  perish. 

Excido,  -cidere,  -cidi,  -clsum, 
tr.  (ex  &  caedo,)  to  cut  out; 
to  cut  down;  to  hew  out. 

Excisus,  a,  um,  part. 

Excipio,  -cipere,  -cepi,  -cep- 
tum,  tr.  (ex  &  capio,)  to 
take  out;  to  except;  to  re- 
ceive ;  to  support ;  to  follow  ; 
to  succeed;  to  sustain. 

Excitandus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Excito,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
freq.  (excieo,)  to  excite;  to 
awaken;  to  arouse;  to  stir 
up. 

Exclamo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(ex  &  clamo,)  to  cry  out; 
to  exclaim. 

Excludo,  -cludere,  -clusi,  -clu- 
sum,  tr.  (ex  &  claudo,)  to 
shut  out;  to  exclude;  to 
hatch. 

Excolo,  -eolere,  -colui,  -cultum, 


232 


EXCRUCIO — EXPEDIO. 


tr.  (ex  &  colo,)  to  cultivate : 
to  exercise. 

Excrucio,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(ex  &  crucio,)  to  torture; 
to  torment;  to  trouble;  §91, 
4.  480. 

Excubiae,  arum,  f.  pi.  (excubo,) 
a  guard;  a  watch ;  a  senti- 
nel; (generally  by  night.) 
See  vigilia  &  statio. 

Excusatio,  onis,  f.  (excuso,) 
an  excusing;  an  excuse; 
an  apology. 

Exedo,  -edere  &  esse,  -edi, 
-esum,  tr.  irr.  (ex  &  edo, 
§  83,  9,)  to  eat;  to  eat  up ; 
to  devour.  431. 

Exemplum,  i,  n.  an  example; 
an  instance. 

Exequiae.     See  Exsequiae. 

Exerceo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  tr.  (ex 
&  arceo,)  to  exercise;  to 
train;  to  discipline;  to 
practice:  agrum,  to  culti- 
vate the  earth. 

Exercitus,  us,  m.  an  army;  (a 
body  of  disciplined  troops.) 

Exhaurio,  -haurire,  -hausi, 
-haustum,  tr.  (ex  &  hau- 
rio,)  to  draw  out;  to  ex- 
haust; to  drain;  to  wear 
out;  to  impoverish. 

Exigo,  -igere,  -egi,  -actum,  tr. 
(ex  &  ago,)  to  drive  away; 
to  banish. 

Exiguus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
little;  small;  scanty;  see 
parvus. 

Exilis,  e,  adj.  (exilior,  §  26, 1,)* 
slender;  small;  thin. 

Exilium,  and  Exsilium,  i,  n. 


(ex  &  solum,)  exile;  ban* 

ishment. 
Eximie,adv.  remarkably  ;  very; 

from 
Eximius,  a,  um,  adj.  (eximo,) 

extraordinary;  remarkable. 
Existimatio,  onis,  f.  opinion; 

reputation;  respect;  from 
Existimo,    are,  avi,   atum,  tr. 

(ex  &  gestimo,)  to  judge,  or 
^     think;  to  imagine;  to  sup" 

pose. 
Exitium,  i,  n.  (exeo,)  properly 

issue;  end:  usually  destruc- 
tion; ruin. 
Exitus,  us,  m.   (id.)   an  exit; 

the   event;    the   issue;   an 

outlet. 
Exoratus,  a,  um,  part  (exoro,) 

entreated;  influenced;   in- 
duced. 
Exorior,  -oriri,  -ortus  sum,  intr. 

dep.  (ex  &  orior,)  to  rise 

up,  or  out  of;  to  arise;  to 

appear. 
Exomo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ex 

&    orno,)    to    adorn;     to 

deck. 
Exoro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ex 

&  oro,)  to  entreat  or  beseech 

earnestly.    238,  4,  480. 
Exortus,  a,  um,  part,  (exorior,) 

risen;  having  arisen. 
Expecto,  or  -specto,  are,  avi, 

atum,  tr.  (ex  &  specto,)  to 

look  for;  to  wait  for. 
Expedio,  ire,  Ivi,  itum,  tr.  (ex 

&  pes,)  properly  to  take  the 
foot   out   of    confinement; 

hence,  to  free;  to  extricate;  > 

to  expedite:  expedit,  imp. 


EXPEDITIO— EXTORQUEO. 


233 


it  is  fit;  it  is  expedient; 
hence, 

T&x\)viyit\o,ori\s,f.  an  expedition. 

Expcllo,  -pellerty  -puli,  -pul- 
Biim,  tar.  (ex  &  pello,)  to 
drive  out;  to  expel;  to  ban- 
ish. 

Expers,  tis,  adj.  (ex  &  pars,) 
having  no  part  in;  hence, 
without;  devoid;  void  of ; 
destitute  of. 

Expeto,  ere,  Ivi,  itum,  tr.  (ex 
&  peto,)  to  ash ;  to  demand; 
to  strive  after ;  to  seek  ear- 
nestly. 

Expio,  fire  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ex 
&  pio,)  to  free  from  the  pol- 
lution of  some  crime  or  of- 
fence; to  expiate;  to  ap- 
pease. 

Expleo,  ere,  evi,  etum,  tr.  (ex 
&  pleo,)  to  fill  up;  to  fill 
full. 

Expllco,  arc,  avi,  &  ui,  atum, 
&  itum,  tr.  (ex  &  plico,)  to 
unfold;  to  spread;  to  ex- 
plain. 

Explorator,  oris,  m.  (explore-,) 
a  spy;  a  scout, 

Expolio,  Ire,  Ivi,  itum,  tr.  (ex  & 
polio,)  to  polish  ;  to  adorn  ; 
to  improve;  to  finish.  238,4. 

Expono,  ponere,  -posui,  -posi- 
tum,  tr.  (ex  &  pono,)  to  set 
forth;  to  expose;  to  explain. 

Exprobro,  arc,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(ex  &  probrum.)  to  upbraid; 
to  blame;  to  reproach;  to 
cast  in  one's  teeth. 

Expugno,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(ex  &  pugno,)  to  take  by 


assaidt;  to  conquer;  to  van- 
quish; to  subdue ;  to  lake  by 
storm.     238,  4,  480. 

ExpuLsus,a,um,  part,  (expcllo.) 

Exsequiae,  arum,  f.  pi.  (exse- 
quor,)  funeral  rites. 

Exsilio,  or  Exilio,  Ire,  ii  &  ui, 
intr.  (ex  &  salio,)  to  spring 
up  or  out;  to  leap  forth. 

Exsplro,  or  Explro,  are,  avi, 
atum,  tr.  (ex  &  spiro,)  to 
breathe  forth  ;  to  expire;  to 
die. 

Exstinctus,  or  Extinctus,  a, 
um,  part,  dead;  from 

Exstinguo,  -stinguere,  -stinxi, 
-stinctum,  tr.  (ex  &  stin- 
guo,)  to  extinguish;  to  kill; 
to  put  to  death ;  to  destroy, 

Exstructus,  or  Extructus,  a, 
um,  part,  from 

Exstruo,  or  Extruo,  -struere, 
-struxi,  -structum,  tr.  (ex  & 
struo,)  to  build,  or  pile  up; 
to  construct. 

Exsurgo,  -surgere,  -surrexi, 
-surrectum,  intr.  (ex  & 
surgo,)  to  rise  up  ;  to  arise  ; 
to  swell;  to  surge. 

Exter,  or  Exterus,  a,  um,  adj. 
(exterior,  extimus  or  ex- 
trGmus,  §  26,  2,)  foreign; 
strange;  outward.   222 • 

Exto,  extare,  extiti,  intr.  (ex  & 
sto,)  to  stand  out  or  forth  ; 
usually,  to  be;  to  remain; 
to  be  extant. 

Extorqueo,  -torquere,  -torsi, 
-tortum,  tr.  (ex  &  torqueo,) 
to  extort;  to  wrest  from;  to 
obtain  by  force. 


234 


EXTRA — FAMILIARITAS. 


Extra,  prep,  (for  extera,  scil. 
parte,)  beyond;  without; 
except. 

Extractus,  a,  urn,  part,  from 

Extraho,  -trahere,  -traxi,  -trac- 
tum,  tr.  (ex  &  traho,)  to 
draw  out;  to  extract;  to 
extricate;  to  free;  to  res- 
cue; to  liberate. 

Extremus,  a,  um,  adj.  (sup.  of 
exterus,)  extreme;  the  last; 
the  farthest. 

F. 

Faba,  as,  f.  a  bean. 

Fabius,  i,  m.  the  name  of  an 
illustrious  Roman  family. 

Fabricius,  i,  m.  a  Roman,  dis- 
tinguished for  his  integrity. 

Fabrico.  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (fa- 
ber,)  to  make;  to  forge;  to 
manufacture. 

Fabula,  33,  f.  (fari,)  a  story; 
a  fable;  a  tradition;  a 
play. 

Fabulosus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
(fabula,)  fabulous. 

Faciendus,  a,  um,  part,  (fa- 
cio. 

Faciens,  tis,  part,  (facio.) 

Facies,  iei,  f.  (facio,)  a  face; 
appearance. 

Facile,  adv.  (ius,  lime,)  easi- 
ly; willingly;  clearly;  un- 
doubtedly;  from 

Facilis,  e,  adj.  (facio,)  (comp. 
§  26,  1,)  easy.  220. 

Faclnus,  oris,  n.  any  action;  a 
bold  deed;  a  crime;  an  ex- 
ploit; from 


Facio,  facere,  feci,  factum, 
tr.  to  do;  to  make;  to  val- 
ue: (spoken  of  individual 
things:)  facere  iter,  to 
travel:  male  facere,  to  in- 
jure; to  hurt:  sacra  face- 
re, to  offer  sacrifice:  face- 
re pluris,  to  value -higher: 
certiorem,  to  inform:  fac, 
take  care;  cause;  hence, 

Factum,  i,  n.  an  action;  a 
deed. 

Facturus,  a,  um,  part,  (facio.) 

Factus,  a,  um,  part,  (facio,) 
made;  done:  facta  obvi- 
am,  meeting:  praada  facta, 
booty  having  been  taken. 

Facundus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior, 
issimus,)  eloquent;  from 
fari. 

Falerii,  orum,  m.  pi.  a  town 
of  Etruria. 

Falernus,  i,  m.  a  mountain  of 
Campania,  famous  for  its 
wine. 

Falernus,  a,  um,  adj.  belonging 
to  Falernus;  Falernian. 

Falisci,  orum,  m.  pi.  the  inhab^ 
itants  of  Falerii. 

Fama,  ae,  f.  fame;  reputation ; 
report. 

Famelicus,  a,  um,  adj.  hungry; 
famished;  from 

Fames,  is,  f.  hunger;  famine. 

Familia,  ae,  f.  (famulus,)  a 
family;  servants;  hence, 

Familiaris,  e,  adj.  (comp.)  of 
the  same  family  ;  familiar  ; 
hence, 

Familiaritas,  atis,  f.  friendship; 
intimacy;  confidence. 


FAMILIARITER FEROX. 


235 


Familiariter,  adv.  (ius,  issi- 
mc,)  (id.)  familiarly;  on 
terms  of  intimacy. 

Famfda,  83,  f.  (famulus,  a  serv- 
ant;) a  maid;  a  female 
servant  or  slave. 

Fas,  n.  ind.  (for,)  right;  (by 
the  la\ys  of  religion  or  of 
God:)  a  lawful  thing. 

Fascis,  is,  m.  a  bundle ;  a  fag- 
ot: fasces,  pi.  bundles  of 
birchen  rods,  carried  before 
tfw  Roman  magistrates, 
with  an  axe  bound  up  in 
the  middle  of  them. 

Fatalis,  e,  adj.  (fatum,)  fatal; 
ordained  by  fate. 

Fateor,  fa  ten,  fassus  sum,  tr. 
dep.  to  confess. 

Fatidicus,  a,  um,  adj.  (fatum 
&  dieo,)  prophetic. 

Fatigatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Fatlgo,  arc,  iivi,  atum,  tr.  to 
weary. 

Fatum,  i,  n.  (for;  i.  e.  a  thing 
declared  or  determined;) 
fate;  destiny:  fata,  pi.  the 
fates. 

Fauce,  f.  (in  the  abl.  only,  in 
the  sing.  9Q,  10, 182,)  the 
throat:  pi.  fauces,  the 
throat;  the  jaws;  the  straits. 

Faustulus,  i,  m.  the  shepherd 
by  whom  Romulus  and  Re- 
mus were  brought  up. 

Favco,  favere,  favi,  fautum, 
intr.  to  favor  ;  hence, 

Favor,  oris,  m.  favor;  good 
will;  partiality;  applause. 

Febris,  is,  f.  (for  ferbis,  from 
fcrveo,)  a  fever. 


Feci.     See  Facio. 

Felicitas,  atis,  f.  (felix,)  feli- 
city; good  fortune. ;  happi- 
ness. 

Feliciter,  adv.  (ius,  issimc,) 
fortunately;  successfully; 
happily. 

Felis,  is,  f.  a  cat. 

Felix,  icis,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
happy;  fortunate;  fruit- 
ful; fertile;  opulent;  aus- 
picious; favorable. 

Femina,  ae,  f.  a  female;  a  wo- 
man. 

Femineus,  a,  um,  adj.  (femi- 
na,) female;  feminine; 
pertaining  to  females. 

Fera,  se,  f.  a  wild  beast. 

Ferax,  acis,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
(fero,)  fruitfid;  produc- 
tive ;  fertile  ;  abounding  in. 

Fere,  adv.  almost;  nearly; 
about:  fere  nullus,  scarcely 
any  one. 

Ferens,  tis,  part,  (fero.) 

Ferlnus,  a,  um,  adj.  (fera,)  of 
wild  beasts. 

Ferio,  ire,  tr.  to  strike,  or 
beat. 

Fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum,  tr.  irr. 
to  bear;  to  carry;  to  relate; 
to  bring;  to  produce:  ferre 
manum,  to  stretch  forth  ;  to 
extend:  ferunt,  they  say. 

Feror,  ferri,  latus  sum,  pas-,  to 
be  carried;  to  flow;  to  move 
rapidly;  to  fly:  fertur,  imp. 
it  is  said;  hence, 

Ferox,  ocis,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
wild;  fierce;  savage;  fero- 
cious. 


236 


FERREUS — FLAGRO. 


Ferreus,  a,  urn,  adj.  iron;  ob- 
durate; from 
Ferrum,  i,  n.  iron;  a  sword; 

a  knife. 
Fertilis,  e,  adj.  (ior,  issimus, 

(fero,)    fertile;    fruitful; 

hence, 
Fertilitas,    atis,    f.    fertility; 

richness  ;  fruitfulness. 
Ferula,  se,  f.  (ferio,)  a  staff;  a 

reed. 
Ferus,  a,  um,  adj.  wild;  rude; 

uncultivated;    uncivilized; 

savage. 
Ferveo,   fervere,  ferbui,  intr. 

to  boil;  to  seethe;  to  foam; 

to  be  hot;  to  glow. 
Fessus,  a,  um,  adj.   (fatiscor,) 

weary;  tired;  fatigued. 
Festum,  i,  n.  a  feast;  from 
Festus,   a,   um,    adj.  festive; 

joyful;  merry. 
Ficus,  i  &  us,  f.  a  fig-tree;  a 

.  fa- 

Fidelis,  e,  adj.  (comp.)  faith- 
ful; from 

Fides,  ei,  f.  fidelity;  faith: 
in  fidem,  in  confirmation: 
in  fidem  accipere,  to  re- 
ceive under  one's  protec- 
tion. 

Figo,  figere,  fixi,  fixum,  tr.  to 
fix;  to  fasten.  [57 • 

Filia,  ae,  f.  61,  4;  a  daughter. 

Filius,  i,  m.  §  10,  Exc.  5;  a 
son.  OS* 

Filum,  i,  n.  a  thread. 

Findo,  findere,  fidi,  fissum,  tr. 
to  split;  to  cleave. 

Fingens,  tis,  part,  feigning; 
pretending;  from 


Fingo,  fingere,  finxi,  fictum, 
tr.  to  form;  to  make;  to  de- 
vise; to  pretend;  to  feign. 

Finio,  Ire,  ivi,  Itum,  tr.  to  end; 
to  finish;  to  terminate; 
from 

Finis,  is,  d.  the  end;  a  bound- 
ary; a  limit:  fines,  m.  pi. 
the  limits  of  a  country,  &c. 

Finltus,  a,  um,  part,  (finio.) 

Finitimus,  a,  um,  adj.  (finis,) 
neighboring. 

Fio,  fieri,  factus  sum,  irr.  pass. 
§  83,  8;  (facio,)  to  be 
made;  to  become;  to  hap- 
pen: fit,  it  happens:  fac- 
tum est,  it  happened;  it 
came  to  pass.  420* 

Firmatus,  a,  um,  part,  (firmo.) 

Firmiter,  adv.  (ius,  issime,) 
(firmus,)  firmly  ;  securely. 

Firmo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
make  firm;  to  confirm;  to 
establish;  from 

Firmus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
firm;  strong ;  secure. 

Fissus,  a,  um,  part,  (findo.) 

Fixus,  a,  um,  part,  (figo,) 
fixed;  permanent. 

Flagello,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
whip;  to  scourge;  to  lash. 

Flagitiosus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior, 
issimus,)  shameful;  infa- 
mous; outrageous  ;  from 

Flagitium,  i,  n.  a  shameful  ac- 
tion; an  outrage;  a  crime; 
a  dishonor;  villainy. 

Flagro,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
to  burn;  to  be  on  fire;  to 
suffer;  to  be  oppressed:  to 
be  violent. 


FLAMINIUS FOSSA. 


237 


Flaminius,  i.  m.  a  Roman. 
Flavu3,  a,  um,  adj.  yellow. 
Flamma,  aj,  f.  a  flame. 
Flecto,  flectere,  flexi,  flexum, 

tr.  to  bend;  to  bow;  to  turn; 

to  move;  to  prevail  upon. 
Fleo,  Ore,  evi,  etum,  tr.  &  intr. 

to  weep;  to  lament. 
Fletus,  us,  m.  weeping;  tears. 
Flevo,  onis,  m.  a  lake  near  the 

mouth  of  the  Rhine,  now 

the  Zuyder  Zee. 
Flexus,  a,  um,  part,  (flecto,) 

bent;  changed;  turned. 
Floreo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  (flos,)  to 

bloom;  to  blossom;  to  flour- 
ish; to  be  distinguished. 
Flos,   floris,  m.   a  flower;   a 

blossom. 
Fluctus,  us,  ra.  (fluo,)  a  wave. 
Fluo,  fluere,  fluxi,  fluxum,  intr. 

to  flow;  hence, 
Fluvius,    i,    m.    properly,    a 

river. 
Flumen,   inis,    n.     (fluo,)    an 

abundant  flowing ;  viz.,  of 

waters,   or   of    any   thing 

else;  as,  0tunen  v<  rborum 

orutionis.  Cic.     Usually,  a 

river. 
Fodio,    fodere,    fodi,    fossum, 

tr.  to  dig;    to  pierce;    to 

bore. 
Fcecundltas,   atis,   f.  fruitful- 

ness;  from 
Fcecumlus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  is- 

simus,)  fruitful;  fertile. 
Fcedus,  grig,  n.  a   league;    a 

treaty. 
Folium,  i,  n.  a  leaf. 


Fons,  tis,  m.  a  fountain ;  a 
source  ;  a  spring. 

Forem,  def.  verb,  §  84,  5 ; 
would  or  should  be;  fore, 
to  be  about  to  be;  it  would 
or  will  come  to  pass. 

Foris,  adv.  abroad. 

Forma,  se,  f.  a  form;  shape; 
figure;  beauty. 

Formica,  ae,  f.  an  ant. 

Formldo,  mis,  f.  fear;  dread; 
terror;  hence, 

Formidolosus,  a,  um,  adj. 
(comp.)  fearful;  timorous. 

Formositas,  atis,  f.  beauty;  ele- 
gance; from 

Formosus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior, 
issimus,)  beautiful;  hand- 
some; from  forma. 

Fors,  tis,  f.  (fero,)  chance;  for- 
tune: 

Fortasse,  adv.  (fors,)  perhaps  ; 
(applied  to  what  may  hap- 
pen.) 

Forte,  adv.  (abl  fr.  fors,)  acci- 
dentally; by  chance;  (ap- 
plied to  what  did  happen.) 

Fortis,  e,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
bold;  brave;  courageous. 

Fortiter,  adv.  (ius,  issime,) 
bravely;  from  fortis. 

Fortitudo,  inis,  f.  (fortis,)  bold- 
ness; bravery. 

Fortuna,  a?,  f.  (fors,)  fortune; 
chance. 

Forum,  i,  n.  the  market-place; 
the  forum;  the  court  of  jus- 
tice. 

Fossa,  a2,  f.  (fodio,)  a  ditch;  a 
trench;  a  moat. 


238 


FOVEA — FUNESTUS. 


Fovea,  se,  f.  a  pit. 

Foveo,  fovere,  f'ovi,  fotum,  tr. 

to  keep  warm;  to  cherish. 
Fractus,  a,  urn,  part,  (frango.) 
Fragilis,  e,  adj.  (frango,)  frail; 

perishable. 
Fragilitas,   atis,   f.    (fragilis,) 

frailty;  weakness. 
Fragmentum,  i,  n.  (frango,)  a 

fragment;  apiece. 
Frango,  frangere,  fregi,  frac- 

tum,  tr.  to  break;  to  break 

in  pieces;   to  weaken;    to 

destroy. 
Frater,  tris,  m.  a  brother. 
Fraudulently,     a,     um,    adj. 

comp.  (fraus,)  fraudulent; 

deceitful;  treacherous. 
Frequens,  tis,  adj.   (ior,   issi- 

mus,)  frequent ;  numerous. 
Fretum,  i,  n.  a  strait ;  a  sea. 
Frico,  fricare,  fricui,  frictum  & 

fricatum,  tr.  to  rub. 
Frigidus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 

mus,)  cold;  from 
Frigus,  ons,  n.  cold. 
Frons,  frondis,  f.  a  leaf  of  a 

tree;  a  branch  with  leaves. 
Fructus,  us,  m.   (fruor,)  use; 

enjoyment:    hence,   fruit; 

produce;  advantage. 
Frugis,   gen.   f.    (frux,    nom. 

scarcely    used,)    properly 

all  that  the  earth  produces 

for  our  subsistence;  corn; 

fruges,  um,  pi.  fruits;  the 

various  kinds  of  corn. 
Frumentum,  i,  n.  (fruor,)  corn; 

wheat. 
Fruor,  frui,  fruitus  &  fructus, 

intr.  dep.  to  enjoy. 


Frustrk,   adv.    (frudo,   id.    ac 

fraudo,)    in   vain;    to   no 

purpose. 
Frustratus,  a,  um,  part,  from 
Frustror,  ari,  atus  sum,  dep. 

(frustra,)   to  frustrate;   to 

deceive. 
Frutex,  icis,  m.  a  shrub;  a  bush. 
Fuga,  3d,  f.  a  flight. 
Fugax,  acis,  adj.  (acior,  acissi- 

mus,)  swift ;  fleeting  ;  from 

fugio. 
Fugiens,  tis,  part,  from 
Fugio,   fugere,   fugi,  fugitum, 

intr.  &  tr.  to  fly ;  to  escape  ; 

to  avoid;   to  flee;   to  flee 

from. 
Fugo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to  put 

to  flight;  to  drive  off;  to 

chase. 
Fui,  Fueram,  &c.     See  Sum. 
Fulgeo,  fulgere,  falsi,  intr.  to 

shine. 
Fullgo,  mis,  f.  (fumus,)  soot. 
Fullo,  onis,  m.  a  fuller. 
Fulmen,  inis,  n.   (i.  e.  fulgi- 

men,  fr.  fulgeo,)  thunder; 

a  thunderbolt;  lightning. 
Funale,  is,  n.  (funis,)  a  torch. 
Funditus,  adv.  (fundus,)  from 

the  foundation  ;  utterly. 
Fundo,  fundere,  fudi,  fusum,  tr. 

to  pour  out:  lacrymas,  to 


ter;  to  rout;  to  discomfit. 

Fundus,  i,  m.  the  bottom  of  any 
thing:  also  a  farm  ;  afield; 
imus  fundus,  the  very  bot- 
tom. 

Funestus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  isr 
simus,)  (funus,)  polluted  by 


FUN  G  OR — GENITUSo 


239 


a  dead  body;  fatal;  de- 
structive. 

Fungor,  fungi,  functus,  sum, 
intr.  dep.  to  perform  or  dis- 
charge an  office;  to  do;  to 
execute :  fafo,  to  die. 

Funis,  is,  d.  a  rope;  a  cable. 

Funus,  eiis,  n.  a  funeral;  fu- 
neral obsequies. 

Fur,  furis,  c.  a  thief. 

Furciila,  ae,  f.  dim.  (furca,)  a 
little  fork:  Furcuke  Cau- 
dinoe,  the  name  of  a  narrow 
defile  in  the  country  of  the 
Hi  r pi  hi,  in  Italy,  where  the 
Romans  were  defeated  by 
the  Samnites. 

Furiosus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
furious;  mad;  from  furo. 

Furius,  i,  m.  the  name  of  sev- 
eral Romans. 

Fusus,  a,  um,  part,  (fundo.) 

Futurus,  a,  um,  part,  (sum,) 
about  to  be;  future. 


G. 


Gades,  ium,  f.  pi.  the  name  of 
an  island  and  town  in 
Spain,  near  the  straits  of 
Gibraltar,  now  Cadiz. 

Gaditanus,  a,  um,  adj.  of 
Gades  or  Cadiz:  fretum 
Gaditanum,  the  straits  of 
Gibraltar. 

Galatia,  a?,  f.  a  country  in  the 
interior  of  Asia  Minor. 

Gallia,  ae,  f.  Gaul,  now  France. 

Galline,  pi.  the  divisions  of 
Gaul 


Galileos,  a,  um,  adj.  belonging 
to  Gaul;  Gallic. 

Galllna,  se,  f.  a  hen. 

Gallinaceus,  i,  m.  a  cock. 

Gall  us,  i,  m.  a  cock. 

Gallus,  i,  m.  an  inhabitant  of 
Gallia;  a  Gaul;  also  a  cog- 
nomen of  several  Romans. 

Ganges,  is,  m.  the  name  of  a 
large  river  in  India. 

Garumna,  a?,  f.  the  Garonne,  a 
river  of  Aquitania. 

Gaudeo,  gaudGre,  gavlsus  sum, 
n.  pass.  §  78;  to  rejoice;  to 
delight ;  to  be  pleased  with. 

Gaudium,  i,  n.joy;  gladness. 

Gavlsus,  a,  um,  part,  (gau- 
deo,) rejoicing;  having  re- 
joiced. 

Gemmus,  a,  um,  adj.  double; 
gemini  filii,  twin  sons. 

Gemitus,  us,  m.  (gemo,)  a 
groan;  a  sigh. 

Gemmatus,  a,  um,  part,  adorn- 
ed with  gems  ;  gemmed;  glit- 
tering; from 

Gemmo,  tire,  avi,  Fitum,  tr. 
(gemma,)  to  adorn  with 
gems. 

Gener,  generi,  m.  a  son-in-law. 

Genero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ge- 
nus,) to  beget;  to  produce. 

Generositas,  atis,  nobleness  of 
mind;  magnanimity;  from 

Generosus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior, 
issimus,)  (genus,)  noble; 
spirited;  brave;  generous; 
fruitful;  fertile. 

Genitus,  a,  um,  part,  (gigno,) 
born;  produced. 


240 


GENS — GRASSOR. 


Gens,  tis,  f.  a  nation ;  a  tribe ; 
a  family  ;  a  clan. 

Genui.     See  Gigno. 

Genus,  eris,  n.  a  race;  a  fam- 
ily;  a  sort  or  kind. 

Geometria,  ae,  f.  geometry. 

Gerens,  tis,  part,  (gero,)  bear- 
ing; conducting. 

Germanus,  i,  m.  a  German;  an 
inhabitant  of  Germany. 

Germania,  ae,  f.  Germany. 

Germanicus,  a,  urn,  adj.  Ger- 
man; of  Germany. 

Gero,  gerere,  gessi,  gestum, 
tr.  to  bear;  to  carry;  (viz: 
a  load  or  burden  ;)  to  do  ;  to 
conduct  or  manage;  (spo- 
ken of  one  who  has  the 
charge ;  see  ago  and  facio ;) 
res  eas  gessit,  performed 
such  exploits:  odium,  to 
hate:  onus,  to  bear  a  bur- 
den: bellum,  to  wage  or 
carry  on  war. 

Geryon,  is,  m.  a  giant  who  was 
slain  by  Hercules,  and  whose 
oxen  were  driven  into  Greece 

Gestans,  tis,  part,  from 

Gesto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  freq. 
(gero,)  to  bear;  to  carry 
about. 

Gestus,  a,  um,  part,  borne  ;  per- 
formed: res  gestae,  see  lies. 

Getae,  arum,  m.  pi.  a  savage 
people  of  Dacia,  north  of 
the  Danube. 

Gigas,  antis,  m.  a  giant 

Gigno,  gignere,  genui,  geni- 
tum,  tr.  to  beget ;  to  bring- 
forth;  to  bear;  to  produce. 

Glaber,  bra,  brum,  adj.  (bri- 


or,  berrimus,)  bald;  bare; 
smooth. 

Glacialis,  e,  adj.  icy  ;  freezing ; 
from 

Glacies,  ei,  f.  ice. 

Gladiator,  oris,  m.  (gladius,)  a 
gladiator. 

Gladiatorius,  a,  um,  adj.  be- 
longing to  a  gladiator;  gla- 
diatorial; from 

Gladius,  i,  m.  a  sword. 

Glans,  dis,  f.  mast;  an  acorn. 

Glisco,  ere,  intr.  to  increase. 

Gloria,  ae,  f.  glory;  fame. 

Glorior,  ari,  atus  sum,  intr. 
dep.  to  boast. 

Gnavus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
active  ;  industrious. 

Gorgias,  ae,  m.  a  celebrated 
sophist  and  orator. 

Gracilis,  e,  adj.  (ior,  limus, 
§  26,  1,)  slender;  lean; 
■  delicate.  220» 

Gracchus,  i,  m.  the  name  of  an 
illustrious  Roman  family. 

Gradior,  gradi,  gressus  sum, 
intr.  dep.  to  go;  to  walk;  fr. 

Gradus,  us,  m.  a  step;  a  stair. 

Graecia,  ae,  f.  Greece. 

Graecus,  a,  um,  adj.  Grecian; 
Greek: — subs,  a  Greek. 

Grandis,  e,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
large  ;  great ;  (in  a  higher 
sense  than  magnus.) 

Granicus,  i,  m.  a  river  of  My- 
sia,  emptying  into  the  Pro- 
pontis. 

Grassor,  ari,  atus  sum,  intr. 
dep.  freq.  (gradior,)  to  ad- 
vance; to  march;  to  pro- 
ceed; to  make  an  attack. 


GRATES IIAXNIBAL. 


241 


Grates,  def.  f.  pi.  (gratus,) 
thanks:  agere  grates,  to 
thank.  §  18,  12.   180. 

Gratia,  ae,  f.  (gratus,)  grace; 
favor ;  thanks;  return;  re- 
quital; gratitude:  habere, 
to  feel  indebted  or  obliged; 
to  be  gratefid:  in  gratiam, 
in  favor  of :  gratia.,  for  the 
sake. 

Gratulatus,  a,  um,  part,  having 
congratulated;  from 

Gratulor,  ari,  atus  sum,  intr. 
dep.  to  congratulate;  from 

Gratus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  acceptable  ;  pleasing; 
gratefid. 

Gravis,  e,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
heavy;  severe;  great:  grave; 
important;  violent;  noxious; 
unwholesome:  gravis  som- 
nus,  sound  sleep  ;  hence, 

Gravitas,  Titis,  f.  heaviness; 
gravity;  weight. 

Gravitrr,  adv.  (ius,  issime,) 
hardly;  heavily;  grievous- 
ly; severely ;  from  gravis. 

Gravo,  an\  aVi,  atum,  tr.  (gra- 
vis,) to  load;  to  oppress; 
to  burden. 

Gregatim,  adv.  (grex,)  in 
herds. 

Gressus,  us,  m.  (gradior,)  a 
step  ;  a  pace  ;  a  gait. 

Grex,  gis,  c.  a  flock;  a  herd; 
a  company. 

Gnu,  gruis,  c.  a  crane. 

Gubernator,  oris,  m.  (guberno, 
to  govern;)  a  pilot;  a  ruler. 

Gyarus,  i,  f.  one  of  the  Cy- 
clddes. 

21 


Gyges,  is,  m.  a  rich  king  of 
Lydia. 

Gymnosophistae,  arum,  m. 
Gymnosophists ;  a  sect  of 
Indian  philosophers. 

H. 

Habens,  tis,  part,  from 

Habeo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  tr.  to 
have;  to  possess;  to  hold; 
to  esteem;  to  suppose;  to 
take:  habere  consilium,  to 
deliberate. 

Hahito,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  & 
intr.  to  inhabit;  to  dwell. 

Habiturus,  a,  um,  part,  (ha- 
beo.) 

Habitus,  a,  um,  part,  (habeo.) 

Habitus,  us,  m.  (habeo,)  habit; 
form;  dress;  attire;  man- 
ner. 

Hactenus,  adv.  (hie  &  tenus,) 
hitherto;  thus  far. 

Hadrian  us,  i,  m.  Adrian,  the 
fifteenth  emperor  of  Rome. 

Haemus,  i,  m.  a  mountain  of 
Tlirace,  from  whose  top, 
both  the  Euxine  and  Adri- 
atic seas  can  be  seen. 

Halcyon,  or  Alcyon,  onis,  f. 
the  halcyon  or  kingfisher. 
See  Alcyone. 

Halicarnassus,  i,  f.  a  maritime 
city  of  Caria,  the  birth- 
place of  Herodotus. 

Hamilear,  oris,  m.  a  Cartha- 
ginian general. 

Hannibal,  ftlis,  m.  a  brave  Car- 
thaginian general,  the  son 
of  Hamilear. 


242 


HANNO — HESPERUS. 


Hanno,  onis,  m.  a  Carthagin- 
ian general. 

Harmonia,  ae,  f.  the  wife  of 
Cadmus,  and  daughter  of 
Mars  and  Venus. 

Harpyiae,  arum,  f.  pi.  the  Har- 
pies; winged  monsters,  hav- 
ing the  faces  of  women,  and 
the  bodies  of  vultures. 

Haruspex,  icis,  m.  (haruga  & 
specio,)  a  soothsayer;  a  di- 
viner; one  who  pretended 
to  a  knowledge  of  future 
events  from  inspecting  the 
entrails  of  victims. 

Hasdrubal,  alis,  m.  a  Cartha- 
ginian general,  the  brother 
of  Hannibal. 

Hasta,  ae,  f.  a  spear;  a  lance. 

Haud,  adv.  not. 

Haurio,  haurire,  hausi,  haus- 
tum,  tr.  to  draw  out;  to 
drink;  to  swallow. 

Haustus,  us,  m.  (id.)  a  draught. 

Hebes,  etis,  adj.  (comp.)  blunt; 
obtuse;  dim. 

Hebesco,  ere,  intr.inc,  (hebeo,) 
to  grow  blunt,  dim,  or 
dull. 

Hebrus,  i,  m.  a  large  river  of 
Thrace. 

Hecuba,  ae,  f.  the  wife  of  Pri- 
am, king  of  Troy. 

Hedera,  ae,  f.  ivy. 

Hegesias,  ae,  m.  an  eloquent 
philosopher  of  Cyrene. 

Helena,  ae,  f.  Helen,  the  daugh^ 
ter  of  Jupiter  and  Leda, 
and  wife  of  Menelaus. 

Helicon,  onis,  m.  a  mountain 
of  Bozotia,  near  Parnassus, 


and  sacred  to  Apollo  and 
the  Muses. 

Helvetia,  ae,  f.  a  country  in 
the  eastern  part  of  Gaul, 
now  Switzerland. 

Helvetii,  orum,  m.  pi.  Helve* 
tians ;  the  inhabitants  of 
Helvetia. 

Helleborum,  i,  n.  or  HellebS- 
rus,  i,  m.  the  herb  helle- 
bore. 

Hellespontus,  i.  m.  a  strait  be- 
tween Thrace  and  Asia 
Minor,  now  called  the  Dar- 
danelles. 

Heraclea,  ae,  f.  the  name  of 
several  cities  in  Magna 
Grcecia,  in  Pontus,  in  Sy- 
ria, &c. 

Herba,  ae,  f.  an  herb;  grass; 
hence, 

Herbidus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
grassy;  full  of  herbs  or 
grass. 

Hercules,  is,  m.  a  celebrated 
hero,  son  of  Jupiter  and 
Alcmena. 

Hercynius,  a,  um,  adj.  Hercy- 
nian:  Hercynia  sylva,  a 
large  forest  in  Germany, 
now  the  Black  Forest. 

Heres  or  Hseres,  edis,  c.  an 
heir. 

Herennius,  i,  m.  a  general  of 
the  Samnites. 

Hero,  us,  (§  15, 13,)  f.  a  priest- 
ess of  Venus,  who  resided 
at  Sestos,  and  who  ivas  be* 
loved  by  Leander,  a  youth 
of  Abydos.  136. 

Hesperus,  i,  m.  a  son  of  lape* 


HEU IIORRIDUS. 


243 


tus,  who  settled  in  Italy, 
and  from  whom  t/ttit  von  it- 
try    was    called   lh  sprria  ; 

also  the  evening  star. 
Ilea  !  int.  alas  !  ah  ! 
Hians,  tis,  part-  (hio.) 
Hiatus.  US,  in.  (hio,)  an  open- 
ing; a  chasm  ;  an  aperture. 
llihcruicus,  a,  uni,  adj.   Irish; 

(probably    from    IL'bema, 

the  winter  quarters  of  the 

Roman  f  oldiers.) 
HibcrniH,  a,  um,  adj.  (hiems,) 

of  winter;  wintry. 
Hie,  adv.  here;  in  this  place. 
Hie,   luee.  hoe,  pro.  §  31,   1, 

this;  he;  she,  &c.  230. 
Iliempsal,   alis,  m.  a  king  of 

Numidia. 
Hiems,  einis,  f.  winter. 
Hfero,  onis,  m.  tyrant  of  Syra- 
cuse. 
Hierosolyma,ae,  f.  &  Hierosoly- 

ma,  orum,  n.  pi.  Jerusalem, 

the  capital  of  Judea. 
Hinc,  adv.  hence;  from  hence; 

from  this;  from  this  time. 
Ilinnio,  Ire,  Ivi,  Itum,  intr.  to 

neigh;  hence, 
Hinnitus,  iV,  m.  a  neighing. 
Hinnuleus,    i,  m.   (hiunus,)   a 

fawn. 
Hio,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  gape; 

to  yawn ;  to  open  the  mouth; 

to  long  for. 
Hipparehus,  i,  m.  the  son  of 

Pisistratus,     a    tyrant    of 

Athens. 
Hippolvtus,   i,  m.    the  son  of 

Theseus. 
Hippomenes,  is,  m.  the  son  of 


Megareus,  and  husband  of 
Atalanta. 

Hippopotamus,  i,  m.  the  hippo- 
potamus or  rwer-horse. 

Hispania,  a3,  f.  Spain. 

Hispanus,  a,  um,  adj.  Spanish. 
subs.  m.  a  Spaniard. 

Ilodie,  adv.  (i.  e.  hoc  die,)  to- 
day; at  this  time;  now-a- 
days. 

Ilodieque,  (for  hodie  quoque,) 
adv.  to  this  day;  to  this 
time. 

Hcedus,  i,  m.  a  kid;  a  young 
goat. 

Homerus,  i,  m.  Homer,  the  most 
ancient  and  illustrious  of 
the  Greek  poets. 

Homo,  inis,  c.  (humus,)  a  man; 
a  person  ;  one. 

Honestas,  atis,  f.  honor;  vir- 
tue;  dignity;  from 

Honest  us,  a,  um,  adj.  honora- 
ble; noble;  from 

Honor &> -os,  oris,  m.  honor;  re- 
spect; an  honor ;  an  office. 

Honorif  ice,  adv.  (centius,  cen- 
tissime,  from  honorif  icus, 
§26,3,)  honorably:  parum 
honorif  ice,  slightingly;  with 
little  respect.  221. 

Hora,  33,  f.  an  hour. 

Horatius,  i,  m.  Horace;  the 
name  of  several  Romans: 
Horatii,  pi.  three  Roman 
brothers,  who  fought  with 
the  three  Curiatii. 

Hortensius,  i,  m.  the  name  of 
several  Romans. 

Horridus,  a,  um,  adj.  eomp. 
(horreo,    to    bristle    up;) 


244 


HORTATUS TDJEVS. 


rough;  rugged;  rude;  un- 
polished; barbarous. 

Hortatus,  us,  m.  an  exhortation; 
instigation;  advice;  from 

Hortor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
to  exhort. 

Hortus,  i,  m.  a  garden. 

Hospes,  itis,  c.  a  stranger;  a 
visitor;  a  guest;  a  host. 

Hospitium,  i,  n.  (hospes,)  hos- 
pitality: hospitio  accipere, 
to  entertain. 

Hostia,  ae,  f.  (hostis,)  a  victim. 

Hostilius,  i,  m.  (Tullus,)  the 
third  king  of  Rome:  a 
cognomen  among  the  Ro- 
mans. 

Hostis,  is,  c.  an  enemy. 

Hue,  adv.  (hoe,)  hither:  hue 
—  illuc,  hither  —  thither  ; 
now  here  —  now  there. 

Hujusmodi,  adj.  ind.  (gen.  of 
hie  &  modus,)  of  this  sort 
or  kind. 

Humanitas,  atis,  f.  humanity; 
kindness;  gentleness;  from 

Humanus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
(homo,)  human. 

Humerus,  i,  m.  the  shoulder. 

Humilis,  e,  adj.  (humi,)  (ior, 
limus,  §  26, 1,)  humble:  hu- 
mili  loco  natum  esse,  to  be 
born  in  a  humble  station,  or 
of  obscure  parents.  220, 

Humor,  oris,  m.  (humeo,)  mois- 
ture: pi.  liquids;  humors. 

Humus,  i,  f.  the  ground:  humi, 
on  the  ground.  559,  044, 

Hyaena,  ae,  f.  the  hyena. 

Hydrus,  i,  m.  a  water  snake. 


Hymnus,  i,  m.  a  hymn  ;  a  song 
of  praise. 

Hyperboreus,  a,  um,  adj.  (inly 
Gdqeag,)  properly,  living  be- 
yond the  source  of  the  north 
wind;  northern:  Hyperbo- 
rei,  drum,  m.  pi.  people  in- 
habiting the  northern  re' 
gions;  beyond  Scythia. 

Hystrix,  icis,  f.  a  porcupine. 


Iapetus,  i,  m.  the  son  of  Ccelus 
and  Terra. 

Iberus,  i,  m.  a  river  of  Spain, 
now  the  Ebro. 

Ibi,  adv.  there;  here;  then. 

Ibidem,  adv.  in  the  same  place. 

Ibis,  idis,  f.  the  Ibis,  the  Egyp- 
tian stork. 

Icarus,  i,  m.  the  son  of  Dcedcdus. 

Icarius,  a,  um,  adj.  of  Icarus; 
Icarian. 

Ichneumon,  onis,  m.  the  ichneu- 
mon or  Egyptian  rat. 

Ichnusa,  ae,  f.  an  ancient  Greek 
name  of  Sardinia. 

Ico,  icere,  ici,  ictum,  tr.  to 
strike;  fcedus,  to  make,  rat- 
ify, or  conclude  a  league  or 
treaty. 

Ictus,  a,  um,  part. 

Ictus,  us,  m.  (ico,)  a  blow;  a 
stroke. 

Ida,  se,  f.  a  mountain  of  Troas, 
near  Troy. 

Idaeus,  a,  um,  adj.  belonging  to 
Ida:  mons  Idaeus,  mount 
Ida. 


IDEM IMMOLO. 


245 


Idem,  eadem,  Idem,  pro.  122, 
the  same,  230. 

Idoneus,  a,  um,  adj.  fit;  suitable. 

Igitur,  conj.  therefore;  then. 

Ignarus,  a,  um,  adj.  (in  &  gna- 
rus,)  ignorant. 

Ignavus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp.  (in 
&  gnavus,)  inactive;  idle; 
cowardly. 

Ignis,  is,  m.  fire;  flame. 

Ignobilis,  e,  adj.  (in  &  nobilis,) 
unknown;  ignoble;  mean. 

Ignoro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ig- 
narus,) to  be  ignorant;  not 
to  know. 

Ignotus,  a,  um,  part.  &  adj.  (in 
&  notus,)  unknown. 

Ilium,  i,  n.  Ilium  or  Troy,  the 
principal  city  of  Troas. 

Hiatus,  a,  um,  part,  (from  in- 
f'fro,)  brought  in:  inferred. 

Die,  a,  ud,  pro.  §  31,  2;  that; 
he;  she;  it;  the  former; 
pi.  they;  those.  239. 

Illecebra,  ae,  f.  (illicio,)  an  al- 
lurement ;  an  enticement. 

Illico,  adv.  (in  &  loco,)  in  that 
place;  immediately;  in- 
stantly. 

Blue,  adv.  (illoc,)  thither:  hue 
—  illuc,  now  here — now 
there, 

Illustris,  e,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
illustrious;  famous;  cele- 
brated; from 

Illustro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (in 
cV  lustro,)  to  enlighten;  to 
illustrate;  to  render  fa- 
mous ;  to  celebrate  ;  to  make 
renowned. 

Illyria,  ae,  f.  a  country  opposite 


to  Italy,  and  bordering  on 
the  Adriatic. 

Imago,  Inis,  f.  an  image;  a 
picture;  a  figure;  a  re- 
semblance. 

Imbecillis,  e,  adj.  (in  &  bacil- 
lus, as  if  leaning  on  a  staff:) 
(lior,  limus,  §  26, 1,)  weak; 
feeble.  220. 

Imber,  bris,  m.  a  shower;  a  rain, 

Imitatio,  onis,  f.  imitation:  ad 
imitationem,  in  imitation; 
from 

Imitor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
to  imitate;  to  copy. 

Immanis,  e,  adj.  comp.  (in  & 
magnus,)  very  great;  huge; 
monstrous;  cruel;  dreadful. 

Immensus,  a,  um,  adj.  (in  & 
mensus,)  immeasurable; 
boundless  ;  immoderate. 

Immeritus,  a,  um,  part,  (in  & 
meritus,)  not  deserving; 
undeserved. 

Imminens,  tis,  part,  hanging 
over;  threatening;  from 

Immineo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  (in  & 
mineo,)  to  hang  over;  to 
impend;  to  threaten;  to  be 
near. 

Immissus,  a,  um,  part,  admit- 
ted; sent  in;  darted  in;  from 

Immitto,  -mittere,  -misi,  -mis- 
sum,  tr.  (in  &  mitto,)  to  let 
in ;  to  send  to,  into,  against, 
or  upon;  to  throw  at. 

Immobilis,  e,  adj.  comp.  (in  & 
mobilis,)  immovable;  stead- 
fast. 

Immolo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(in  &  mola,)  properly,  to 


246 


IMMORTALIS — fMPONO. 


sprinkle  with  the  mola  or 
salted  cake;  hence,  to  sa- 
crifice; to  immolate. 
Immortalis,  e,  adj.   (in  &  mor- 

talis,)  immortal. 
Immotus,  a.  um,  part,   (in  & 
motus,)  unmoved;  still;  mo- 
tionless. 

Immutatus,  a,  um,  part,  altered; 
changed;  (sometimes,  ex- 
changed;) from 

Immuto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(in  &  muto,)  to  change;  to 
alter. 

Impatiens,  tis,  adj.  (in  &  pa- 
tiens,)  impatient ;  not  able 
to  endure. 

Impeditus,  a,  um,  part,  imped- 
ed; hindered;  encumbered; 
entangled;  from 

Impedio,  Ire,  Ivi,  Itum,  tr.  (in 
&  pes,)  properly,  to  fetter ; 
hence,  to  impede;  to  ob- 
struct; to  check;  to  delay ; 
to  prevent;  to  disturb. 

Impendo,  -pendere,  wants  pret. 
&  sup.  intr.  (in  &  pendeo,) 
to  hang  over;  to  impend; 
to  threaten. 

Impenetrabilis,  e,  adj.  (in  & 
penetrabilis,)  impenetrable. 

Impense,  adv.  (ius,  issime,) 
exceedingly  ;  greatly;  from 
impensus. 

Imperator,  oris,  m.  (impero,)  a 
commander ;  a  general. 

Imperito,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
freq.  (impero,)  to  command; 
to  rule;  to  govern. 

linperitus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  is- 
simus,)  (in  &  peiitus,)  in- 


experienced; unacquainted 
with. 

Imperium,  i,  n.  a  command ; 
government;  reign;  su* 
preme  authority;  power, 
(imperium,  military  com- 
mand; potestas,  civil  au- 
thority;) from 

Impero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr*  to 
command;  to  order;  to  di- 
rect ;  to  govern  ;  to  rule  over, 

Impertiens,  tis,  part,  from 

Impertio,  Ire,  Ivi,  Itum,  tr.  (in 
&  partio,)  to  impart;  to 
share ;  to  give. 

Impetro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(in  &  patro,)  to  obtain;  to 
finish. 

Impetus,  us,  m.  (in  &  peto,)  an 
attack;  onset;  force;  vio- 
lence ;  impetuosity. 

Impius,  a,  um,  adj.  (in  &  pius,) 
impious;  undutiful. 

Impleo,  ere,  evi,  etum,  tr.  (in 
&  pleo,)  to  fill;  to  accom- 
plish; to  perform. 

Implicitus,  a,  um,  part,  en- 
tangled; attacked;  from 

Implico,  are,  avi  or  ui,  atum 
or  itum,  tr.  (in  &  plico,)  to 
infold;  to  entangle;  to  im- 


Implicor,  ari,  atus  or  Itus  sum, 
pass,  to  be  entangled:  mor- 
bo,  to  be  attacked  with  sick- 
ness. 

Imploro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (in 
&  ploro,)  to  implore;  to  be- 
seech; to  beg. 

Impono,  -ponere,  -posui,  -posi- 
tum,  tr.  (in  &  pono,)  to  lay 


IMPORTUNUS — INCOLO. 


247 


or  place  upon;  to  impose; 
to  J)  ut. 

Import  P  mis,  a,  urn,  adj.  comp. 
dangerous;  perilous;  trou- 
blesome; cruel;  outrageous ; 
restless  ;  ungovernable. 

Tin  posit  us,  a,  urn,  part,  (im- 
policy. 

Imprimis,  ml  v.  (in  &  primis, 
from  primus,)  among  the 
first;  especially;  eminently. 

lnprobatus,  a,  urn,  part,  (im-  { 
probo,)  disallowed;  disaj/- 
pr<< 

ImprObo,  are.  avi,  atum,  tr.  (in 
&  probo,)  to  disapprove;  to 
reject. 

Improbus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
(in  &  probus,)  not  good; 
wicked;  had. 

Imprfidens,  tis,  adj.  comp.  (in 
&  prudens,)  imprudent ; 
inconsiderate. 

Impugnaturus,  a,  um,  part.  fr. 

Impugno,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
figld  against;  to  attach. 

Impune,  adv.  (in  &  poena,) 
with  impunity;  without 
hurt;  without  punishment. 

Imus,  a,  um,  adj.  (sup.  of  in- 
ferus,  §  26,  2,)  the  lowest; 
the  deepest.   222. 

In,  prep,  with  the  accusative, 
signifies,  into;  towards; 
upon;  until;  for;  against: 
with  the  ablative,  in;  up- 
4tn;  among;  at:  in  dies, 
from  day  to  day:  in  eo 
esse,  to  be  on  the  point  of: 
in  sublime,  aloft. 


Inanis,  e,  adj.  (comp.)  empty; 
vain;  ineffectual;  foolish. 

Inaresco,  -arescere,  -ami,  intr. 
inc.  to  grow  dry.  588. 

Incedo,  -cedere,  -cessi,  -cessum, 
intr.  (in  &  cedo,)  to  go  on; 
to  go;  to  walk;  to  come. 

Incendo,  dere,  di,  sum,  tr.  (in 
&  candeo,)  to  light;  to 
kindle;  to  set  fire  to;  to 
inflame. 

Incensus,  a,  um,  part,  lighted; 
kindled;  burning;  inflamed. 

Incertus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  (in  &  certus,)  un- 
certain. 

Incnoo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
begin. 

Inridrns,  tis,  part,  froni 

Incido,  rcidere,  -ckii,  intr.  (in 
&  cado,)  to  fall  into  or 
upon;  to  chance  to  meet 
with. 

Incipio,  -cipere,  -cepi,  -ceptum, 
tr.  (in  &,  capio,)  to  com- 
mence; to  begin. 

Incito,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (in 
&  cito,)  to  stir  up;  to  in- 
stigate; to  encourage;  to 
animate. 

Includo,  dere,  si,  sum,  tr.  (in 
&  claudo,)  to  sJiut  in;  to 
include;  to  inclose;  to  en- 
circle; to  encompass. 

Inclusus,  a,  um,  part,  (includo.) 

Inclytus,  a,  um,  adj.  (isslmus, 
§  26,  5,)  famous;  celebra- 
ted; renowned.  223. 

Incola,  as,  c.  an  inhabitant;  fr. 

Incdlo,  colore,   colui,   cultum, 


248 


INCOLUMIS — INERTIA. 


tr.  (in  &  colo,)  to  dwell  in 
a  place;  to  inhabit. 

Incoliimis,  e,  adj.  comp.  (in  & 
columis,)  unhurt;  safe;  un- 
punished. 

Incompertus,  a,  um,  adj.  (in  & 
compertus,)  not  found  out; 
unknown;  uncertain. 

Inconsiderate,  adv.  (iiis,  issi- 
me,)  inconsiderately ;  rash- 

Incredibilis,  e,  adj.  comp.  (in  & 
credibilis,)  incredible;  won- 
derfid;  hence, 

Incredibiliter,  adv.  (ius,  issi- 
me,)  incredibly. 

Incrementum,  i,  n.  (incresco,) 
an  increase. 

Increpo,  are,  ui,  itum,  tr.  (in 
&  crepo,)  to  make  a  loud 
noise;  to  reprove;  to  chide; 
to  blame. 

Incruentus,  a,  um,  adj.  (in  & 
cruor,)  bloodless. 

Inculte,  adv.  (ius,  issime,) 
rudely;  plainly;  from 

Incultus,  a,  um,  part.  &  adj. 
comp.  (in  &  colo,)  unculti- 
vated; uninhabited;  desert. 

Incumbo,  -cumbere,  -cubui, 
-cubitum,  intr.  (in  &  cubo,) 
to  lean;  to  lie;  to  rest  or 
recline  upon;  to  apply  to: 
gladio,  to  fall  upon  one's 
sword. 

Incursio,  onis,  f.  (incurro,)  a 
running  against;  an  attack; 
an  incursion;  an  inroad. 

Inde,  adv.  thence  ;  from  thence. 

Index,  icis,  d.  (indico,)  an  in- 
dex; a  mark;  a  sign. 


India,  ae,  f.  a  country  of  Asia, 
named  from  the  river  Indus. 

Indico,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (in 
&  dico,  are,)  to  show;  to 
discover. 

Indico,  cere,  xi,  ctum.  tr.  (in 
&  dico,)  to  indicate ;  to  an- 
nounce ;  to  declare  ;  to  pro- 
claim; to  appoint;  hence, 

Indictus,  a,  um,  part. 

Indicus,  a,  um,  adj.  of  India; 
Indian. 

Indigena,  ae,  c.  (in  &  geno,) 
one  born  in  a  certain  place  ; 
a  native. 

Indoles,  is,  f.  (in  &  oleo,  to 
grow,)  the  natural  disposi- 
tion; nature;  inherent  qual- 
ity.    See  Ingenium. 

Induco,  cere,  xi,  ctum,  tr.  (in 
&  duco,)  to  lead  in ;  to  in- 
duce; to  persuade;  hence, 

Inductus,  a,  um,  part. 

Induo,  -duere,  -dui,  -dutum,  tr. 
to  put  on;  to  dress;  to  clothe. 

Indus,  i,  m.  a  large  river  in  the 
western  part  of  India. 

Industria,  ae,  f.  (industrius,) 
industry;  diligence. 

Indutus,  a,  um,  part,  (induo.) 

Inedia,  ae,  f.  (in  &  edo,)  want 
of  food;  fasting;  hunger. 

Ineo,  ire,  ii,  itum,  tr.  &  intr. 
irr.  (in  &  eo,)  to  go  or  enter 
into;  to  enter  upon;  to 
make;  to  form. 

Inermis,  e,  adj,  (in  &  anna,) 
unarmed;  defenceless. 

Inertia,  ae,  f.  (iners,)  want  of 
art;  laziness;  sloth;  idle- 
ness. 


INFAMIS — INGRUO. 


249 


InfTimis,  c,  adj.  (in  &  fama,) 
ill  spoken  of;  infamous; 
disgraceful. 

Infans,  tis,  c.  (in  &  fans,)  one 
who  can  not  speak;  an  in- 
fant; a  child. 

Inferi,  drum,  m.  pi.  the  infer- 
nal regions;  Hades;  Or- 
cus;  the  infernal  gods. 

Inferior,  us.  adj.  See  Inferus. 

Infero,  inferre,  intuli,  illatum, 
tr.  irr.  (in  &  fero,)  to  bring 
in  or  against;  to  bring  up- 
on ;  to  inflict  upon :  bellum, 
to  make  war  upon. 

Inferus,  a,  um,  adj.  (inferior, 
infimus,  or  imus,  §  26,  2,) 
low;  humble.  222. 

Infesto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
infest;  to  disturb;  to  mo- 
lest; to  vex;  to  plague;  to 
trouble;  to  annoy;  from 

Infest u -,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  (in  &  festus,)  not 
pleasant;  hostile;  inimical. 

Inflgo,  gere,  xi,  xum,  tr.  (in  & 
figo,)  to  fix;  to  fasten;  to 
drive  in. 

Infinltus,  a,  um,  adj.  (in  & 
finio,)  infinite;  unbounded; 
vast;  immense:  infinitum 
argenti,  an  immense  quan- 
tity of  silver:  infinita  no- 
bilitas,  a  vast  number,  &c. 

Infirmus,  a,  um,  adj.  ior,  issi- 
mus,  (in  &  firmus,)  weak; 
infirm. 

Infixus,  part,  (inflgo.) 

Inflammo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
to  set  on  fire;  to  inflame; 
to  excite;  to  animate. 


Inflatus,  a,  um,  part,  (inflo,) 
blown  up;  puffed  up. 

Infllgo,  gere,  xi,  ctum,  tr.  (in 
&  fligo,)  properly,  to  strike 
one  thing  against  another ; 
hence,  to  inflict. 

Inflo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (in  & 
flo,)  to  blow  upon. 

Infra,  prep,  beneath ;  below. 

Infrendeo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  (in  & 
frendeo,)  to  gnash  with  the 
teeth. 

Infringo,  -fringere,  -fregi,  -frac- 
tum,  tr.  (in  &  frango,)  to 
break  or  rend  in  'pieces  ;  to 
disannul;  to  make  void. 

Infundo,  -fundere,  -fudi,  -fu- 
sum,  tr.  (in  &  fundo,)  to 
pour  in:  infunditur,  it 
empties;  (said  of  rivers). 

Ingenium,  i,  n.  (in  &  geno,) 
judgment;  sagacity;  pene- 
tration ;  natural  disposi' 
tion;  genius;  talents;  cha- 
racter. 

Ingens,  tis,  adj.  (ior,  §  26,  6,) 
great;  very  great;  huge; 
{in  a  much  higher  sense 
than  magnus.)  224:. 

Ingenuus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ingeno,) 
natural;  free-born;  free; 
noble;  ingenuous. 

Ingredior,  -gredi,  -gressus  sum, 
tr.  &  intr.  dep.  (in  &  gra- 
dior,)  to  go  in;  to  enter;  to 
come  in;  to  walk;  to  walk 
upon  ;  to  go. 

Ingressus,  a,  um,  part. 

Ingruo,  -gruere,  -grui,  tr.  to 
invade;  to  assail;  to  pour 
down;  to  faUupon  suddenly. 


f«50 


INHiE  REO — INSIDEO. 


Inhsereo,  -haerere,  -haesi,  -hae- 
sum,  intr.  (in  &  haereo,)  to 
cleave  or  stick  to  or  in :  co- 
gitationibus,  to  be  fixed  or 
lost  in  thought. 

Inhio,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  & 
intr.  (in  &  hio,^  to  gape 
for;  to  desire. 

tnimicus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
(in  &  amicus,)  inimical; 
hostile. 

Inimlcus,  i,  m.  subs,  an  enemy. 

Inlque,  adv.  ids,  issime,  (ini- 
quus,  in  &  aequus,  not 
equal;)  unequally;  unjustly. 

Initium,  i,  n.  (ineo,)  a  com- 
mencement; a  beginning. 

Initurus,  a,  um,  part,  (ineo,) 
about  to  enter  upon  or  begin. 

Jnjicio,  -jicere,  -jeci,  -jectum, 
tr.  (in  &  jacio,)  to  throw  in 
or  upon. 

Injuria,  ae,  f.  (injurius,  in  & 
jus,)  an  injury;  an  insult. 

Innato,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  (in 
&  nato,)  to  swim  or  Jloat 
upon. 

Innltor,  -nlti,  -nisus  or  nixus 
sum,  intr.  dep.  (in  &  nitor,) 
to  lean  or  depend  upon;  to 
rest  upon. 

Innocentia,  as,  f.  (in  &  no- 
cens,)  harmlessness  ;  inno- 
cence. 

Innotesco,  -notescere,  -notui, 
intr.  inc.  (in  &  notesco,) 
to  become  known;  to  be 
known. 

Innoxius,  a,  um,  adj.  comp.  (in 
&  noxius,)  harmless. 


Innumerabilis,  e,  adj.  (in  & 
numerabilis.)  innumerable, 

Innumerus,  a,  um,  adj.  (in  & 
numerus,)  without  number, 

Inopia,  ae,  f.  (in ops,)  want; 
scarcity. 

Inopus,  i,  m.  a  fountain  or 
river  of  Delos,  near  which 
Apollo  and  Diana  were 
said  to  have  been  born. 

Inprimis,  and  in  primis,  adv. 
same  as  imprimis. 

Inquam,  or  inquio,  def.  J  say; 
§  84,  2.  437. 

Inquino,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
pollute  ;  to  stain  ;  to  soil. 

Inquiro,  -quirere,  -quislvi,  -qui 
situm,  tr.  (in  &  quaero,)  to 
seek  for;  to  inquire;  to  in- 
vestigate. 

Insania,  se,  f.  (insanus,)  mad- 
ness. 

Insanio,  Ire,  ivi,  Itum,  intr.  (In- 
sanus,) to  be  mad. 

Inscribo,  -scribere,  -scripsi, 
-scriptum,  tr.  (in  &  scribo,) 
to  write  upon;  to  inscribe. 

Inscriptus,  a,  um,  part. 

Insectum,  i,  n.  (inseco,)  an 
insect. 

Insequens,  tis,  part,  succeed- 
ing;  subsequent;  following; 
from 

Insequor,  -sequi,  -secutus,  sum, 
tr.  dep.  (in  &  sequor,)  to 
follow  after;  to  follow. 

Insidens,  tis,  part,  frcm 

Insideo,  -sidere,  -sedi,  -sessum, 
intr.  (in  &  sedeo,)  to  sit 
upon. 


INSIDI^E INTERCIPIO. 


251 


Insidiae,  arum,  f.  pi.  (insider*,) 
an  ambush  ;  ambuscade ; 
treachery;  deceit:  per  insi- 
dias,  treacherously. 

Tnsidians,  tis,  part,  from 

Insidior,  Firi,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
(insidia;,)  to  lie  in  wait;  to 
lie  in  ambush;  to  deceive. 

Insigne,  is,  n.  a  mark;  a  token; 
an  ensign;  from 

Insignis,  e,  adj.  comp.  (in  & 
signum,)  distinguished  (by 
sotne  mark;)  eminent. 

Insisto,  -sistere,  -stlti,  -stitum, 
intr.  (in  &  sisto,)  to  stand 
upon;  to  insist. 

Insolabiliter,  adv.  (in  &  solor,) 
inconsolably. 

Instflens,  tis,  adj.  (in  &  Rolens,) 
(ior,  issimus,)  not  usual; 
insolent;  haughty. 

Insolenter,  adv.  (insolens,) 
(ius,  issime,)  hauglitily  ; 
insolently. 

Inspectans,  tis,  part,  from 

Inspecto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
freq.  (in  &  specto,)  to  look 
upon;  to  inspect. 

Instaturus,  a,  um,  part,  (insto.) 

Instituo,  -stituere,  -stitui,  -stitu- 
tum,  tr.  (in  &  statuo,)  to 
set  or  put  into  ;  to  appoint; 
to  resolve;  to  make;  to  or- 
der. 

Institutum,  i,  n.  an  institution; 
a  doctrine;  from 

Institutes,  a,  um,  part,  (in- 
stituo.) 

Insto,  -stare,  -stiti,  intr.  (in  & 
sto,)  to  stand  near  to;  to 
urge;  to  persist;    to  har- 


ass; to  pursue  closely;  to 
beg  earnestly. 

Instrumentum,  i,  n.  (instruo,) 
an  instrument ;  utensil;  im- 
plement. 

Instruo,  -struere,  -si  ruxi,  -struc- 
tum,  tr.  (in  &  struo,)  to  put 
together,  or  in  order;  to  ar- 
range; to  prepare;  to  sup- 
ply with;  to  instruct. 

Insubres,  um,  m.  pi.  a  people 
living  north  of  the  Po,  in 
Cisalpine  GauL 

Insuesco,  -suescere,  -suevi,  -su- 
etum,  intr.  inc.  (in  &  sues- 
co,)  to  grow  accustomed. 

Insula,  se,  t\  an  island. 

InsQpcr,  adv.  (in  &  super,) 
moreover. 

Integer,  gra,  grum,  adj.  (in  & 
tago,  win  lice,  tango,)  (ri- 
or,  errunus,)  not  touched; 
whole;  entire;  unhurt;  just; 
uncorrupted. 

Intego,  -tegere,  -texi,  -tectum, 
tr.  (in  &  tego,)  to  cover. 

Integritas,  atis,  f.  (integer,)  in- 
tegrity; probity;  honesty. 

Intellectus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Intelligo,  -ligere,  -lexi,  -lectum, 
tr.  (inter  &  lego,)  to  choose 
between;  hence,  to  under- 
stand; to  perceive;  to  dis- 
cern; to  know;  to  learn. 

Inter,  prep,  between;  among: 
inter  se,  mutually:  occur- 
rontes  inter  se,  meeting 
each  other. 

Intercipio,  -cipere,  -cepi,  -cep- 
tum,  tr.  (inter  &  capio,)  to 
seize  by  surprise;  to  inter- 


252 


INTERDICO INTEEPIDUS. 


cept;  to  usurp;  to  take 
away  fraudulently. 

Interdico,  -dicere,  -cQxi,  -dic- 
tum, tr.  (inter  &  dice-,)  to 
interpose  a  command;  to 
forbid;  to  prohibit. 

Interdictus,  a,  urn,  part. 

Interdiu,  adv.  (inter  &  diu,) 
by  day;  in  the  day  time. 

Interdum,  adv.  (inter  &  dum,) 
sometimes. 

Interea,  adv.  (inter  &  ea,)  in 
the  mean  time. 

Interemptus,  a,  urn,  part,  (in- 
terimo.) 

Tntereo,  ire,  ii,  ltum,  intr.  irr. 
(inter  &  eo,413>)  to  perish. 

Interest,  imp.  (intersum,)  it 
concerns:  mea,  it  concerns 
me. 

Interfector,  oris,  m.  a  murder- 
er; a  slayer ;  a  destroyer. 

Interfectus,  a,  um,  part,  hilled. 

Interficio,  -ficere,  -feci,  -fec- 
tum,  tr.  (inter  &  facio,)  to 
destroy;  to  kill;  to  slay. 

Interim,  adv.  (inter  &  im,  the 
old  ace.  of  is,)  in  the  mean 
time. 

Interimo,  -imere,  -emi,  -emp- 
tum,  tr.  (inter  &  emo,)  to 
take  from  the  midst;  to  kill; 
to  put  to  death;  to  slay. 

Interior,  us,  adj.  (sup.  intlmus, 
222,)  inner;  the  interior. 

Interius,  adv.  (intro,)  farther 
in  the  interior. 

Interjectus,  a,  um,  part,  cast 
between:  anno  interjecto,  a 
year  having  intervened;  a 
year  after;  from 


Interjicio,  -jicere,  -jeci,  -j;c- 
tum,  tr.  (inter  &  jacio,)  ** 
throw  between. 

Internecio,  onis,  f.  (interneco,) 
ruin;  destruction:  ad  in 
ternecionem,  with  a  gene 
ral  massacre. 

Internodium,  i,  n.  (inter  &  no 
dus,)  the  space  between  two 
knots;  a  joint. 

Internus,  a,  um,  adj.  internal: 
mare  internum,  the  Medi- 
terranean sea. 

Interpres,  etis,  c.  an  interpreter. 

Interregnum,  i,  n.  (inter  &  reg- 
num,)  an  interregnum;  a 
vacancy  of  the  throne. 

Interrogo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(inter  &  rogo,)  to  ask. 

Intersum,  esse,  fui,  intr.  irr. 
(inter  &  sum,)  to  be  pre- 
sent at,  between,  with,  or 
among. 

Intervallum,  i,  n.  (inter  &  val- 
lus,)  an  interval;  a  space: 
a  distance. 

Interveniens,  tis,  part,  from 

Intervenio,  venire,  veni,  ven- 
tum,  intr.  (inter  &  venio,) 
to  come  between;  to  inter- 
vene. 

lntexo,  ere,  ul,  turn,  tr.  (in  & 
texo,)  to  interweave. 

Intimus,  a,  um,  adj.  sup.  (in- 
terns, interior,  222,)  in- 
nermost ;  inmost ;  intimate  ; 
familiar ;  much  beloved. 

Intra,  prep,  within: — adv.  in- 
ward. 

Intrepidus,  a,  um,  adj.  (in  & 
trepidus,)/ear&ss;  intrepid. 


INTRO IRE. 


253 


Intro,  fire,  avi,  fitum,  tr.  (intro, 
&  eo,)  to  enter. 

Introduco,  -ducere,  -duxi,  -due- 
tum,  tr  (intro  &  dueo,)  to 
lead  in  ;  to  introduce. 

Introitus,  us,  m.  (introeo,)  an 
entrance. 

Intuens,  tis,  part,  from 

Intueor,  eri,  Itus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
(in  &  tueor,)  to  look  upon ; 
to  consider;  to  behold;  to 
gaze  at. 

Intus,  adv.  within. 

Inusitatus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
(in  &  usitatus,)  unaccus- 
tomed; unusual;  extraor- 
dinary. 

Inutilis,  e,  adj.  comp.  (in  & 
utilis,)  useless. 

Invado,  -vadere,  -vilsi,  -vasum, 
tr.  (in  &  vado,)  to  invade; 
to  attack;  to  assail. 

Invenio,  -venire,  -veni,-ventum, 
tr.  (in  &  venio,)  to  come  to, 
or  upon;  to  find;  to  get; 
to  procure;  to  obtain;  to 
invent;  to  discover. 

Inventus,  a,  um,  part. 

Investlgo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(in  &  vestlgo,)  to  trace  or 
find  out;  to  investigate ;  to 
discover. 

Invicem,  adv.  (in  &  vicis,)  mu- 
tually; in  turn:  se  invi- 
cem occiderunt,  tliey  slew 
one  another. 

Invictus,  a,  um,  part,  (in  & 
victus,)  unconquerable  ;  im- 
penetrable; invulnerable. 

Tnvidia,  ae,  f.  (invidus,)  envy; 
hatred. 

22 


Invlsus,  a,  um,  adj.  (invideo,) 
envied;  hated;  hateful;  ob- 
noxious: plebi,  unpopular. 

Invitatus,  a,  um,  part,  invited ; 
entertained: — subs,  a  guest. 

Invito,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
invite. 

lnvius,  a,"um,  adj.  (in  &  via,) 
impassible;  inaccessible;  im- 
penetrable. 

Invoco,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (in 
&  voco,)  to  call  upon;  to 
invoke. 

Iones,  um,  m.  pi.  lonians;  the 
inhabitants  of  Ionia. 

Ionia,  ae,  f.  Ionia;  a  country 
on  the  western  coast  of  Asia 
Minor. 
!  Ionius,  a,  um,  adj.  of  Ionia; 
Ionian:  mare,  that  part 
of  the  Mediterranean  which 
lies  between  Greece  and  the 
south  of  Italy. 

Iphicriites,  is,  in.  an  Athenian 
general. 

Iphigenla,  ae,  f.  the  daughter 
of  Agamemnon  and  Cly- 
temnestra,  and  priestess  of 
Diana. 

Ipse,  a,  um,  pro.  243,  he  him- 
self; she  herself;  itself;  or 
simply  he;  she;  it:  et  ipse, 
he  also;  before  a  verb  of 
the  first  or  second  person, 
/;  thou:  ego  ipse,  / myself ': 
tu  ipse,  thou  thyself,  &c. 

Ira,  ae,  f.  anger ;  rage  ;  hence, 

Irascor,  irasci,  intr.  dep.  to  be 
angry;  hence, 

Iratus,  a,  um,  adj.  angry. 

Ire.     See  Eo. 


254 


IRREPARABILIS — JACULOR. 


Irreparabilis,  e,  adj.  comp.  (in 
&  reparabilis,)  irreparable; 
irrecoverable. 

Irretio,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  tr.  (in  & 
rete,)  to  enclose  in  a  net; 
to  entangle;  to  ensnare. 

Irridens>  tis^  part,  from 

Irrideo,  dere,  si,  sum2  tr.  (in  & 
rideo,)  to  laugh  at;  to  de- 
ride. 

Irrigo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (in  & 
rigo,)  to  water  ;  to  bedew  ;  to 
moisten. 

Irrito,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (hirrio, 
to  snarl  like  a  dog  ;)  to  irri- 
tate ;  to  provoke ;  to  incite. 

Irruens,  tis,  part,  from 

Irruo,  uere,  ui,  (in  &  ruo,)  intr. 
to  rush  in,  into,  or  upon  ;  to 
rush;  to  attack. 

Is,  ea,  id,  pro.  §  31,  3,  this;  he: 
she;  it:  in  eo  esse,  i.  e.  in 
eo  statu,  to  be  in  that  state ; 
to  be  upon  the  point.  243, 

Issus,  i,  f.  a  maritime  city  of 
Cilicia. 

Issicus,  a,  um,  adj.  of  or  be- 
longing to  Issus. 

Isocrates,  is,  m.  a  celebrated 
Athenian  orator. 

Iste,  a,  ud,  pro.  §  31,  2,  that; 
that  person  or  thing;  he; 
she;  it.  (The  demonstra- 
tive of  the  second  person, 
and  used  to  indicate  a  thing 
near,  relating  to,  or  spoken 
of,  by  the  person  addressed. 
118,3,3d,  1028.) 

Ister,  tri,  m.  the  name  of  the 
Danube,  after  it  enters  II- 
lyricum. 


Isthmicus,  a,  um,  adj.  Isth- 
mian; belonging  to  tht 
Isthmus  of  Corinth:  ludi, 
games  celebrated  at  that 
place. 

Isthmus,  i,  m.  an  isthmus. 

Ita,  adv.  (is,)  so;  in  such  a 
manner ;  even  so,  thus. 

Italia,  2e,  f.  Italy. 

Italus,  a,  um,  adj.  Italian. 

Itali,  subs,  the  Italians. 

Italicus,  a,  um,  adj.  belonging 
to  Italy ;  Italian. 

Itaque,  adv.  (ita  &  que,)  and 
so;  therefore. 

Iter,  itineris,  n.  (eo,)  a  jour- 
ney; a  road;  a  march. 

Iterum,  adv.  (iter,)  again;  once 
more ;  a  second  time. 

Ithaca,  se,  f.  a  rocky  island  in 
the  Ionian  sea,  with  a  city 
of  the  same  name. 

Itidem,  adv.  (ita  &  idem,)  in 
like  manner  ;  likewise  ;  also, 

Iturus,  a,  um,  part,  (eo.) 

Ivi.     See  Eo. 


Jacens,  tis,  part,  from 

Jaceo,  ere,  ui,  Itum,  to  lie:  intr. 

to  be  situated. 
Jacio,  jacere,  jeci,  jactum,  tr. 

to  throw;  to  cast;  to  fling; 

to  hurl. 
Jacto,   are,    avi,    atum,   freq. 

(jacio,)  to  throw  often;  to 

toss;  to  agitate, 
Jactus,   a,   um,   part,    (jacio,) 

cast;  thrown. 
Jaculor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 


JAM JUS. 


255 


(jaculum,  frcm  jacio,)  to 
hurl;  to  dart;  to  shoot. 

Jam,  adv.  (a  stronger  term 
than  nunc,)  now ;  already; 
presently;  even:  jam  nunc, 
even  now:  jam  turn,  even 
then:  jam  hide,  fver  since: 
jam  primum,  in  the  Jirst 
place. 

Jamdiidum,  adv.  (jam  &  du- 
dum,  lately;)  long  ago. 

Janiculum,  i,  n.  one  of  the  seven 
hills  of  Home. 

Jason,  onis,  m.  the  son  of 
utfZson,  king  of  Thessaly. 
and  leader  of  the  Argo- 
nauts;  also,  an  inhabitant 
of  Lycia. 

Jejunus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
fasting;  hungry. 

Jovis.     See  Jupiter. 

Juba,  ae,  f  the  mane. 

Jubeo,  jubere,  jussi,  jussum, 
tr.  to  command;  to  bid;  to 
order;  to  direct. 

Jucundus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
(jocus,)  agreeable  ;  delight- 
ful; pleasant;  sweet. 

Judaea,  ae,  f.  Judea. 

Judaeus,  a,  um,  adj.  belonging 
to  Judea: — subs,  a  Jew. 

Judex,  Icis,  c  (judico,)  a 
judge. 

Judicium,  i,  n.  (judex,)  a 
judgment;  decision. 

Judico,  are,  avi,  iitum,  tr.  (jus 
&  dico,)  to  judge  ;  to  deem; 
to  determine;  to  decide. 

Jugrrum,  i,  n.  96,  7,  (the  quan- 
tity ploughed  by  a  yoke  of 


oxen  in  one  day;)  an  acre 
of  land.  18S. 

Jugum,  i,  n.  (jungo,)  a  yoke; 
a  ridge  or  chain  of  moun- 
tains: in  war,  an  instru- 
ment consisting  of  two 
spears  placed  erect,  and  a 
third  laid  transversely  up- 
on them. 

Jugurtha,  ae,  m.  a  king  of  Nu- 
midia. 

Julius,  i,  m.  a  name  of  Ccesar, 
who  belonged  to  the  gens 
Julia. 

Junctus,  a,  um,  part,  (jungo.) 

Junior,  adj.  (comp.  from  juv6- 
nis,)  younger;  §26,6, 224. 

Junius,  i,  m.  the  name  of  a 
Roman  tribe  which  includ- 
ed the  family  of  Brutus. 

Jungo,  jungere,  junxi,  junctum, 
tr.  to  unite;  to  connect;  to 
join:  currui,  to  put  in;  to 
harness  to. 

Juno,  onis,  f.  the  daughter  of 
Saturn  and  wife  of  Jupi- 
ter. 

Jupiter,  Jovis,  m.  §  15,  12,  the 
son  of  Saturn  and  king  of 
the  gods.  123. 

Jurgiosus,  a,  um,  adj.  (jur&i' 
um,)  quarrelsome;  brawl- 
ing.^ 

Juro,   are,   avi,   iitum,   tr.    to 

'     swear;  from 

Jus,  juris,  n.  right;  justice; 
natural  law:  jus  civitatis, 
the  freedom  of  the  city;  cit- 
izenship :  jure,  with  reason; 
rightly;  deservedly. 


256 


JUSSI LANATUS. 


Jussi.     See  Jubeo. 

Jussus,  a,  um,  part,  (jubeo.) 

Jussu,  abl.  m.  (jubeo,)  a  com- 
mand. 

Justitia,  ae,  f.  justice;  from 

Justus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp.  (jus,) 
just;  right;  full;  regular; 
ordinary;  exact. 

Juvenca,  ae,  f.  (f.  of  juvencus, 
i.  e.  juvenicus,  fr.  juvenis,) 
a  cow ;  a  heifer. 

Juvencius,  i,  m.  a  Roman  gen- 
eral, conquered  by  Andris- 
cus. 

Juvenis,  adj.  (junior,  §  26,  6,) 
(fr.  juvo,)  young;  youth- 
ful. 224. 

Juvenis,  is,  c.  a  young  man  or 
woman ;  a  youth ;  hence, 

Juventus,  utis,  f.  youth. 

Juvo,  juvare,  juvi,  jutum,  tr. 
to  help;  to  assist. 

Juxta,  prep,  (jungo,)  near; 
hard  by:  —  adv.  alike; 
even;   equally. 


L.,  an  abbreviation  of  Lucius. 
Labor,  &  Labos,  oris,  m.  labor; 

toil. 
Labor,  labi,  lapsus,  intr.  dep. 

to  fall;  to  glide;  to  glide 

away;  to  flow  on. 
Laboriosus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 

(labor,)  laborious. 
Laboro,   are,   avi,  atum,  intr. 

to  work  or  labor;  to  suffer 

with  ;  to  be  distressed. 
Labyrinthus,  i,  m.  a  labyrinth. 
Lac,  lactis,  n.  milk. 


Lacedaemon,  onis,  f.  Lacedcp- 
moriy  or  Sparta,  the  capital 
of  Laconia. 

Lacedaemonius,  a,  um,  adj. 
belonging  to  Lacedcemon; 
Lacedcemonian ;  Spartan. 

Laceratus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Lacero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (la- 
cer,  mangled;)  to  tear  in 
pieces. 

Lacessltus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Lacesso,  ere,  ivi,  Itum,  tr.  (la- 
ck),) to  provoke;  to  stir  up; 
to  disturb;  to  trouble. 

Lacryma,  83,  f.  a  tear. 

Lacus,  us,  m.  a  lake. 

Laconicus,  a,  um,  adj.  Laconic; 
Spartan ;  Lacedcemonian. 

Laedo,  laedere,  laesi,  laesum,  tr. 
to  injure  ;  to  hurt. 

Laetatus,  a,  um,  part,  (laetor.) 

Lsetitia,  ae,  f.  (laetus,)  joy. 

Laetor,  ari,  atus  sum,  intr.  dep. 
to  rejoice;  to  be  glad;  to  be 
delighted  with. 

Laetus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  glad;  joyful;  full  of 
joy  ;  fortunate;  prosperous; 
fruitful;  abundant. 

Laevmus,  i,  m.  the  name  of  a 
Roman  family  ;  (P.  Vale- 
rius,) a  Roman  consul. 

Laevor,  oris,  m.  (laevis  or  levis,) 
smoothness. 

Lagus,  i,  m.  a  Macedonian, 
who  adopted  as  his  son  that 
Ptolemy  who  afterwards 
became  king  of  Egypt. 

Lana,  ae,  f.  wool. 

Lanatus,  a,  um,  adj.  bearing 
wool;  woolly. 


LANIATUS LEGATIO. 


257 


Laniiitus,  a,  urn,  part,  from 

Lanio,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
tear  in  pieces. 

Lapicidlna,  ae,  f.  (lapis  &  cae- 
do,)  a  quarry. 

Lapideus,  a,  urn,  adj.  stony; 
from 

Lapis,  Idis,  m.  a  stone. 

Lapsus,  a,  urn,  part,  (labor.) 

Laqueus,  i,  m.  a  noose;  a 
snare. 

Largitio,  onis,  f.  (largior,  from 
largus,)  a  present. 

Late,  adv.  (ius,  isslme,)  wide- 
ly;  extensively ;  from  latus. 

Latebra,  ae,  f.  (lateo,)  a  lurk- 
ing-place; a  hiding-place; 
a  retreat. 

Latens,  tis,  part,  from 

Lateo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  to  be  hid- 
den; to  be  concealed;  to  be 
unknown  ;  to  be  unknown  to. 

Later,  eris,  m.  a  brick. 

Latercfilus,  i,  m.  dim.  (later,) 
a  little  brick;  a  brick. 

Latinus,  i,  m.  an  ancient  king 
of  the  Laurentes,  a  people 
of  Italy. 

Latinus,  a,  um,  adj.  Latin;  of 
Latium:  Latini,  subs,  the 
Latins. 

Latitudo,  inis,  f.  (latus,)  breadth. 

Latium,  i,  n.  Latium. 

Latmus,  i,  m.  a  mountain  in 
Caria,  near  the  borders  of 
Ionia. 

Latona,  ae,  f.  the  daughter  of 
the  giant  Coeus,  and  moth- 
er of  Apollo  and  Diana. 

Latro,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  & 
tr.  to  bark;  to  bark  at. 


Latro,  onis,  m.  properly,  a 
mercenary  soldier;  com- 
monly, a  robber, 

Latrocinium,  i,  n.  (latrocinor,) 
robbery  ;  piracy. 

Laturus,  a,  um,  part,  (fero.) 

Latus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issl«. 
mus,)  broad;  wide. 

Latus,  eris,  n.  a  side. 

Laudatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Laudo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
praise;  to  extol;  to  commend. 

Laurentia,  ae,  f.     See  Acca. 

Laus,  dis,  f. praise;  glory;  hon- 
or; fame;  repute;  estima- 
tion; value. 

Laute,  adv.  ius,  issime,  (lau- 
tus,  fir*  lavo,)  sumptuously; 
magnificently. 

Lavinia,  ae,  f.  the  daughter  of 
Latmus,  and  the  second 
wife  of  JErieas. 

Lavinium,  i,  n.  a  city  in  Italy, 
built  by  jEneas. 

Lavo,  lavare  &  lavere,  lavi, 
lotum,  lautum,  &  lavatum, 
tr.  to  wash;  to  bathe. 

Leaena,  ae,  f.  a  lioness. 

Leander,  &  Leandrus,  dri,  m. 
a  youth  of  Abydos,  distin- 
guished for  his  attachment 
to  Hero. 

Lebes,  etis,  m.  a  kettle;  a  cal- 
dron. 

Lectus,  a,  um,  part,  (lego,) 
read;  chosen. 

Leda,  ae,  f.  the  wife  of  Tynda- 
rus,  king  of  Sparta,  and 
the  mother  of  Helena. 

Legatio,  onis,  f.  (lego,  are,)  an 
embassy. 


258 


LEGATTTS LIGO. 


Legatus,  i,  m.  (lego,  are,)  a 
deputy;  a  lieutenant;  an 
ambassador. 

Legio,  onis,  f.  (lego,  ere,)  a  le- 
gion; ten  cohorts  of  soldiers. 

Legislator,  oris,  m.  (lex&fero,) 
a  legislator;  a  lawgiver. 

Lego,  legere,  legi,  lectum,  tr. 
to  gather;  to  collect;  to 
choose;  to  read. 

Lemanus,  i,  m.  the  name  of  a 
lake  in  Gaul,  bordering  up- 
on the  country  of  the  Helve- 
tii,  now  the  lake  of  Geneva. 

Leo,  onis,  m.  a  lion. 

Leonidas,  ae,  m.  a  brave  king 
of  Sparta,  who  fell  in  the 
battle  of  Thermopylce. 

Leontinus,  a,  um,  adj.  belong- 
ing to  Leontini,  a  city  and  a 
people  of  the  same  name,  on 
the  eastern  coast  of  Sicily. 

Lepidus,  i,  m.  the  name  of  an 
illustrious  family  of  the 
uiEmilian  clan. 

Lepus,  8ris,  m.  a  hare. 

Letalis,  e,  adj.  fatal;  deadly  ; 
from. 

Letum,  &  Lethum,  i,  n.  death. 

Levis,  e,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
light;  trivial;  inconsidera- 
ble; smooth;  hence, 

Levitas,  atis,  f.  lightness. 

Levo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (le- 
vis,)  to  make  light;  to  ease; 
to  relieve;  to  lighten;  to  al- 
leviate. 

Lex,  gis,  f.  (lego,)  statute  or 
written  law;  a  law;  a  condi- 
tion. Legem  ferre,  or  roga- 
re,  to  propose  a  law.  See  jus. 


Libens,  tis,  part,  (libet,)  wil- 
ling. 

Libenter,  adv.  (ius,  issime,  fr. 
libens,)  willingly. 

Libet,  or  Lubet,  libuit,  imp.  it 
pleases. 

Liber,  libera,  liberum,  adj.  free; 
(liberior,  liberrimus.) 

Liber,  libri,  m.  the  inner  bark 
of  a  tree;  a  writing  on 
bark;  a  leaf  ;  a  book. 

Liberaliter,  adv.  (liberalis,) 
liberally;  kindly. 

Liberatus,  a,  um,  part,  (libero,) 
liberated;  set  at  liberty. 

Libere,  adv.  ius,  rime,  (liber,) 
freely;  without  restraint. 

LibSri,  drum,  m.  pi.  (liber,) 
persons  free  born  ;  children. 

Libero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
free;  to  liberate;  to  deliver. 

Libertas,  atis,  f.  (liber,)  lib- 
erty. 

Libya,  ae,  f.  properly  Libya,  a 
kingdom  of  Africa,  lying 
west  of  Egypt;  sometimes 
it  comprehends  the  whole 
of  Africa. 

Licinius,  i,  m.  a  name  common 
among  the  Romans. 

Licet,  uit,  itum  est,  imp.  §  85, 4, 
it  is  lawful;  it  is  permitted: 
tibi,  you  may;  one  may. 

Licet,  conj.  although.      [4S4:. 

Lienosus,  a,  um,  adj.  (lien,  the 
spleen;)  splenetic. 

Ligneus,  a,  um,  adj.  wooden;  fr. 

Lignum,  i,  n.  wood;  a  log  of 
wood;  timber:  ligna,  pieces 
of  wood;  sticks. 

Ligo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to  bind. 


LIOTTRIA LUCULLUS. 


259 


Liguria,  a?,  f.  Liguria,  a  coun- 
try in  the  west  of  Italy. 

Ligus,  Qris,  in.  a  Ligurian. 

Ligu-tirus,  a,  ura,  adj.  Ligu- 
rian: mare,  the  gulf  of 
Genoa. 

LilylKcurn,  i,  n.  a  promontory 
on  the  western  coast  of  Sic- 

Limpidus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  is- 
slmus,)  (lympha  or  limpa,) 
transparent;  limpid;  clear. 

Li  mm,  i,  m.  mud;  clay. 

Lingua,  ae,  f.  (lingo,)  the  tongue; 
a  language. 

Linum,  i,  n.Jlax;  linen. 

Liquldus,  a,  um,  adj.  (liqueo, 
to  melt;)  ^ior,  issimus,)  li- 
quid; clear;  pure;  limpid. 

Lis,  litis,  f.  a  strife;  a  conten- 
tion; a  controversy. 

Litt&ra,  or  Litera,  se,  f.  (lino,) 
a  letter  of  the  alphabet: 
(pi.)  letters;  literature; 
learning;  a  letter;  an  epis- 
tle; hence, 

Litterarius,  a,  um,  adj.  belong- 
ing to  letters ;  literary. 

Lit t us,  or  Litus,  oris,  n.  the 
shore. 

Loco,  Tire,  avi,  iitum,  tr.  to 
place,  set,  dispose,  or  ar- 
range; to  give  or  dispose 
of  in  marriage ;  from 

Locus,  i,  m.  in  sing.;  loci  & 
loca,  m.  &  n.  in  pi.  a 
place. 

Locusta,  a?,  f.  a  locust. 

Long<\  adv.  (ins,  is>ime,)  (lon- 
gus,)  far;  far  off. 

Longinquus,  a  um,  adj.  (comp. 


ior,)  far;  distant;  long; 
foreign. 

Longitudo,  inis,  f.  length;  fr. 

Longus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  long:  applied  both 
to  time  and  space;  last- 
ing. 

Locutus,  a,  um,  part,  (loquor,) 
having  spoken. 

Locuturus,  a,  um,  part,  about 
to  speak',  from 

Loquor.  loqui,  locutus  sum, 
intr.  dep.  to  speak;  to  con- 
verse: tr.  to  say. 

Lorlca,  ae.  f.  a  coat  of  mail; 
corselet;  breast-plate;  cui- 
rass; (anciently  made  of 
thongs;)  from 

Lorum,  i,  n.  a  thong. 

Lubens,  tis,  part,  (lubet.) 

Lubenter,  adv.  (iiis,  issime.) 
See  Libenter. 

Lubet.     See  Libet. 

Lubldo,  or  Libido,  inis,  f.  lust; 
desire. 

Lubricus,  a,  um,  adj.  (labor,) 
to  slip;  slippery. 

Luceo,  lucere,  luxi,  intr.  to 
shine. 

Lucius,  i,  m.  a  Roman  prseno- 
men. 

Lucretia,  ae,  f.  a  Roman  mat- 
ron, the  wife  of  CollafJnus. 

Lucretius,  i,  m.  the  father  of 
Lucretia. 

Luctus,  us,  m.  (lugeo,)  mourn- 
ing; sorrow. 

Lucullus,  i,  m.  a  Roman  cele- 
brated for  his  luxury,  his 
patronage  of  learned  men, 
and  his  military  talents. 


260 


LUCUS MACROBII. 


Lucus,  i,  m.  a  wood,  consecra- 
ted to  some  deity;  a  grove. 

Ludo,  ludere,  lusi,  lusum,  tr. 
to  play;  to  be  in  sport;  to 
deceive;  from 

Ludus,  i,  m.  a  game  ;  a  play  ;  a 
place  of  exercise;  a  school: 
gladiatorius,  a  school  for 
gladiators. 

Lugeo,  lugere,  luxi,  intr.  to 
mourn;  to  lament. 

Lumen,  inis,  n.  (luceo,)  light; 
an  eye. 

Luna,  ae,  f.  the  moon. 

Lupa,  ae,  f.  a  she-wolf. 

Lupus,  i,  m.  a- wolf. 

Luscinia,  ae,  f.  a  nightingale. 

Lusitania,  ae,  f.  a  part  of  His- 
pania,  now  Portugal. 

Lustro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
purify ;  to  appease;  to  ex- 
piate: exercitum,  to  re- 
view; to  muster;  from 

Lustrum,  i,  n.  (luo  or  lavo,) 
purification  ;  a  sacrifice  of 
purification  offered  at  the 
conclusion  of  the  census  ev- 
ery five  years;  a  period  of 
five  years  ;  a  place  for  bath- 
ing ;  hence,  the  place  where 
swine  wallow  ;  a  den  or  lair 
of  wild  beasts. 

Lusus,  us,  m.  (ludo,)  a  game: 
a  play:  per  lusum,  in  sport; 
sportively. 

Lutatius,  i,  m.  the  name  of  a 
Roman  tribe:  C.  Lutatius 
Catulus,  a  Roman  consul 
in  the  Punic  war. 

Lutetia,  ae,  f.  a  city  of  Gaul, 
now  Paris. 


Lutum,  i,  n.  (luo,)  clay. 

Lux,  lucis,  f.  light. 

Luxuria,  ae,  f.  (luxus,  fr.  luo,j 
that  which  dissolves  or  loos- 
ens the  energies  of  body  and 
mind;  hence,  luxury;  ex- 
cess; voluptuousness. 

Lycius,  a,  um,  adj.  Lycian;  of 
Lycia>  a  country  of  Asia 
Minor, 

Lycomedes,  is,  m.  a  king  of 
Scyros. 

Lycurgus,  i,  m.  the  Spartan 
law-giver. 

Lydia,  ae,  f.  a  country  of  Asia 
Minor. 

Lysander,  dri,  m.  a  celebrated 
Lacedcemonimn  general. 

Lysimachus,  1,  m.  one  of  Alex- 
ander's generals,  who  was 
afterwards  king  of  a  part 
of  Thrace. 

M. 

M.,  an  abbreviation  of  Marcus. 

Macedo,  onis,  m.  a  Macedonian. 

Macedonia,  ae.  f.  a  country  of 
Europe,  lying  west  of 
Tlirace,  and  north  of  Thes- 
saly  and  Epirus. 

Macedonicus,  a,  um,  adj.  of 
Macedonia ;  Macedonian) 
also,  an  agnomen,  or  sur~ 
name  of  Q.  Metellus. 

Macies,  ei,  f.  (maceo.)  lean*, 
ness;  decay. 

Macrobii,  orum,  m.  pi.  (a  Greek 
word  signifying  long- 
lived  ;)  a  name  given  to  re- 
tain tribes  of  Ethiopia*, 


MACTATUS MALUM. 


261 


who  were  distinguished  for 
their  longevity. 

Mactatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Macto,  are,  avi,  aturn,  tr.  (ma- 
gis  aucto,  from  augeo,)  to 
increase  with  honors;  to 
enrich;  to  honor  with  sa- 
crifices: hence,  to  sacrifice; 
to  slay. 

Macula,  ae,  f.  a  spot;  a  stain. 

Madeo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  to  be 
moist;  to  be  wet. 

Mn'nades,  um,  f.  pi.  priestesses 
of  Bacchus;  bacchants;  bac- 
chanals. 

Maeotis,  idis,  adj.  Mceotian: 
palus  Maeotis,  a  lake  or 
gulf,  lying  north  of  the 
Euorine,  now  called  the  sea 
of  Azoph. 

Magis,  adv.  (sup.  maxime, 
Gr.  234,)  more;  rather; 
better.  403, 

Hagbter,  tri,  m.  (magis,)  a 
teacher;  a  master:  magis- 
ter  equltum,  the  command- 
er of  the  cavalry,  and  the 
dictator's  lieutenant;  hence, 

Magistratus,  iis,  m.  a  magis- 
tracy; a  civil  office;  a  ma- 
gistrate. 

Magnesia,  ae,  f.  a  town  of 
Ionia. 

Magnif  ice,  adv.  (entiiis,  entis- 
sime,)  (magnif  icus,)  mag- 
nificently; splendidly. 

Magnifieentia,  ae,  f.  (id.)  mag- 
nificence ;  splendor  ;  grand- 
eur; from 

Magniflcus,  a,  um,  adj.  (en- 
tior,  entisslmus,)   (magnus 


and  facio,)  magnificent; 
splendid. 

Magnitudo,  Inis,  f.  (magnus,) 
greatness;  magnitude;  size; 
(applied  chiefly  to  material 
objects.) 

Magnopere,  adv.  sometimes 
magno  opere,  (magnus  & 
opus,)  greatly;  very;  ear' 
nestly. 

Magnus,  a,  um,  adj.  (major, 
maximus,  113,)  the  gene- 
ral term  applied  to  great- 
ness of  every  kind;)  great; 
large.  219, 

Major,  comp.  (magnus,)  great- 
er; the  elder;  hence, 

Majores^  um,  m.  pi.  forefath- 
ers; ancestors, 

Male,  adv.  (pejus,  pessime,) 
(malus,)  badly;  ill;  hurt- 
fully. 

Maledico,  -dicere,  -dixi,  -dic- 
tum, intr.  (male  &  dico,)  to 
revile;  to  rail  at;  to  abuse; 
to  reproach. 

Maledicus,  a,  um,  adj.  (entior. 
entisslmus,  113,  3,)  revil- 
ing ;  railing ;  scurrilous ; 
abusive.  221, 

Malef  icus,  a,  um,  adj.  (entior, 
entisslmus,  113,  3,)  (male 
&  facio,)  wicked;  hurtful; 
mischievous ;  injurious : — 
subs,  an  evil  doer.  221, 

Malo,  malle,  malui,  tr.  irr. 
(magis  &  volo,)  §  83,  6,  .to 
prefer;  to  be  more  willing; 
to  wish.  410, 

Malum,  i,  n.  an  apple. 

Malum,   i,   n.    (malus,)    evil; 


262 


MALUS MARS. 


misfortune;  calamity;  suf- 
ferings; evil  deeds. 

Malus,  a,  um,  adj.  (pejor,  pes- 
simus,  §  26,)  bad;  wicked: 
mali,  bad  men.  21Q. 

Manclnus,  i,  m.  a  Roman  con- 
sul who  made  a  disgraceful 
peace  with  the  Numantians. 

Mando,  mandere,  mandi,  man- 
sum,  tr.  to  chew ;  to  eat. 

Mando,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (man- 
ui  &  do,)  to  give  into  one's 
hand;  hence,  to  command; 
to  intrust;  to  commit;  to 
bid;  to  enjoin:  mandare 
marmoribus,  to  engrave  up- 
on marble. 

Mane,  ind.  n.  the  morning; 
adv.  early  in  the  morning. 

Maneo,  ere,  si,  sum,  intr.  to 
remain;  to  continue. 

Manes,  ium,  m.  pi.  the  manes; 
ghosts  or  shades  of  the  dead. 

Manlius,  i,  m.  a  Roman  proper 
name. 

Mano,are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  to 
flow. 

Mansuefacio,  -facere,  -feci, -fac- 
tum, tr.  (mansues  &  facio,) 
to  tame;  to  make  tame. 

Mansuefio,  -fieri,  -factus  sum, 
irr.  §  83,  Obs.  3,  p.  188,  to 
be  made  tame.  420* 

Mansuefactus,  a,  um,  part. 

Mantinea,  se,  f.  a  city  of  Arca- 
dia. 

Manubiae,  arum,  f.  pi.  (ma- 
nus,)  booty;  spoils;  plun- 
der. 

Manumissus,  a,  um,  part.  fr. 

Manumitto,     -mittere,     -mlsi, 


-missum,  tr.  (manus  &  mit- 
to,)  to  set  free;  at  liberty; 
to  free;  to  manumit. 

Manus,  us,  f.  a  hand;  the  trunk 
of  an  elephant;  a  band  or 
body  of  soldiers. 

Mapale,  is,  n.  a  hut  or  cottage 
of  the  Numidians. 

Marcellus,  i,  m.  the  name  of  a 
Roman  family  which  pro- 
duced many  illustrious 
men. 

Marcius,  i,  m.  a  Roman  name 
and  cognomen  or  surname. 

Marcus,  i,  m.  a  Roman  pr2e~ 
nomen. 

Mare,  is,  n.  the  sea;  {a  gene- 
ral term:  aequor,  a  level 
surface:  pontus,  the  sea, 
so  called  from  Pontus,  an 
ancient  god  of  the  sea:  pe- 
lagus,  the  deep  sea.) 

Margarita,  3d,  f.  a  pearl. 

Mariandyni,  orum,  m.  pi.  a 
people  of  Bithynia. 

Marinus,  a,  um,  adj.  (mare,) 
marine;  pertaining  to  the 
sea:  aqua  marina,  sea- 
water. 

Maritlmus,  a,  um,  adj.  (id.) 
maritime ;  on  the  sea-coast : 
copiae,  naval  forces. 

Maritus,  i,  m.  (mas,)  a  hus- 
band. 

Marius,  i,  m.  (C.)  a  distin- 
guished Roman  general, 
who  was  seven  times  elected 
consul. 

Marmor,  oris,  n.  marble. 

Mars,  tis,  m.  the  son  of  Jupiter 
and  Juno,  and  god  of  war. 


MAIISI MEGASTIIENES. 


2G3 


Marsi,  orum,  m.  pi.  a  people  of 
Latium,  upon  the  borders 
of  Lake  lu'tnus. 

Marsyas,  ae,  m.  a  celebrated 
Phrygian  musician;  also, 
a  brother  of  Antigonus,  the 
king  of  Macedonia. 

Massa,  ae,  f.  a  mass;  a  lump. 

Massfcns,  a,  um,  adj.  Massic; 
of  Masstcus,  a  mountain 
in  Campania,  famous  for 
its  wine:  vinum,  Massic 
wine. 

Massilia,  ae,  f.  a  maritime  town 
of  Gallia  Narbonensis,  now 
Marseilles. 

Mater,  tris,  f.  a  mother ;  a  ma- 
tron ;  hence, 

Materia,  33,  f.  a  material;  mat- 
ter; stuff;  timber. 

Matriinonium,  i,  n.  (id.)  ma- 
trimony ;  m a rriage. 

Matrona,  ae,  f.  a  river  of  Gaul. 

Matrona,  ae,  f.  a  matron. 

Maturesco,  maturesccre,  ma- 
turui,  intr.  inc.  to  ripen;  to 
grow  ripe;  from 

Matures,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  ri- 
mus,  or  issimus,)  ripe  ;  ma- 
ture; perfect. 

Mauritania,  33,  f.  a  country  in 
the  western  part  of  Africa, 
extending  from  Numidia  to 
the  Atlantic  ocean. 

Mausolus,  i,  m.  a  king  of  Ca- 
ria. 

Maxilla,  ae,  f.  a  jaw;  a  jaw- 
bone. 

Maximc,  adv.  (sup.  of  magis,) 
most    of    all;    especially  ;\ 
greatly. 


Maximus,  i,  m.  a  Roman  sur- 
name: Qu.  Fabius  Maxi- 
mus, a  distinguished  Ro- 
man general. 

Maximum,  a,  um,  adj.  (sup.  of 
magnus,)  greatest;  eldest: 
maximus  natu,  oldest.  See 
Natu. 

Mecum,  (me  &  cum,)  with  me* 

Medeor,  eri,  intr.  dep.  to  cure; 
to  heal. 

Medicina,  a3,  f.  (medicus,)  med- 
icine. 

Medico,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(id.)  to  heal;  to  administer 
medicine;  to  medicate;  to 
prepare  medically;  to  em- 
balm. 

Medicus,  i,  m.  a  physician. 

Meditatus,  a,  um,  part,  de- 
signed; practiced;  from 

Meditor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
to  meditate;  to  reflect;  to 
practice. 

Mediomatrici,  orum,  m.  pi.  a 
people  of  Belgic  Gaul. 

Meatus,  a,  um,  adj.  middle; 
the  midst:  medium,  the 
middle. 

Medusa,  ae,  f.  one  of  the  three 
Gorgons. 

Megara,  ae,  f.  the  capital  of 
Megaris. 

Megarenses,  ium,  m.  pi.  Mega- 
rensians ;  the  inhabitants 
of  Megara. 

Megaris,  Idis,  f.  a  small  coun' 
try  of  Greece. 

Megatfthenes,  is,  m.  a  Greek 
historian,  whose  works  have 
been  lost. 


264 


MEHERCULE MERITUM. 


Mehercule,,  adv.  by  Hercules ; 
truly;  certainly. 

Mel,  lis,  n.  honey. 

Meleagrus,  &  -ager,  gri,  m.  a 
king  of  Calydonia. 

Melior,  us,  adj.  (comp  of  bo- 
nus, 113,)  better. 

Melius,  adv.  (comp.  of  bene, 
234,)  better.  219. 

Membrana,  se,  f.  a  thin  skin;  a 
membrane;  parchment. 

Membrum,  i,  n.  a  limb;  a  mem- 
ber. 

Memini,  def.  pret.  222,  2,  1 
remember;  I  relate.  437* 

Memor,  oris,  adj.  mindful. 

Memorabilis,  e,  adj.  comp. 
(memor,)  memorable ;  re- 
markable; worthy  of  being 
mentioned. 

Memoria,  ae,  f.  (id.)  memory. 

Memoro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
remember;  to  call  to  one's 
memory;  to  say;  to  men- 
tion. 

Memphis,  is,  f.  a  large  city  of 
Egypt. 

Mendacium,  i,  n.  a  falsehood; 
from 

Mendax,  acis,  adj.  (mentior,) 
false;  lying. 

Menelaus,  i,  m.  a  king  of 
Sparta,  the  son  of  Atreus, 
and  husband  of  Helen. 

Menenius,  i,  m.  (Agrippa,)  a 
Roman,  distinguished  for 
his  success  in  reconciling 
the  plebeians  to  the  patri- 
cians. 

Mens,  tis,  f.  the  mind;  the  un- 
derstanding;   (the  reason- 


ing faculty  as  distinguished 
from  animus,  the  seat  of 
feelings  and  passions.)  An- 
Imo  et  mente,  with  the  whole 
soul. 
Mensis,  is,  m.  a  month. 
Mentio,  onis,   f.    (memini,)  a 

mention  or  a  speaking  of 
Mentior,  iri,  itus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
to  lie;  to  assert  falsely ;  to 
feign;  to  deceive. 

Mercator,  oris,  m.  (mercor,)  a 
merchant;  a  trader. 

Mercatura,  se,  f.  (id.)  merchan- 
dise; trade. 

Mercatus,  us,  m.  (id.)  a  mar- 
ket; a  mart;  a  fair;  an 
emporium;  a  sale. 

Merces,  edis,  f.  (mereo,)  wa- 
ges ;  a  reward ;  a  price. 

Mercurius,  i,  m.  Mercury,  the 
son  of  Jupiter  and  Maia. 
He  was  the  messenger  of 
the  gods. 

Mereo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  intr.  & 
tr.  to  deserve;  to  gain;  to 
acquire. 

Mereor,  eri,  itus  sum,  intr.  & 
tr.  dep.  to  deserve;  to  earn. 

Mergo,  mergere,  mersi,  mer- 
sum,  tr.  to  sink;  to  dip  in, 
or  under. 

Meridianus,  a,  um,  adj.  south- 
ern; south;  at  noon-day; 
from 

Meridies,  iei,  m.  (medius,  &  di- 
es,) noon;  mid-day ;  south. 

Merito,  adv.  with  reason  ;  with 
good  reason ;  deservedly. 

Meritum,  i,  n.  (mereo,)  merit; 
desert. 


MERS1 MINIMUS. 


265 


Mersi.     See  Mergo. 

Mersus,  a,  um,  part,  (mergo.) 

Merula,  ae,  f.  a  blackbird. 

M erx,  cis,  f.  merchandise. 

Mesas,  is,  f.  (meto,)  the  har- 
vest; a  reaping. 

Met  a,  ae,  f.  (meto,  are,)  a  pil- 
lar in  the  form  of  a  cone; 
a  goal;  a  limit. 

Metagonium,  i,  n.  a  promon- 
tory in  the  northern  part  of 
Africa. 

Metallum,  i,  n.  metal;  a  mine. 

Metanlra,  ae,  f.  the  wife  of  Ce- 
leus,  Jang  of  Eleusis. 

Metellus,  i,  m.  the  name  of 
an  illustrious  family  at 
Rome. 

Metior,  metlri,  mensus  sum, 
tr.  dep.  to  measure. 

Metros,  i,  m.  (Suffetius,)  an 
Alban  general,  put  to  death 
by  Tullus  Hostilius. 

Meto,  metere,  messui,  messum, 
tr.  to  reap;  to  mow. 

Memo,  metuere,  metui,  tr.  & 
intr.  to  fear  ;  from 

Metus,  us,  m.  fear. 

Meus,  a,  um,  pro.  121,  (ego,) 
my;  mine.  236, 

Micipsa,  x,  m.  a  king  of  Nu- 
midia. 

Mico,  are,  ui,  intr.  to  move 
quickly,  or  with  a  quiver- 
ing, tremulous  motion,  as 
the  tongue  of  a  serpent;  to 
glance  ;  to  shine ;  to  glitter. 
See  dimico. 

Midas,  ae,  m.  a  king  of  Phry- 
gian distinguished  for  his 
wealth. 

23 


Migro,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  to 
remove ;  to  migrate  ;  to  wan- 
der. 

Mihi.     See  Ego. 

Miles,  Itis,  c.  (mille,  properly, 
one  of  a  thousand;)  a  sol- 
dier; the  soldiery. 

Miletus,  i,  f.  the  capital  of 
Ionia,  near  the  borders  of 
Carta. 

Militia,  ae,  f.  (miles,)  war; 
military  service. 

Milito,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(id.)  to  serve  in  war. 

Mille,  n.  ind.  (in  sing.)  a  thou- 
sand :  millia,  um,  pi. — mil- 
le, adj.  ind.  104,  5. 

Milliarium,  i,  n.  (mille,  sc,  pas- 
suum,  909,)  a  milestone;  a 
mile,  or  5000  feet:  ad  quin- 
tum  milliarium  urbis,  to  the 
fifth  milestone  of  the  city, 
i.  e.  within  five  miles  of  the 
city. 

Miltiades,  is,  m.  a  celebrated 
Athenian  general,  who  con- 
quered the  Persians. 

Milvius,  i,  i ii.  a  kite. 

Minae,  arum,  f.  pi.  (minco, 
to  hang  over;)  projecting 
points;  battlements;  com- 
monly, threats. 

Minatus,  a,  um,  part,  (minor.) 

Minerva,  ae,  f.  the  daughter  of 
Jupiter,  and  goddess  of  war 
and  wisdom. 

Minime,  adv.  (sup.  of  parum,) 
least;  at  least;  not  at  all. 

Minimus,  a,  um,  adj.  (sup.  of 
parvus,  113,)  the  least;  t/te 
smallest.  219* 


MINISTERIUM — MODUS. 


Ministerium,  i,  n.  (minister,) 
service;  labor. 

Minium,  i,  n.  red  lead;  ver- 
milion. 

Minor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
&  intr.  to  project;  to  reach 
upwards;  to  threaten;  to 
menace. 

Minor,  oris,  adj.  (comp.  of  par- 
vus, 113,)  less;  smaller; 
weaker.  21Q» 

Minos,  ois,  a  son  of  Europa, 
and  king  of  Crete. 

Minuo,  minuere,  minui,  minu- 
tum,  tr.  (minus,)  to  dimin- 
ish. 

Minus,  adv.  (minor,)  (comp. 
of  parum,)  less:  quo  minus, 
or  quominus,  that — not. 

MiracQlum,  i,  n.  (miror,)  a 
miracle;  a  wonder. 

Mirabilis,  e,  adj.  (id.)  wonder- 
ful; astonishing. 

Miratus,  a,  um,  part,  (miror,) 
wondering  at. 

Mire,  adv.  (mirus,)  wonder- 
fully; remarkably. 

Miror,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
to  wonder  at;  to  admire; 
from 

Mirus,  a,  um,  adj.  wonderful; 
surprising. 

Misceo,  miscere,  miscui,  mis- 
tum  or  mixtum,  tr.  to  min- 
gle; to  mix. 

Miser,  era,  erum,  adj.  (erior, 
errimus,)  miserable;  un- 
happy; wretched;  sad. 

Miseratus,  a,  um,  part,  (mise- 
ror.) 

Misereor,  misereri,  miseritus, 


or  misertus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
(miser,)  to  have  compas- 
sion; to  pity. 

Miseret,  miseruit,  miseritum 
est,  imp.  (misereo,  fr.  mi- 
ser,) it  pitieth:  me  mise- 
ret, I  pity. 

Misericordia,  se,  f.  (misericors, 
from  misereo  &  cor,)  pity; 
compassion. 

Miseror,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
(miser,)  to  pity. 

Misi.     See  Mitto. 

Mistus  &  mixtus,  a,  um,  part, 
(misceo.) 

Mithridates,  is,  m.  a  celebrated 
king  of  Pontus. 

Mithridaticus,  a,  um,  adj.  be- 
longing to  Mithridates ; 
Mithridatic. 

Mitis,  e,  adj.  §  21,  II.,  (ior,  is- 
simus,)  mild;  meek;  kind; 
humane.  190» 

Mitto,  mittere,  misi,  missum, 
tr.  to  send;  to  throw;  to 
bring  forth;  to  produce;  to 
afford:  mittere  se  in 
aquam,  to  plunge  into  the 
water. 

Mixtus.     See  Mistus. 

Modicus,  a,  um,  adj.  (modus,) 
moderate  ;  of  moderate  size; 
small. 

Modius,  i,  m.  a  measure;  a 
half  bushel.  908,  4.1559. 

Modo,  adv.  now;  only;  but: 
modo — modo,  sometimes — 
sometimes:  conj.  (for  si 
modo  or  dummodo,)  pro- 
vided that;  if  only. 

Modus,  i,  m.  a  measure ;  same 


MCENIA MUCIUS. 


267 


as  modius,  (908,  4,)  a  man- 
ner ;  a  way ;  degree  ;  limit ; 
moderation.  1330* 

M(enia,  um,  n.  pi.  (munio,)  the 
walls  of  a  city,  furnished 
with  towers  and  battlements 
for  defence. 

Mcenus,  i,  m.  the  Maine,  a  river 
of  Germany,  and  a  branch 
of  the  Rhine. 

Mocrens,  tis,  part,  from 

Moereo,  mcerere,  intr.  to  be  sad; 
to  mourn, 

Mceris,  is,  m.  a  lake  in  Egypt. 

Mokis,  is,  f.  a  mass ;  a  bulk ;  a 
burden ;  a  weight ;  a  pile. 

Molestus,  a,  um,  adj.  (moles,) 
(ior,  issimus,)  irksome;  se- 
vere; troublesome;  oppres- 
sive; unwelcome. 

Mollio,  Ire,  ivi,  Itum,  tr.  to 
soften;  to  moderate;  from 

Mollis,  e,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
soft;  tender. 

Molossi,  drum,  m.  pi.  the  Molos- 
sians,  a  people  of  Eplrus. 

Momordi     See  Mordeo. 

Moneii0{  tis,  part,  from 

Moneo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  tr.  to  ad- 
vise; to  remind;  to  warn; 
to  admonish;  hence, 

Monimentuin,  or  -umentum,  i. 
n.  (moneo,)  a  monument ;  a 
memorial;  a  record;  and 

Monitor,  oris,  m.  a  monitor. 

Mons,  tis,  m.  a  mountain;  a 
mount. 

Monstro,  are,  a.vi,  fitum,tr.  (mo- 
neo,) to  show;  point  out. 

Mora,  x,  f.  delay. 

Morbus,  i,  m.  a  disease. 


Mordax,  acis,  adj.  (comp.)  bit- 
ing; sharp;  snappish;  fr. 

Mordeo,  mordere,  momordi, 
morsum,  tr.  to  bite. 

Mores.     See  Mos. 

Morions,  tis,  part,  from 

Morior,  mori  &  morlri,  mor- 
tuus  sum,  intr.  dep.  220,  to 
die.  383. 

Moror,  ari,  atus  sum,  intr.  dep. 
to  delay;  to  tarry;  to  stay; 
to  remain;  tr.  nihil  moror,  1 
care  not  for  ;  lvalue  not. 

Morosus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
(mos,)  morose;  peevish; 
fretful. 

Mors,  tis,  f.  death. 

Morsus,  us,  m.  (mordeo,)  bite; 
biting. 

Mortalis,  e,  adj.  (mors,)  mortal. 

Mortuus,  a,  um,  part,  (morior,) 
dead. 

Mos,  moris,  m.  a  manner;  a 
way;  a  custom:  more,  af- 
ter the  manner  of;  like: 
mores,  conduct;  deportment; 
manners;  customs. 

Mossyni,  drum,  m.  p .  a  people 
of  Asia  Minor,  near  the 
Euxine. 

Motus,  us,  m.  (moveo,)  motion: 
terras  motus,  an  earthquake. 

Motus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Moveo,  movere,  movi,  motum, 
tr.  to  move;  to  stir;  to  ex- 
cite. 

Mox,  adv.  soon;  soon  after;  by 
and  by. 

Mucius,  i,  m.  (Scaevola,)  a  Ro- 
man, celebrated  for  his  for- 
titude. 


268 


MULIEBRIS NARBONENSIS. 


Muliebris,  e,  adj.  womanly; 
female;  from 

Mulier,  eris,  f.  a  woman. 

Multitudo,  inis,  f.  (multus,)  a 
multitude. 

Multo,  or  -cto,  are,  avi,  atum, 
tr.  (multa,  or  mulcta,  from 
mulgeo,)  to  punish  by  de- 
privation; to  fine;  to  im- 
pose a  fine;  to  sentence  to 
pay  a  fine. 

Multo,  &  Multum,  adv.  much: 
multo,  by  far. 

Multus,  a,  um,  adj.  much; 
many. 

Mummius,  j,  m.  a  Roman  gen- 
eral. 

Mundus,  i,  m.  (mundus,  neat, 
orderly,)  the  world;  the 
universe. 

Muniendus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Munio,  Ire,  ivi,  Itum,  tr.  to 
build  a  wall  or  fortress;  to 
fortify:  viam,  to  open  or 
prepare  a  road. 

Munus,  eris,  n.  an  office;  ser- 
vice; duty;  a  gift;  a  pre- 
sent;  a  favor ;  a  reward 
for  service;  (distinguished 
from  donum,  a  free  gift.) 

Muralis,  e,  adj.  pertaining  to 
a  wall:  corona,  the  mural 
crown,  given  to  him  who 
first  mounted  the  wall  of  a 
besieged  town;  from 

Murus,  i,  m.  a  wall;  a  wall  of 
a  town,  garden,  or  other 
enclosed  place. 

Mus,  muris,  m.  a  mouse. 

Musa,  ee,  f.  a  muse;  a  song. 

Musca,  le,  f.  a  fly. 


Museums,  i,  m.  dim,  (mus,)  a 
little  mouse. 

Musice,  es,  &  Musica,  as,  f. 
(musa,)  music;  the  art  of 
music;  hence, 

Musicus,  a,  um,  adj.  musical. 

Muto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (mo- 
veo,)  to  change;  to  trans- 
form. 

Mygdonia,  ae,  f.  a  small  coun- 
try of  Phrygia. 

Myrmecides,  is,  m.  an  ingen- 
ious artist  of  Miletus. 

Myndius,  i,  m.  a  Myndian ;  an 
inhabitant  of  Myndus. 

Myndus,  i,  f.  a  city  in  Carta, 
near  Halicarnassus. 

Mysia,  ae,  f.  a  country  of  Asia 
Minor,  having  the  Propon- 
tis  on  the  north,  and  the 
^Egean  sea  on  the  west. 


N. 


Nabis,  idis,  m.  a  tyrant  of  La- 
cedcemon. 

Nag,  adv.  verily;  truly. 

Nactus,  a,  um,  part,  (nancis- 
cor,)  having  found. 

Nam,  conj.ybr;  but. 

Nanciscor,  nancisci,  nactus 
sum,  tr.  dep.  (nancio,  not 
used,)  to  get;  to  find;  to 
meet  with. 

Narbonensis,  e,  adj.  Narbo- 
nensis  Gallia,  one  of  the 
four  divisions  of  Gaul,  in 
the  south-eastern  part,  de- 
riving its  name  from  the 
city  of  Narbo,  now  Nar- 
bonne. 


NARIS NEMO. 


269 


Nans,  is,  f.  the  nostril. 

Narro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to  re- 
late; to  tell;  to  say. 

Nascor,  nasci,  natus  sum,  intr. 
dep.  to  be  bom;  to  grow ;  to 
be  produced. 

Nasclca,  ae,  m.  a  surname  of 
Publius  Cornelius  Scipio. 

Nasus,  i,  m.  the  nose. 

Natalie,  e,  adj.  (nascor,)  na- 
tal: dies  natalis,  a  birth- 
day. 

Natans,  tis,  part,  from 

Nato,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  freq. 
(no,)  to  swim;  to  float. 

Natu,  abl.  sing.  m.  by  birth: 
Data  minor,  the  younger: 
minimus,  the  youngest :  ma- 
jor, the  elder:  maximus,  the 
oldest;  §  26,  6.  224. 

Natura,  ae,  f.  (nascor,)  na- 
ture; creation;  power; 
hence, 

Naturalis,  e,  adj.  natural. 

Natus,  a  um,  part,  (nascor,) 
born:  octoginta  annos  na- 
tus, born  eighty  years  ;  i.  e. 
eighty  years  old;  hence, 

Natus,  i,  m.  a  son. 

Naufragium,  i,  n.  (navis  & 
frango,)  a  shipwreck. 

Nauta,  a?,  and  navita,  ae,  (na- 
vis,) m.  a  sailor. 

Navfilis,  e,  adj.  (navis,)  naval; 
belonging  to  ships. 

Navigabilis,  e,  adj.  (navigo,) 
navigable. 

Navigatio,  onis,  f.  (id.)  naviga- 
tion; and 

Navigium,  i,  n.  a  ship;  a  ves- 
sel; from 


Navigo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (na- 
vis &  ago,)  to  steer,  navi- 
gate, or  direct  a  ship;  to 
navigate;  to  sail:  naviga- 
tur,  imp.  navigation  is  car- 
ried on  ;  they  sail. 

Navis,  is,  f.  a  ship. 

Ne,  conj.  not;  lest;  lest  that; 
that — not:  ne  quidem,  not 
even. 

Ne,  conj.  enclitic:  whether; 
or:  (In  direct  questions  the 
translation  is  commonly 
omitted,  Id.  56,  3d.) 

Nee,  conj.  (ne  &  que,)  and  not; 
but  not;  neither;  nor. 

Necessarius,  a,  um,  adj.  (ne- 
cesse,)  necessary : — subs,  a 
friend. 

Necessitas,  atis,  f.  (id.)  neces- 
sity; duty. 

Neco,  are,  avi  or  ui,  atum,  tr. 
to  kill;  to  destroy;  to  slay. 

Nefas,  n.  ind.  (ne  &  fas,)  im- 
piety; wrong;  wickedness. 

Neglectus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Negligo,  -ligere,  -lexi,  -lectum, 
tr.  (nee  &  lego,)  to  neglect; 
not  to  care  for;  to  disre- 
gard. 

Nego,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (pro- 
bably,  ne  &  aio,)  to  deny; 
to  refuse :  equal  to  dico  ut 
non,  to  declare  that  not. 

Negotium,  i,  n.  (nee  &  otium,) 
business ;  labor; pains;  dif- 
ficulty: tacili  or  nullo  nego- 
tio,  with  little  or  no  trouble  ; 
easily. 

Nemo,  inis,  c.  (ne  &  homo,) 
no  one;  no  man. 


270 


NEMUS — NO  CEO. 


Nemus,  Sris,  n.  a  forest;  a 
grove  ;  (but  not  consecrated 
as  lucus.) 

Nepos,  otis,  m.  a  grandson. 

Neptunus,  i,  m.  the  god  of  the 
sea,  son  of  Saturn  and  Ops. 

Nequaquam,  adv.  (ne  &  qua- 
quam,)  by  no  means. 

Neque,  conj.  (ne  &  que,)  and 
— not;  neither;  nor. 

Nequeo,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  intr.  irr. 
(ne  &  queo,  §  83,  3,)  /  can 
not;  I  am  not  able.  413* 

Nequis,  -qua,  -quod,  or  -quid, 
pro.  (ne  &  quis,)  §  35,  lest 
any  one;  that  no  one  or  no 
thing. 

Nereis,  idis,  f.  a  Nereid;  a  sea- 
nymph.  The  Nereids  were 
the  daughters  of  Nereus  and 
Doris. 

Nescio,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  tr.  (ne  & 
scio,)  to  be  ignorant  of;  not 
to  know;  can  not. 

Nestus,  i,  m.  a  river  in  the 
western  part  of  Thrace. 

Neuter,  tra,  trum,  adj.  (ne  & 
uter,)  neither  of  the  two; 
neither. 

Nicomedes,  is,  m.  a' king  of 
Bithynia. 

Nidifico,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(nidus  &  facio,)  to  build  a 
nest. 

Nidus,  i,  m.  a  nest. 

Niger,  gra,  grum,  adj.  (nigrior, 
nigerrimus,)  black. 

Nihil,  n.  ind.  or  Nihilum,  i,  n. 
(ne  &  hilum,)  nothing:  ni- 
hil habeo  quod,  /  have  no- 


thing on  account  of  which} 
i.  e.  I  have  no  reason  why. 

Nihilominus,  adv.  (nihilo  mi- 
nus, less  by  nothing ;)  nev- 
ertheless. 

Nilus,  i,  m.  the  Nile;  the  larg- 
est river  of  Africa. 

Nimius,  a,  um,  adj.  (nimis,  too 
much;)  too  great;  excess- 
ive; immoderate. 

Nimium,  &  Nimid,  adv.  (id.) 
too  much. 

Ninus,  i,  m.  a  king  of  Assyria. 

Niobe,  es,  f.  the  wife  of  Am- 
phion,  king  of  Thebes. 

Nisi,  conj.  (ne  &  si,)  unless; 
except;  if  not. 

Nisus,  i,  m.  a  king  of  Megarisf 
and  the  father  of  Sylla. 

Nitidus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp.  (ni- 
teo,)  shining ;  bright;  clear. 

Nitor,  oris,  m.  (niteo,)  splen- 
dor; gloss;  brilliancy. 

Nitor,  niti,  nisus  &  nixus  sum, 
dep.  to  strive. 

Nix,  nivis,  f.  snow. 

No,  nare,  navi,  natum,  intr.  to 
swim. 

Nobilis,  e,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
(nosco,)  known;  noted;  no- 
ble ;  celebrated  ;  famous  ;  of 
high  rank;  hence, 

Nobilitas,  atis,  f.  nobility;  the 
nobility;  the  nobles;  a  no- 
ble spirit;  nobleness. 

Nobilito,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(id.)  to  ennoble;  to  make 
famous. 

Noceo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  intr.  to 
injure;  to  harm. 


NOCTU NUMANTIA. 


271 


Noctu,  abL  smg.  monoptot,  by 
1  light;  in  the  night  time. 

Noctu  mus,  a,  am,  adj.  (noetu,) 
nightly ;  nocturnal.. 

Nodus,  i,  in.  a  knot ;  a  tumor. 

Kola,  ae,  f.  a  city  of  Campa- 
nia. 

Nolo,   nolle,    nolui,     intr.   in*. 

*  (non  &  volo,  §  83,  5,)  to  be 

unwilling:  noli  face  re,  do 

not:  noli  esse,  be  not;  Id. 

5    87.   418. 

Nomades,  um,  m.  pi.  a  name 
given  to  those  tribes  who 
wander  from  place  to  place, 
with  their  flocks  and  herds, 
having  no  fixed  residence. 

Nomen,  inis,  n.  a  name ;  fame. 

Non,  adv.  not. 

Nonagesimus,  a,  um,  adj.  ord. 
the  ninetieth. 

Nonne,  adv.  (non  &  ne,  a  neg- 
ative interrogative,)  not? 
as,  nonne  fecit?  has  he  not 
done  it  ? 

Nonnihil,  n.  ind.  (non  nihil, 
not  nothing;  i.  e.,  some- 
thing. 

Nonnlsi,  adv.  (non  &  nisi,) 
only;  not;  except. 

Nonnullus,  a,  um,  adj.  (non  & 
nullus,)  some. 

Nonus,  a,  um,  num.  adj.  the 
ninth. 

Nos.     See  JSgo. 

Nosco,  noscere,  novi,  notum, 
tr.  to  know;  to  understand; 
*o  learn. 

Noster,    tra,    trum,    pro.   our 
121.  230. 

Nota,  2d,  f.  (nosco,)  a  mark. 


Notans,  tis,  part  from 

Noto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (no- 

ta,)  to  mark;  to  stigmatize; 

to  observe. 
Notus,  a,  um,  part.  (fr.  nosco,) 

known. 
Novem,   ind.    num.    adj.    pi. 

nine.  < 

Nov  us,  a,  um,  adj.  (sup.  issi- 

mus,  §  26,  5,)  new;  recent; 

fresh.  223. 
Nox,  noctis,  f.  night:  de  nocte, 

by  night. 
Noxius,  a,  um,  adj.    (noceo,) 

hurtful;  injurious. 
Nubes,  is,  f.  a  cloud. 
Nubo,  nubere,  nupsi  &  nupta 

sum,  nuptum,  intr.  to  cover 

with  a  veil;  to  marry ;  to  be 

married;  (used  only  of  the 

wife.) 
Nudatus,    a,    um,    part,    laid 

open;  stripped;   deprived; 

from 
Nudo,  are,   Ttvi,    Titum,    tr.    to 

make  naked;  to  lay  open; 

from 
Nudus,  a,  um,  adj.  naked;  bare. 
Nullus,  a,  um,  gen.  ius,    adj. 

(non  ullus,)  no;  no  one. 
Num,  interrog.  adv.   in  indi- 
rect questions,  whether  ?  in 

direct  questions,  commonly 

omitted.     See  Ne,  and  Id. 

56,3d. 
Numa,  ae,  m.  (Pompilius,)  the 

second  king  of  Home,  and 

the  successor  of  Romulus. 
Numantia,  ae,  f.  a  city  of  Spain, 

besieged  by  the  Romans  for 

twenty  years. 


272 


NUMANTINI OBLIGO. 


Numantlni,  drum,  m.  pL  Nu- 
mantines;  the  people  of  Nu- 
mantia. 

Numen,  inis,  n.  (nuo,)  a  deity; 
a  god. 

Numero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
count;  to  number ;  to  reck- 
on; from 

Numerus,  i,  m.  a  number. 

Numidiae,  arum,  m.  pi.  the  Nu- 
midians. 

Numidia,  as,  f.  a  country  of 
Africa. 

Numitor,  oris,  m.  the  father  of 
Rhea  Sylvia,  and  grandfa- 
ther of  Romulus  and  Re- 
mus. 

Nummus,  i,  m.  money. 

Nunc,  adv.  now:  nunc  etiam, 
even  now ;  still. 

Nuncupo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(nomen  &  capio,)  to  name; 
to  call. 

Nunquam,  (ne  &  unquam,) 
adv.  never. 

Nuntiatus,  a,  urn,  part,  from 

Nuntio,  or  -cio,  are,  avi,  atum, 
tr.  (nuntius,)  to  announce; 
to  tell. 

Nuptiae,  arum,  f.  pi.  (nubo,) 
nuptials;  marriage;  a  wed- 
ding. 

Nusquam,  adv.  (ne  &  usquam,) 
no  where  ;  in  no  place. 

Nutriendus,  a,  urn,  part,  to  be 
nourished. 

Nutrio,  Ire,  Ivi,  Itum,  tr.  to 
nourish. 

Nutritus,  a,  um,  part. 

Nutrix,  Icis,  f.  (nutrio,)  a 
nurse. 


Nympha,  ae,  f.  a  nymph;  a  god- 
dess presiding  over  foun- 
tains, groves,  or  rivers,  &c 

O. 

O!  int.  0!  ah! 

Ob,  prep,  for;  on  account  of; 
before. 

Obdprmisco,  -dormiscere,  -dor- 
mivi,  intr.  inc.  (ob  &  dor- 
misco,)    to  fall  asleep;  to 


Obduco,  -ducere,  -duxi,  -duc- 
tum,  tr.  (ob  &  duco,)  to 
draw  over ;  to  cover  over. 

Obductus,  a,  um,  part,  spread 
over;  covered  over. 

Obedio,  ire,  ivi,  Itum,  intr.  (ob 
&  audio,)  to  give  ear  to;  to 
obey  ;  to  comply  with  ;  to  be 
subject  to. 

Obeo,  Ire,  Ivi  &  ii,  itum,  tr.  & 

intr.  (ob  &  eo,)  to  go  to;  to 

discharge;  to  execute;  to  die; 

(i.  e.  mortem  or  supremum, 

diem  oblre.) 

Oberro,  are,  ayi,  atum,  (ob  & 
erro,)  to  wander;  to  wan- 
der about. 

Obitus,  us,  m.  (obeo,)  death. 

Objaceo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  intr.  (ob 
&  jaceo,)  to  lie  against  or 
before;  to  be  opposite. 

Objectus,  a,  um,  part,  thrown 
to  or  in  the  way*  exposed. 

Objicio,  -jicere,  -jeci,  -jectum, 
tr.  (ob  &  jacio,)  to  throw 
before ;  to  throw  to ;  to  give; 
to  object;  to  expose. 

Obligo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ob 


OBLIQUE — OCCIDO. 


273 


&  ligo,)  to  bind  to;  to 
oblige;  to  obligate. 

Oblique,  adv.  indirectly;  ob- 
liquely; from 

Obllquus,  a,  urn,  adj.  (ob  & 
liquis,)  oblique;  indirect; 
sidewise. 

Oblltus,  a,  urn,  part,  forgetting  ; 
having  forgotten  ;  from 

Obliviscor,  oblivisci,  oblltus 
sum,  tr.  dep.  (ob  &  lino,) 
to  forget. 

Obnoxius,  a,  um,  adj.  (ob  & 
noxius,)  obnoxious;  subject; 
exposed  to  ;  liable. 

Obruo,  -ruere,  -rui,  -rutum,  tr. 
(ob  &  ruo,)  to  rush  down 
headlong  against;  to  over- 
whelm; do  cover ;  to  bury. 

Obrutus,  a,  um,  part,  buried; 
covered;  overwhelmed. 

ObscQro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(obscurus,)  to  obscure;  to 
darken. 

Obsecro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ob 
&  sacro,)  to  beseech  ;  to  con- 
jure. 

Obsequor,  sequi,  secutus  sum, 
intr.  dep.  (ob  &  sequor,)  to 
follow;  to  serve;  to  obey;  to 
humor. 

Observo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ob 
&  servo,)  to  keep  before  the 
mind;  to  observe  ;  to  watch. 

Obses,  idis,  c.  (obsideo,)  a 
hostage. 

Obsessus,  a,  um,  part,  besieged; 
from 

Obsideo,  -sidere,  -sedi,  -sessum, 
tr.  (ob  &  sedeo,)  to  sit  be- 


fore or  opposite;  hence,  to 
besiege;  to  invest;  to  block* 
ade;  hence, 

Obsidio,  onis,  f.  a  siege. 

Obsidionfdis,  e,  adj.  belonging 
to  a  siege;  obsidional:  co- 
rona, a  crown  given  to  him 
who  had  raised  a  siege. 

Obstetrix,  Icis,  f.  a  midwife. 

Obtestatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Obtestor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
(ob  &  testor,)  to  call  sol- 
emnly to  witness;  to  conjure; 
to  beseech;  to  entreat. 

Obtineo,  -tinere,  -tinui,  -ten- 
turn,  tr.  (ob  &  teneo,)  to 
hold;  to  retain;  to  obtain: 
obtinet  sententia,  the  opin- 
ion prevails. 

Obtulit.     See  OfFero. 

Obviam,  adv.  (ob  &  viam,)  in 
the  way;  meeting;  to  meet: 
fio  or  eo  obviam,  I  meet;  I 
go  to  meet. 

Occasio,  onis,  f.  (ob  &  cado,) 
an  occasion;  a  good  oppor- 
tunity. 

Occasus,  us,  m.  (id.)  the  de- 
scent) the  setting  of  the 
heavenly  bodies;  evening; 
the  west. 

Occidens,  tis,  m.  (id.)  the  setting 
sun;  evening;  the  west. 

Occidentfilis,  e,  adj.  (id.)  west- 
ern; occidental. 

Occldo,  occidere,  occldi,  occl- 
sum,  tr.  (ob  &  credo,)  to 
beat;  to  kill;  to  slay;  to  put 
to  death. 

Occklo,  occidere,  occidi,  occa- 


274 


OCCTSURUS — OLYMPICUS. 


sum,  intr.  (ob  &  cado,)  to 
fall;  to  fall  down;  to  set. 

Occisurus,  a,  um,  part,  (occl- 
do.) 

Occisus,  a,  um,  part,  (occido.) 

Occcecatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Occoeco,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ob 
&  cceco,)  to  blind;  to  daz- 
zle. 

Occulto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
freq.  (occulo,)  to  conceal; 
to  hide. 

Occultor,  ari,  atus  sum,  pass. 
to  be  concealed;  to  hide 
one's  self. 

OccQpo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ob 
&  capio,)  to  occupy;  to 
seize  upon;  to  take  posses- 
sion of  before  another. 

Occurro,  -currere,  -curri  &  -cu- 
curri,  -cursum,  intr.  (ob  & 
curro,)  to  meet;  to  go  to 
meet;  to  run  to  meet;  to  en- 
counter. 

Oceanus,  i,  m.  the  ocean;  the 
sea. 

Octavianus,  i,  m.  (Caesar,)  the 
nephew  and  adopted  son  of 
Julius  Ccesar,  called,  after 
the  battle  of  Actium,  Au- 
gustus. 

Octavus,  a,  um,  num.  adj. 
(octo,)   eighth. 

Octingenti,  93,  a,  num.  adj. 
pi.  (octo  &  centum,)  eight 
hundred. 

Octo,  hid.  num.  adj.  pi.  eight. 

Octoginta,  ind.  num  adj.  pi. 
(octo,)  eighty. 

Oculus,  i,  m.  an  eye. 


Odi,  odisse,  def.  pret.  §  84,  1, 

Obs.  2,  to  hate  ;  to  detest. 
Odium,  i,  n.  hatred.  [436, 
Odor,  oris,  m.  a  smell:  pi.  odo- 

res,  odors;  perfumes. 
Odoror,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 

(odor,)  to  smell. 
GEneus,  ei  &  eos,  m.  a  king 

of  Calydon,  and  father  of 

Meleager  and  Dej antra. 
OEnomaus,  i.  m.  the  name  of  a 

celebrated  gladiator. 
(Eta,   33,   m.   a   mountain  in 

Thessaly,  on  the  borders  of 

Doris. 
Offero,   offerre,   obtuli,    obla- 

tum,  tr.  irr.  (ob  &  fero,)  to 

bring  before;    to  offer;  to 


Officina,  a3,  (opificina,  from 
opifex,)  a  work-shop;  an 
office. 

Officio,  -ficere,  -feci,  -fectum, 
tr.  (ob  &  facio,)  to  act  in 
opposition;  to  stand  in  the 
way  of;  to  injure;  to  hurt. 

Officium,  i,  n.  (i.  e.  opificium, 
fr.  ops  &  facio,)  a  kind- 
ness; duty;  an  obligation; 
politeness;  civility;  atten- 
tion. 

Olea,  93,  f.  an  olive-tree. 

Oleum,  i,  n.  oil. 

Olim,  adv.  formerly ;  sometime. 

Olor,  oris,  m.  a  swan. 

Olus,  eris,  n.  herbs ;  pot-herbs, 

Olympia,  33,  f.  a  town  and  dis- 
trict of  the  Peloponnesus, 
upon  the  Alpheus. 

Olympicus,  a,  um,  adj.  Olym- 


OLYMPIUS — ORANS. 


275 


pic;  pertaining  to   Ohjm- 
pia. 

Olympius,  a,  urn,  adj.  Olym- 
pian; pertaining  to  Olym- 
pus or  to  Olympia. 

Olympus,  i,  m.  a  high  moun- 
tain between  Thessaly  and 
Macedon. 

Omen,  mis,  n.  an  omen;  a 
sign. 

Omnis,  e,  adj.  all;  every;  ev- 
ery one:  omnes,  all:  om- 
nia, all  things:  sine  omni 
discordia,  without  any  dis- 
cord. 

Onus,  eris,  n.  a  burden;  a 
load. 

Onustus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
(onus,)  laden ;  full  of. 

Opera,  ae,  f.  (opus,)  labor; 
pains:  dare  operam,  to  do 
one's  endeavor;  to  devote 
one's  self  to. 

Operor,  ari,  atus  sum,  intr. 
dep.  (opera,)  to  labor;  to 
work. 

Opimus,  a,  um,  adj.  (op?,  is,) 
(ior,  sup.  wanting;  %24:9) 
fat;  rich ;  fruitful ;  dainty. 

Oportet,  ere,  uit,  imp.  it  be- 
hoves; it  is  meet,  ft,  or 
proper;  it  is  a  duty;  we 
>dught. 

Oppidum,  i,  n.  a  walled  town; 
a  town. 

Oppono,  -ponere,  -posui,  -posi- 
tum,  tr.  (ob  &  pono,)  to 
place  opposite;  to  oppose; 
to  set  against. 

OpportQnus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior, 
issimus,)     (ob    &    portus, 


with  a  harbor  near,  or  op- 
posite, hence,)  seasonable; 
commodious  ;  convenient ; 
favorable. 

Oppositus,  a,  um,  part  oppo- 
site; opposed. 

Opprimo,  -primere,  -pressi, 
-pressum,  tr.  (ob  &  pre- 
mo,)  to  press  down,  or 
against;  to  oppress;  to 
overpower;   to  subdue. 

Oppugnatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Oppugno,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(ob  &  pugno,)  to  fight 
against;  to  assault;  to  be- 
siege; to  attempt  to  take  by 
force  ;  to  storm. 

(Ops,  nom.,  not  in  use,  §  18, 
12,)  opis,  gen. f.  aid;  help; 
means;  assistance :  opes, pi. 
wealth;  riches;  resources; 
power.  180* 

Optime,  adv.  (sup.  of  bene,) 
very  well;  excellently ;  best. 

Optimus,  a,  um,  adj.  (sup.  of 
bonus,)  (opto,)  most  desir- 
able; best;  most  worthy. 

Optio,  onis,  f.  a  choice ;  an  op- 
tion; from 

Opto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to  de- 
sire. 

Opulens,  &  opulentus,  a,  um, 
adj.  (ior,  issimus,)  rich; 
opulent;  wealthy;  fr.  ops. 

Opus,  eris,  n.  a  work;  a  labor. 

Opus,  subs.  &  adj.  ind.  need. 

Ora,  ce,  f.  a  coast;  a  shore. 

Ora,  pi.     See  Os. 

Oraculum,  i,  n.  (oro,)  an  ora- 
cle; a  response. 

Orans,  tis,  part,  (oro.) 


276 


ORATIO PABULUM. 


Oratio,  onis,  f.  (oro,)  a  dis- 
course; an  oration. 

Orator,  oris,  m.  (oro,)  an  ora- 
tor; an  ambassador. 

Orbatus,  a,  um,  part,  (orbo,) 
bereaved  or  deprived  of. 

Orbelus,  i,  m.  a  mountain  of 
Thrace  or  Macedonia. 

Orbis,  is,  m.  an  orb;  a  circle: 
in  orbem  jacere,  to  lie 
round  in  a  circle:  orbis,  or 
orbis  terrarum,  the  world. 

Orbo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (or- 
bus,)  to  deprive;  to  be- 
reave of. 

Orcus,  i,  m.  Pluto,  the  god  of 
the  lower  world;  the  infer- 
nal regions. 

Ordino,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
set  in  order;  to  arrange; 
to  ordain. 

Ordo,  inis,  m.  order;  arrange- 
ment; a  row:  ordines  re- 
morum,  banks  of  oars. 

Oriens,  tis,  m.  (orior,)  sc.  sol, 
the  place  of  sun-rising;  the 
east;  the  morning. 

Oriens,  part,  (orior.) 

Orientalis,  e,  adj.  (id.)  eastern. 

Origo,  inis,  f.  source;  origin: 
originem  ducere,  to  derive 
one's  origin;  from 

Orior,  oriri,  ortus  sum,  intr. 
dep.  220,  Note,  8 ;  to  arise; 
to  begin;  to  appear.  4:09 • 

Ornamentum,  i,  n.  (orno,)  an 
ornament. 

Ornatus,  us,  m.  an  ornament;  fr. 

Orno,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
adorn;  to  deck;  to  furnish; 
to  equip. 


Oro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (os,)  to 
beg ;  to  entreat. 

Orodes,  is,  m.  a  king  of  Par- 
thia,  who  took  and  destroyed 
Crassus. 

Orpheus,  ei  &  eos,  m.  a  cele- 
brated poet  and  musician 
of  Thrace;  §15,13,136. 

Ortus,  a,  um,  part,  (orior,) 
having  arisen;  risen;  born; 
begun, 

Ortus,  us,  m.  (id.)  a  rising; 
east. 

Os,  oris,  n.  the  mouth;  the  face. 

Os,  ossis,  n.  a  bone. 

Ossa,  ae,  m.  a  high  mountain 
in  Thessaly. 

Ostendo,  -tendere,  -tendi,  -ten- 
sum,  &  -tentum,  tr.  (ob  & 
tendo,)  to  stretch  or  hold 
before;  to  show;  to  point 
out;  to  exhibit. 

Ostia,  ae,  f.  a  town,  built  by  An- 
cus  Marcius,  at  the  mouth 
of  the  Tiber;  from 

Ostium,  i,  n.  a  mouth  of  a 
river. 

Ostrea,  ae,  f.  ostrea,  orum,  pi. 
n.  an  oyster. 

Otium,  i,  n.  leisure;  quiet; 
ease;  idleness. 

Otos,  i,  m.  a  son  of  Neptune, 
or  of  Aloeus. 

Ovis,  is,  f.  a  sh$ep. 

Ovum,  i,  n.  an  egg. 

P. 

P.  an  abbreviation  of  Publius. 
Pabulum,  i,  n.   (pasco,)  food 
for  cattle  ;  fodder. 


PACISCOR — PAROPAMISUS. 


277 


Paciscor,  pacisci,  pactus  sum, 
tr.  &  intr.  (pango,  to  fix  or 
settle;  hence,)  to  make  a 
compact;  to  form  a  treaty  ; 
to  bargain;  to  agree. 

Pactolus,  i,  m.  a  river  of  Ly- 
dia,  famous  for  its  golden 
sands. 

Pactum,  i,  n.  (paciscor,)  an 
agreement;  a  contract:  quo 
pacto,  in  what  manner; 
how. 

Pactus,  a,  um,  part,  (paciscor.) 

Padus,  i,  m.  the  largest  river  of 
Italy,  now  the  Po. 

Psene,  (see  Pene,)  adv.  almost. 

Palea,  ae,  f.  chaff. 

Palma,  ae,  f.  the  palm  of  the 
hand;  a  palm-tree. 

Palpebra,  83,  f.  (palpo,)  the  eye- 
lid: pi.  the  eye-lashes. 

Palus,  udis,  f.  a  marsh;  a 
swamp;  a  lake;  hence, 

Paluster,  palustris,  palustre, 
adj.  marshy. 

Pan,  Panis,  m.  (Ace.  Pana,) 
the  god  of  shepherds. 

Pando,  pandere,  pandi,  pan- 
sum  &  passum,  tr.  to  open ; 
to  expand;  to  spread  out. 

"Panionium,  i,  n.  a  sacred  place 
near  mount  Mycule  in  Io- 
nia. 

Panis,  is,  m.  bread. 

Panthera,  ae,  f.  a  panther. 

Papirius,  i,  m.  the  name  of  sev- 
eral Romans. 

Papyrus,  d.  and  Papyrum,  i,  n. 
an  Egyptian  plant  or  reed, 
of  which  paper  was  made; 
the  papyrus. 
24 


Par,  paris,  adj.  equal*  even; 
suitable. 

Paratus,  a,  um,  part,  and  adj. 
(ior,  issimus,)  (paro,)  pre- 
pared; ready. 

Parcae,  arum,  f.  pi.  the  Fates. 

Parco,  parcere,  peperci  or  par- 
si,  parsum  or  parcitum, 
intr.  to  spare. 

Pardus,  i,  m.  a  male  panther. 

Parens,  tis,  c.  (pario,)  aparent; 
father;  mother;  creator; 
author;  inventor. 

Pareo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  to  come 
near;  to  be  at  hand;  hence, 
to  obey;  to  be  subject  to. 

Paries,  etis,  m.  a  wall  (of  a 
house.) 

Pario,  parere,  peperi,  partum, 
tr.  to  bear;  to  bring  forth; 
to  cause;  to  produce;  to 
obtain;  to  gain:  ovum,  to 
lay  an  egg. 

Paris,  idis,  or  Idos,  m.,  136, 
a  son  of  Priam,  king  of 
Troy,  and  brother  of  Hector. 

Pariter,  adv.  (par,)  in  like 
manner;  equally;  at  the 
same  time. 

Parnassus,  i,  m.  a  mountain  of 
Phocis,  whose  two  summits 
were  sacred  to  Apollo  and 
Bacchus,  and  upon  which 
the  Muses  were  fabled  to 
reside. 

Paro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
prepare;  to  provide;  topro' 
cure ;  to  obtain;  to  equip: 
parare  insidias,  to  lay  plots 
against. 

Paropamisus,  i,  m.  a  ridge  of 


278 


PARS — PATRIMONIUM. 


mountains  in  the  north  of 
India. 

Pars,  tis,  f.  a  part;  a  share;  a 
portion;  a  region;  a  party: 
in  utraque  parte,  on  each 
side:  magna  ex  parte,  in  a 
great  measure;  for  the  most 
part. 

Parsimonia,  ae,  f.  (parco,)  fru 
gality. 

Parthus,  i,  m.  an  inhabitant  of 
Parthia;  a  Parthian. 

Particula,  ae,  f.  dim.  (pars,)  a 
particle;  a  small  part. 

Partiendus,  a,  urn,  part,  (par- 
tior.) 

Partim,  adv.  (pars,)  partly;  in 
part. 

Partior,  iri,  Itus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
(pars,)  to  divide;  to  share. 

Partus,  a,  um,  part,  (pario.) 

Partus,  us,  m.  (id.)  a  birth;  off- 
spring. 

Parum,  adv.  (minus,  minime, 
234,)  little;  too  little. 

Parvulus,  a,  um,  dim.  adj. 
small;  very  small;  from 

Parvus,  a,  um,  adj.  (minor, 
minimus,  113,)  small  or 
little;  less;  the  least.  210. 

Pasco,  pascere,  pavi,  pastum, 
tr.  &  intr.  to  give  food  to; 
to  feed;  to  graze. 

Pascor,  pasci,  pastus  sum,  tr.  & 
intr.  dep.  to  feed;  to  graze; 
to  feed  upon. 

Passer,  eris,  jm.  a  sparrow. 

Passim,  adv.  (passus,  fr.  pan- 
do,)  here  and  -there;  every 
where;  in  every  direction. 

Passurus,  a,  um.  part,  (patior.) 


Passus,  a,  um,  part,  (patior,) 

having  suffered. 
Passus,  a,  um,  part,  (pando,) 
stretched  out;  hung  up, 
dried:  uva  passa,  a  raisin, 
Passus,  us,  m.  (id.)  a  pace ;  a 
measure  of  5  feet:  mille 
passuum,  a  mile,  or  5000 
feet.     909. 

Pastor,  oris,  m.  (pasco,)  a 
shepherd. 

Patefacio,  facere,  feci,  factum, 
tr.  (pateo  &  facio,)  to  open; 
to  disclose;  to  discover;  to 
detect. 

Patef  lo,  fieri,  factus  sum,  pass, 
irr.  §221,  Obs.  3,  429,  to 
be  laid  open  or  discovered. 

Patefactus,  a,  um,  part,  opened; 
discovered. 

Patens,  tis,  part.  &  adj.  lying 
open;  open;  clear;  from 

Pateo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  to  be  open; 
to  stand  open;  to  extend. 

Pater,  tris,  m.  a  father:  pa- 
tres,  fathers ;  senators:  pa- 
terfamilias, patrisfamilias, 
§  18,  9,  the  master  of  a 
family;  a  housekeeper; 
hence,   (176.) 

Paternus,  a,  um,  adj.  paternal. 

Patientia,  ae,  f.  patience;  hard- 
iness; from 

Patior,  pati,  passus  sum,  tr. 
dep.  to  suffer;  to  endure; 
to  let;  to  allow. 

Patria,  ae,  f.  (patrius,  fr.  pater,) 
one's  native  country;  one's 
birth-place. 

Patrimonium,  i,  n.  (pater,)  pa- 
trimony; inheritance. 


PATROCINIUM PENINSULA. 


279 


Patrocinium,  i,  n.  patronage; 
from 

Patronus,  i,  m.  (pater,)  a  pa- 
tron; protector. 

PatruGlis,  is,  c.  (pat.  mis.)  a 
cousin  {by  thefathe?  i  side.) 

Pauci,  ae,  a,  adj.  pi.  (paucus 
sing,  seldom  used,)  yew;  a 
few. 

Pauldtim,  adv.  (paulus,)  gra- 
dually ;  little  by  little. 

Paulo,  or  Paullo,  adv.  (id.)  a 
little. 

Paululum,  adv.  a  little. 

Paullus,  or  Paulus,  i.  m.  a 
cognomen  or  surname  in 
the  JEmilian  tribe. 

Pauper,  eris,  adj.  (ior,  rlmus,) 
poor;  hence, 

Pauperies,  ei,  f.  poverty  ;  and 

Paupertas,  atis,  f.  poverty ;  in- 
digence. 

Paveo,  pavere,  pavi,  intr.  to 
fear ;  to  be  afraid. 

Pavo,  onis,  c.  a  peacock. 

Pax,  pacis,  f.  peace. 

Pecco,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  to 
do  wrong;  to  commit  a 
fault;  to  sin. 

Pecto,  pectere,  pexi  &  pexui, 
pexum,  tr.  to  comb;  to 
dress. 

Pectus,  Qris,  n.  the  breast. 

Pecunia,  ae,  f.  (pecus,  the  first 
coin  in  Rome  being  stamped 
with  a  sheep;)  money;  a  sum 
of  money. 

Pecus,  udis,  f.  a  sheep;  a  beast. 

Pecus,  Cris,  n.  cattle  {of  a  large 
size;)  a  herd  ;  a  flock. 

Pedes,  itis,  c.  (pes  &  eo,)  one 


who  goes  on  foot ;  a  foot' 
soldier. 

Pelagus,  i,  n.  the  sea. 

Peleus,  i,  m.  a  king  of  Thes- 
saly,  the  son  of  ^Eacus,  and 
father  of  Achilles. 

Pelias,  ae,  m.  a  king  of  Thes- 
saly  and  son  of  Neptune. 

Peligni,  orum,  m.  pi.  a  people 
of  Italy,  whose  country  lay 
between  the  Aternus  and  the 
Sagrus. 

Pelion,  i,  n.  a  lofty  mountain  in 
Thessaly. 

Pellicio,  -licere,  -lexi,  -lectum, 
tr.  (per  &  lacio,)  to  allure  ; 
to  entice;  to  invite. 

Pellis,  is,  f.  the  skin. 

Pello,  pellere,  pepuli,  pulsum, 
tr.  to  drive  away;  to  banish; 
to  expel;  to  dispossess;  to 
beat. 

Peloponnesus,  i,  f.  a  peninsula 
of  Greece,  now  called  the 
Morea. 

Pelusium,i,  n.  a  town  of  Egypt. 

Pendens,  tis,  part,  hanging; 
impending. 

Pendeo,  pendere,  pependi,  pen- 
sum,  intr.  to  hang. 

Pene,  adv.  almost;  nearly. 

Penetrale,  is,  n.  the  inner  part 
of  a  house;  fr.  penetralis,  fr. 

Penetro,  are,  avi,  atum,  (peni- 
tus,)  tr.  to  go  within  ;  to  pen- 
etrate; to  enter. 

Peneus,  i,  m.  the  principal  riv- 
er of  Tliessaly,  flowing  be- 
tween Ossa  and  Olympus. 

Peninsula,  ae,  f.  (pene  &  insu- 
la,) a  peninsula. 


280 


PENNA — PERICULUM. 


Penna,  se,  f.  a  feather ;  a  quill; 
a  wing. 

Pensilis,  e,  adj.  (pendeo,)  hang- 
ing ;  pendent. 

Penuria,  se,  f.  want;  scarcity. 

Peperci.     See  Parco. 

Pepuli.     See  Pello. 

Peperi.     See  Pario. 

Per,  prep,  by;  through;  for; 
during;  along. 

Pera,  se,  f.  a  wallet;  a  bag. 

Peragro,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(per  &  ager,)  to  travel 
through;  to  go  through  or 
over,  (sc.  the  field  or  coun- 
try.) 

Percontor  &  -cunctor,  ari,  atus 
sum,  tr.  dep.  (per  &  con-, 
tor,)  to  ash;  to  inquire. 

Percunctatus,  a,  um,  part,  (per- 
cunctor.) 

Percussor,  oris,  m.  one  who 
wounds;  a  murderer;  an 
assassin;  from 

Percutio,  -cutere,  -cussi,  -cus- 
sum,  tr.  (per  &  quatio,)  to 
strike;  to  wound:  securi, 
to  behead. 

Perdite,  adv.  very;  vehement- 
ly; exceedingly ;  desperate- 
ly; from 

Perditus,  a,  um,  part.  &  adj. 
(perdo,)  ruined;  lost;  un- 
done; desperate. 

Perdix,  icis,  f.  a  partridge. 

Perdo,  -dere,  -didi,  -ditum,  tr. 
(per  &  do,)  to  ruin;  to 
lose;  to  destroy. 

Perduco,  -ducere,  -duxi,  -duc- 
tum,  tr.  (per  &  duco,)  to 
lead  to,  or  through  to. 


Perductus,  a,  um,  part,  brought; 
led;  conducted. 

Peregrinatio,  onis,  f.  foreign 
travel;  a  residence  in  a 
foreign  country ;  from 

Peregrinus,  a,  um,  adj.  (pere- 
gre,  and  that  from  per  & 
ager,)  foreign. 

Perennis,  e,  adj.  (per  &  an- 
nus,) lasting  through  the 
year;  continual;  lasting; 
unceasing;  everlasting ; pe- 
rennial. 

Pereo,  -ire,  -ii,  -ltum,  intr.  irr. 
(per  &  eo,)  to  perish;  to  be 
slain;  to  be  lost. 

Perfidia,  ae,  f.  perfidy;  from 

Perfidus,  a,  um,  adj.  (per  & 
fides,)  breaking  faith ;  per- 
fidious. 

Pergamum,  i,  n.,  &  -us,  i,  f., 
-a,  drum,  pi.  n.  the  citadel 
of  Troy;  also,  a  city  of 
Mysia,  situated  upon  the 
river  Calcus,  where  parch- 
ment was  first  made,  hence 
called  Pergamena. 

Pergo,  pergere,  perrexi,  per- 
rectum,  intr.  (per  &  rego,) 
to  go  straight  on;  to  ad- 
vance; to  continue. 

Pericles,  is,m.  an  eminent  orator 
and  statesman  of  Athens. 

Periculosus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
full  of  danger  ;  dangerous; 
perilous;  hazardous;  from 

Pericfllum,  &  Periclum,  i,  n. 
(perior,  obsol.  whence  ex- 
perior,  to  try;  hence,)  an 
experiment;  a  trial;  dan- 
ger; peril. 


PERITURUS — PERTINEO. 


281 


Periturus,  a,  urn,  part,  (pereo.) 

Perltus,  a,  urn,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  (perior,)  experienced; 
skillful. 

Permeo,  are,  avi  atum,  intr. 
(per  &  meo,)  to  go  through  ; 
to  flow  through;  to  'pene- 
trate; to  permeate. 

Permisceo,  -miscGre,  -miscui, 
-mistum&-mixtum,tr.  (per 
&  misceo,)  to  mix  thor- 
oughly; to  mingle. 

Permistus,  a,  um,  part,  mixed; 
mingled;  confused. 

Permitto,  -mittere,  -mlsi,  -mis- 
sum,  tr.  (per  &  mitto,)  to 
grant;  to  allow;  to  permit; 
to  commit;  to  intrust;  to 
give  leave  to  ;  to  grant. 

Permutatio,  onis,  f.  exchange; 
change;  from 

Permuto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(per  &  muto,)  to  change; 
to  exchange. 

Pernicies,  ei,  f.  (perneco,)  de- 
struction ;  exterm  i/nation  ; 
hence, 

Perniciosus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior, 
issimus,)  pernicious;  hurt- 
ful. 

Perpendo,  -pendere,  -pendi, 
-pensum,  tr.  (per  &  pen- 
do,)  to  weigh;  to  ponder; 
to  consider. 

Perperam,  adv.  wrong  ;  amiss; 
rashly  ;  unjustly ;  absurdly  ; 
falsely. 

Perpetior,  -peti,  -pessus  sum, 
tr.  dep.  (per  &  patior,)  to 
endure;  to  bear;  to  suffer. 


Perpetuus,  a,  um,  adj.  (per- 
pes,)  perpetual;  constant 

Perrexi.     See  Pergo. 

Persa,  ae,  m.  a  Persian;  an 
inhabitant  of  Persia. 

Persecutes,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Persequor,  -  sequi,  -  secutus 
sum,  tr.  dep.  (per  &  se- 
quor,)  to  follow  closely;  to 
pursue;  to  follow;  to  con- 
tinue; to  persevere  in;  to 
persecute. 

Perseus,  ei  &  eos,  m.  the  son 
of  Jupiter  and  Danae  ;  al- 
so, the  last  king  of  Mace- 
don. 

Persicus,  a,  um,  adj.  of  Persia; 
Persian. 

Perspicio,  -spicere,  -spexi, 
-spectum,  tr.  (per  &  spe- 
cio,)  to  see  through ;  to  dis- 
cern; to  become  acquainted 
with;  to  discover. 

Persuadeo,  -suadere,  -suasi, 
-suasum,  tr.  (per  &  sua- 
deo,)  to  persuade. 

Perterreo,  -terrere,  -terrui,  -ter- 
ritum,  tr.  (per  &  terreo,)  to 
frighten  greatly. 

Pertemtus,  a,  um,  part,  af- 
frighted; discouraged. 

Pertinaciter,  adv.  (iiis,  issimc,) 
obstinately;  constantly;  per- 
severingly;  from 

Pertinax,  acis,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,) (per  &  tenax,)  obsti- 
nate; willful. 

Pertineo,  -tinere,  -tinui,  intr. 
(per  &  teneo,)  to  extendi 
to  reach  to. 


282 


PERVENIO PHOC2EI. 


Pervenio.  -venire,  -veni,  -ven- 

tum,  intr.  (per  &  venio,)  to 

come  to;  to  arrive  at;  to 

reach. 
Pervenltur,    pass.    imp.     one 

comes;  they  come;  we  come, 

&c.  Id.  67,  Note. 
Pervius,  a,  urn,  adj.  (per  &  via,) 

pervious;    which   may    be 

passed  through  ;  passable. 
Pes,  pedis,  m.  afoot. 
Pessum,    adv.    down;    under 

foot;    to  the    bottom:    ire 

pessum,  to  sink. 
Pestilentia,  as,  f.  (pestilens,  fr. 

pestis,)    a    pestilence;    a 


Petens,  tis,  part,  (peto.) 

Petitio,  onis,  f.  a  petition;  a 
canvassing  or  soliciting  for 
an  office;  from 

Peto,  ere,  Ivi,  Itum,  tr.  to  ash; 
to  request;  to  attack;  to  as- 
sail; to  go  to;  to  seek;  to 
go  for;  to  bring. 

Petra,  as,  f.  the  metropolis  of 
Arabia  Petrcea. 

Petrasa,  as,f.  (Arabia,)  Arabia 
Petrcea,  the  northern  part  of 
Arabia,  south  of  Palestine. 

Petulantia,  as,  f.  (petulans,  for- 
ward, fr.  peto,)  petulance; 
insolence ;  mischievousness; 
wantonness. 

Phasax,  acis,  m.  a  Phceacian, 
or  inhabitant  of  Phceacia, 
now  Corfu.  The  Phceacians 
were  famous  for  luxury. 

Phaleras,  arum,  f.  pi.  the  trap- 
pings of  a  horse;  habili- 
ments. 


Pharos,  i,  f.  a  small  island  at 
the  western  mouth  of  the 
Nile,  on  which  was  a  tower 
or  light-house,  esteemed  one 
of  the  seven  wonders  of  the 
world. 

Pharsalus,  i,  m.  a  city  cf  Thes- 
saly. 

Pharnaces,  is,  m.  a  son  of 
Mithridates,  king  of  Pon- 
tus.    . 

Phasis,  idis  &  is,  f.  a  town  and 
river  of  Colchis,  on  the  east 
side  of  the  Phixine. 

Phidias,  as,  m.  a  celebrated 
Athenian  statuary. 

Philaeni,  orum,  m.  pi.  two  Car- 
thaginian brothers,  who  suf- 
fered themselves  to  be  buried 
alive,  for  the  purpose  of 
establishing  the  controvert' 
ed  boundary  of  their  coun- 
try. 

Philippi,  orum,  m.  pi.  a  city 
of  Macedon,  on  the  confines 
of  Thrace. 

Philippicus,  a,  um,  adj.  belong- 
ing to  Philippi. 

Philippides,  as,  m.  a  comic  poet. 

Philippus,  i,  m.  Philip;  the 
father  of  Alexander;  also, 
the  son  of  Demetrius. 

Philomela,  as,  f.  a  nightingale. 

Philosophia,  as,  f.  philosophy. 

Philosophus,  i,  m.  a  philoso- 
pher; a  lover  of  learning 
and  wisdom. 

Phineus,  i,  m.  a  king  of  Arca- 
dia, and  priest  of  Apollo. 

Phocasi,  orum,  m.  pi.  the  Pho* 
cceans;  inhabitants  of  Pho* 


PUOCIS PLECTO. 


283 


ccea,  a  maritime  city  of  Io- 
nia. 

Phocis,  idis,  f.  a  country  of 
Greece. 

Phoenlce,  es,  f.  Phoenicia,  a 
maritime  country  of  Syria, 
north  of  Palestine. 

Phoenix,  icis,  m.  a  Phoenician, 

Phryx,  ygis,  m.  a  Phrygian; 
an  inhabitant  of  Phrygia. 

Picentes,  ium,  m.  pi.  the  inhab- 
itants of  Picenum. 

Picenum,  i,  n.   a  country  of 

Italy. 
Rictus,  a,  um,   part,   (pingo,) 
painted;  embroidered:  picta 
tabula,  a  picture;  a  paint- 
ing. _ 

Pietas,  atis,  f.  (pius,)  piety; 
filial  duty. 

Pignus,  oris,  n.  a  pledge;  a 
pawn;  security ;  assurance. 

Pila,  ae,  f.  a  ball. 

Pileus,  i,  m.  a  hat;  a  cap. 

Pilus,  i,  m.  the  hair. 

Pindarus,  i,  m.  Pindar,  a  The- 
ban,  the  most  eminent  of  the 
Greek  lyric  poets. 

Pingo,  pingere,  pinxi,  pictum, 
tr.  to  represent  by  lines  and 
colors;  to  paint ;  to  depict ; 
to  delineate;  to  draw:  acu, 
to  embroider. 

Pinguis,  e,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
fat ;  fertile  ;  rich. 

Pinna,  ae,  f.  a  wing ;  a  fin. 

Piraeeus,  ei,  m.  the  principal 
port  and  arsenal  of  Athens. 

Pirata,  ae,  m.  a  pirate. 

Piscator,  oris,  m.  (piscor,  from 
piscis,)  a  fisherman. 


Piscis,  is,  m.  a  fish. 

Pisistratus,  i,  m.  an  Athenian 
tyrant,  distinguisliedfor  his 
eloquence. 

Pistrinum,  i,  n.  (pinso,  to 
bruise;)  a  mill. 

Pius,  i,  m.  an  agnomen,  or  sur- 
name of  Metellus. 

Pius,  a,  um,  adj.  dutiful,  or 
affectionate  to  parents  ;  pi- 
ous. 

Placeo,  ere,  ui,  Itum,  intr.  to 
please:  sibi,  to  be  vain  or 
proud  of;  to  plume  one's 
self. 

Placet,  placuit,  or  placitum 
est,  imp.  it  pleases;  it  is 
determined;  it  seems  good 
to. 

Placidus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  is- 
simus,) (placeo,)  placid; 
quiet;  still;  tranquil;  mild; 
gentle. 

Plaga,  ae,  f.  a  blow;  a  wound: 
plagae,  pi.  nets  ;  toils. 

Plane,  adv.  (planus,)  entirely; 
totally;  plainly;  clearly. 

Planta,  ae,  f.  a  plant. 

Platanus,  i,  f.  the  plane-tree. 

Platea,  ae,  f.  a  species  of  bird, 
the  spoonbill,  the  heron. 

Plato,  onis,  m.  an  Athenian,  one 
of  the  most  celebrated  of  the 
Grecian  philosophers. 

Plaustrum,  i,  n.  a  cart;  a  wagon, 

Plebs,  and  Plebes,  is,  f.  the 
people;  the  common  people ; 
the  plebeians. 

Plecto,  plectere,  tr.  to  strike; 
to  punish. 

Plecto,  plectere,  plexui   and 


284 


PLERUSQUE — POPULOB. 


plexi,  plexum,  tr.  to  plait; 
to  twist;  to  weave. 

Plerusque,  pleraque,  plerum- 
que,  adj.  (mostly  used  in 
the  pi.)  most;  the  most; 
many. 

Plerumque,  adv.  commonly; 
generally;  for  the  most 
part;  sometimes. 

Plinius,  i,  m.  Pliny;  the  name 
of  two  distinguished  Ro- 
man authors. 

Plotinius,  i,  m.    See  Catienus. 

Plumbeus,  a,  urn,  adj.  of  lead; 
leaden;  from 

Plumbum,  i,  n.  lead. 

Pluo,  pluere,  plui  or  pluvi,  intr. 
to  rain:  pluit,  it  rains. 

Plurimus,  a,  um,  adj.  (sup.  of 
multus,)  very  much;  most; 
very  many. 

Plus,  uris,  adj.  (n.  in  sing.,  com- 
parative of  multus,)  §  21, 
4,  197,)  more :  pi.  many. 

Plus,  adv.  (comparative  of 
multum,)  more;  longer. 

Pluto,  onis,  m.  a  son  of  Sa- 
turn, and  king  of  the  in- 
fernal regions. 

Poculum,  i,  n.  a  cup. 

Poema,  atfs,  n.  a  poem. 

Poena,  se,  f.  satisfaction  given 
or  taken  for  a  crime;  pun- 
ishment; a  punishment. 

Poenitet,  ere,  uit,  imp.  (poeni- 
teo,  and  that  from  poena,) 
it  repents:  poenitet  me,  / 
repent. 

Poenus,  a,  um,  adj.  belonging  to 
Carthage;  Carthaginian: 
subs,  a  Carthaginian. 


Poeta,  a3,  m.  a  poet. 

Pol,  adv.  by  Pollux;  truly. 

Pollex,  icis,  m.    (polleo,)   the 

thumb;  the  great  toe. 
Polliceor,    eri,   itus    sum,    tr. 

dep.    (liceor,)  to  promise; 

hence, 
Pollicitus,  a,  um,  part. 
Pollux,  ucis,  m.  a  son  of  Leda, 

and  twin  brother  of  Castor. 
Polyxena,  ae,  f.  a  daughter  of 

Priam  and  Hecuba. 
Pomifer,  era,  erum,  adj.  (po- 

mum    &     fero,)     bearing 

fruit:    pomiferae    arbores,- 

fruit-trees. 
Pompa,   2d,   f.    a  procession; 

pomp;  parade. 
Pompeianus,  a,   um,    adj.    be- 
longing to  Pompey. 
Pompeius,  i,  m.  Pompey;  the 

name  of  a  Roman  gens,  or 

clan. 
Pompilius,  i,  m.     See  Numa. 
Pomum,  i,  n.  an  apple;  any 

fruit  fit  for  eating,  growing 

upon  a  tree. 
Pondus,    eris,   n.    (pendo,)    a 

weight. 
Pono,  ponere,  posui,  positum, 

tr.  to  place;  to  put;  to  set. 
Pons,  tis,  m.  a  bridge. 
Pontius,  i,  m.   (Theleslnus,)  a 

general  of  the  Samnites. 
Pontus,  i,  m.  a  sea ;  the  deep 

sea:    by    Synecdoche,   the 

Euxine  or  Black  sea;  also, 

the  kingdom  of  Pontus,  on 

the  south  side  of  the  Euxine. 
Poposci.     See  Posco. 
Poptilor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 


POPULUS POTIOR. 


285 


(populo  for  depopulo,  from 
populus,)  to  lay  waste ;  to 
depopulate;  from 

Populus,  i,  m.  the  people;  a 
nation;  a  tribe:  pi. nations; 
tribes. 

Porrectus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Porrlgo,  igere,  exi,  ectum,  tr. 
(porro,  or  pro  &  rego,)  to 
reach  or  spread  out ;  to  ex- 
tend; to  offer. 

Porsena,  ae,  m.  a  king  of  Etru- 
ria. 

Porta,  ae,  f.  (porto,)  a  gate. 

Portans,  tis,  part,  (porto.) 

Portendo,  -tendere,  -tendi,  -ten- 
turn,  tr.  (porro,  or  pro  & 
tendo,)  to  show  what  will 
be  hereafter ;  to  presage ;  to 
forbode;  to  portend;  to  be- 
token. 

Porticus,  us,  f.  (porta,)  a  por- 
tico ;  a  gallery ;  a  porch. 

Porto,  are,  avi,  ilium,  tr.  to 
carry;  to  bear;  hence, 

Portus,  us,  m.  a  port;  a  har- 
bor. 

Posco,  poscere,  poposci,  tr.  to 
demand;  to  request  earnest- 
ly;  to  ask  as  wages. 

Posltus,  a,  um,  part,  (pono,) 
situated. 

Possessio,  onis,  {.possession ;  & 

Possessor,  oris,  in.  a  possessor; 
an  occupant;  from 

Posskleo,  -sidere,  -sedi,-sessum, 
tr.  (potis  &  sedeo,)  to  pos- 
sess. 

Possum,  posse,  potui,  intr.  irr. 
(potis  &  sum,  §  221,  2,)  to 
be  able;  lean.  412, 


Post,  prep,  after: — adv.  after; 
after  that;  afterwards. 

Postea,  adv.  (post  &  ea,  after 
these  things  ;)  afterwards. 

Posterus,  (m.  not  used,)  era, 
erum,  adj.  §  26,  2.  (erior, 
remus,)  (post,)  succeeding ; 
subsequent;  next:  in  post- 
erum,  {supply  tempus,)  for 
the  future:  posteri,  drum, 
posterity.  222, 

Postis,  is,  m.  (posltus,  fr.  pono,) 
a  thing  set  tip;  a  post. 

Postquam,  adv.  (post  &  quam,) 
after;  after  that;  since. 

Postremo,  &  -um,  adv.  at  last; 
finally;  from 

Postremus,  a,  um,  adj.  (sup. 
of  posterus,)  the  last:  ad 
postremum,  at  last. 

Postulo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(posco,)  to  ask;  to  ask  for; 
to  demand,  (as  a  right.) 

Postumius,  i,  m.  the  name  of  a 
Roman  gens  or  clan. 

Posui.     See  Pono. 

Potens,  tis,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
being  able  ;  powerful;  (pos- 
sum.) 

Potentia,  ae,  f.  (potens,)  power; 
authority;  government, 

Potestas,  at  is,  f.  (potis,)  pow- 
er; (civil  power,  as  distin- 
guished from  imperium, 
military  command.) 

Potio,  onis,  f.  (poto,)  a  drink; 
a  draught. 

Potior,  iri,  Itus  sum,  intr.  dep. 
(potis,)  to  get;  to  possess; 
to  obtain;  to  enjoy  ;  to  gain 
possession  of. 


286 


POTISSIMUM — PR^LATUS. 


Potissimiim,  adv.  (sup.  of  po- 
tius,)  principally ;  chiefly; 
especially. 

Potitus,  a,  urn,  part,  (potior,) 
having  obtained. 

Potius,  adv.  comp.  (sup.  potis- 
simum,)  rather. 

Poto,  potare,  potavi,  potatum, 
or  potum,  tr.  to  drink;  to 
drink  hard;  (see  bibo.) 

Potuisse.     See  Possum. 

Potus,  us,  m.  (poto,)  drink. 

Prae,  prep,  before;  for ;  in  com- 
parison of  or  with. 

Praealtus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
(prae  &  altus,)  very  high; 
very  deep,  (comparatively.) 

Praebeo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  tr.  (prae 
&  habeo,)  to  offer;  to  sup- 
ply; to  give;  to  afford:  spe- 
ciem,  to  exhibit  the  appear- 
ance of:  usum,  to  serve  for. 

Praecedens,  tis,  part,  from 

Praecedo,  -cedere,  -cessi,  -ces- 
sum,  intr.  (prae  &  cedo,)  to 
go  before;  to  precede. 

Praeceptor,  oris,  m.  (prascipio,) 
a  preceptor,  master,  or 
teacher. 

Praeceptum,  i,  n.  (praecipio,)  a 
precept ;  a  doctrine  ;  advice. 

Praecido,  -cidere,  -cidi,  -cisum, 
tr.  (prae  &  caedo,)  to  cut  off. 

Praecipio,  -cipere,  -cepi,  -cep- 
tum,  tr.  (prae  &  capio,)  to 
seize  or  take  before;  hence, 
to  prescribe;  to  command. 

Praecipito,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(prasceps,)  to  throw  down 
headlong;  to  precipitate; 
to  throw. 


Praecipue,  adv.  especially;  par* 
ticularly;  from 

Praecipuus,  a,  um,  adj.  (praeci- 
pio,) especial;  distinguish- 
ed; the  chief;  the  princi- 
pal. 

Praeclare,  adv.  excellently;  fa- 
mously; gloriously;  from 

Praeclarus,  a,  um,  adj.  (prae  & 
clarus,)  very  clear  or  bright; 
famous. 

Praecludo,  -cludere,  -cklsi,  -clu- 
sum,  tr.  (prae  &  claudo,)  to 
close  beforehand;  to  stop; 
to  shut  up. 

Praeco,  onis,  m.  a  herald. 

Praeda,  ae,  f.  booty ;  the  prey. 

Praedico,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr< 
(prae  &  dico,)  to  tell  openly ; 
to  publish;  to  declare;  to  as" 
sert;  to  affirm:  to  praise. 

Praedico,   cere,   xi,   ctum,    tr 
(prae  &dico,)  to  predict;  tr 
foretell. 

Praedictus,  a,  um,  part,  fore- 
told. 

Prasdor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
(praeda,)  to  plunder. 

Praefans,  tis,  part,  from 

Praefari,  fatus,  def.  222,  4,  to 
tell  before,  or  foretell;  to  an- 
nounce; to  predict.  45Q, 

Praefero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latum, 
tr.  irr.  (prae  &  fero,)  to  bear 
before;  to  show;  to  prefer. 

Praefinio,  ire,  Ivi,  itum,  tr.  (prae 
&  finio,)  to  appoint  before- 
hand: to  determine. 

Praefinltus,  a,  um,  part. 

Praelatus,  a,  um,  part,  (prae- 
fero). 


TRjELIANS PRA  VITAS. 


287 


Pnelians,  tis,  part,  (praelior.) 

Praeliatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Praelior,  ari,  atus  sum,  intr. 
dep.  to  give  battle;  to  en- 
gage; to  fight. 

Praelium,  i,  n.  a  battle. 

Prsemium,  i,  n.  a  reward;  a 
price;  a  recompense. 

Praemitto,  -mittere,  -misi,  -mis- 
sum,  tr.  (prae  &  mitto,)  to 
send  before. 

Praeneste,  is,  n.  a  city  of  La- 
tium. 

Praenuntio,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(prae  &  mintio,)  to  tell  be- 
forehand; to  announce;  to 
signify;  to  give  notice. 

Praparo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(prae  &  paro,)  to gebbef ore- 
hand;  to  make  ready;  to 
prepare;  to  make. 

Pr.vpono,  -ponrre,  -po>ui,-posi- 
tum,  tr.  (prae  &  pono,)  to 
set  before;  to  value  more; 
to  place  over;  to  prefer. 

Praesens,  tis,  adj.  present;  im- 
minent;  part,  of  pnestun. 

PnesSpe,  b,  n.  prseeCpea  & 
pr.i\-f-pis,  is,  f.  (praesepio,) 
a  manger;  a  crib. 

Praesidium,  i,  n.  (praesideo,) 
a  garrison;  defence. 

BOB,  tis,  part.  0^  adj.  (ior, 
issimus,)  (praesto,)  standing 
before ;  hence,  excellent ; 
distinguished;  hence, 

Praestantia,  ae,  f.  superiority; 
an  advantage;  a  preemi- 
nence. 

Praesto,  stare,  stiti,  stitum  and 
statum,  intr.  &  tr.  (prae  & 


sto,)  to  stand  before;  to  ex- 
cel; to  be  superior;  to  sur- 
pass ;  to  perform;  to  pay; 
to  grant;  to  give;  to  ren- 
der; to  execute;  to  cause:  se, 
to  show  or  prove  one's  self: 
praestat,  imp.  it  is  better. 

Prassum,  -esse,  -fui,  intr.  irr. 
(prae  &  sum,)  to  be  over;  to 
preside  over;  to  have  the 
charge  or  command  of;  to 
rule  over. 

Praetendo,  -tendere,  -tendi. 
-tensum  or  turn,  tr.  (prae  & 
tendo,)  to  hold  before;  to 
stretch  or  extend  before ;  to 
be  opposite  to ;  to  pretend. 

Praeter,  prep,  besides;  except; 
contrary  to. 

Praeterea,  adv.  (praetor  &  ea,) 
besides;  moreover. 

Praetereo,  Ire,  ii,  Itum,  tr.  irr. 
§  221,  3,  (praetor  &  eo,)  to 
pass  over  or  by  ;  to  go  be- 
yond; to  omit;  not  to  men- 
tion. 413. 

Praetereundus,  a,  um,  part, 
(praetereo.) 

Praeterien.*,  euntis,  part,  (prae- 
tereo.) 

Praeteritus,  a,  um,  part,  (prae- 
tereo,) past. 

Praeterquam,  adv.  except;  be- 
sides: praeterquam  si,  ex- 
cept in  case. 

Praetorius,  i.  m.  (vir,)  a  man 
who  has  been  a  prcetor ;  one 
of  prcetorian  digit  ify. 

Pratum,  i,  n.  a  meadow;  a  pas- 
ture. 

Pra vitas,  atis,  f.  depravity  ;  fr. 


288 


PRAVUS — PROCURO. 


Pravus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  depraved;  bad. 

Precatus,  a,  um,  part,  (precor.) 

Preci,  -em,  -e,  f.  (prex  not 
used,  §  18,  12,)  a  prayer: 
pi.  preces  (entire).  180. 

Precor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
(preci,)  to  pray;  to  entreat. 

Premo,  premere,  pressi,  pres- 
sum,  tr.  to  press;  to  urge; 
to  grieve. 

Pretiosus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  is- 
simus,)  'precious;  valuable; 
costly;  from 

Pretium,  i,  n.  a  price ;  a  ran- 
som; a  reward:  in  pretio 
esse,  to  be  valued;  to  be  in 
estimation :  pretium  opera, 
worth  while. 

Priamus,  i,  m.  Priam,  the  last 
king  of  Troy. 

Pridie,  adv.  (pri,  for  priori,  & 
die,)  the  day  before. 

Priene,  es,  f.  a  maritime  town 
of  Ionia. 

Primo  &  -um,  adv.  (sup.  of 
prius,  233,)  first;  at  first: 
quam  primum,  as  soon  as 
possible.    402. 

Primoris,  e,  adj.  (primus,)  the 
first;  the  foremost:  dentes, 
the  front  teeth. 

Primus,  a,  um,  num.  adj.  (sup. 
of  prior,)  the  first. 

Princeps,  lpis,  adj.  (primus  & 
capio,)  the  chief;  the  first: 
princijjes,  the  princes;  the 
chiefs;  chief  men;  hence, 

Principatus,  us,  m.  a  govern- 
ment ;  principality. 

Prior,  us,  adj.   (sup.   primus, 


113,  4,)  the  former  ;  prior; 

first.  222. 
Priscus,  i,  m.  a  cognomen  or 

surname  of  the  elder  Tar- 

quin. 
Prius,    adv.    (prior,)    before; 

first. 
Priusquam,    adv.    (prius   and 

quam,)  sooner  than;  before 

that;  before. 
Privatus,  a,  um,  adj.  (privo,) 

private;    secret: — subs,  a 

private  man. 
Pro,  prep.ybr;  instead. 
Probabilis,  e,  adj.  comp.  (pro- 
bo,)   that  may  be  proved; 

probable  ;  commendable. 
Proboscis,  idis,  f.  proboscis  ;  th§ 

trunk  of  an  elephant. 
Procas,  se,  m.     See  Silvius. 
Procedens,  tis,  part,  from 
Procedo,  -cedere,  -cessi,  -ces- 

sum,  intr.  (pro  &  cedo,)  to 

go  forth;  to  proceed;  to  gc 

forward;  to  advance ;  to  gc 

out. 
Proceritas,    atis,    f.     stature; 

height;     tallness ;     length; 

from 
Procerus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 

tall;  long. 
Proclfimo,  are,   avi,  atum,  tr. 

(pro  &  clamo,)  to  cry  out; 

to  proclaim. 
Proconsul,  ulis,  m.  (pro  &  con- 
sul,) a  proconsul. 
Procreo,   are,   avi,   atum,    tr 

(pro  &  creo,)  to  beget. 
Procul,  adv.  far. 
Procuro,    are,   avi,    atum,   tr. 

(pro  &  euro,)  to  take  care 


PROCURRO PROPAGO. 


289 


of;  to  manage;  (viz.  for 
another.) 

Procurro,  currere,  curri  &  cu- 
curri,  cursum,  intr.  (pro  & 
curro,)  to  run  forward;  to 
•     extend. 

Prodigium,  i,  n.  (prodlco,)  a 
prodigy. 

Proditor,  oris,  m.  (prodo,)  a 
traitor. 

Proditus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Prodo,  -dere,  -didi,  -ditum,  tr. 
(pro  &  do,)  to  give  out;  to 
betray;  to  relate;  to  discov- 
er; to  disclose;  to  manifest. 

Proelior.     See  Praelior. 

Proelium,  i,  n.     See  Prselium. 

PwfoctUB,  a,  um,  part,  also, 

Proficiscens,  tis,  part,  from 

Proficiscor,  icisci,  ectus  sum, 
intr.  dep.  (pro  &  faciscor, 
from  facio,)  to  go  forward; 
to  march;  to  travel;  to  de- 
part; to  go. 

Profit  cor,  -lit*  iri,-fe86 ussum,tr. 
dep.  (pro  dt  fat  cor,)  to  de- 
clare; to  avow  publicly ;  to 
profess:  sapicntiam,  to  pro- 
fess wisdom;  to  profess  to 
be  a  philosopher. 

Profilgio,  -fugcre,  -tiigi,  -fugi- 
tuin,  intr.  (pro  &  fugio,)  to 
flee,  (soil,  before  or  from;) 
to  escape;  hence, 

Profugus,  a,  um,  adj.  fleeing; 
escaping:  —  subs,  a  fugi- 
tive; an  exile. 

ProgredioT,    -givdi,    -greseus 

sum,  intr.  dep.  (pro  &  gra- 
dior,)    to   go  forward;  to 
proceed;  to  advance. 
25 


Progressus,  a,  am,  part,  having 

advanced. 
Prohibeo,   ere,    ui,    Itum,  tr. 

(pro  &  habeo,)  to  keep  off, 

or  away;   to  prohibit;    to 

hinder;  to  forbid;  hence, 
Prohibitus,  a,  um,  part. 
Projicio,  -jicere,  -jeci,  -jectum, 

tr.  (pro  &  jacio,)  to  throw 

away;  to  throw  down;  to 

throw. 
Prolabor,   -labi,   -lapsus   sum, 

intr.  dep.  (pro  &  labor,)  to 

fall  down;  to  fall  forward; 

hence, 
Prolapsus,  a,  um,  part,  having 

fallen. 
Prolato,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  freq. 

(prof  ero,)  to  carryforward; 

to  enlarge;  to  extend;  to  am- 
plify. 
Proles,  is,  f.  a  race;  offspring, 
Prometheus,  i,  m.  the  son  of 

Iapetus  and  Clymene. 
Promittens,  tis,  part,  from 
Prommitto,     -mittere,      -mLsi, 

-missum,  tr.  (pro  &  mitto,) 

to  let  go,  or  send  forward; 

to  promise;  to  offer. 
Promontorium,   i,   n.   (pro  & 

mons,)    a   promontory;   a 

headland;  a  cape. 
Promoveo,     -movcre,     -movi, 

-motum,  intr.  &  tr.  (pro  & 

moveo,)  to  move  forward; 

to  enlarge. 
Pronus,  a,  um,  adj.  inclined; 

bending  forward. 
Propago,  .arc,    avi,    atum,   tr. 

(pro  &  pago,)  to  propagate; 

to  prolong;  to  continue. 


290 


PROPE PROVENIO. 


Prope,  adv.  &  prep,  (propius, 
proxime,)  near;  near  to; 
nigh. 

Propero,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(properus,)  to  hasten. 

Propinquus,  a,  urn,  adj.  comp. 
(prope,)  near;  related:  pro- 
pinqui,  subs,  relations;  kins- 
men. 

Propior,  us,  adj.  comp.  §  26,  4, 
222 9  (proximus,)  nearer. 

Propius,  adv.  nearer;  comp.  of 
prope. 

Propono,  -ponere,  -posui,  -pos- 
itum,  tr.  (pro  &  pono,)  to  set 
before;  to  propose;  to  offer. 

Proponor,  -poni,  -positus  sum, 
pass,  to  be  set  before:  pro- 
positum  est  mihi,  It  is  pro- 
posed by  me;  i.  e.  I  intend 
or  purpose. 

Propontis,  idis,  f.  the  sea  of 
Marmora. 

Propositus,  a,  um,  part,  pro- 
posed; put. 

Proprie,  adv.  particularly; 
properly;  strictly;  from 

Proprius,  a,  um,  adj.  peculiar; 
proper;  one's  own;  special. 

Propter,prep./br;  on  account  of. 

Propulso,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
freq.  (propello,)  to  drive  a- 
way;  to  ward  off;  to  repel. 

Propylaeum,  i,  n.  the  porch  of 
a  temple;  an  entrance;  the 
rows  of  columns  leading  to 
the  Acropolis  at  Athens. 

Prora,  ae,  f.  the  prow  of  a  ship. 

Proscribo,  -scribere,  -scripsi, 
-scriptum,  tr.  (pro  &  scri- 
bo?)  to  publish  by  writing; 


to  proscribe;  to  outlaw;  to 
doom  to  death  and  confisca- 
tion of  goods. 

Prosecutus,  a,  um,  part,  having 
accompanied. 

Prosequor,  -sequi,  -secutus 
sum,  tr.  dep.  (pro  &  se- 
quor,)  to  follow  after;  to 
accompany;  to  attend;  to 
follow;  to  celebrate:  hono- 
ribus,  to  heap  or  load  with 
honors;  to  honor. 

Proserpina,  as,  f.  the  daughter 
of  Ceres  and  Jupiter,  and 
wife  of  Pluto. 

Prospectus,  us,  m.  (prospicio,) 
a  prospect ;  a  distant  view. 

Prospere,  adv.  (prosper,)  pros- 
perously;  successfully. 

Prosterno,  -sternere,  -stravi, 
-stratum,  tr.  (pro  &  sterno,) 
to  prostrate  ;  to  throw  down. 

Prostratus,  a,  um,  part,  (pros- 
terno.) 

Prosum,  prodesse,  profui,  intr. 
irr.  (pro  &  sum,  §  83,  1,) 
to  do  good;  to  profit.  410. 

Protagoras,  83,  m.  a  Greek  phi- 
losopher. 

Protenus,  adv.  (pro  &  tenus,) 
immediately;  directly. 

Protero,  -terrere,  -trlvi,  -tritum, 
tr.  (pro  &  tero,)  to  trample 
upon;  to  tread  down;  to 
crush. 

Protractus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Protraho,  -trahere,  -traxi,  -trac- 
tum,  tr.  (pro  &  traho,)  to 
protract;  to  prolong. 

Proveniens,  tis,  part,  from 

Provenio,  -venire,  -veni,  -ven- 


PKOVINCIA PL'NIO. 


291 


turn,  inti\  (pro  &  venio,)  to 
come  forth. 

Provincia,  a;,  f.  (pro  &  vinco,) 
a  province. 

Provocatio,  onis,  f.  a  calling 
forth;  a  challenge;  a  pro- 
vocation; from 

Provoco,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr, 
(pro  &  voco,)  to  call  forth; 
to  call  out ;  to  defy  or  chal- 
hnge;  to  appeal. 

Proxime,  adv.  (sup.  of  prope,)  j 
nearest;  very  near;  next  to. 

Proximus,  a,  ura,  adj.  (sup.  of 
propior,)  nearest;  next. 

Prudens,  tis,  adj.  (lor,  isslmus,) 
( providens,  fr.  provideo,) 
foreseeing;  prudent;  wise; 
expert;  hence, 

Prudentia,  33,  f.  prudence; 
knowledge. 

Pseudophilippus,  i,  m.  a  false 
or  pretended  Philip,  a  name 
given  to  Andriscm. 

Psit  Ulcus,  i,  m.  a  parrot. 

Psonhidius,  ft,  ura,  adj.  of  or 
belonging  toPsophis;  Pso- 
phidian. 

Psophis,  Idis,  f.  a  city  of  Ar- 
cadia. 

Ptolema3us,  1,  m.  Ptolemy;  the  l 
name  of  several  Egyptian  '> 
kings. 

Publico,  adv.  (publicus,)  pub- 
licly; at  the  public  expense ; 
by  public  authority. 

Publicola,  ae,  m.  (populus  & 
colo.)  a  surname  given  to 
P.  Valerius,  on  account  of 
his  love  of  popularity. 

Publicus,  a,  urn,  adj.   (popQ- 


lus,)  public:  in  publicum 
procedens,  going  abroad  or 
appearing  in  puNic:  subs, 
publicum,  the  public  treas- 
ury. 

Publius,  i,  m.  the  praenomen 
of  several  Romans. 

Pudibundus,  a,  um,  adj.  (pu- 
deo,)  ashamed;  bashful, 
modest. 

Puer,  eri,  m.  a  boy;  a  servant. 

Puerllis,  e,adj.  (puer,)  puerile; 
childish:  aetas,  boyhood; 
childhood, 

Pueritia,  33,  f.  (id.)  boyhood; 
childhood. 

Pugna,  33,  f.  (pugnus,  the  fist;) 
a  battle  with  fists;  a  close 
fight ;  a  battle. 

Pugnans,  tis,  part,  (pugno.) 

Pugnatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Pugno,  iire,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(pugna,)  to  figU:  pugna- 
tur,  pass.  imp.  a  battle  is 
fought;  they  fight. 

Pulcher,  ra,  rum,  adj.  (chrior, 
chemmus,)yaiV;  beautiful; 
glorious;  hence, 

Pulchritudo,  Jnis,  f.  fairness; 
•  beauty. 

Pullus,  i,  m.  the  young  of  any 
animal. 

Pulsus,  a,  um,  part,  (pello.) 

Pulvillus,  i,  m.  (Horatius,)  a 
Roman  consul  in  the  first 
year  of  the  republic. 

Punicus,  a,  um,  adj.  Punic; 
belonging  to  Carthage ; 
Carthaginian. 

Punio,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  tr.  (poe- 
na,) to  punish. 


292 


FUNITUS QUiE  STOR. 


Punitus,  a,  urn,  part,  (punio.) 

Pupillus,  i,  m.  (dim.  fr.  pupu- 
lus,  and  that  fr.  pupus,)  a 
young  boy;  a  pupil;  a 
ward;  an  orphan. 

Puppis,  is,  f.  the  stern  of  a 
ship. 

Purgo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
purge;  to  purify;  to  clear; 
to  clean;  to  excuse. 

Purpura,  ae,  f.  the  purple  mus- 
cle; purple;  hence, 

Purpuratus,  a,  um,  adj.  clad 
in  purple:  purpurati,  pi. 
courtiers;  nobles. 

Purpureus,  a,  um,  adj.  (id.) 
purple. 

Purus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issl- 
mus,)  pure ;  clear. 

Pusillus,  a,  um,  adj.  (dim.  fr. 
pusus,)  small;  weak;  lit- 
tle; very  small. 

Puteus,  i,  m.  a  well;  a  pit. 

Puto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
think. 

Putresco,  putrescere,  putrui, 
intr.  inc.  (putreo,)  to  rot;  to 
decay. 

Pydna,  ae,  f.  a  town  ofMacedon. 

Pygmaei,  orum,  m.  the  Pyg- 
mies, a  race  of  dwarfs  in- 
habiting a  remote  part  of 
India  or  Ethiopia. 

Pyra,  33,  f.  a  funeral  pile. 

Pyramis,  idis,  f.  a  pyramid. 

Pyrenaeus,  i,  m.,  &  Pyrenaei, 
orum,  m.  pi.  Pyrenees, 
mountains  dividing  France 
and  Spain. 

Pyrrhus,  i,  m.  a  king  of  Epi- 


' 


Pythagoras,  ae,  m.  a  Grecian 
philosopher,  born  at  Samos. 

Pythagoreus,  i,  m.  a  Pythago- 
rean ;  a  follower  or  disciple 
of  Pythagoras. 

Pythia,  33,  f.  the  priestess  of 
Apollo  at  Delphi. 

Pythias,  ae,  m.  a  soldier  of 
Philip,  king  of  Macedon. 

Q- 

Q.,  or  Qu.,  an  abbreviation  of 
Quintus. 

Quadrageslmus,  a,  um,  num. 
adj.  ord.  the  fortieth;  from 

Quadraginta,  num.  adj.  pi.  ind. 
forty. 

Quadriennium,  i,  n.  (quatuor 
&  annus,)  the  space  of  four 
years. 

Quadriga,  93,  &  pi.  ae,  arum, 
f.  (quadrijugae,  quatuor  & 
jugum,)  a  four-horse  char- 
iot; a  team  of  four  horses. 

Quadringentesimus,  a,  um, 
num.  adj.  ord.  the  four  hun* 
dredth;  from 

Quadringenti,  ae,  a,  num.  adj. 
pi.  four  hundred. 

Quadriipes,  pedis,  adj.  (qua- 
tuor &  pes,)  having  four 
feet;  four-footed. 

Quaerens,  tis,  part,  from 

Qucero,  quasrere,  quaesivi,  quae- 
situm,  tr.  to  ask;  to  seek 
for;  to  inquire;  to  search: 
quasritur,  it  is  asked;  the 
inquiry  is  made  ;  hence, 

Quaestio,  onis,  f.  a  question. 

Quaestor,    oris,   m.    (quaesitor, 


QUiESTUS — QUINGENTESIMU3. 


293 


id.)  a  qucestor;  a  treasurer; 

an  inferior  military  officer 

who  attended  the  consuls. 
Qiucstus,  us,  m.   (id.)  gain;  a 

trade. 
Qualis,  e,   adj.  of  what  hind; 

as;  such  as;  what. 
Quam,  conj.  &  adv.  as;  how; 

after  comparatives,  than. 
Quamdiu,   or    Quandiu,    adv. 

(quam  &  diu,)  as  long  as. 
Quamquam,     or     Quanquam, 

conj.  though;  although. 
Quainvis,  conj.   (quam  &  vis, 

fr.  volo,)  although. 
Quando,  adv.  when;  since. 
Quanto,  adv.  by  how  much;  as. 
Quantopere,  adv.    (quanto   & 

opere,)   how  greatly;  how 

much. 
Quantum,  adv.  how  much;  as 

much  as. 
Quantum,  a,  um,  adj.  how  great; 

as  great;   how  admirable; 

how  striking. 
Quantuslibet,quantalibet,quan- 

tumlibot,adj.  (quantus  &  li- 

bet,)  how  great  soever;  ever 

so  great. 
Quapropter,  adv.  (qua  &  prop- 
ter,) wherefore;  why. 
Quare,  adv.  (qua  &  re,)  where- 
fore; for   which    reason; 

whence;  therefore. 
Quartus,  a,  um,  num.  adj.  ord. 

the  fourth. 
Quasi,  adv.   (for  quamsi,)  as 

if;  as. 
Quatriduum,  i,  n.  (quatuor  & 

dies,)  a  space  of  four  days. 
Quatuor,  num.  adj.  pi.  ind.  four. 


Quatuordecim,  num.  adj.  pi. 
ind.  (quatuor  &  decern,) 
fourteen. 

Que,  enclitic  conj.  (always 
joined  to  another  word,  and 
draws  the  accent  to  the 
syllable  preceding  it,)  and; 
also. 

Queo,  Ire,  ivi,  Itum,  intr.  irr. 
§  83,  3;  to  be  able;  lean. 

Quercus,  us,  f.  an  oak.  413. 

Queror,  queri,  questus  sum,  tr. 
dep.  to  complain. 

Questus,  a,  um,  part,  complain- 
ing; having  complained. 

Qui,  quae,  quod,  rel.  pro.  125; 
who;  which;  what;  used  in- 
*  terrogatively,  who  ?  which  ? 
what? 

Qui,  adv.  how;  in  what  man- 
ner. 

Quia,  conj.  because. 

Quicunque,  quoecunque,  quod- 
cunque,  rel.  pro.  131,  1, 
whosoever;  whatsoever;  ev- 
ery one.  2&1. 

Quidam,  quaedam,  quoddam  & 
quiddam,  pro.  131, 1,  a  cer- 
tain one;  a  certain  person 
or  thing:  quidam  homines, 
certain  men.  2S1. 

Quidem,  adv.  indeed;  truly;  at 
least. 

Quin,  conj.  but;  but  that. 

Quinctius,  i,  m.  (Titus,)  a  Ro- 
man general. 

Quindccim,  num.  adj.  pi.  ind. 
(quinque  &  decern,)  fifteen. 

Quingentesimus,  a,  um,  num. 
adj.  ord.  the  five  hundredth; 
from 


294 


QUINGENTI — RAPTOR. 


Quingenti,  se,  a,  num.  adj.  pi. 
(qirinque  &  centum,)  five 
hundred. 

Quinquageni,  ae,  a,  num.  adj. 
pi.  dist.  (quinquaginta,)  ev- 
ery fifty,  fifty. 

Quinquagesimus,  a,  um,  num. 
adj.  (id.)  fiftieth. 

Quinquaginta,  num.  adj.  pi.  ind. 

fifty- 

Quinque,num.  adj.  pi.  \\A.five. 
Quinquies,     num.    adv.    five 

times. 
Quinto,  adv.  the  fifth  time. 
Quintus,  a,  um,  ord.  num.  adj. 

the  fifth. 
Quintus,  or  Quinctius,  i,  m.  a 

Roman  surname. 
Quippe,  conj.  for;  since. 
Quis,  quae,  quod,  or  quid,  in- 

terrog.   pro.   who?    what? 

quid,  why? 
Quisnam,  or  Quinam,  quaenam, 

quodnam,  or  quidnam,  pro. 

131,  2,  who;  what.  255 » 
Quisquam,    quaequam,    quod- 

quam,  or  quidquam,  or  quic- 

quam,  pro.  any  one;  any 

thing:  nee  quisquam,  and 

no  one. 
Quisque,  quaeque,  quodque,  or 

quidque,  pro.  each;  every; 

whosoever ;  whatsoever. 
Quisquis,   quidquid,   or    quic- 

quid,  rel.  pro.  131,  Obs.  1, 

whoever;  whatever.  2o2, 
Quivis,    quaevis,    quodvis,    or 

quidvis,  pro.  (qui  and  vis,) 

whosoever;  whatsoever;  any 

one. 
Qu6,  adv.  that;  to  the  end  that; 


whither :  qu6  —  c6,  for 
quanto  —  tanto,  by  how 
much — by  so  much;  or  the 
more — the  more. 

Quod,  conj.  that;  because. 

Quominus,  adv.  (qu6  &  mi- 
nus,) that — not 

Quomodo,  adv.  (quo  &  modo,) 
how;  by  what  means. 

Quondam,  adv.  formerly ,-  once. 

Quoniam,  conj.  (quum  &  jam,) 
since;  because, 

Quoque,  conj.  also. 
i  Quot,  adj.  ind.  pi.  how  many* 
j  Quotannis,  adv.  (quot  &  an- 
nus,) annually;  yearly. 

Quotidie,  adv.  (quot  &  dies,) 
every  day ;  daily. 

Quoties,  adv.  as  often  as;  how 
often. 

Quum,  or  Cum,  adv.  when: 
(mum  jam,  as  soon  as: — » 
conj.  since;  although. 

R. 

Radius,  i,  m.  a  staff;  a  ray  ;  a 

rod. 
Radix,  icis,  f.  a  root;  the  foot 

or  base  of  a  mountain. 
Ramus,   i,   m.   a    branch;    a 

bough. 
Rana,  ae,  f.  a  frog. 
Rapina,  ae,  f.  rapine  ;  plunder  ; 

from 
Rapio,  rapere,  rapui,  raptum, 

tr.  to  hurry  away  by  force ; 

to  rob ;  to  seize ;  to  plunder. 
Raptor,   oris,  m.  (rapio,)    one 

who  seizes  or  takes  away  by 

violence;  a  robber. 


RAPTURUS REDIMENDUS. 


295 


Rapturus,  a,  um,  part,  (rapio.) 

Raptus,  a,  um,  part,  (rapio,) 
seized;  robbed;  carried  off. 

Raritas,  atis,  f.  (rams,)  rarity. 

Ram,  adv.  rarely;  seldom;  Ir. 

Rarus,  a,  um,  adj.  rare;  few. 

Ratio,  onis,  f.  (reor,)  a  reason. 

Ratis,  is,  f.  a  raft;  a  ship;  a 
boat. 

Ratus,  a,  um,  part,  (reor,)  think- 
ing; having  thought. 

Rebello,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(re  &  bello,)  to  renew  a 
war;  to  rebel;  to  revolt. 

Recedo,  -cedere,  -cessi,  -ces- 
sum,  intr.  (re  &  cedo,)  to 
recede;  to  yield;  to  retire; 
to  withdraw. 

Recens,  tis,  adj.  comp.  new; 
recent;  fresh: — adv.  re- 
cently ;  lately;  newly:  re- 
cens nati,  new-born  child- 
ren. 

Receptus,  a,  um,  part,  (reci- 
pio.) 

Recepturus,  a,  um,  part,  (reci- 
pio.) 

Recessus,  us,  m.  (recedo,)  a 
recess;  a  corner. 

Recipio,  -cipere,  -cepi,  -ceptum, 
tr.  (re  &  capio,)  to  take 
back;  to  receive;  to  take;  to 
recover:  animam,  to  come 
to  one's  self  again;  to  re- 
cover one's  senses:  se,  to 
return. 

Recognosco,  -noscere,  -novi, 
-nitum,  tr.  (re  &  cognos- 
co,)  to  recognize;  to  know 
again  ;  to  betake  one's  self. 

Recolligo,  -ligere,  -legi,   -lec- 


tum,  tr.  (re,  con  &  lego,) 
to  gather  up  again;  to  re- 
collect; to  recover. 

Recondltus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Recondo,  dere,  didi,  ditum,  tr. 
(re  &  condo,)  to  put  togeth- 
er again  ;  to  lay  up  ;  to  hide; 
to  conceal. 

Recordor,  ari,  atus,  tr.  dep. 
(re  &  cor,)  to  call  back  to 
mind;  to  recollect;  to  re' 
member. 

Recreo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (re  & 
creo,)  to  bring  to  life  again; 
to  restore  ;  to  refresh. 

Recte,  adv.  (ius,  isslme,)  right; 
rightly;  from 

Rectus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  (rego,)  straight;  up- 
right; right;  direct. 

Recupero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(recipio,)  to  recover;  to  re- 
gain. 

Redditus,   a,  um,  part,  from 

Reddo,  -dere,  -didi,  -ditum,  tr. 
(re  &  do,)  to  give  back;  to 
return;  to  give;  to  make; 
to  render;  to  restore;  to 
cause:  verba,  to  repeat: 
animam,  to  die:  voces,  to 
imitate. 

Redeo,  -Ire,  -ii,  -ltum,  intr.  irr. 
(re  &  eo,)  to  go  back;  to 
return. 

Rediens,  euntis,  part,  return- 
ing. 

Redigo,  -igere,  -egi,  -actum,  tr. 
(re  &  ago,)  to  bring  back; 
to  reduce:  in  potestatem,  to 
bring  into  one's  power. 

Redimendus,  a,  um,  part,  from 


296 


REDIMO — REMITTO. 


Redimo,  -imere,  -emi,  -emp- 
tum,  tr.  (re  &  emo,)  to  take 
back;  to  buy  back;  to  re- 
deem; to  ransom. 

Reducendus,  a,  urn,  part,  from 

Reduco,  -ducere,  -duxi,  -duc- 
tum,  tr.  (re  &  duco,)  to 
lead  or  bring  back:  in  gra- 
tiam,  to  reconcile. 

Referens,  tis,  part,  requiting; 
returning;  conferring;  from 

Ref  ero,  -ferre,  -tiili,  -latum,  tr. 
irr.  (re  &  fero,)  to  bring 
back:  gratiam  or  gratias, 
to  requite  a  favor ;  to  show 
gratitude:  beneficium,  to 
requite  a  benefit:  victori- 
am,  to  bring  back  victory, 
i.  e.  to  return  victorious: 
imaginem,  to  reflect  the  im- 
age; to  resemble. 

Refluens,  tis,  part,  from    • 

Refluo,  -fluere,  -fluxi,  -fluxum, 
intr.  (re  &  fluo,)  to  flow 
back. 

Refugio,  -fugere,  -fugi,  -fugi- 
tum,  intr.  (re  &  fugio,)  to 
fly  back;  to  flee;  to  retreat. 

Regia,  ae,  f.  (sc.  domus,  from 
regius,)  a  palace. 

Reglna,  se,  f.  (rex,)  a  queen. 

Regio,  onis,  f.  (rego,)  a  region; 
a  district;  a  country. 

Regius,  a,  um,  adj.  (rex,)  roy- 
al; regal;  the  king's. 

Regnaturus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Regno,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  (reg- 
num,)  to  rule;  to  govern. 

Regnatur,  pass.  imp.  it  is  ruled 
by  kings. 

Regnum,  i,  n.  (rex,)  a  king- 


dom;   empire;    dominion; 
reign;  government;  rule. 

Rego,  regere,  rexi,  rectum,  tr. 
to  direct  or  lead  in  a 
straight  course ;  to  rule. 

Regredior,  -gredi,  -gressus 
sum,  intr.  dep.  (re  &  gra- 
dior,)  to  turn  back;  to  re- 
turn. 

Regressus,  a,  um,  part,  having 
returned. 

Regulus,  i,  m.  a  distinguished 
Roman  general  in  the  first 
Punic  war. 

Relatus,  a,  um,  part,  (ref  ero.) 

Relictiirus,  a,  um,  part,  (relin- 
quo.) 

Relictus,  a,  um,  part,  (id.) 

Religio,  onis,  f.  (religo,)  what 
is  binding  or  obligatory; 
religious  scruple  or  hin- 
drance; hence,  religion; 
sacredness;  sanctity;  rev- 
erence; religious  rites. 

Relinquo,  -linquere,  -liqui,  -lic- 
tum,  tr.  (re  &  linquo,)  to 
leave  behind;  to  desert;  to 
quit;  to  abandon. 

Reliquiae,  arum,  f.  pi.  the  rel- 
ics; the  remains;  from 

Reliquus,a,um,adj.  (relinquo,) 
the  rest;  the  remainder;  the 
other. 

Remaneo,  -manere,  -mansi, 
-mansum,  intr.  (re  &  ma- 
neo,)  to  remain  behind. 

Remedium,  i,  n.  (re  &  medeor,) 
a  remedy. 

Remitto,  -mittere,  -mlsi,  -mis- 
sum,  tr.  (re  &  mitto,)  to 
send  back;  to  remit. 


REMOVEO RESPONDEO. 


297 


Removeo,  -movere,  -movi,  -mo- 
tum,  tr.  (re  &  moveo,)  to 
move  back,  or  away;  to  re- 
move. 

Remus,  i,  m.  an  oar. 

Remus,  i,  m.  the  twin  brother 
of  Romulus. 

Renovatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Renflvo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (re 
&  novo,)  to  make  anew;  to 
renew. 

Renuntio,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(re  &  nuntio,)  to  bring  back 
word;  to  inform;  to  report; 
to  declare;  to  announce. 

Reor,  reri,  ratus  sum,  intr.  dep. 
to  think ;  to  suppose ;  to  be- 
lieve. 

Reparo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (re 
&  paro,)  to  get  or  procure 
again  ;  to  renew  ;  to  repair. 

Repente,  adv.  (repens,fr.  repo,) 
suddenly. 

Reperio,  -perire,  -peri,-pertum, 
tr.  (re  &  pario,)  to  find;  to 
discover;  to  invent. 

Repeto,  -petere,  -petlvi,  -petl- 
tum,  tr.  (re  &  peto,)  to  de- 
mand back. 

Repleo,  ere,  evi,  etum,  tr.  (re 
&  pleo,)  to  fill  again;  to 
fill  up ;  to  replenish. 

Repono,  -ponere,  -posui,  -posi- 
tum,  tr.  (re  &  pono,)  to 
place  back  or  again;  to  re- 
store; to  replace. 

Reporto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (re 
&  porto,)  to  bring  back;  to 
gain  or  obtain. 

Repraesento,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(re  &  pnesento,)  to  make 


present  again;  to  represent; 
to  paint ;  to  depict. 
Repudio,    are,    avi,    atum,  tr. 
(repudium,)   to  repudiate; 
to  reject;  to  slight;  to  dis- 
regard:    uxorem,    to    di- 
vorce. 
Requiro,  -quirere,  -quislvi,  -qui- 
situm,  tr.  (re  &  quaero,)  to 
seek  again;  to  demand;  to 
require;  to  need. 
Res,  rei,  f.  a  thing;  an  affair  ; 
away;  a  kingdom;  a  gov- 
ernment;   a    subject:    res 
gestae,    actions ;    exploits : 
res  familiaris  or  domesti- 
ca,  domestic  affairs;  prop- 
erty. 
Reservo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (re 
&  servo,)  to  keep  back;  to 
reserve;  to  keep  for  a  fu- 
ture time. 
Resideo,  -sidere,  -sedi,  intr.  (re 
&   sedeo,)    to   sit;    to   sit 
down;  to  remain. 
Reslmus,  a,  um,  adj.  (re  &  si- 

mus,)  bent  back;  crooked. 
Resisto,  -sistere,  -stiti,  -stitum, 
intr.  (re  &  sisto,)  to  hold  or 
keep   back;    to   resist;    to 
withstand. 
Resolvo,  -solvere,   -solvi,  -so- 
lutum,  tr.  (re  &  solvo,)  to 
untie  again;  to  loosen;  to 
unbind;  to  unloose;  to  dis- 
solve. 
Respondeo,  -spodere,  -spondi, 
-sponsum,  tr.  (re  &  spon- 
deo,)  to  answer  again;  to 
aaswer;  to  reply;   to  cor- 
respond: respondetur,  pas3. 


298 


RESPONSUM — RIGEO. 


imp.  it  is  answered,  or  the 
reply  is  made. 
Responsum,  i,  n.   (respondeo,) 

an  answer  ;  a  reply. 
Respublica,  reipublicae,  f.  §  18, 
9,  (res  publica,)  the  state; 
the  government;   the  com- 
monwealth, 170, 
Respuo,  -spuere,  -spui,  tr.  (re  & 
spuo,)  to  spit  out;  to  reject. 
Restituo,  -stituere,  -stitui,  -sti- 
tutum,  tr.  (re  &  statuo,)  to 
put  or  set  up  again ;  to  re- 
store;   to   replace;   to   re- 
build: aciem,  to  cause  the 
army  to  rally. 
Retineo,  -tinere,   -tinui,   -ten- 
tum,  tr.   (re  &  teneo,)  to 
hold  back;  to  retain;  to  de- 
tain; to  hinder. 
Revera,  adv.   (res  &  verus,) 
truly;  in  very  deed;  in  re- 
ality; in  good  earnest. 
Reverentia,  se,  f.    (revereor,) 

reverence. 
Reversus,  a,  um,  part,  having 

returned;  from 
Reverto,  -vertere,  -verti,  -ver- 
sum,  intr.  (re  &  verto,)  to 
turn  back;  to  return. 
Revertor,  -verti,  -versus  sum, 

intr.  dep.  to  return. 
Reviresco,    -virescere,   -virui, 
intr.  inc.  (revireo,)  to  grow 
green  again. 
Revoco,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (re 
&  voco,)  to  call  back;  to 
recall. 
Revolo,   are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(re  &  volo,)  to  fly  back;  to 
fly  °ff  again. 


Rex,  regis,  m.  (rego,)  a  Icing, 
Rhadamanthus,  i,  m.  a   law* 
giver  of  Crete,  and  subse- 
quently  one   of   the    three 
judges  of  the  infernal  re- 
gions. 
Rhaeti,  drum,  m.  pi.  the  inhab- 
itants of  Rhcetia,  now  the 
Grisons. 
Rhaea,  as,  f.  (Silvia,)  the  mother 

of  Romulus  and  Remus. 
Rhenus,  i,  m.  the  river  Rhine, 
Rhinoceros,  otis,  m.  a  rhinoce- 
ros. 
Rhipaeus,  a,  um,  adj.  Rhipce- 
an  or  Rhiphcean:  montes, 
mountains,  which,  accord- 
ing  to   the   ancients,  were 
found  in  the  north  of  Scy- 
thia. 
Rhodanus,    i,    m.     the    river 

Rhone. 
Rhodius,  i,  m.   an  inhabitant 

of  Rhodes;  a  Rhodian. 
Rhodope,  es,  f.  a  high  moun- 
tain in  the  western  part  of 
Thrace. 
Rhodus,  i,  f.  Rhodes;  a  cele- 
brated town,  and  island  in 
the  Mediterranean  sea. 
Rhoeteum,  i,  n.  a  city  and  pro- 
montory of  Troas. 
RhyndScus,  i,  m.  a  river  of 

Mysia. 
Ridens,     tis,     part,    smiling; 

laughing  at;  from 
Rideo,  dere,  si,  sum,  intr.  &  tr. 
to  laugh;  to  laugh  at;  to 
mock,  to  deride. 
Rigeo,   ere, "  ui,    intr.    to    fa 
cold. 


RIGID  US — SACRA. 


299 


Rigidus,  a,  urn,  adj\  (comp.) 
(rigeo,)  stiff  with  cold;  ri- 
gid; severe. 

Rigo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to  wa- 
ter; to  irrigate;  to  bedew: 
to  wet. 

Ripa,  ae,  f.  a  bank,  (of  a  river.) 

Risi.     See  Rideo. 

Risus,  us,  m.  (rideo,)  laughing; 
laughter. 

Rixor,  ari,  atus  sum,  intr.  dep. 
(rixa,)  to  quarrel. 

Robur,  oris,  n.  oak  of  the  hard- 
est kind,  hence,  strength: 
robur  milltum,  the  flower 
of  the  soldiers. 

Rogatus,  a,  urn,  part,  being 
asked;  from 

Rogo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
ask;  to  request;  to  beg;  to 
entreat. 

Rogus,  i,  m.  a  funeral  pile. 

Roma,  ae,  f.  Rome,  the  chief 
city  of  Italy,  situated  upon 
the  Tiber;  hence, 

Romanus,  a,  um,  adj.  Roman. 

Romanus,  i,  m.  a  Roman. 

Romulus,  i,  m.  the  founder  and 
first  king  of  Rome:  Rom- 
ulus Silvius,  a  king  of 
Alba. 

Rostrum,  i,  n.  (rodo,)  a  beak; 
a  bill;  a  snout;  also,  the 
beak  of  a  ship;  a  stage,  or 
pulpit. 

Rota,  ae,  f.  a  wheel. 

Rotundus,  a,  um,  adj.  (rota,) 
round. 

Ruber,  rubra,  rubrum,  adj. 
(rior,  errimus,)  red. 

Rudis,  e,  adj.   (ior,  issimus,) 


rude;  unwrought;  unculti- 
vated; new;  uncivilized. 

Rulna,  ae,  f.  (ruo,)  a  ruin;  a 
downfall;  a  fall. 

Rullianus,  i,  m.  a  Roman  gen- 
eral, who  commanded  the 
cavalry  in  a  war  with  the 
Samnites. 

Rumpo,  rumpere,  rupi,  rup- 
tum,  tr.  to  break  or  burst 
asunder;  to  break  off;  to 
break  down;  to  violate. 

Ruo,  uere,  ui,  utum,  intr.  &  tr. 
to  run  headlong;  to  fall; 
to  be  ruined;  to  hasten 
down;  to  rush;  to  throw 
down;  to  tear  up. 

Rupes,  is,  f.  a  rock;  a  cliff. 

Ruptus,  a,  um,  part,  (rumpo,) 
broken;  violated. 

Rursus,  adv.  again. 

Rus,.  ruris,  n.  the  country;  a 
farm;  hence, 

Rusticus,  a,  um,  adj.  rustic; 
belonging  to  the  country. 

Rusticus,  i,  m.  a  countryman. 

Rutilius,  i,  m.  a  Roman  con- 
sul. 


Sablni,  orum,  m.  the  Sabines,  a 
people  of  Italy. 

Sacer,  sacra,  sacrum,  adj. 
(sup.  errimus,  §  26,  5,)  sa- 
cred; holy;  divine;  conse- 
crated. 223. 

Sacerdos,  otis,  c  (sacer,)  a 
priest ;  a  priestess. 

Sacra,  orum,  m.  pi.  (id.)  reli- 
gious service ;  sacrifice;  so- 


300 


SACBIFICANS — SATIS. 


cred  rites;  religious  observ- 
ances. 
Sacrificans,  tis,  part,  (sacrifi- 

co,)    sacrificing;    offering 

sacrifices. 
Sacrificium,  i,  n.  a  sacrifice; 

from 
Sacrifico,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 

(sacer  &  facio,)  to  sacrifice. 
Saepe,  adv.  (ius,  issime,)  often  ; 

frequently. 
Saevio,  ire,  ii,  Itum,  intr.  (sa> 

vus,)  to  rage;  to  be  cruel. 
Sae vitas,  atis,  f.  cruelty;  sever- 
ity; savageness;  barbarity; 

from 
Saevus,  a,  urn,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 

mus,)  cruel;  severe  ;  fierce ; 

inhuman;  violent. 
Saginatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 
Saglno,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

fatten. 
Sagitta,  as,  f.  an  arrow, 
Saguntlni,  orum,  m.  pi.  the  Sa- 

guntines;    the   inhabitants 

of  Saguntum. 
Saguntum,   i,   n.   a  town    of 

Spain. 
Salio,  salire,  salui  &  salii,  intr. 

to  spring;  to  leap. 
Salsus,  a,  um,  adj.   (sallo,  to 

salt;  obsol.  from  sal,)  salt; 

sharp. 
Salto,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  freq. 

(salio,)  to  dance. 
Saluber,  -bris,  -bre,  adj.  (brior, 

berrimus,)    (salus,)   whole- 
some; salubrious;  healthy; 

hence, 
Salubritas,   atis,   f.   salubrity; 

kealthfulness. 


Salum,  i,  n.  properly,  the  agi- 
tated motion  of  the  sea: 
hence,  the  sea. 

Salus,  utis,  f.  safety;  salvation; 
health;  hence, 

Saluto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
wish  health  to;  hence,  to 
salute;  to  call. 

Salvus,  a,  um,  adj.  (salus,)  sqfi; 
preserved;  unpunished. 

Samnites,  ium,  m.  pi.  the  Sam- 
nites,  a  people  of  Italy. 

Sanctus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp.  (san- 
cio,)  holy;  blameless. 

Sanguis,  inis,  m.  blood. 

Sapiens,  tis,  (part,  sapio,  prop- 
erly, tasting;  knowing  by 
the  taste;  hence,)  adj.  (ior, 
issimus,)  wise: — subs,  a 
sage ;  a  wise  man ;  hence, 

Sapientia,  ae,  f.  wisdom;  phi- 
losophy. 

Sapio,  ere,  ui,  intr.  (to  taste;  to 
discern ;  hence,)  to  be  wise. 

Sarcina,  ae,  f.  (sarcio,)  a  pack ; 
a  bundle. 

Sardinia,  ae,  f.  a  large  island  in 
the  Mediterranean  sea,  west 
of  Italy. 

Sarmatae,  arum,  m.  the  Sar- 
matians,  a  people  inhabit- 
ing the  north  of  Europe 
and  Asia. 

Sarpedon,  onis,  m.  a  son  of 
Jupiter  and  Muropa. 

Satelles,  itis,  m.  a  satellite;  a 
guard;  a  body-guard. 

Satiatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Satio,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to  sa- 
tiate; to  satisfy ;  from 

Satis,  adj.  &  adv.  (comp.  sar 


SATUR — SECTOR. 


301 


tius,  better;)  enough;  suf- 
ficient; sufficiently;  very; 
quite. 

Satur,  ura,  urum,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  (satio,)  satiated ; full. 

Saturnia,  ae,  f.  a  name  given  to 
Italy;  also,  a  citadel  and 
town  near  Janiculum. 

Saturnus,  i.  m.  the  father  of 
Jupiter. 

Saucio,  are,  avi,  arum,  tr.  (sau- 
cius,)  to  wound. 

Saxuin,  i,  n.  a  rock;  a  stone. 

Scsevola,  ae,  m.  (Mucius,)  a 
brave  Roman  soldier. 

Scateo,  ere,  intr.  to  gush  forth 
like  water  from  a  spring ; 
hence,  to  be  full;  to  abound. 

Scamander,  dri,  m.  a  river  of\ 
Troas,   which  flows  from 
Mount  Ida  into  the  Helles- 
pont. 

Scaurus,  i,  m.  the  surname  of 
several  Romans. 

Scelestus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  wicked;  from 

Scelus,  eris,  n.  an  impious  ac- 
tion; a  crime;  wickedness: 
by  metonymy,  a  wicked 
person.     See  Facinus. 

Scena,  ae,  f.  a  scene;  a  stage. 

SchceneuS;  i,  m.  a  king  of  Ar- 
cadia or  Scyros,  and  father 
of  Atalanta. 

Scheria,  ae,  f.  an  ancient  name 
of  the  island  Corcyra,  or 
Corfu. 

Scientia,  ae,  f.  knowledge ;  from 

Scio,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  tr.  to  know; 
to  understand. 

Scipio,  onis,  m.  a  distinguished 
26 


Roman  family:  Scipiones, 
the  Scipios. 

Scopiilus,  i,  m.  a  high  rock;  a 
cliff. 

Scorpio,  onis,  m.  a  scorpion. 

Scotia,  ae,  f.  Scotland. 

Scriba,  ae,  m.  a  writer;  a  secre- 
tary; a  scribe;  from 

Scribo,  scribere,  scripsi,  scrip- 
turn,  tr.  to  write:  scribere 
leges,  to  prepare  laws. 

Scriptor,  oris,  m.  a  writer;  an 
author. 

Scripturus,a,um,part.  (scribo.) 

Scriptus,  a,  um,  part,  (scribo.) 

Scrutor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
(scruta,)  to  search  into;  to 
trace  out. 

Scutum,  i,  n.  a  shield. 

Scylla,  ae,  f.  the  daughter  of 
Nisus. 

Scyros,  i,  f.  an  island  in  the 
JEgean  sea. 

Scythes,  ae,  m.  an  inhabitant 
of  Scythia;  a  Scythian. 

Scythia,  ce,  f.  a  vast  country 
in  the  north  of  Europe  and 
Asia. 

Scythicus,  a,  um,  adj.  Scythian. 

Seco,  secare,  secui,  sectum,  tr- 
to  cut. 

SecC'do,  -cedere,  -cessi,  -cessum, 
intr.  (se&  cedo,)  to  go  aside, 
to  secede;  to  withdraw. 

Sectatus,  a,  um,  part,  having 
followed  or  attended;  from 

Sector,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
freq.  (sequor,  227,  Obs.  1.) 
to  follow;  to  pursue;  to  ac- 
company ;  to  attend;  to 
sirive  after,  &86* 


302 


SECULUM — SEPES. 


Seculum,  and  Speculum,  i,  n. 
an  age ;  a  period  of  time. 

Secnm,  (se  &  cum,  233,) 
with  himself;  with  herself; 
with  itself;  with  themselves. 

Secundus,  a,  urn,  adj.  comp. 
(sequor,)  the  second;  pros- 
perous: res  secundae,  pros- 
perity. 

Securis,  is,  f.  (seco,)  an  axe. 

Secutus,  a,  um,  part,  (sequor.) 

Sed,  conj.  but. 

Sedecim,  num,  adj.  ind.  pi. 
(sex  &  decern,)  sixteen. 

Sedeo,  sedere,  sedi,  sessum, 
intr.  to  sit;  to  light  upon. 

Sedes,  is,  f.  (sedes,)  a  seat;  a 
residence;  a  settlement:  reg- 
ni,  the  seat  of  government. 

Seditio,  onis,  f.  (se,  aside,  and 
eo,)  sedition;  a  rebellion; 
an  insurrection. 

Sedulus,  a,  um,  adj.  (sedeo,) 
diligent. 

Seges,  etis,f.  a  crop;  a  harvest. 

Segnis,  e,  adj.  (ior,  isslmus,) 
dull;  slow;  slothful,  slug- 
gish. 

Sejungo,  -jungere,  -junxi,  -junc- 
tum,  tr.  (se  &  jungo,)  to  di- 
vide; to  separate. 

Selucia,  3e,  f.  a  town  of  Syria, 
near  the  Orontes. 

Semel,  adv.  once:  plus  semel, 
more  than  once. 

Semele,  es,  f.  a  daughter  of 
Cadmus  and  Hermione,  and 
mother  of  Bacchus. 

Semen,  inis,  n.  seed. 

Semiramis,  Idis,  f.  a  queen  of 
Assyria,  and  wife  ofNinus. 


Semper,  adv.  always;  hence, 
Sempiternus,  a,  um,  adj.  ever- 


Sempronius,  i,  m.  the  name  of 

a  Roman  gens   or    clan: 

Sempronius    Gracchus,    a 

Roman  general. 
Sena,  ae,  f.  a  town  of  Picenum. 
Senator,   oris,   m.   (senex,)  a 

Senator. 
Senatus,  us,  &  i,  m.  (senex,)  a 

senate. 
Senecta,  ae,  or  Senectus,  utis,  f. 

(senex,)  old  age. 
Senescens,  tis,  part,  from 
Senesco,  senescere,  senui,  intr. 

inc.  to  grow  old;  to  wane; 

from  seneo,  and  that  from 
Senex,  is,  c.  an  old  man  or 

woman: — adj.  old:  (comp. 

senior,    sometimes    major 

natu,)  §  26,  6.  224. 
Senones,  um,  m.  pL  a  people 

of  Gaid. 
Sensi.     See  Sentio. 
Sensus,  us,  m.  (sentio,)  sense; 

feeling. 
Sententia,  ae,  f.  an  opinion;  a 

proposition;   a  sentiment; 

from 
Sentio,  sentire,  sensi,  sensum, 

tr.  to  feel;  to  perceive;  to 

be  sensible  of;  to  observe; 

to  suppose. 
Separo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (se 

&  paro,)  to  separate;  todi' 

vide. 
Sepelio,  sepelire,  sepelivi,  se- 

pultum,  tr.  to  bury;  to  in' 

ter. 
Sepes,  is,  f  a  hedge;  a  fence. 


SEPTEM SEXAOESIMUS. 


303 


Septem,  num.  adj.  ind.  pi. 
seven. 

Septentrio,  onis,  m.  the  North- 
ern Bear;  the  North. 

Septies,  num.  adv.  seven  times. 

Septimus,  a,  urn,  num.  adj.  ord. 
(septern,)  the  seventh. 

Septin^cntesimus,  a,  um,  num. 
adj.  the  seven  hundredth. 

Septuagesimus,  a,  um,  num. 
adj.  the  seventieth ;  from 

Septuaginta,  num.  adj.  ind.  pi. 
seventy. 

Sepulerum,  i,  n.  (sepelio,)  a 
sepulchre ;  a  tomb. 

Sepultura,  ae,  f.  (id.)  burial; 
interment. 

Sepultus,  a,  um,  part,  (sepelio,) 
buried. 

Sequana,  33,  m.  the  Seine,  a 
river  in  France. 

Sequens,  tis,  part,  from 

Sequor,  sequi,  secutus  sum,  tr. 
dep.  to  follow  ;  to  pursue. 

Secutus,  a,  um,  part,  (sequor.) 

Serenus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
serene;  tranquil;  clear; 
fair;  bright. 

Sergius,  i,  m.  the  name  of  sev- 
eral Romans. 

Sermo,  onis,  m.  (sero,)  speech; 
a  discourse;  conversation. 

Sero,  (serius,)  adv.  late;  too  late. 

Sero,  serere,  sevi,  satum,  tr.  to 
sow;  to  plant. 

Serpens,  tis,  c.  (serpo,  to  creep,) 
a  serpent;  a  snake. 

Sertorius,  i,  m.  a  Roman  gen- 
eral. 

Serus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
lute. 


Servilius,  i,  m.  the  name  of  a 
Roman  family:  Servilius 
Casea,  one  of  the  murder- 
ers of  Ccesar. 

Servio,  ire,  ivi,  Itum,  intr.  (ser- 
vus,)  to  be  a  slave ;  to  serve, 
(as  a  slave). 

Servitium,  i,  n.  or  Servitus, 
utis,  f.  (id.)  slavery;  bond- 
age. 

Servius,  i,  m.  (Tullius,)  the 
sixth  king  of  Rome. 

Servo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
preserve;  to  guard;  to 
watch;  to  keep ;  hence, 

Servus,  i,  m.  a  slave;  a  serv- 
ant. 

Sese,  pro.  ace.  and  abl.  §  28, 
Obs.  4,  himself;  herself; 
themselves.  %34z. 

Sestertium,  i,  n.  a  sestertium, 
or  a  thousand  sesterces. 
907.  1558. 

Sestertius,  i,  m.  a  sesterce,  or 
two  and  a  half  asses.  906 
&  907.  1557,  1558. 

Sestos,  i,  or  -us,  i,  f.  a  town 
of  Thrace,  on  the  shores  of 
the  Hellespont,  opposite  to 
Abydos. 

Seta,  a3,  f.  a  bristle. 

Setlnus,  a,  um,  adj.  Setine;  be- 
longing to  Setia,  a  city  of 
Campania,  near  the  Pon- 
tine Marshes,  famous  for 
its  wine. 

Setosus,  a,  um,  adj.  (seta,)  full 
of  bristles;  bristly. 

Sex,  num.  adj.  ind.  pi.  six. 

Sexagesimus,  a,  um,  num.  adj. 
ord.  (sexj)  the  sixtieth. 


s 


304 


SEXAGINTA — SINGULARIS. 


Sexaginta,  num.  adj.  ind.  pi. 
(sex,)  sixty. 

Sexcentesimus,  a,  um,  num. 
adj.  ord.  (sex  &  centum,) 
the  six  hundredth. 

Sextus,  a,  um,  num.  adj.  ord. 
(sex,)  the  sixth. 

Si,  conj.  if;  whether:  si  quan- 
do,  if  at  any  time. 

Sic,  adv.  so;  thus;  in  such  a 
manner. 

Siccius,  i,  m.  (Dentatus,)  the 
name  of  a  brave  Roman 
soldier. 

Siccus,  a,  um,  adj.  dry:  sic- 
cum,  dry  land:  in  sicco 
(loco),  in  a  dry  place: 
(aridus,  thoroughly  dry; 
parched.) 

Sicilia,  93,  f.  Sicily,  the  largest 
islatid  in  the  Mediterra- 
nean. 

Siculus,  a,  um,  adj.  Sicilian: 
fretum,  the  straits  of  Mes- 
sina. 

Sicut,  &  Sicuti,  adv.  (sic  ut,) 
as:  as  if 

Sidon,  onis,  f.  a  maritime  city 
of  Phoenicia. 

Sidonius,  a,  um,  adj.  belonging 
to  Sidon;  Sidonian. 

Sidus,  eris,  n.  a  star. 

Significo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(signum  &  facio,)  to  make 
or  give  a  sign;  to  desig- 
nate; to  mark;  to  express; 
to  signify;  to  give  notice; 
to  imply  or  mean. 

Signum,  i,  m,  a  sign  ;  a  token  ; 
a  statue;  a  standard;  col- 
ors. 


Silens,  tis,  part,  (sileo,)  silent; 
keeping  silence. 

Silentium,  i,  n.  (sileo,)  silence. 

Silenus,  i,  m.  the  foster-father 
and  instructor  of  Bacchus. 

Sileo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  to  be  silent; 
to  conceal. 

Silva,  or  Sylva,  33,  f.  a  forest; 
a  wood. 

Silvia,  £e,  f.  (Rhea,)  the  mother 
of  Romulus. 

Silvius,  i,  m.  a  son  of  jEneas, 
the  second  king  of  Alba: 
Silvius  Procas,  a  king  of 
Alba,  the  father  of  Numi- 
tor  and  Amulius. 

Simia,  ae,  f.  (simus,)  an  ape. 

Similis,  e,  adj.  (ior,  limus,  §  26„ 
1,)  similar;  like;  220, 

Similiter,  adv.  (similius,  simil- 
ime,)  in  like  manner. 

Simplex,  icis,  adj.  comp.  (sine 
plica,  without  a  fold;  open; 
plain ;)  hence,  simple  / 
artless;  open;  plain;  sin- 
gle. 

Simois,  entis,  m.  a  river  of 
Troas,  flowing  into  the 
Scamander. 

Simonldes,  is,  m.  a  Greek  po- 
et, born  in  the  island  of 
Cea. 

jSimul,  adv.  at  the  same  time; 
at  once;  together;  as  soon 
as :  simul — simul — as  soon 
as,  or  no  sooner  than. 

Simulacrum,  i,  n.  (simulo,)  an 
image ;  a  statue. 

Sin,  conj.  but  if 

Sine,  prep,  without. 

Singularis,  e,  adj.  single;  sin- 


SINOULI — SOLVO. 


305 


gular;  distinguished;  ex- 
traordinary: certamen  sin- 
gulare,  a  single  combat; 
from 
Singuli,  ae,  a,  num.  adj.  pi. 
each;  one  by  one;  every: 
singulis  menslbus,  every 
month. 
Sinister,  tra,  trum,  adj.  (comp. 

irr.  §  26,  2,)  left.  222. 
Sino,   sinere,    sivi,    situm,    tr. 

(for  sio,  obsol.)  to  'permit. 
Sinus,  us,  m.  a  bosom;  a  bay; 

a  gulf. 
Siquis,  siqua,  siquod  or  siquid, 
pro.  if  any  one;    if  any 
thing. 
Siquando,  adv.  (si  &  quando,) 

if  at  any  time;  if  ever. 
Sitio,  ire,  ii,  intr.  &  tr.  to  thirst; 
to  be  thirsty;  to  desire  ear- 
nestly. 
Sit  is,  is,  f.  thirst. 
Situs,  a,  urn,  part.  &  adj.  (si- 
no,)  placed;  set;  situated; 
permitted. 
Sire,  eonj.  or;  or  if;  whether. 
Soboles,  is,  f.  (subolcs,  sub  & 
oleo,)  a  sprig  or  shoot ;  off- 
spring. 
Sobrius,  a,  um,  adj.  sober;  tem- 
perate. 
Socer,  eri,  m.  a  father-in-law. 
Socifdis,  e,  adj.  (socius,)  per- 
taining  to   allies;    social; 
confederate. 
Societas,  at  is,  f.  society;  alli- 
ance ;  intercourse  ;  partner- 
ship; from 
Socius,  i,  m.  an  ally;  a  com- 
panion. 


Socordia,  re,  f.  (soeors,  fr,  se 

&  cor,)  negligence;  sloth. 
Socrates,  is,  m.  the  most  emi- 
nent of  the  Athenian  phi- 
losophers. 
Sol,  solis,  m.  the  sun. 
Soleo,  ere,  itus  sum,  n.  pass. 
312,  to  be  wont ;  to  be  ac- 
customed: solebat,  used. 
Solidus,  a,  um,  adj.   (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  whole;  solid;  entire. 
Solitudo,  mis,  f.  (solus,)  a  des- 
ert; a  wilderness;  a  soli- 
tary place. 
Solitus,  a,  um,  part,   (soleo,) 

accustomed;  usual. 
Sollers,  tis,  adj.  (sollus,  whole, 
not  used,  &  ars,)  ingenious; 
inventive;  cunning;  skill- 
ful; shrewd. 
Sollertia,  ae,  f.  (sollers,)  saga- 
city; skill;  shrewdness. 
Solon,   onis,   m.  the   lawgiver 
of  the  Athenians,  and  one 
of  the   seven  wise  men  of 
Greece. 
Solstitium,  i,  n.   (sol  &  sisto,) 
the     solstice,     particularly 
the  summer  solstice,  in  dis- 
tinction from   bruma,   the 
winter  solstice ;  the  longest 
day. 
Solum,  i,  n.  the  earth;  the  soil; 

land. 
Solum,  adv.  alone;  only;  fr. 
Solus,   a,   um,   adj.   §  20,   4, 

ahne.  lf)l. 
Solutus,  a,  um,  part,  from 
Solvo,  solvere,  solvi,  solutum, 
tr.  to  loose;  to  dissolve;  to 
melt;  to  answer. 


306 


SOMNIO SPONSA. 


Somnio,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  to 

dream;  from 
Somnium,  i,  n.  a  dream;  from 
Somnus,  i,  m.  sleep. 
Sonitus,   us,   m.   a  sound;   a 

noise;  from 
Sono,  are,   ui,   itum,   intr.   to 

sound;  to  resound;  from 
Sonus,  i,  m.  a  sound. 
Sorbeo,  -ere,  -ui,  tr.  to  suck  in; 

to  absorb. 
Soror,  oris,  f.  a  sister. 
Sp.,  an  abbreviation  of  Spu- 

rius. 
Spargo,  spargere,  sparsi,  spar- 
sum,   tr.   to    sprinkle;    to 

strew;  to  scatter;  to  sow. 
Sparsi.     See  Spargo. 
Sparsus,  a,  um,  part. 
Sparta,  33,  f.  Spaita  or  Lace- 

dcemon,  the  capital  of  La- 

conia. 
Spartacus,  i,  m.  the  name  of  a 

celebrated  gladiator. 
Spartanus,  i,  m.  a  Spartan. 
Sparti,  orum,  m.  pi.  a  race  of 

men  said  to  have   sprung 

from    the    dragon's    teeth 

sowed  by  Cadmus. 
Spar  turn,  i,  n.  Spanish  broom, 

a  plant  of  which  ropes  were 

made. 
Spatiosus,  a,  um,  adj.  large; 

spacious;  from 
Spatium,  i,  n.  a  race  ground; 

(stadium,)  a  space;  room; 

distance. 
Species,  ei,  f.  (specio,)  an  ap- 
pearance. 
Spectaculum,  i,  n.  a  spectacle; 

a  show;  from 


Specto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  freq. 
(specio,)  to  behold;  to  see; 
to  consider ;  to   regard;  to 
relate;  to  refer. 
Specus,  us,  m.  f.  &  n.  a  cave. 
Spelunca,  33,  f.  a  cave. 
Spero,  are,  avi,  atum,   tr.  to 

hope;  to  expect. 
Spes,  ei,  f.  hope;  expectation; 

promise. 
Speusippus,  i,  m.  the  nephew 
and  successor  of  Plato. 

Sphinx,  gis,  f.  a  Sphinx.  The 
Egyptian  Sphinx  is  repre- 
sented as  a  monster  having 
a  woman's  head  on  the  body 
of  a  lion. 

Spina,  33,  f.  a  thorn;  a  sting; 
a  quill;  a  spine;  a  back- 
bone. 

Spiritus,  us,  m.  a  breath;  fr. 

Spiro,  are,,  avi,  atum,  intr.  to 
breathe. 

Splendeo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  to 
shine;  to  be  conspicuous; 
hence, 

Splendidus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
splendid;  illustrious;  and 

Splendor,  oris,  m.  brightness; 
splendor. 

Spolio,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
despoil;  to  strip;  to  de- 
prive; from 

Spolium,  i,  n.  the  skin  of  an 
animal;  spoils;  booty. 

Spondeo,  spondere,  spopondi, 
sponsum,  tr.  to  pledge  one's 
word;  to  promise;  to  en- 
gage. 

Sponsa,  33,  f.  (spondeo,)  a 
bride. 


SPONTIS STUDEO. 


307 


Spontis,  gen.,  sponte,  abl. 
sing.,  f.  §  18,  11;  of  one's 
own  accord;  voluntarily; 
sjioiddneously ;  of  himself; 
of  itself.  182. 

Spurius,  i,  m.  a  praenomen 
among  the  Romans. 

Squama,  ae,  f.  the  scale  of  a 
fish. 

Stabulum,  i,  n.  (sto,)  a  stall;  a 
stable. 

Stadium,  i,  n.  a  stadium;  a 
furlong;  a  measure  of  126 
paces;  the  race-ground. 

Stannum,  i,  n.  tin. 

Stans,  stands,  part,  (sto.) 

Statim,  adv.  (sto,)  immediately. 

Statio,  onis,  f.  (sto,)  a  station; 
a  picket  or  watch;  (by  day,) 
navium,  roadstead;  an  an- 
choring place. 

Statua,  ae,  f.  (statuo,)  a  statue. 

Statuarius,  i,  m.  a  statuary;  a 
sculptor. 

Statuo,  uere,  ui,  utum,  tr. 
(statum,  fr.  sisto,)  to  cause 
to  stand;  to  set  up;  to  de- 
termine ;  to  resolve  ;  to  fix  ; 
to  judge ;  to  decide ;  to  be- 
lieve. 

Statu*,  a,  um,  adj.  (sto,)  fix- 
ed; stated;  appointed;  cer- 
tain. 

StatQtus,  a,  um,  part,  (statuo,) 
placed;  resolved;  fixed; 
settled. 

Stella,  ae,  f.  (sto,)  a  star;  a 
fixed  star. 

Sterilis,  e,  adj.  (comp.)  un- 
fruitful; sterile;  barren. 

Sterto,  ere,  ui,  intr.  to  snore. 


Stipes,  Ttis,  m.  a  stake;  the 
(rank  of  a  tree. 

Stirps,  is,  f.  root;  a  stock;  a 
race;  a  family. 

Sto,  stare,  steti,  ;»tatum,  intr. 
to  stand;  to  be  stationary: 
stare  a  partibus,  to  favor 
the  party. 

Stoicus,  i,  m.  a  Stoic,  one  of  a 
sect  of  Grecian  philoso- 
phers, whose  founder  was 
Zeno. 

Stoliditas,  atis,  f.  stupidity;  fr. 

Stolldus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  foolish;  silly;  stu- 
pid. 

Strages,  is,  f.  (sterno,)  an  over- 
throw; slaughter. 

Strangulo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
to  strangle. 

Strenue,  adv.  (ius,  issime,) 
bravely;  actively;  vigor- 
ously; strenuously ;  from 

Strenuus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
bold;  strenuous;  brave; 
valiant. 

Strophades,  um,  f.  pi.  two 
small  islands  in  the  Ionian 
sea. 

Struo,  struere,  struxi,  struc- 
tum,  tr.  to  put  together;  to 
construct;  to  build:  insid- 
ias,  to  prepare  an  ambus- 
cade; to  lay  snares. 

Struthiocamelus,  i,  m.  an  os- 
trich. 

Strymon,  onis,  m.  a  river  which 
was  anciently  the  boundary 
between  Macedonia  and 
Thrace. 

Studeo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  to  favor; 


308 


STUDIOSE — SUCCEDO. 


to  study;    to  endeavor;  to 
attend  to  ;  to  pursue, 

Studiose,  adv.  (studiosus,  fr. 
studium,)  studiously;  dili- 
gently. 

Studium,  i,  n.  zeal;  study;  dil- 
igence; eagerness. 

Stultitia,  ag,  f.  folly;  from 

Stultus,  a,  urn,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  foolish:  stulti,  fools. 

Stupeo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  to  be  tor- 
pid or  benumbed;  to  be  as- 
tonished at;  to  be  amazed. 

Sturnus,  i,  m.  a  starling. 

Suadendus,  a,  urn,  part,  (sua- 
deo.) 

Suadens,  tis,  part,  from 

Suadeo,  suadere,  suasi,  sua- 
sum,  tr.  &  intr.  to  advise; 
to  persuade ;  to  urge. 

Suavitas,  atis,  f.  (suavis,) 
sweetness;  grace;  melody. 

Suavlter,  adv.  (vius,  vissime,) 
(id.)  sweetly;  agreeably. 

Sub,  prep,  under;  near  to; 
near  the  time  of;  just  be- 
fore; at;  in  the  time  of. 

Subdiico,  -ducere,  -duxi,  -duc- 
tum,  tr.  (sub  &  duco,)  to 
withdraw;  to  take  away; 
to  withhold;  hence, 

Subductus,  a,  um,  part. 

Subeo,  Ire,  Ivi  &  ii,  itum,  intr. 
irr.  (sub  &  eo,  §  83,  4,)  to 
go  under;  to  submit  to: 
onus,  to  take  up  or  sustain 
a  burden.   417* 

Subigo,  -igere,  -egi,  -actum,  tr. 
(sub  &  ago,)  to  subject;  to 
subdue;  to  conquer. 

Subito,  adv.  suddenly ;  from 


Subitus,  a,  um,  adj.  (subeo,) 
sudden;  unexpected. 

Sublatus,  a,  um,  part,  (suffe- 
ro,)  taken  away;  lifted  up. 

Sublevo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(sub  &  levo,)  to  lighten; 
to  relieve;  to  raise  up;  to 
assist. 

Sublimis,  e,  adj.  comp.  (sub. 
for  supra,  &  limus,)  sub- 
lime; high  in  the  air:  in 
sublime,  aloft;  hence, 

Sublime,  adv.  aloft ;  in  the  air. 

Submergo,  -mergere,  -mersi, 
-mersum,  tr.  (sub  &  mer- 
go,)  to  sink;  to  overwhelm. 

Submergor,  -mergi,  -mersus 
sum,  pass,  to  be  overwhelm- 
ed; to  sink;  hence, 

Submersus,  a,  um,  part. 

Subridens,  tis,  part,  smiling  at. 

Subrideo,  -ridere,  -risi,  -rl- 
sum,  intr.  (sub  &  rideo,) 
to  smile. 

Subsilio,  -silire,  -silui  &  silii, 
intr.  (sub  &  salio,)  to  leap 
up;  to  jump. 

Substituo,  -stituere,  -stitui,  -sti- 
tutum,  tr.  (sub  &  statuo,)  to 
put  in  the  place  of  another; 
to  substitute. 

Subter,  prep,  under. 

Subterraneus,  a,  um,  adj.  (sub 
&  terra,)  subterranean. 

Subvenio,  -venire,  veni,  -ven- 
tum,  intr.  (sub  &  venio,) 
to  come  to  one's  assistance; 
to  succor;  to  help. 

Subvolo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr-. 
(sub  &  volo,)  to  fly  up. 

Succedo,  -cedere,  -cessi,  -ces- 


SUCCESSOR — SUPERVACUUS. 


309 


sura,  intr.  (sub  &  cedo,)  to 
succeed;  to  follow ;  hence, 

Successor,  oris,  ra.  a  successor. 

Succus,  i,  in.  (sucus,  fr.  sugo,) 
juice;  sap;  liquid. 

Suffero,  sufferre,  sustuli,  sub- 
latum,  tr.  irr.  (sub  &  fero,) 
to  take  away;  to  undertake; 
to  bear. 

Suffetius,  i,  m.  (Metius,)  an 
Alban  general,  put  to  death 
by  Tullus  Hostilius. 

Suffieio,  -ficere,  -feci,  -fectum, 
intr.  (sub  &  facio,)  to  suf- 
fice; to  be  sufficient. 

Suffodio,  -fodere,  -fodi,  -fos- 
sum,  tr.  (sub  &  fodio,)  to 
dig  under;  to  undermine. 

Suffossus,  a,  urn,  part. 

Suffragium,  i,  n.  (sub  &  fran- 
go,)  a  broken  piece;  a 
shred;  a  ballet;  suffrage; 
vote  ;  choice. 

Sui,  pro.  gen.  117,  &  118,  3, 
1st,  of  himself;  of  herself ; 
of  itself:  duaj  sibi  similes, 
two  like  each  other.   232* 

Sulla,  or  Sylla,  as,  m.  a  distin- 
guished Roman  general. 

Sulpicius,  i,  in.  (Gallus,)  a 
Roman,  celebrated  for  his 
learning  and  eloquence,  and 
for  his  skill  in  astrology. 

Sum,  esse,  fui,  intr.  irr.  §  54, 
to  be;  to  exist:  terrori  esse, 
to  excite  terror.  279, 

Summus,  a,  um,  adj.  (see  Su- 
perus,)  the  highest;  great- 
est; perfect:  in  summa 
aqua,  on  the  surface  of  the 
water. 


Sumo,  sumere,  sumpsi,  sump- 
tum,  tr.  to  take. 

Sumptus,  a,  um,  part,  (sumo.) 

Sumptus,  us,  m.  (id.)  expense. 

Supellex,  supellectilis,  f.  fur- 
niture ;  household  goods. 

Super,  prep,  above;  upon. 

Superbe,  adv.  ius,issime,  (fr.su- 
perbus,)  proudly;  haugh- 
tily. 

Superbia,  oe,  f.  (superbus,) 
pride;  haughtiness. 

Superbio,  ire,  Ivi,  Itum,  intr.  to 
be  proud;  to  be  proud  of; 
from 

Superbus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
proud;  the  Proud,  a  sur- 
name of  Tarquin,  the  last 
king  of  Rome. 

Superfluus,  a,  um,  adj.  (super- 
fluo,)  superfluous. 

Superjacio,  -jacere,  -jeci,  -j ac- 
tum, tr.  (super  &  jacio,)  to 
throw  upon;  to  shoot  over. 

Supcrjactus,  a,  um,  part,  from 
superjacio;  Sail. 

Supero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(super,)  to  surpass  ;  to  con- 
quer ;  to  excel;  to  vanquish, 

Superstitiosus,  a,  um,  adj.  (su- 
perstitio,  fr.  supersto,)  su- 
perstitious. 

Supersmn,  -esse,  fui,  intr.  irr. 
(super  &  sum,)  to  be  over; 
to  remain;  to  survive. 

Superus,  a,  um,  adj.  (supe- 
rior; supremus.  or  sum- 
mus, §  26,  2,)  above;  high; 
upper.  222. 

Supervacuus,  a,  um,  adj.  (su- 
per &  vacuus,)  superfluous. 


310 


SUPERVENIO TABESCO. 


Supervenio,  -  yenlre,  -  veni, 
-ventum,  intr.  (super  & 
venio,)  to  come  upon;  to 
come ;  to  surprise  suddenly. 

Supervolo,  are,  avi,  atum, 
intr.  (super  &  volo,)  to  fly 
over. 

Suppeto,  ere,  ivi,  Itum,  intr. 
(sub  &  peto,)  to  come  to  ;  to 
be  at  hand;  hence,  to  suf- 
fice; to  remain;  to  serve; 
to  be  sufficient. 

Supplex,  icis,  adj.  (sub  &  pli- 
co,)  suppliant. 

Supplicium,  i,  n.  (id.)  a  pun- 
ishment. 

Suppono,  -ponere,  -posui,  -po- 
situm,  tr.  (sub  &  pono,)  to 
put  under;  to  substitute. 

Supra,  prep.  &  adv.  above;  be- 
fore. 

Surena,  a3,  m.  the  title  of  a 
Parthian  officer,  and  next 
in  authority  to  the  king. 

Surgo,  surgcre,  surrexi,  sur- 
rectum,  intr.  (surrego,  fr. 
sub  &  rego,)  to  rise. 

Sus,  uis,  c.  a  swine;  a  hog. 

Suscipio,  -cipere,  -cepi,  -cep- 
tum,  tr.  (sub  &  capio,)  to 
take  or  lift  up;  to  under- 
take; to  take  upon;  to  en- 
gage in;  to  receive. 

Suspectus,  a,  um,  part.  &  adj. 
(suspicio,)  suspected;  mis- 
trusted. 

Suspendo,  -pendere,  -pendi, 
-pen  sum,  tr.  (sub  &  pen- 
do,)  to  suspend;  to  hang; 
to  hang  up. 

Suspensus,  a,  um,  part. 


Suspicio,  -spicere,  -spexi,  -spec- 
turn,  tr.  (sub  &  specio,)  to 
look  at  secretly;  to  look  up; 
to  suspect. 

Suspicor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
to  suspect;  to  surmise. 

Sustento,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
freq.  to  sustain;  to  support: 
sustentare  vitam,  to  support 
one's  self;  from 

Sustineo,  -tinere,  -tinui,  -ten- 
turn,  tr.  (sub  &  teneo,)  to 
bear  up ;  to  carry;  to  sus- 
tain; to  support. 

Sustollo,  sustollere,  sustuli, 
sublatum,  tr.  to  lift  up ;  to 
take  away ;  to  raise. 

Suus,  a,  um,  pro.  his;  hers; 
its;  theirs;  118,  Obs.  3, 
Exc.,&121,  Obs.  3,236. 

Sylla.     See  Sulla. 

Syllaba,  se,  f*.  a  syllable. 

Sylva.     See  Silva. 

Syphax,  acis,  m.  a  king  of 
Numidia. 

Syracuse,  arum,  f.  pi.  Syra- 
cuse, a  celebrated  city  of 
Sicily. 

Syria,  se,  f.  a  large  country  of 
Asia,  at  the  eastern  extre- 
mity of  the  Mediterranean 
sea. 

Syriacus,  a,  um,  adj.  Syrian; 
belonging  to  Syria. 

T. 

T.,  an  abbreviation  of  Titus. 
Tabesco,  tabescere,  tabui,  inc. 

(tabeo,)  to  consume;  to  pine 

away. 


TABULA TAURICA. 


311 


Tabula,  oe,  f.  a  table;  a  tablet; 
a  picture;  a  painting: 
plumbea  tabula,  a  plate  or 
sheet  of  lead. 

Taceo,  ere,  ui,  Itum,  intr.  to  be 
silent* 

Tactus,  us,  m.  (tango,)  the 
touch. 

Taedet,  taeduit,  taesum  est  or 
pertaesum  est,  imp.  to  be 
weary  of:  vita?  eos  taedet, 
they  are  weary  of  life. 

Taenarus,  i,  m.  &  um,  i,  n.  a 
promontory  in  Laconia, 
now  cape  Matapan. 

Talentum,  i,  n.  a  talent;  a  sum 
variously  estimated  from 
$800  to  $1020. 

Talis,  e,  adj.  such. 

Talpa,  ;»',  c.  a  mole. 

Tain,  adv.  so;  so  much. 

Tamen,  oooj.jfBtf/  notwithstand- 
ing; still;  nevertheless. 

Tanais,  is,  in.  a  river  between 
Europe  and  Asia,  now  the 
Don. 

TaufKjuil,  His,  f.  the  wife  of 
Tarquinius  Priscus. 

Tandem,  adv.  (tam  &  demum,) 
at  length;  at  last;  finally. 

Tango,  langf-rc,  tetlgi,  tactum, 
tr.  to  touch. 

Tanquam,  or  Tamquam,  adv. 
(tam  &  quam,)  as  well  as; 
as  if;  like. 

Tantalus,  i,  m.  a  son  of  Jupi- 
ter; the  father  of  Pelops, 
and  king  of  Phrygia. 

Tant6,  adv.  (tantus,)  so  much. 

Tantopere,  adv.  (tantus  & 
opus,)  so  much;  so  greatly. 


Tantiim,  adv.  only;  so  much; 
from 

Tantus,  a,  um,  adj.  so  great; 
such :  tanti,  of  so  much  val- 
ue: tanti  est,  it  is  worth  the 
pains;  it  makes  amends. 

Tarde,  adv.  (ius,  isshne,)  (tar- 
dus,) slowly. 

Tarditas,  atis,  f.  (tardus,)  slow- 
ness; dulness;  heaviness. 

Tardo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
make  slow;  to  retard;  to 
check;  to  stop;  from 

Tardus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  slow;  dull. 

Tarentinus,  a,  um,  adj.  Tar  en- 
tine;  of  or  belonging  to 
Tarentum:  Tarentlni,  Ta- 
rentines ;  the  inhabitants 
of  Tarentum. 

Tarentum,  i,  n.  a  celebrated 
city  in  the  south  of  Italy. 

Tarpfia,  ae,  f.  the  daughter  of 
Sp.  Tarpeius :  she  betrayed 
the  Roman  citadel  to  the 
Sabines. 

Tar] x'ius,  a,  um,  adj.  Tarpeian: 
moos,  the  Tarpeian  or  Cap- 
itoline  mount. 

Tarquinii,  drum,  m.  pi.  a  city 
of  Etruria,  whence  the  fam- 
ily of  Tarquin  derived  their 
name. 

Tarquinius,  i,  m.  Tarquin;  the 
name  of  an  illustrious  Ro- 
man family:  Tarquinii, 
orum,  pi.  the  Tarquins. 

Tartarus,  i,  in.,  &  -a,  orum,  pi. 
n.  Tartarus;  the  infernal 
regions. 

Taurlca,  ae,  f.  a  large  peninsw 


S12 


TAURUS TERRA. 


la  of  the  Black  Sea,  now 
called  tlie  Crimea,  or  Tau- 
rida. 

Taurus,  i,  m.  a  high  range  of 
mountains  in  Asia. 

Taurus,  i,  m.  a  bull. 

Taygetus,  i,  m.  &  -a,  orum, 
pi.  a  mountain  of  Laconia, 
near  Sparta. 

Tectum,  i,  n.  (tego,)  a  cover- 
ing;  *aroof;  a  house. 

Tectus,  a,  um,  part,  (tego,) 
covered;  defended. 

Teges,  etis,  f.  a  mat;  a  rug;  a 
coverlet;  from 

Tego,  gere,  xi,  ctum,  tr.  to  co- 
ver; to  defend;  hence, 

Tegumentum,  i,  n.  a  covering. 

Telum,  i,  n.  a  missile ;  a  wea- 
pon; a  dart;  an  arrow. 

Temere,  adv.  at  random;  ac- 
cidentally; rashly. 

Tempe,  n.  pi.  indec.  a  beauti- 
f  id  vale  in  Thessaly,  through 
which  the  river  Peneus 
flows. 

Temperies,  iei,  f.  a  season  or 
space  of  time;  temperate- 
ness;  mildness;  tempera- 
ture. 

Tempestas,  atis,  f.  (tempus,)  a 
storm;  a  tempest. 

Templum,  i,  n.  a  consecrated 
place;  a  temple. 

Tempus,  oris,  n.  time;  a  sea- 
son: ad  tempus,  at  the 
time  appointed:  ex  tempo- 
re, without  premeditation. 

Xemulentus,  a,  um,  adj.  (tem- 
etum,)  drunken;  intoxica- 
ted. 


Tendo,  tendere,  tetendi,  ten- 
sum,  tr.  to  stretch;  to  stretch 
out;  to  extend;  intr.  to  ad- 
vance; to  go. 

Tenebrse,  arum,  f.  pi.  dark- 
ness. 

Teneo,  tenere,  tenui,  tentum, 
tr.  to  hold;  to  have;  to 
keep;  to  possess;  to  know; 
to  hold  by  a  garrison:  por- 
tum,  to  reach  the  harbor. 

Tentatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Tento,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  freq. 
(teneo,)  to  attempt;  to 
try. 

Tentyritae,  arum,  c.  pi.  the  in- 
habitants of  Tentyra,  a 
town  and  island  in  Upper 
Egypt. 

Tenuis,  e,  adj.  (comp.)  thin; 
slender;  light;  rare. 

Tenus,  prep,  up  to;  as  far  as. 

Tepesco,  escere,  ui,  intr.  inc. 
(tepeo,)  to  grow  warm  or 
cool;  to  become  tepid. 

Ter,  num.  adv.  thrice. 

Terentius,  i,  m.  a  Roman  pro- 
per name. 

Tergum,  i,  n.  the  back;  the  far- 
ther side :  a  tergo,  from  be- 
hind: ad  terga,  behind. 

Termino,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
to  bound;  to  limit;  to  ter- 
minate; from 

Terminus,  i,  m.  a  boundary; 
limit;  an  end;  bounds. 

Terni,  ae,  a,  num.  adj.  pi.  (tres,/ 
three  by  three;  three. 

Terra,  sb,  f.  the  earth;  a  coun- 
try; the  land:  omnes  ter- 
ra?, the  whole  world. 


TERREO THRASYBULUS. 


313 


Terreo,  ere,  ui,  Itum,  tr.  to  ter- 
rify; to  scare;  to  frighten. 

Ten-ester,  terrestris,  terrestre, 
adj.  (terra,)  terrestrial: 
animal  terrestre,  a  land 
animal. 

Terribilis,  e,  adj.  comp.  (ter- 
reo,) terrible. 

Territo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
freq.  (id.)  to  terrify;  to 
affright. 

Territorium,  i,  n.  (terra,)  ter- 
ritory. 

Territus,  a,  um,  part,  (terreo.) 

Terror,  oris,  m.  (id.)  terror; 
consternation ;  fear. 

Tertius,  a,  um,  num.  adj.  ord. 
(tres,)  the  third;  hence, 

Tertio,  num.  adv.  the  third 
time. 

Testa,  ae,  f.  (tosta,  fr.  torreo,) 
an  earthen  vessel;  a  shell. 

Testament! mi,  i,  n.  (testor,)  a 
will;  a  testament. 

Testudo,  "mis,  f.  (testa,)  a  tor- 
toise. 

TetlgL     See  Tango. 

Teutones,  um,  &  Teutoni, 
orum,  m.  pi.  a  nation  in 
the  northern  part  of  Ger- 
many,  near  the  Cimbri. 

Texo,  texexe,  texui,  textum,  tr. 
to  weave;  to  plait;  to  form; 
to  construct. 

Thalamus,  i,  m.  a  bed-chamber; 
a  dwelling. 

Thales,  is  &  etas,  m.  a  Mile- 
sian, one  of  the  seven  wise 
men  of  Greece. 

Thasus,  i,  £  an   island  on  the 
coast  of    Thrace. 
27 


Theatrum,  i,  n.  a  theatre. 

Theba),  arum,  f.  pi.  Thebesf 
the  capital  of  Bozotia; 
hence, 

Thebanus,  a,  um,  adj.  Tfieban; 
belonging  to  Tliebes. 

Theleslnus,  i,  m.  a  Roman 
proper  name. 

Themistocles,  is,  m.  a  celebra- 
ted Athenian  general  in  the 
Persian  war. 

Theodoras,  i,  m.  a  philosoplher 
of  Oyrence. 

Thermodon,  ontis,  m.  a  river 
of  Pontus. 

Theseus,  i,  m.  a  king  of  Ath- 
ens, and  son  of  ^Egeiis,  and 
one  of  the  most  celebrated 
heroes  of  antiquity. 

Thessalia,  ce,  f.  Tliessaly;  a 
country  of  Greece,  south 
of  Macedonia;  hence, 

Thessalus,  a,  um,  adj.  belong- 
ing to    Tliessaly;    Thessa- 


Thestius,  i,m.  the  father  of  Al- 
thcea. 

Thetis,  idis  &  Idos,  f.  one  of 
the  sea  nymphs;  the  wife 
of  Peleus,  and  mother  of 
Achilles. 

Theutoboehus,  i,  m.  a  king  of 
the  Cimbri. 

Thracia,  a?,  f.  Thrace;  a  large 
country  east  of  Macedonia. 

Tnracius,  a,  um,  adj.  belonging 
to  Thrace;   Tnfacian. 

Thrasybnlus,  i,  m.  an  Athenian 
general,  celebrated  for  free- 
ing his  conn  try  from  the 
thirty  tyrants. 


314 


THUS TRAHO. 


Thus,  thuris,  n.  frankincense. 

Tiberis,  is,  m.  90,  2,  the  Ti- 
ber, a  famous  river  of  It- 
aly. 110. 

Tibi.     See  Tu. 

Tibicen,  Inis,  m.  (tibia  &  cano,) 
one  who  plays  upon  the  flute; 
a  piper. 

Ticlnum,  i,  n.  a  town  of  Cis- 
alpine Gaul,  where  the  Ro- 
mans were  defeated  by  Han- 
nibal. 

Tigranes,  is,  m.  a  king  of  Ar- 
menia Major. 

Tigranocerta,  orum,  n.  a  city 
of  Armenia  Major,  found- 
ed by  Tigranes. 

Tigris,  idis,   (seldom  is,)  c.  a 


Tigris,  idis  &  is,  m.  a  river  in 

Asia. 
Timens,  tis,  part,  from 
Timeo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  &  tr.  to 

fear;  to  dread;  to  be  afraid. 
Timidus,   a,   um,   adj.    comp. 

(timeo,)  timid;  cowardly. 
Timor,  oris,  m.  (id.)  fear. 
Tinnitus,    tis,    m.    (tinnio,)    a 

tinkling. 
Tintinnabulum,  i,  n.  (tintinno, 

same  as  tinnio,)  a  bell. 
Titio,  onis,  m.  a  brand;  afire- 
brand. 
Titu  •,  i,  m.  a  Roman  praeno- 

men. 
Tolero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

bear;  to  endure;  to  admit  of. 
Tollo,    tollere,    sustiili,    subla- 

tum,  tr.    to  raise;  to  pick 

up;  to  remove;  to  do  away 

with. 


Tondeo,  tondere,  totondi,  ton* 
sum,  tr.  to  clip;  to  shave; 
to  shear. 

Tonitru,  u,  n.  thunder;  from 

Tono,  are,  ui,  Itum,  intr.  to 
thunder:  tonat,  imp.  it 
thunders. 

Tormentum,  i,  n.  (torqueo,) 
an  engine  for  throwing 
stones  and  darts. 

Torquatus,  i,  m.  a  surname 
given  to  T.  Manlius  and 
his  descendants. 

Torquis,  is,  d.  (torqueo,)  a  col- 
lar; a  chain. 

Tot,  ind.  adj.  so  many. 

Totidem,  ind.  adj.  (tot  itidem,) 
the  same  number;  as  many. 

Totus,  a,  um,  adj.  §  20,  4, 
whole;  entire;  all.  101, 

Trabs,  is,  f.  a  beam. 

Tractatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Tracto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  freq. 
(traho,)  to  treat;  to  handle. 

Tractus,  us,  m.  (traho,)  a  tract; 
a  country ;  a  region. 

Tractus,  a,  um,  part,  (traho.) 

Traditus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Trado,  -dere,  -didi,  -dltum,  tr. 
(trans  &  do,)  to  give  over, 
or  up  ;  to  deliver  ;  to  give  ; 
to  relate;  to  teach :  tradunt, 
they  report:  traditur,  it  is 
related:  it  is  reported:  tra- 
duntur,  they  are  reported. 

Tragicus,  a,  um,  adj.  tragic. 

Tragcedia,  ae,  f.  a  tragedy. 

Traho,  trahere,  traxi,  tractum, 
tr.  to  drag;  to  draw:  hel- 
ium, to  protract  or  pro- 
long   the    war:     liquidas, 


TRAJICIO TKIBUTUM. 


315 


aquas  trahere,  to  draw 
along  clear  waters  ;  to  flow 
with  a  clear  stream. 

Trajicio,  -jicere,  -jeci,  -jectum, 
tr.  (trans  &  jaeio,)  to  con- 
vey over;  to  pass  or  cross 
over. 

Tramcs,  His,  m.  (trameo,  i.  e. 
trans  mco,  to  go  over  or 
along ;)  a  path  ;  a  way. 

Trano,  are,  avi,  atura,  intr. 
(trans  &  no,)  to  swim  over. 

Tranquillus,  a,  um,  adj. 
(comp.)  tranquil;  calm; 
serene. 

Trans,  prep,  over;  beyond;  on 
the  other  side. 

Transactus,  a,  um,  part,  (trans- 

Transeo,  ire,  ii,  Hum,  intr.  irr. 
(trans  &  eo,)  to  pass  or  go 
over. 

Transiero,  -ferre,  -tiili,  -latum, 
tr.  irr.  (trans  &  fero,)  to 
transfer;  to  carry  over:  se 
ad  aliqucm,  to  go  over  to. 

Transflgo,  -figere,  -fixi,  -fixum, 
(train  &  figo,)  to  run 
through;  to  pierce;  to 
stab. 

Transfuga,  se,  c.  (transfugio,) 
a  deserter. 

Traosgredior,  -grf-di,  -gressoa 
sum,  intr.  di'p.  (trans  &  gra- 
dior,)  to  go  or  pass  over. 

Transigo,  -igere,  -egi,  -actum, 
tr.  (trans  &  ago,)  to  trans- 
act; to  finish;  to  spend. 

Transilio,  -silire,  -silui  &  -sill- 
vi,  intr.  (trans  &  salio,)  to 
leap  over. 


Transit  nrus,  a,  um,  part,  (trans- 
eo,) about  to  pass  over;  to 
pass  on. 

Translatns,  a,  um,  part,  (trans- 
iero.) 

Transniarlnus,    a,     um,     adj 
(trans  &  mare,)  beyond  thn 
sea;  foreign;  transmarine, 

Transno.     See  Trano. 

Trans  veho,  -vehere,  -vexi,  -vec- 
tum,  tr.  (trans  &  veho,)  to 
carry  over;  to  convey;  to 
transport. 

TransvSlo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(trans  &  volo,)  to  fly  over. 

Trasimenus,    i,    m.  a  lake  in 
Etruria,   near   which     the 
consul  Flaminins  was  de- 
feated by  Hannibal. 

Trebia,  a?,  f.  a  river  of  Cisal- 
pine Gaul)  emptying  into 
thePo. 

Trecenti,  ae,  a,  num.  adj.  pi. 
three  hundred;  hence, 

Trecentesnnus,  a,  um,  num. 
adj.  the  three  hundredth. 

Tredecim,  num.  adj.  pi.  ind. 
(tres  &  decern,)  thirteen. 

Tres,  tria,  num.  adj.  pi.  104, 3, 
three.  203. 

Treviri,  orum,  m.  pi.  a  people 
of  Belgium. 

Triangularis,  e,  adj.  (triangfi- 
lum,)  triangular;  three- 
cornered. 

Tribunus,  i,  m,  (tribus,)  a  tri- 
bune. 

Tribuo,  uere,  ui,  utum,  tr.  to 
attribute;  to  give :  to  grant; 
to  bestow;  to  commit, 

Tributum,  i,  n.  (tribuo,)  a  tri- 


316 


TRICESIMUS TURBATUS. 


bute;   a  tax;   a  contribu- 
tion; an  assessment. 

Tricesimus,  a,  um,  num.  adj. 
(triginta,)  the  thirtieth. 

Triduum,  i,  n.  (tres  &  dies,)  the 
space  of  three  days:  per 
triduum,  for  three  days. 

Triennium,  i,  n.  (tres  &  an- 
nus,) the  space  of  three 
years. 

Trigemini,  orum,  m.  pi.  (tres 
&  gemini,)  three  brothers 
born  at  one  birth. 

Triginta,  num.  adj.  pi.  ind. 
thirty. 

Trinacria,  se,  f.  one  of  the 
names  of  Sicily. 

Triptolemus,  i,  m.  the  son  of 
Celeus,  king  of  Eleusis. 

Tristitia,  ee,  f.  (tristis,  sad;) 
sorrow;  grief. 

Triumphalis,  e,  adj.  (triumph- 
us,)  triumphal. 

Triumphans,  tis,  part,  from 

Triumpho,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
to  triumph;  from 

Triumphus,  i,  m.  a  triumph;  a 
triumphal  procession. 

Triumvir,  viri,  m.  (tres  &  vir,) 
one  of  three  joint  public 
officers;  a  triumvir. 

Troas,  adis,  f.  a  country  of. 
Asia  Minor,  bordering  up-  \ 
on  the  Hellespont. 

Trocliilus,  i,  m.  a  wren. 

Troglodytse,  arum,  c.  pi.  Trog- 
lodytes, a  people  of  Ethio- 
pia, who  dwelt  in  caves. 

Troja,  ob,  f.  Troy,  the  capital 
of  Troas;  hence, 

Trojanus,  a,  um,  adj.  Trojan. 


Trucido,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(trux  &  casdo,)  to  kill  in  a 
cruel  manner;  to  butcher; 
to  murder ;  to  slay ;  to  mas- 
sacre. 

Trux,  ucis,  adj.  savage;  cruel; 
fierce;  stern;  grim. 

Tu,  subs.  pro.  thou;§  28.231. 

Tuba,  ae,  f.  (tubus,  a  tube,)  a 
trumpet. 

Tuber,  eris,  n.  (tumeo,)  a 
bunch;  a  tumor;  a  protu- 
berance. 

Tubicen,  inis,  m.  (tuba  &  ca- 
no,)  a  trumpeter. 

Tueor,  tueri,  tultus  sum,  tr.  to 
see;  to  look  to;  to  care  for; 
to  defend;  to  protect. 

Tugurium,  i,  n.  (tego,)  a  hut; 
a  shed. 

Tuli.     See  Fero. 

Tullia,  ae,  f.  the  daughter  of 
Servius  Tullius. 

Tullius,  i,  m.  a  Roman. 

Tullus,  i,  m.  (Hostilius,)  the 
third  Roman  king. 

Turn,  adv.  then;  and;  so;  also: 
turn — turn,  as  well — as; 
both — and:  turn  demum, 
then  at  length. 

Tumultus,  us,  m.  (tumeo,)  a 
noise;  a  tumult. 

Tumulus,  i,  m.  (id.)  a  mound > 
a  tomb. 

Tunc,  adv.  then. 

Tunica,  a3,  f.  a  tunic;  a  close 
woolen  garment,  worn  un- 
der the  toga. 

Turbatus,  a,  um,  part,  dis- 
turbed; confused;  troubled; 
from 


TURBO UNDEVICESIMUS. 


317 


Turbo,  fire,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (tur- 
ba,)  to  disturb;  to  trouble; 
to  put  into  confusion. 

Turma,  a3,  f.  a  division  of  Ro- 
man cavalry,  consisting  of 
thirty  men  ;  a  troop. 

Turpi?;,  e,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
base;  disgraceful. 

Turpitudo,  inis,  f.  (turpis,) 
baseness;  ugliness. 

Turns,  is,  f.  a  tower. 

Tuscia,  ae,  f.  a  country  of  Ita- 
ly, the  same  as  Etruria. 

Tusculum,  i,  n.  a  city  of  La- 
tium. 

Tuscus,  a,  um,  adj.  Tuscan; 
belonging  to  Tuscany; 
Etrurian. 

Tutor,  oris,  m.  (tueor,)  a  guar- 
dian; a  tutor. 

Tutus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior  issi- 
mus,) (tueor,)  safe. 

Thus,  a,  um,  adj.  pro.  121,  (tu,) 
thy;  thine.  236. 

Tyrannis,  idis  &  idos,  f.  tyran- 
ny; arbitrary  power ;  fr. 

Tyrannus,  i,  m.  a  king;  a  ty- 
rant; a  usurper. 

Tyrius,  a,  um,  adj.  Tyrian; 
Tyrii,  Tyrians;  inhabit- 
ants of  Tyre. 

Tyrrhenus,  a,  um,  adj.  Tyr- 
rhenian or  Tuscan;  be- 
longing to  Tuscany. 

Tyrus,  i,  f.  a  celebrated  mari- 
time city  of  Phoenicia. 

u. 

Uber,  eris,  n.  an  udder;  a  teat. 
Ubertas,   fitis,   f.    (uber,  rich, 


fertile,,)  fertility;  fruitful- 
ness. 

Ubi,  adv.  where;  when;  as 
soon  as. 

Ubique,  adv.  every  where. 

Ulciscor,  uleisci,  ultra  sum,  tr. 
dep.  to  take  revenge;  to 
avenge. 

Ultus,  a,  um,  adj.  §  20, 4,  any; 
any  one.  191, 

yiterior,  us,  (ultimus,)  §  26, 
4;  furt/ier;  hence,   222. 

Ulterius,  adv. farther;  beyond; 
longer. 

Ultimus,  a,  um,  adj.  (sup.  of  ul- 
terior,) the  last. 

Ultra,  prep,  beyond;  more 
than: — adv.  besides;  more- 
over ;  further. 

Ultus,  a,  um,  part,  (ulciscor,) 
having  avenged. 

Ulysses,  is,  m.  a  distinguished 
king  of  ItJutca. 

Umbra,  ae,  f.  a  shade;  a  slmdow. 

Umbro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (um- 
bra,) to  shade;  to  darken. 

Una,  adv.  (unus,)  together. 

Unde,  adv.  whence;  from 
which. 

Undecim,  num.  adj.  pi.  ind. 
(unus  &  decern,)  eleven. 

Undenonagesimus,  a,  um, 
num.  adj.  (unus,  de,  and 
nonagessimus,)  the  eighty- 
ninth. 

Undequinquaginta,  num.  adj. 
pi.  ind.  forty-nine. 

Undetricc^iiiius.  a,  um,  num- 
adj.  twenty-ninth. 

Undevicesimus.  a,  um,  num 
adj.  nineteenth. 


318 


UNDEVIGINTI VALERIUS. 


Undeviginti,  num.   adj.  nine- 
teen, 
Undique,  adv.  on  all  sides. 
Unguis,  is,  m.  a  claw;  a  talon; 

a  nail. 
Ungula,  ae,  f.  a  claw  ;  a  talon; 

a  hoof:  binis  ungulis,  clo- 
ven footed. 
Unicus,  a,  um,  adj.  (unus,)  one 

alone;  sole;  only. 
IJnio,  onis,  m.  a  pearl. 
Uni versus,  a,  um,  adj.  (unus  & 

versus,)  whole;  universal; 

all. 
Unquam,  adv.  ever:    nee  un- 

quam,  and  never. 
Unus,  a,  um,  num.  adj.  §  20,  4; 

one;  only;  alone.  101. 
Unusquisque,  unaquaeque,  un- 

umquodque,  adj.  each  one; 

each;  §  37,  Obs.  2. 
Urbs,   is,  f.  a  city;  the  chief 

city;  Rome. 
Uro,  urere,  ussi,  ustum,  tr.  to 

burn. 
Ursus,  i,  m.  a  bear. 
Usque,  adv.  even;  as  far  as; 

till;  until. 
Usus,  a,  um,  part,  (utor.) 
Usus,  us,  m.  (id.)  use;  custom; 

profit;  advantage. 
Ut,  conj.  that;  in  order  that; 

so  that:  adv.  as;  as  soon 

as;  when. 
Utcunque,  adv.  (ut  &  cunque,) 

howsoever;   somewhat;   in 

some  degree. 
Uter,  tra,  trum,  adj.    191. 

which?  which  of  the  two  ? 
Uterque,  traque,  trumque,  adj. 

§  20,  4;  (uter  &  que,)  both; 


(taken  separately,  see  am- 

bo,)  each;  each  of  the  two. 
Utilis,    e,   adj.    comp.    (utor,) 

useful. 
Utica,  £e,  f.  a  maritime  city  of 

Africa,  near  Carthage. 
Utor,  uti,  usus  sum,  intr.  dep. 

to  use;  to  make  use  of. 
Utrinque,  adv.  on  both  sides. 
Utrum,  adv.  whether. 
Uva,  a3,  f.  a  grape;  a  bunch  of 

grapes :  passa,  a  raisin. 
Uxor,  oris,  f.  (ungo,)  a  wife. 


Vaco,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  to  be 

free  from;  hence, 
Vacuus,   a,   um,   adj.   empty; 

unoccupied;  vacant;  free; 

exempt:  vacuus  viator,  the 

destitute  traveler. 
Vadosus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 

fordable;  shallow;  from 
Vadum,  i,  n.   (probably  from 

vado,   to  go;)    a  ford;  a 

shallow. 
Vagans,  tis,  part,  (vagor.) 
Vagina,   ae,   f.  a  scabbard;  a 

sheath. 
Vagitus,  us,  m.  weeping;  crying. 
Vagor,  ari,  atus  sum,  intr.  dep. 

to  wander  about;  to  stray. 
Valeo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  to  be  well, 

or  in  health;  to  be  strong; 

to  avail;  to  be  distinguished; 

to  be  eminent:  multum  va- 

lere,  to  be  very  powerful: 

vale,  farewell. 
Valerius,  i,  m.  a  Roman  pro- 
per name. 


VALLIS VENOR. 


319 


Vallis,  is,  f.  a  valley;  a  vale, 

Varietas,  Fdis,  f.  (varius,)  va- 
riety ;  change* 

Vario,  are,  avi,  fitum,  tr.  to 
change;  to  vary;  from 

Varius,  a,  urn,  adj.  various; 
diverse. 

Varro,  on  is,  m.  (Marcus,)  a  very 
learned  Roman:  P.  Te- 
rentius,  a  consul,  who  was 
defeated  by  Hannibal. 

Vasto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to  lay 
waste;  to  ravage;  from 

Vastus,  a,  um,  adj.  waste; 
desert;  hence,  wide;  vast; 
great. 

Vates,  is,  m.  a  poet;  a  bard. 

Ve,  conj.  (enclitic,  242,  Obi 
2,)  or;  also,  intensive  or 
negative  inseparable  par- 
tide,  239,  Obs.  2.  491. 

Vecordia,  ae,  f.  (vecors,  mad;) 
madness;  folly. 

Vectus,  a,  um,  part,  (veho.) 

Vehdmens,  tis,  adj.  (ior,  issl- 
mus,)  (ve  intens.  &  mens,) 
vehement;  immoderate; 
hence, 

Vehementer,  adv.  (ius,  issime,) 
vehemently;  greatly;  very; 
much;  violently. 

Veho,  vehere,  vexi,  vectum, 
tr.  to  bear;  to  carry;  to 
convey. 

Veiens,  tis,  &  Veientanus,  i,  m. 
an  inhabitant  of  Veil. 

Veii,   orum,  m.   pi.   a  city  of 
Tuscany,    memorable    for 
the  defeat  of  the   Fabian 
family. 

Vel,  conj.  or;  also;  even:  vel 


lecta,  even  when  read:   vel 

— vel,  either — or. 

Velio,  vellere,  velli,  or  vtilsi, 
vulsum,  tr.  to  pluck. 

Vellus,  eris,  n.  (vello,)  a  fleece, 

Velox,  oeis,  adj.  (ior,  isslmus,) 
(volo,  are,)  swift;  rapid; 
active. 

Velum,  i,  n.  (vexillum,)  a 
saiL 

Velut,  &  Veluti,  adv.  (vel  & 
ut,)  as;  as  if 

Venalis,  e,  adj.  (venus,  sale;) 
venal;  mercenary. 

Venans,  tis,  part,  (venor.) 

Venaticus,  a,  um,  adj.  (id.)  be- 
longing to  (lie  chase :  cams, 
a  hound. 

Venator,  oris,  m.  (venor,)  a 
huntsman. 

Vendito,  are,  avi,  atum,  freq. 
to  sell;  from 

Vendo,  vendere,  vendidi,  ven- 
ditum,  tr.  (venum  &  do,) 
to  sell. 

Venenatus,  a,  um,  adj.  poi- 
soned; poisonous ;  from  ve- 
neno,  and  that  from 

Venenum,  i,  n.  poison. 

Veneo,  Ire,  ii,  infer,  irr.  (for 
venum  eo,)  to  be  exposed 
for  sale;  to  be  sold. 

Venetus,  i,  m.  or  Brigantlnus, 
a  lake  between  Germany 
and  Switzerland,  called  the 
Boden  sea,  or  lake  of  Con- 
stance. 

Venio,  venire,  veni,  ventum, 
intr.  to  come;  to  advance. 

Venor,  Sri,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
to  hunt. 


320 


VENTER VETUS. 


Venter,  tris,  m.  the  belly;  the 

stomach. 
Ventus,  i,  m.  a  wind. 
Venus,  us,  or  i,  m.  (used  only 

in  the  dat.  ace.  &  abl.)  sale. 
Venus,  eris,  f.  the  goddess  of 

love  and  beauty. 
Ver,  veris,  n.  the  spring. 
Verber,  eris,  n.  a  whip ;  a  rod; 

a  blow;  a  stripe;  hence, 
Verbero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

strike. 
Verbum,  i,  n.  a  word. 
Vere,  adv.  (iiis,  issime,)   (ve- 

rus,)  truly. 
Vereor,  eri,  itus  sum,  intr.  dep. 

to  fear  ;  to  be  concerned  for. 
Vergo,    vergere,    versi,    intr. 

(also  tr.)  to  tend  to ;  to  in- 
cline; to  verge  towards;  to 

bend;  to  look. 
Verisiniilis,  e,  adj.  comp.  (ve- 

rum   &   similis,)    like    the 

truth;  probable. 
Veritus,  a,  um,  part,  (vereor.) 
Ver5,  conj.fo^: — adv.  (verus,) 

indeed;  truly. 
Verona,  ae,  f.  Verona,  a  city  in 

the  north  of  Italy. 
Versatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 
Versor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 

freq.   (verto,)  to   turn;  to 

revolve;  to  dwell;  to  live; 

to  reside;  to  be  employed. 
Versus,  a,  um,  part,  (vertor.) 
Versus,  prep,  towards. 
Vertex,  Icis,  m.    (verto,)    the 

top;  the  summit;  the  crown 

of  the  head. 
Verto,  tore,  ti,  sum,  tr.  to  turn; 

to  change. 


Veru,  u,ti.  91,  N".,  a  ap&  37  1. 

Verum,  conj.  but;  but  yet;  fr. 

Verus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.)  true. 

Vescor,  i,  intr.  dep.  (esca,)  to 
live  upon;  to  feed  upon;  to 
eat;  to  subsist  upon. 

Vesperi,  or  -e,  adv.  at  evening: 
tarn  vesperi,  so  late  at  eve- 


Vesta,  ae,  f.  a  goddess;  the 
mother  of  Saturn;  hence, 

Vestalis,  is,  f.  (virgo,)  a  Ves- 
tal virgin;  a  priestess  con- 
secrated to  the  service  of 
Vesta. 

Vestibulum,  i,n.  the  porch;  the 


Vestigium,  i,  n.  a  footstep;  a 
vestige;  a  trace;  a  mark; 
a  track. 

Vestio,  ire,  ivi,  Itum,  tr.  to 
clothe;  from 

Vestis,  is,  f.  a  garment; 
clothes. 

Vesulus,  i,  m.  a  high  mountain 
of  Liguria,  and  a  part  of 
the  Cottian  Alps. 

Veteranus,  a,  um,  adj.  (vetus,) 
old: — subs,  a  veteran. 

Veto,  are,  ui,  itum,  tr.  to  for- 
bid; to  prohibit. 

Veturia,  93,  f.  the  mother  of  Co- 
riolanus. 

Veturius,  i,  m.  (Titus,)  a  Ro- 
man consid,  who  was  de- 
feated by  the  Samnites  at 
the  Caudine  Forks. 

Vetus,  eris,  adj.  (veterior,  ve- 
terrimus,  §  113,  2,)  an- 
cient; old:  veteres,  the  an- 
cients ;  hence,     222, 


VETUSTAS VINUM. 


321 


Vetustas,  utis,  f.  antiquity; 
age. 

Vetustus,  a,  urn,  adj.  comp. 
(id.)  old;  ancient. 

Vexi.     See  Veho. 

Via,  ae,  f.  a  way;  a  course;  a 
path;  a  journey;  hence, 

Viator,  oris,  m.  a  traveler. 

Viceni,  ae,  a,  distrib.  num.  adj. 
pi.  (viginti,)  every  twenty; 
twenty. 

Vicesimus,  a,  urn,  num.  adj. 
(id.)  the  twentieth. 

Vici.     See  Vinco. 

Vicies,  num.  adv.  twenty 
times. 

Vicinitas,  at  is,  f.  the  neighbor- 
hood; vicinity;  from 

Viclnus,  a,  um,  (vicus,)  adj. 
near;  neighboring. 

Viclnus,  i,  m.  (vicus,)  a  neigh- 
bor. 

Vicis,  gen.,  f.  §  18, 13,  change; 
reverse;  a  place;  a  turn; 
in  vicem,  in  turn;  in  place 
of;  instead.    182* 

Victima,  ae,  f.  (vinco,)  a  vic- 
tim; a  sacrifice. 

Victor,  oris,  m.  (vinco,)  a  vic- 
tor; a  conqueror:  adj.  vic- 
torious; hence, 

Victoria,  ae,  f.  a  victory. 

Victurus,  a,  um,  part,  (from 
vivo.) 

Victus,  a,  um,  part,  (vinco.) 

Vicus,  i,  m.  a  village. 

Video,  videre,  vidi,  visum,  tr. 
to  see;  to  behold. 

Videor,  videri,  visus  sum,  pass. 
to  be  seen;  to  seem;  to  ap- 
pear; to  seem  proper. 


Viduus,  a,  um,  adj.  (viduo,  to 
bereave;)  bereaved;  widow- 
ed: mulicr  vidua,  a  widow. 

Vigil,  His,  m.  (vigeo,)  a  watch- 
man. 

Vigilans.  tis,  adj.  (ior,  isslmus,) 
(vigllo,)  watchful;  vigil- 
ant. 

Vigilia,  83,  f.  (vigil,)  a  watch- 
ing:— pi.  the  watch,  (by 
night.) 

Viginti,    num.    adj.    pi.    ind. 


Vilis,  e,  adj.  cheap;  vile;  bad; 
mean. 

Villa,  ae,  f.  (vicus,)  a  country- 
house;  a  country-seat;  a 
villa;  hence, 

Villicus,  i,  m.  an  overseer  of  an 
estate;  a  steward. 

Villus,  i,  m.  long  hair  ;  coarse 
hair. 

Vincio,  vincire,  vinxi,  vinctum, 
tr.  to  bind. 

Vinco,  vincere,  vici,  victum,  tr. 
to  conquer;  to  vanquish; 
to  surpass. 

Vinctus,  a,  um,  part  (vincio.) 

Vincfiluni,  i,  n.  (id.)  a  chain  : 
in  vincflla  conjicere,  to 
throw  into  prison. 

Vindex,  icis,  c.  an  avenger;  a 
protector;  a  defender;  an 
asserter;  from 

VindToo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
claim;  to  avenge:  in  lil>er- 
tatem,  to  rescue  from  slave- 
ry. 

Vindicta,  ae,  f.  (vindieo,)  ven- 
geance; punishment. 

Vinum,  i,  n.  wine. 


322 


VIOLA VOLUCER. 


Viola,  ae,  f.  a  violet. 

Violo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (vis,) 
to  violate;  to  pollute;  to 
corrupt. 

Vir,  viri,  m.  (vis,)  a  man. 

Vireo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  to  be  green; 
to  be  verdant;  to  flourish. 

Vires.     See  Vis. 

Virga,  ae.  f.  (vireo,)  a  rod;  a 
small  staff;  a  switch. 

Virgilius,  i,  m.  Virgil,  a  very 
celebrated  Latin  poet. 

Virginia,  ae,  f.  the  daughter  of 
Virginius. 

Virginius,  i,  m.  the  name  of  a 
distinguished  Roman  cen- 
turion. 

Virgo,  mis,  f.  (vireo,)  a  vir- 
gin ;  a  girl;  a  maid. 

Virgula,  ae,  f.  (dim.  from  virga,) 
a  small  rod. 

Viriathus,  i,  m.  a  Lusitanian 
general  ivho  was  originally 
a  shepherd,  and  afterwards 
a  leader  of  robbers. 

Viridomarus,  i,  m.  a  king  of 
the  Gauls,  slain  by  Marcel- 
lus. 

Villus,  utis,  f.  (vir,)  virtue; 
merit;  excellence;  power; 
valor;  faculty. 

Vis,  vis,  f.  §  15,  12,  power; 
strength;  force:  vis  homi- 
num,  a  multitude  of  men: 
vim  facere,  to  do  violence: 
— pi.  vires,  ium,  power; 
strength.  123, 

Viscus,  eris,  n.  an  entrail: 
viscera,  pi.  the  bowels;  the 
flesh. 

Vistula,  ae  f.  a  river  of  Prus- 


sia,  which   still  bears   the 

same  name,  and  which  was 

anciently  the  eastern  bound- 
ary of  Germany. 
Visurgis,  is,  m.  the   Weser,  a 

large  river  of  Germany. 
Visus,  a,  um,  part,  (video.) 
Visus,    us,    m.    (video,)    the 

sight. 
Vita,  ae,  f.  life. 
Vitandus,  a,  um,  part,  (vito.) 
Vitifer,  era,  erum,  adj.  (vitis 

&  fero,)  vine-bearing. 
Vitis,  is,  f.  (vieo,)  a  vine. 
Vitium,  i,  n.  a  crime. 
Vito,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to  shun  ; 

to  avoid. 
Vitupero,    are,   avi,  atum,  tr. 

(vitium  paro,)  to  find  fault 

with;  to  blame. 
Vivldus,  a,  um,  adj.   (comp.) 

lively;  vivid;  from 
Vivo,  vivere,  vixi,  victum,  intr. 

to  live;    to  fare;    to  live 

upon;  hence, 
Vivus,    a,    um,    adj.    living; 

alive. 
Vix,  adv.  scarcely. 
Vixi.     See  Vivo. 
Voco,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (vox,) 

to  call;  to  invite;  to  name. 
Volo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.   to 

'y- 


Volo,  velle,  volui,  tr.  irr.  §  83, 

4;  to  wish;  to  desire;  to  be 

willing.  4:17 • 
Volsci,  orum,  m.  pi.  a  people 

of  Latium. 
Volucer,  -cris,  -ere,  adj.  (volo, 

are,)     winged: — subs,    a 

bird. 


VOLUMNIA ZONE. 


323 


Volumnia,    or,    f.    the   wife  of 

Corioldnus. 
Voluntas,   atis,   f.    (volo,)    the 

will. 
Voluptas  atis,  f.   (volupe,  fr. 

volo,)    pleasure;     sensual 

pleasure. 
Volutatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 
VolQto,  fire,  avi,  atum,  tr.  freq. 

(volvo,)  to  roll. 
Volvo,  vere,   vi,  utum,  tr.  to 

roll;  to  turn. 
Votum,  i,  n.  (voveo,)  a  wish; 

a  vow. 
Vox,  vocis,  f.  a  voice  ;  a  word; 

an  expression;  an  exclam- 
ation. 
Vulcfmus,    i,   m.    Vulcan,  the 

god  of  fire,  the  son  of  Ju- 
piter and  Juno. 
Vulgus,  i,  m.  or  n.  the  common 

people;   the  populace;  the 

vulgar. 
Vulneratus,  a,  um,  part,  from 
Vulnero,  6re,  avi,  atum,  ir.  to 

wound;  uom 
Vulnus.  gria  n.  a  wound. 
Vulpecfila,  w,  f.  dim.  (vulpes,) 

a  little  fox. 
Vulpes,  is.  f.  a  fox.  . 
Vultur,  ttris,  m.  a  vulture. 
Vultus,  us,  m.  (volo,)  the  coun- 


tenance; the  expression:  the 
look. 

X. 

Xanthippe,  es,  f.  the  wife  of 
Socrates. 

Xanthippus,  i,  m.  a  Lacedce- 
monian  general,  who  was 
sent  to  assist  the  Carthagi- 
nians in  the  first  Punic 
war. 

Xenocrates,  is,  m.  a  philoso- 
pher of  Clialctdon  ;  the  suc- 
cessor of  Speusippus  in  the 
Academia. 

Xerxes,  is,  m.  a  celebrated  king 
of  Persia. 

Z. 

Zama,  03,  f.  a  city  of  Africa. 

Zeno,  onis,  m.  a  philosopher  of 
Citium,  a  town  of  Cyprus, 
and  founder  of  the  sect  of 
the  Stoics. 

Zetes,  is,  m.  a  son  of  Boreas. 

Zona,  83,  f.  a  girdle  ;  a  zone. 

Zone,  es,  f.  a  city  and  promon- 
tory in  the  western  part  of 
Thrace,  opposite  to  the 
island  of  Tliasus. 


EXERCISES 

IN   LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


Exercises  in  Latin  composition  for  beginners  can  not  be  too  simple, 
nor  can  they  be  too  soon  commenced.  They  are  capable,  also,  under 
proper  management,  of  being  made  one  of  the  most  exciting  and  pleas- 
ing, as  well  as  profitable  parts  of  study,  even  to  young  pupils.  Exercises 
in  considerable  variety,  and  in  the  simplest  form,  are  furnished  in  the 
Grammar  under  each  part  of  speech.  As  soon  as  the  pupil  begins  to 
read  and  translate,  suitable  exercises  in  Syntax  may  be  drawn  from  every 
lesson,  and  even  from  every  sentence,  in  which  he  may  be  drilled  orally 
with  great  advantage,  by  simply  changing  the  subject  from  the  singular 
to  the  plural,  or  from  the  plural  to  the  singular,  and  again  by  changing 
the  mood  or  tense  of  the  verb,  or  the  active  form  for  the  passive,  and  vice 
versa.  These  may  be  still  further  varied  by  expressing  the  same  idea  in 
the  interrogative  or  negative  form,  through  all  the  varieties  of  mood, 
tense,  number,  or  person,  as  before. 

When  the  learner  has  become  expert  in  this  exercise,  he  may  advance 
a  step  farther,  and  select  from  several  sentences  of  his  lesson,  or  from  the 
stock  now  laid  up  in  his  memory,  such  words  as  are  capable  of  forming 
a  new  sentence ;  and  this  again  may  be  varied  ad  libitum,  as  before.  To 
illustrate  this — Suppose  that  the  lesson  of  the  day  contains  the  following 
simple  sentence,  "Terra parit flares,"  "The  earth  produces  flowers,"  and 
the  class  has  become  familiar  with  the  inflection  of  the  words  in  every 
part,  then  let  them  change  the  words  to  correspond  to  such  English  sen- 
tences as  the  following: 

The  earth  produced  flowers ;  the  earth  has  produced — had  produced — 
will  produce — may  produce — might  produce,  &c,  flowers, — a  flower. 
Flowers  are  produced — were  produced — have  been  produced,  &c.  The 
earth  does  not — did  not — will  not — can  not,  &c,  produce  flowers.  Flow- 
ery are  not — were  not,  &c.,  produced  by  the  earth.  Are  flowers  pro- 
duced— were  flowers  produced — have  flowers  been  produced,  &c.,  by  the 
Earth?  Are  not  flowers  produced — were  not  flowers  produced  by  the 
earth  ?  &c.,  (as  before.)  Then  again  it  may  be  noticed  to  the  pupil  that 
28 


326  EXERCISES   IN 

terrce,  in  the  plural,  means  "lands"  or  "countries  "  and  so  may  have  a 
plural  adjective  and  a  plural  verb;  thus,  Omnes,  multce,  qucedam  fence 
pariunt  flores,  "All,"  "many,"  "some  lands  produce  flowers/'  &c, 
tlirough  a  similar  variety  as  before.  In  this  manner,  and  in  many  other 
ways  which  will  occur  to  the  mind  of  an  active  teacher,  a  class  may  be 
kept  actively  and  even  intensely,  as  well  as  profitably  occupied  for  ten  or 
fifteen  minutes,  with  a  few  words  which,  in  their  various  forms  and  uses, 
will  be  indelibly  impressed  on  the  mind,  while  the  memory  and  judgment 
are  trained  to  prompt  and  accurate  exercise,  and  more  real  progress  made 
in  the  study  of  the  language  than  by  a  careless  reading  of  many  pages 
extended  through  a  drawling  recitation  of  several  days. 

As  a  weekly,  semi-weekly,  or  even  daily  exercise,  pupils  might  be 
encouraged  at  a  very  early  period  to  furnish  an  exercise  in  writing,  framed 
by  themselves  from  the  lesson  of  the  preceding  day ;  or  they  may  be  sup- 
plied with  English  sentences  framed  from  the  lesson  by  the  teacher  or 
some  of  the  more  advanced  scholars,  to  be  rendered  into  Latin.  In  doing 
this  they  require  no  dictionary,  and  are  not  perplexed  to  know  what 
words  to  choose,  as  the  words  are  all  before  them  in  the  lesson  from 
which  the  exercise  is  drawn,  and  they  have  only  to  make  the  necessary 
changes  in  number,  mood,  tense,  voice,  &c,  requisite  to  express  the  ideas 
contained  in  the  exercise  to  be  turned  into  Latin,  in  which  also  they  are 
assisted  by  the  model  before'  them  in  the  lesson,  and  the  knowledge  ob- 
tained in  its  previous  study  and  recitation. 

The  following  are  framed  from  the  reading  lessons  at  the  places  indi- 
cated, as  specimens  of  the  kind  of  exercises  here  intended.  They  rise  in 
gradation  from  simple  unconnected  sentences  to  those  of  the  nature  of  a 
continued  narrative,  and  are  sufficient  to  furnish  a  short  semi-weekly 
exercise  of  this  kind  during  the  time  necessary  to  go  tlirough  the  Reader. 
They  will  also  form  a  good  preparation  for  a  systematic  work  en  Latin 
composition,  such  as  Bullions'  Latin  Exercises. 


LATIN    COMPOSITION.  327 

EXERCISES  IX  SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 

Change  the  Latin  words  in  the  following  sentences  so  as  to  correspond 
to  the  Lnglish  foilowiBg 

1.  Fortes  laadabuiittir,  ignavi  rituperabuntur. 
"Brave  unai  will  be  praised,  cowardly  men  will  be  blamed.' 
Brave  men  are  praised,  the  cowardly  are  blamed.  Brave 
men  have  always  (semper)  been  praised,  cowardly  men  blamed. 
Mm  praise  the  brave  and  blame  the  cowardly.  Do  not  (ncn- 
wea)  men  praise  the  brave  ami  blame  the  cowardly?  A  cow- 
ardly man  will  not  be  praised.  A  brave  man  will  not  be 
blamed.  We  will  praise  the  good.  You  should  blame  the 
cowardly  Let  us  praiseb  the  brave  and  blame  the  cowardly. 
Let  the  brave  be  praised.     Blame  the  cowardly. 

2.  Honos  est  prcemium  virtutis. 
"Honor  is  the  reward  of  virtue." 
Honor  will  be  the  reward  of  virtue.  Honor  was,  (has  been, 
bad  been,)  the  reward  of  virtue.  Is  not  honor*  the  rewar^. 
cf  virtue?  Honors  an  ill  be  the  rewards  of  virtue.  Will  not 
honor  always  bea  the  reward  of  virtue  ?  Let  honor  always 
bea  the  reward  of  virtue. 

3  Victi  Per  see  in  naves  confugerunt. 
"  The  Persians  being  conquered  fled  to  their  ships." 
The  Persians  were  conquered  and  fled6  to  their  "ships. 
When  the  Persians  were  conquered*1  they  fled  to  their  ships. 
We  have  conquered  the  Persians  and  they  have  fled  to  their 
ships.  If  we  conquer6  the  Persians  they  will  flee  to  their 
ships.  If  the  Persians  should  be  conquered'  they  will  flee  to 
their  ships.  They  say  that  the  Persians  were  conquered  and 
fled  to  their  ships. 

4.  Dehctaverunt  me  epistolce  tuce, 
"Your  letters  have;  delighted  me." 
Your  letters  delight  me.  I  am  delighted  with  your  letters. 
Have  I  nota  always  been  delighted  with  your  letters  ?  Do  my 
(mece)  letters  delight  you  (te)  ?  His  (ejus)  letters  will  always 
give  us  pleasure.  Our  (nostrce)  letters  do  not  delight  him.  He 
will  be  delighted  with  our  letters. 

Grammars.— b  171,  1 :  1193,  r.  lxxxviil^1  631,  124:4:,  r.  xciv 
— •  627,  2  :  1265,  r.  xcvii. 

Idioms.—*  56,  3.— c  115,  L— f  77,  3. 


328  EXERCISES   IN 

The  wor<ls  of  the  following:  sentences  selected  from  the  Introductory 
Exercises,  pp.  ^0-79,  will  be  found  in  the  paragraphs  indicated  by  the 
numbers  prefixed  As  a  further  exercise  these  may  be  vaned  as  in  the 
preceding.     Ncs.  1,  2,  3.  4. 

5.  (1.)  There  are  many  kings  in  Europe.  Earcpe  ras 
many  kings.  There  have  been  many  good  kings.  There  are 
many  suns  and  more  stars.  Cicero  was  a  gcod  man  and  a 
distinguished  consul.  (2.)  A  brave  soldier  is  to  be  praised 
(3.)  An  elephant  walks.  Many  sparrows  build  nests.  Tbe 
partridge  runs.  (4.)  Black  sheep  are  not  found  every  where. 
Africa  produces  lions.  The  Romans  often  burned  their  dead. 
A  brave  man  is  not  always  praised.  The  Romans  overthrew 
Carthage  and  Corinth. 

6.  (5.)  The  bear  wanders  in  the  forest.  A  parrot  imitates 
the  human  voice.  (€.)  A  day  has  been  lost.  Flowers  are 
produced  by  the  earth.  Athens  was  liberated  by  Miltiades 
JJ.)  Herds  of  wild  asses  roam  (erro)  in  the  forests  (sylva)  of 
Jteia  and  Africa.  The  tracks  of  wild  beasts  are  diligently 
traced  out  by  dogs.  The  variety  of  languages  in  the  army  cf 
Cyrus  was  very  great.  (8)  Animals  covered  with  wool  are 
stupid,  but  (sed)  they  are  capable  of  bearing  cold.  Foolish 
people  are  not  happy.  The  Gauls  were  very  brave.8  The 
lion  is  the  bravest  of  animals.a 

7.  (9.)  Plato  and  Socrates  were  highly  esteemed.  It  is 
our  custom6  to  value  the  good.0  Good  menc  forget  injuries 
and  remember  kindnesses.  It  is  the  custom  of  foolish  men  to 
forget  kindnesses.  (10.)  Good  men0  are  an  honor  to  their 
country;  they  are  just  and  benevolent  to  all.0  Nero  was  an 
enemy  to  the  human  race.  A  good  man  (vir)  will  be  dear  tc 
all,  a  wicked  man  (homo)  to  no  one. 

8.  (11.)  Various  coverings  have  been  given  to  animals.  Na- 
ture has  given  avarice  and  ambition  to  man  alone.  (12.)  The 
Romans  for  the  most  part  burned  their  dead.  Homer  men- 
tions embroidered  garments.  (13.)  We  sometimes  find  stags 
of  a  white  color.  We  have  need  of  philosophy.  Men  of 
noble  birth  are  not  always  of  a  noble  disposition.  Men  of 
depraved  disposition  are  never  happy  (nunquam  feliz).  Ee 
content  with  few  things  and  thou  wilt  be  free  from  cares. 

Grammars.— b  364,  r.  xii. :  780,  r.  xxL— d  355,  r.  x. :  771,  r.  xix. 

Idioms. — a  24. — •  19. 


LATIN   COMPOSITION.  '520 

0.  (14.)  Lions  eat  flesh.  Silver  and  rrold  are  found  in 
Spain,  Men  easily  want  gold  and  silver,  but  (W)  n<>i 
Africa  abounds  in  lions.  (16.)  The  Romans  were  Bent  under 
the  yoke.  The  year  mu  divided  into  twelve  months  by 
Noma  Pompilius.  (17.)  Hunger  and  blow>  tame  wild 
beasts.  Nightingales  change  their  color  in  autumn.  One 
oral  ion  of  Socrates  was  sold  for  twenty  talents.  (18.)  31 \- 
thridates,  king  of  Pontus,  was  received  by  Tigrancs,  king  of 
Armenia 

10.  (10.)  I  desire  to  live  with  you.  They  wished  to 
sleep.  Why  do  men  desire  to  change  their  fortune?  We 
ought  to  learn  to  despise  wealth.  We  can  not  (we  are  not 
able)  to  suffer  poverty.  All  mena*desire  to  be  loved.  (20.) 
Men  must  die."  They  had  to  fight.6  The  art  of  writing0 
WAS  invented  by  the  Phoenicians.  Paper  is  useful  for  writing. 
(21.)  Catiline  entered  into  a  scheme  for  raising  an  army  and 
destroying  the  city. 

11.  (22.)  The  sun  will  set  and  the  wolves  will  come  forth 
(evenio)  to  plunder.4  The  civil  war.-,  were  carried  on  by 
Marius  and  Sulla.  All  the  nations  of  men  have  been  and 
they  will  be  carried  off  by  the  power  of  death.  (23.)  Your 
letters  have  often  been  read  by  me,6  The  crocodile  lives 
many  years.  Glory  is  thought  to  follow  virtue.  Great 
things  have  been  undertaken.  Our  strength  will  not  always 
remain. 

12.  (24.)  The  disposition  of  wild  beasts  is  sometimes  more 
gentle  than  that  of  men.  (25.)  This  is  the  four-horse  chariot 
which  was  made  of  ivory  and  covered  with  the  wings  of  a  fly. 
Fruits  are  not  produced  by  every  field  that  is  sown.  Words 
are  repeated  by  the  parrots6  which  are  sent  from  India.  Men 
win  are  mindful  of  favors  will  receive  (recipio)  favors.  (27.) 
The  fig-tree  is  so  large  that  it  conceals  troops  of  horsemen 
under  it.  Do  you  know*  (Num  scis)  who  painted1  Alexan- 
dei  ?  Is  it  true*  (  Verumne  est)  that  bulls  are  swallowed  whole 
in  India  by  serpents?6  Do  you  know*  how  many  (quot)  men 
there  are  in  the  world?  Tell  us  (Doce)  when  the  world  was 
made,'  and  how  many  worlds  there  are.' 

Grammars.—8  530,  1074,  r.  lxxiii.— '  627,  5  :  1182,  r.  lxxxvii. 

Idioms.—*  19.— b  113.—°  ill.—*  102.— *  56,  3. 


330  EXERCISES   IN 

13.  (29.)  There  are  some  who  live*  happy;  there  sr3 
others  who  are  never  happy.  Is  there  any  one  who  has  not 
read*  Demosthenes?  Who  is  there  that  has  not  heard a  cor- 
cerning  Caesar  ?  (30  )  It  is  related  that  in  Latmos  scorpions 
do  not  hurt  strangers,  but  that  they  kill  the  natives.  They 
say  (narrant)  that  Virgil  in  his  will  ordered  his  poems  to  be 
burned,  and  that  Augustus  forbade  it  to  be  done.  (31  )  The 
approaching  day  is  announced  by  the  crowing  of  the  cock. 
The  city  built  by  Cecrops  was  called  Cecropia.  It  is  now 
called  Athens.  Many  when  dying  are  troubled  with  the  cars 
of  burial. 

EXERCISES  IN  COMPOUND  AND  CONNECTED  SENTENCES. 

As  an  example  of  the  way  in  which  compound  and  connected  senten- 
ces may  be  varied,  the  first  fable,  page  80,  may  be  changed  into  the  foi 
lowing  forms  and  translated  into  Latin  corresponding  to  the  English  in 
each. 

14.  Through  fear  of  a  kite  a  hawk  was  asked  by  the  doves 
to  defend0  them.  When  he  assented*5  and  was  received0  into 
the  dove-cote,  greater  havoc  was  made  by  him  in  one  day  than 
could  have  been  doned  by  the  kite  in  many  (multis). 

15.  The  doves  were  led  (ductce  sunt)  by  fear  of  a  kite  tc 
aske  a  hawk  that  he  would  defend d  them.  It  is  said  that  ha 
assented0  and  that,  being  received  into  the  dove-cote,  he  caused 
a  much  greater  slaughter  of  the  doves  in  one  day  than  the 
kite  could  have  caused d  in  a  long  time. 

16.  The  doves  are  said  to  have  asked  a  hawk  whether,  if 
received  into  the  dove-cote,  he  would  defend s  them  from  the 
kite.  He  assented  and  was  received ;  but  the  slaughter  made 
in  one  day  by  the  hawk  was  greater  than  could  have  been 
committed d  by  the  kite  in  a  long  time. 

17.  It  is  related  (narratur)  that  when  the  doves  through 
fear  of  a  kite  requested  the  hawk  to  defend0  them,  he  as- 
sented ;  and  that  being  received  into  the  dove-cote  a  great 
havoc  was  made  of  the  doves  ht  one  day. 

^Grammars.— *  638,  1229.— h  627,  1,  3d:  1208.—'  631,  1244. 
r.  xciv.— «  627,  5:  1182,  r.  lxxxvii.— h  690,  r.  lx.:  1349. 

Idioms.—.0  84.— d  88.— e  86.— f  97,  I. 


LATIN    COMPOSITION.  331 

13.  (p.  99,  &e.)  1.  A  serpent,  the  son*  of  Mars,  the  keeper 
of  a  cerUm  fountain  in  Bceotia,  was  killed  by  Cadmus,0  the 
sou  of  Agenor.  For  thi<  reason  Kob  hoc)  all  his  offspring  were 
put  to  death,  and  he  himself  was  turned  into  a  serpent.     2.  All 

who  came  into  the  kingdom  of  Amycus,  the  son  of  Neptune, 
irere  compelled  to  tight  with  him,  and  being  conquered  were 
killed-  5.  Life  is  said  tj  have  been  restored0  to  llippolytus, 
thi  son  of  Theseus,  by  iEsculapius,  the  son  of  Apollo. 

19.  (p.  101,  &c.)  10.  It  is  said  that  Tantalus d  was  the  son 
of  Jupiter;  an!  that  because  he  told  to  men  the  things  which 
he  heard  among  the  gods,  he  was  placed  in  water  in  the  infer- 
nal regions,  and  always  thirsts.  Others  say,  that  he  is  tor- 
mented with  perpetual  fear,  dreading  the  fall  of  a  stone  which 
hangs  over  his  head.6  15.  The  first  men  are  said  to  have  been 
formed  of  clay  by  Prometheus,b  the  sona  of  Japetus.  It  is 
also  said  that  fire  was  brought  by  him  from  heaven  in  a  reed, 
and  that  he  pointed  out  how  it  might  be  preserved  by  being 
covered f  with  ashes. 

20.  (p.  105,  &c.)  19.  Europa,  the  daughter  of  Agenor,  was 
carried  by  Jupiter  from  Sidon  to  Crete.  When  Agenor  Bent 
his  sons  to  bring  her  back,*  he  told  them  that  unless  their 
sister  was  found  they  should  not  return.'1  21.  Atalanta,  the 
daughter  of  Schoeneus,  was  very  beautiful.  When  many 
sought  her  in  marriage,  the  condition  was  proposed  that  he 
should  takeh  her  who  should  first  surpass"  her  in  running. 
23.  Niobe,  the  wifea  of  Amphion,  the  sona  of  Jupiter  and 
Antiope,  had  seven  sons  and  as  many  daughters,  who  were  all 
slain  by  the  arrows  of  Apollo  and  Diana;  and  Niobe  herself 
was  changed  into  a  stone. 

21.  (p.  109,  &c.)  1.  Neither  the  actions  nor  the  thoughts 
of  men  are  concealed  from  the  gods.  2.  The  laws  of  I  he 
Athenians  are  said  to  have  been  written  by  Solon.  No  man 
can  be  esteemed  happy  in  this  life,  because  even  to  his  last  day 
he  is  exposed  to  uncertain  fortune.  5.  It  is  said  that  Demo. 
critus,1  to  whom  "  great  riches  had  been  left  by  his  father,  gave 
nearly  all  his  patrimony  to  his  fellow-citizens. 

Grammars.—11  251,  r.  i.  :  622,  j.  L— h  530,  1074,  r.  lxxiiL— 
d  676,  1155.—*  399,  r.  iv. :  820,  r.  xxxii.— f  688.  1XZO,  r.  cv.— 
k  627,  1,  2d:  1207.— h  627,  1,  3d:  1208.— >  656,  1291,  r.  ci 
— k  382,  800,  r.  xl.—1  671,  r.  lviii. :  1130,  r.  lxxix.— »  522,  r.  iil: 
1075,  r.  lxxiv. 

IDIOM. — c  92. 


832  EXERCISES   IN 

22.  (p.  112,  &e.)  20,  They  say  that  Socrates,  who  was 
judged  by  the  oracle  cf  Apollo  to  be  the  wisest  of  all  men,9 
was  the  son  of  a  midwife ;  and  the  mother  of  Euripides,  the 
tragic  poet,  is  said  to  have  sold  herbs.  21.  A  question  being 
proposed  to  Homer  by  a  fisherman,  which  he  could  not  answer, 
he  is  said  to  have  died  of  vexation.  22.  Simonides  when  eighty 
years b  old  entered  into  a  musical  contest,  and  obtained  the  vie* 
tory.  He  afterwards  {posted)  lived  at  Syracuse0  on  intimate 
terms  with  Hiero  the  king. 

23.  (p.  116,  &c.)  42.  When  certain  persons  warned  Philip, 
king  of  Macedon,  to  beware d  of  one  Pythias,  a  brave  soldier,6 
but  displeased  with  him/  he  is  said  to  have  asked  whether, 
(num)  if  a  part  of  his  body  were  diseased/  he  should  cuth  it 
off  or  take  care  of  it.  It  is  said  that  he :  then  called  Pythias 
to  him,  supplied  him  with  money,  and  that  after  that,  none  of 
the  king's  soldiers  were  more  faithful  than  Pythias.k  52.  When 
Dionysius  was  banished  from  Syracuse,'  it  is  said  that  he  went 
(eo)  to  Corinth,1  where  he  taught  boys  their  letters. 

24.  (p.  120,  &c.)  65.  Corinth  was  taken  by  L.  Mummius^ 
All  Italy  was  adorned  with  paintings  and  statues.  It  is  said 
that  of  so  great  spoils  he  converted  nothing  to  his  own  use ; 
and  that  when  he  died,  his  daughter  received  a  dowry  from 
the  public  treasury.  66.  A  stattie  of  Ennius  the  poet  was 
ordered  by  Scipio  Africanus  to  be  placed  in  the  tomb  of  the 
Cornelian  gens,  because  the  exploits  of  the  Scipios  had  been 
rendered  famous  by  his  poems. 

25.  (123,  &c).  1.  In  ancient  times,  Saturn  came  to  Italy  and 
taught  the  Italians  agriculture.  A  fort  built  by  him  near  Ja- 
niculum,  was  called  Saturnia.  2.  Troy  being  overthrown,  it 
is  said  that  .ZEneas,  the  son  of  Anchises,  came  into  Italy,  and 
was  kindly  received"1  by  Latinus,  king  of  those  regions;  and 
that  having  received  the  daughter  of  Latinus  in  marriage,  he 
built  a  city  and  called  it  Lavinia.  Romulus  and  Remus,  the 
sons  of  Rhea  Sylvia,  having  been  exposed  by  the  order  of 
Amulius,  were  taken  up  by  Faustulus,  the  king's  shepherd, 
and  given  to  his  wife  to  be  nursed. 

Grammars.—*  355,  r.  x.  :  7719  r.  xix.— b  565,  r.  xli. :  949,  r.  lx. 
— »  549,  933.— d  627,  1,  3d:  1208.—*  251,  r.  i. :  622.— {  382,  r. 
xvi. :  860,  r.  xl.— «  627,  2  :  1265,  r.  xcvii.— h  627,  5  :  1182,  r 
lxxxvii.— '  671,  r.  lviii. :  1136,  r.  lxxix.— k  467,  r.  xxiv.:  895,  r 
xlviii.— >  553,  938,  r.  lvii. 

Idioms.— d  84— «  104. 


LATIN    COMPOSITION.  333 

26.  (p.  126,  &c.)  12.  Rome  was  built  by  Romulus,  and 
divided  into   thirty   cariffi  called  by  the  names  of  the  Sabine 

women  earned  otr  by  the  Roman.-.     L3.  Noma  Pompilios, 

the  second  king  of  Rome,  was  born  at  Cures.  13y  him*  laws 
were  given  to  the  state,1*  many  sacred  rites  were  instituted, 
ami  tit.'  manners  of  the  people  were  softened.  He  reigned 
forty-three  years.6  14.  In  the  reign  of  Tullua  llostilius, 
who  succeeded  Numa,  war  was  declared  against  the  Sabines, 
which  was  terminated  by  the  battle'1  of  the  Horatii  and  the 
'Curiatii. 

27.  (p.  129,  &c.)  23.  Rome  was  governed  by  kings  two 
hundred  and  forty-three  years."  '2-L  After  that  the  people 
created  two  consuls,  who  should  hold  (teneoe)  the  government 
for  a  year.*  Brutus,  by  whom  the  kings  had  been  expelled, 
and  Tarquinius  Collatinus,  were  the  first  consuls.  24.  "War' 
having  been  raised  against  the  city  by  Tarquin,  Brutus  was 
killed  in  the  first  battle. 

28.  (p.  132,  «fec.)  1.  The  bravest  of  the  Romans s  was  chal- 
lenged to  single  combat  by  a  certain  Gaul  of  extraordinary 
m'x<-  '  of  body.  The  challenge  was  accepted  by  T.  Manlius,  a 
young  man  of  noble  family,  (genush  )  who  killed  the  Gaul 
and  stripped1  him  of  his  golden  chain,  it  is  believed  (cred- 
itur)  that  both  hew  and  his  posterity,  from  this  circumstance, 
were  called1  Torquati.m  2.  In  a  new  war  with  the  Gauls  it  is 
Belated  (uurrdtur)  that  another  Gaul k  of  remarkable  strength b 
challenged  the  bravest  of  the  Romans g  to  fight  with"  him; 
that  M.  Valeria-,  a  tribune  of  the  soldiers,  offered  himseHJ 
and  advanced  armed;  that  a  crow,  which  had  perched  on  his 
right  shoulder,  struck  at  the  eyes  of  the  Gaul  with  his  wings 
and  talons,  and  that  Valerius,  the  Gaulf  being  killed,  received 
the  name  of  Corvinus. 

29.  (p.  138,  &c.)  2.  Hannibal,  the  Carthaginian  general, 
when  nine  years  old  was  brought  by  his  father  to  the  altars* 
to  swear"  eternal  hatred  towards  the  Romans,  3.  It  is  said 
that  having  left  his  brotherfin  Spain,  he   crossed  the   Alps 

Grammars.—"  530,  1074,  r.  lxxiii.— b  522,  r.  iii. :  107&,  r.  Ixxiv. 
— c  565,  r.  xli. :  949,  r.  lx  — *  542,  r.  xxxv.  :  873,  r,  xlii. — •  Oil.  r. 
ii.:  1220.— {  690,  r.  lx. :  1349.—*  355,  r.  x. :  771,  r.  xix.— 
n  339,  r.  vii. :  757,  r.  xvi.— '  514,  r.  xxxi.  :  911,  r.  L— *  671,  r. 
lviii. :  1130,  r.  lxxix.— m  319,  r.  v.:  000,  r.  vi. — ■  619,  r.  liii.  • 
1104,  r.  lxxxiv.        

Idioms.—1  97,  4.— »  84.  , 


334  EXERCISES   IN 

with  {cum)  a  large  army  and  thirty  elephants,  and  that  the 
Ligurians  joined  themselves  with  him;  that  he  conquered 
Scipio,  and  afterwards  Sempronius  Gracchus.  Soon  after  he 
advanced  to  Tuscia,  where  having  engaged  in  battle"  near  the 
lake  Trasiinenus,  he  conquered  Flaminius  the  consul,  and  slew 
twenty-live  thousand  of  the  Romans.0 

30.  (142,  &c.)  3.  After  Philip,  king  of  Macedonia,  died, 
his  son  Perseus  prepared  great  forces,  renewed  the  war  against 
the  Romans,  and  conquered  P.  Licinius,  the  Roman  general 
who  had  been  sent  against  him.  He  was  afterwards  con- 
quered by  JEmilius  Paulus,  the  consul,  near  Pydna,  and 
twenty  thousand  of  his  infantry  were  slain.  5.  Carthage, 
though  bravely  defended0  by  its  citizens,  was  taken  and  de- 
stroyed by  Scipio,  in  the  seven  hundredth  year  after  it  was 
built,  and  in  the  six  hundred  and  eighth  year  from  the  build- 
ing of  Rome. 

31.  (p.  145,  &c.)  1.  In  the  war  carried  on  against  Jugurth a, 
the  Romans  were  in  great  fear  that a  the  Gauls  would  again 
get  possession  of  the  city.  For  this  reason  Marius  was  made 
consul  a  third  and  a  fourth  time.  In  two  battles,  two  hundred 
thousand  of  the  enemy  were  slain,  and  eighty  thousand  taken 
prisoners.  For  this  meritorious  conduct,  a  fifth  consulship  was 
conferred  on  Marius,  in  his  absence.0  C.  Marius  and  Qu.  Cav- 
ulus  fought  against  the  Cimbri  and  the  Teutones,  who  had 
passed  over  into  Italy,  slew  forty  thousand,  and  fook  sixty 
thousand  of  his  army  near  Verona. 

32.  (150,  &c.)  6.  Lucius  Sergius  Catiline  is  said  tc  have 
been  a  man  of  a  very  noble  family,6  but  of  a  most  depraved 
disposition.6  It  is  related  (traditur)  that  he  and  certain  illus- 
trious, but  daring  men,  entered'  into  a  conspiracy  for  destroy- 
ing their  country  ;g  that  he  was  driven  from  the  city  by 
Cicero,  who  was  then  consul,  and  his  companions  seized  and 
strangled  in  prison.  7.  Nearly  all  Gaul  was  conquered  by 
Ca3sar  in  the  space  of  nine  years.  The  war  was  afterwards 
carried  into  Britain,  and  the  Germans  were  conqu^red  in 
great  battles. 

Grammars.—*  690,  r.  lx. :  1349.—*  355,  r.  x. :   771,   t.  xix.— 
e  G88,  1350,  r.  cv.— d  633,  1215.—*  339,   r.  vi. :  75?     t.  xvi.— 

312,  r.  i. :  643,  r.  iii. 

Idiom— « 112,  3. 


LATIN    COMPOSITION.  335 

33.  (p.  154,  &c.)  1.  The  three  parts  into  which  the  whole 
world  was  divided,  arc  Europe,  Amu,  and  Africa,  The  straits 
of  Gibralter  separate  Europe  from  Africa.  2.  The  boundary 
of  Europe  on  the  cast  is  the  riyei  Tanaisand  the  Euxine  sea; 

on  the  south  the  Mediterranean  sea;  ou  the  west  the  Atlantic 
l-  3.  Spain  lies  toward  the  west.  It  is  rich  and  fertile. 
Id  the  region  of  Baetica,  men,  horses,  iron,  lead,  brass,  silver, 
and  gold  abound.  4.  The  Phocsci,  having  left  Asia,il  sought 
new  settlements  in  Europe. 

34  (j).  157,  &c)  11.  The  country  beyond  the  Rhine,  as  far 
as  the  Vistula,  is  inhabited  by  the  Germans,  who  arc  said  to 
carry  on  war  with  their  neighbors,  not  that  they  may  extend'1 
their  limits,  but  from  the  lovec  of  war.  12.  It  is  said  that  the 
Germans'1  do  not  pay  much  attention  to  agriculture.  Their 
food  (cibus)  is  milk,  cheese,  and  flesh.  They  erect  their 
houses  near  (ad)  some  spring,  or  plain,  or  forest;  and  after  a 
while  they  pass  on  to  another  place.  Sometimes  also  they 
pass  the  winter  in  caves. 

.'S.J.  (p.  161,  &c)  24  Greece  is  more  celebrated  than  any 
other  nation  ine  the  world,  both  for  the  genius  of  its  people, 
and  for  their  study'  of  the  arts  of  peace  and  of  war.  Many 
colonic-,  were  led  from  it  unto  all  parts  of  the  world.  25.  .Ma- 
cedonia was  rendered  illustrious  by  the  reign  of  Philip  and 
Alexander,  by  whom  both  Greece  and  Asia  were  subdued  to 
a  very  great  extent ;  and  the  government,  taken  from  the 
Persians,8  was  transferred  to  the  Macedonians. 

36.  (p.  162,  &c.)  29.  No  region  in  Greece  is  more  re 
Downed  for  the  splendor'  of  its  fame  than  Attica.6  There 
Athens  i^  built;  a  cityh  concerning  which  the  gods  are  said 
to  have  contended.  So  many  poets,  orators,  philosophers;  so 
many  men,  illustrious  in  every,  species  of  excellence, 
produced  by  no  other  city  in  the  world.  There  the  arts  of 
peace  were  cultivated  to  BUcfa  a  degree,  that  her  renown  from 
these  was  even  more  conspicuous'  than  (quam)  her  glory  in 
war.  The  harbor  of  Piraeus,  connected  with  the  city  by  long 
walls  was  fortified  by  Themistocies,  and  affords  (prcebet)  a 
anchorage  for  ships. 

Grammars.— •  690,   r.  lx. :    1349.— >  627,    1:    1205,   r.   xc— 
c  542,   r.  xxxv.:  873,  r.  xlii.— d  671,   r.  lviii. :  1136,  r.  Ixxix.— 

•  467,  r.  xxiv. :  895,  r.   xlviii.— f  535,   r.  xxxiv. :   889,  r.  xlvii— 

*  522,  r.  iii. :  1075,  r.  lxxiv.— h  251,  r.i. :  622.— *  627,  1,  1st:  1220. 

TW)M. — a  104. 


336  EXERCISES. 

37.  (163,  &c.)  30.  It  is  said  that  Thebes,  a  most  celebrated 
city,  was  surrounded  with  walls  by  Amphion,  by  the*  aida  of 
music.  It  was  rendered  illustrious  by  the  genius b  of  Pindar 
and  the  valor  of  Epaminondas.  31.  The  city  of  Delphi  was 
renowned  for  the  oracle  of  Apollo,  which  had  great  authority 
among  all  nations,  and  was  enriched  (made  rich)  with  numer- 
ous and  splendid  presents  from  all  parts  of  the  world.  It  is 
said  that  the  tops  of  Mount  Parnassus,  which  hangs  over  the 
city,c  are  inhabited  by  the  Muses. 

38.  (170,  &c.)  48.  It  is  believed  that  Troy,  a  cityd  re-, 
nowned  for  the  warb  which  it  carried  on  with  the  whole  of 
Greece  for  ten  years,6  was  situated  at  the  foot  of  Mount  Ida. 
From  this  mountain,  rendered  illustrious  by  the  judgment  of 
Paris  in  the  contest  of  the  goddesses,  flowed f  the  rivers  Sea-, 
mander  and  Simois.  49.  The  Carians  are  said  to  have  been 
so  fond  of  war,  that  they  carried e  on  the  wars  of  other  people 
for  hire.  50.  The  water  of  the  river  Cydnus  is  very  clear h 
and  very  cold.h 

39.  (172,  &c.)  54.  Babylon,  the  capital  of  the  Chaldean 
nation,  was  built  by  Semiramis  or  Belus.  It  is  said  that  its 
walls,m  built  of  burnt  brick,1  are  thirty -two  feetk  broad,  and 
that  chariots1"  meeting  each  other  pass  without  danger;  that 
the  towers  are  ten  feet1  higher  than  the  walls.  The  tower  of 
Babylon  is  said  to  have  been  twenty  stadia  in  circumference. 
5G.  India  produces  very  large  animals.  No  dogs  are  so  large 
as  those  which  are  produced  there.  The  serpents  are  said  to 
be  so  monstrous  that  elephants  are  killed e  by  their  biteb  and 
the  coiling  round  of  their  bodies. 

Geammars.— a  530,  1074,  r.  lxxiii.— fc  542,  r.  xxxv. :  873,  r.  xlii. 
— c  339,  r.  iv. :  757,  r.  xvi.— *  251,  r.  i.  :  622.—*  565,  r.  xli. :  949, 
r.  lx.— f  312,  r.  i. :  643,  r.  iii.— -s-627,  1,  1st:  1220.— {  541.— k  573, 
r.  xlii. :  958,  r.  lxii. — »  579,  r.  xliii.:  929,  r.  Iv.— m  671,  r.  lviii  • 
11 36,  r.  lxxix.  

Idiom. — h  24. 


|  THE    END.l 


VD    OCXR9 

YB  35659 


• 


1**7 


•  - 


